yer <
Ps

ew -
>

A Sem agen ES

~venwena,

ote et Me

a

Seema a

FN a RA ADA AR AANA A ANNAN wa AANA ApaMpahane. aa TAS
A DS aR ats ¥ Ann paannanan RARE Mas ann nN nn A, AA Wa an staan atten , hin,

{ la) E 4
nh r RO ee ‘e\ I es

ANARAAN AA AANAAAAAG ARE BAAR AAA RARRARR ARR DARA: yarn

an earn “anatase aoe
vey ‘; WAY Rates

A Beier y

us
ms

eae

=| : 1 Ae pe fn im iN
RNRAD DS ALAR ACARD

aAAAAS

scoters

Merete

Nee

BRIS: 3 CALARS Ae } Pim 12
vt mene nA AR AP “ | anaer
Ahad

nnaaa

Ne

pe aA

eae

va

i I / | AeA + ¥ 9 Ay lA Af Hy Bar i nae é
nen na anaes eee AARARA Dann
AL AaaAAnO er crcl MAMMA AMAR

A oni

f Canna AAA AAAAAAM
sate

24 LCR re ARAA

Ng A Arann i ‘A
arenas AAA AAA A ai nn

ANSI AAS a AA ARARRAR AB A an SARA anae
sea ee ve , se ary AP

an Aa : A Py DR ARnA gON AT a |
Naalaalvanaiar a

MANY

nanan

An

A AAA, A narnnac MAAN mee ae ae
A apeneiaa uh ADRA nanan Aaah

nnn AAR ni ans ANNs “aananantl
ann ¥ nan nnn aaahnnan ann

aye Eat

Ww Y
xX

if
‘ ‘

al »
‘~ a.

yeast We AL ARAAARAA rAaah n AN, Lari Aaah AAA WA ROR EY A Y Ak ‘Bah
fcr nana heh een a Nr ert Se Meg
ANNAN RCPRRAAARI « Ang Nv cu AnnMAnArannnaarann. A anal

ES “ non ih we

=
ane MANY, ENN AARA x AANA SAAR
j anh 2 fo \
AY ot th : AAAS

A . pn A % a
AA A nN. as “aR LAN AA AA:
ae vie Paanaans’ NA Bie aA EARS AAAR an ALAA GAARA Ale
ha
AK

ne
“Np n. “annnaQnnn An aver nana sua ee RE BARRA

" x
ar AA
f (s yi!

et mA AA RAAARLAA

lo om

| ($04.43
THIRTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT ,\\"\N"

“MAW YORK STATE MINHA OF NATURAL HISTORY

BY THE

OF THE

—
fe ere 8 ws
So» cS

LATURE APRIL 17, 1878.

TRANSMITTED TO THE

ALBANY:
CHARLES VAN BENTHUYSEN & SONS.
; 1879.

STATE OF NEW YORK.

No. 42.

IN SENATE,

Aprit 18, 1878.

THIRTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT

ON THE STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BY THE
REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK.

OFFICE OF THE REGENTS,

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEw YorK:
AuBany, April 16, 1878.

‘To the Hon. Witttam DoRSHEIMER,
, President of the Senate :

Sir—lI have the honor to transmit the Thirty-first Annual
Report on the State Museum of Natural History by the
Regents of the University.

I remain, very respectfully, .
Your obedient servant,
| E. C. BENEDICT,
Chancellor of the University.

\

¥ er a
ae meee

e

REGENTS OF ‘THE UNIVERSITY. ©

[Lx- Officio Trustees of the State Museum of Natural History.)

ERASTUS C. BENEDICT, Lh, D., CHANCELLOR.
HENRY R, PIERSON, LL. D., Vick-CuanceLior.

EX-OFFICHIS :
LUCIUS ROBINSON, LL. D., Governor.
WILLIAM DORSHEIMER,: LiruTEnANT-GoVERNOR.
ALLEN C. BEACH, Srcretary or STate.
NEIL GILMOUR, SuprrerintenDENT oF PuBuic INSTRUCTION.

ROBERT G. RANKIN, MARTIN I. TOWNSEND, LL. D.,
GEORGE W. CLINTON, LL. D., ANSON J. UPSON, D. D.,
LORENZO BURROWS, WILLIAM L. BOSTWICK,
ROBERT 8. HALE, LL. D., CHAUNCEY M. DEPEW,
ELIAS W. LEAVENWORTH, LL. D., CHARLES kK. FITCH,

J. CARSON BREVOORT, LL. D., ORRIS H. WARREN, D. D.,
GEORGE W. CURTIS, LL. D., LESLIE W. RUSSELL,
FRANCIS KERNAN, LL. D., WHITELAW REID.

JOHN L. LEWIS,

SAMUEL B. WOOLWORTH, LL. D., SECRETARY.
DANIEL J. PRATT, Pu. D., Assistant. SECRETARY.

STANDING | COMMITTEE OF THE .REGENTS:
(Specially charged with the care of the State Museum, 1878.)

Tur VICE-CHANCELLOR, “Mr. RANKIN,
Tus SECRETARY OF STATE, Mr. TOWNSEND.
Tue SUPT. OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, Mr. BOSTWICK.
Mr. CLINTON, 3 |

Director of the State Museum:
JAMES HALL, LL. D.

Assistants in the Museum:
‘J. A. LINTNER, Enromotocy anp GENERAL ZooLoGy.
CHARLES H. PECK, Borany.
Dr. R. FRITZ-GAERTNER, Mrvneratoey,
JAMES W. HALL, Ostmonocy anp Preparation oF Rock SxEcrIoNS.

REPORT.

To the Honorable the Legislature of the State of New York:

The Regents of the University, as Trustees of the State Museum of Natural
History, respectfully submit this their Thirty-first Annual Report :

The reports of the Director and of the Botanist, hereto appended, exhibit the.
condition of the Museum and the work of the year. In the department of
Paleontology large collections have been made, principally of the corals.

The work of preparing sections of fossils for exhibiting their internal struc-
ture has been very successfully prosecuted. These sections, made very thin,
may be photographed, and, by the stereopticon, shown on a screen in very im-
pressive forms. It is believed that the success of this work in the Museum is
more positive than had been elsewhere secured.

The arrangement of the collections in nearly all the departments has been ~
perfected, and it is believed to be all that can be desired for the purposes of
study.

Attention is specially called to the importance of printing sae reports on the
Museum soon after they are presented to the Legislature. These reports em-
body important scientific facts, and results of investigations are earnestly sought
for by citizens of the State, and are profitably used in exchange with individuals
and societies in other States and in foreign countries. Their value is greatly
diminished by delay of publication. 3 3

All of which is respectfully submitted. ¥

By order of the Regents,
EK. C. BENEDICT,
| Chancellor of the University.
S. B. WooLwortu,
Secretary.

REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

CONTENTS.

PAGE.
IEEE ISEMT.CCEOT 5 06 ne o.scice Weed coc oc ceeodseeleeeses a Aie(s is ole ct0 narcioin’spintaye Leena
Additions to the State Museum during the year 1877 a Meir Sweetest wid’ sista Micanee ere 11
Report of the Botanist, CHARLES H. PECK........ 2... aialere covoinie*ieuala: eve evsigh aielaieteiera amma
Notes on some Sections of Trilobites from the Trenton Limestone, by C. D.
BPRS TOD vac aly Som be ne ss tone Pin acy cwiaie vlad che cies ety ate 0, sacl oem aCe maar 61
Note upon the Eggs of the Trilobite, by C. D. Waucorr...... boa: Bea cater gee 66
Descriptions of New Species of Fossils, from the Chazy and Trenton Limestone,
SUA TUOTT es sce) cone sees caaeee icwes gh Mela arabc Ql Patss. ae oh Sala yarataer eens bat rms

Notes on Phlogopyte, by R. FRITZ-GAEBRTNER.. .. 00 ccc5 cece cece cece cove ceseee 72

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. E

; ALBANY, January, 1878. ee
To the Honorable the Board of Regents of the University of the State of New He
York: ee
GENTLEMEN—I have the honor to communicate herewith the Annual Report =
“upon the State Museum of Natural History, embracing a statement ofthe condi-
tions of the collections in the several departments; the additions made thereto ; er
and the work done in the institution and in field collections during the past year;
together with special communications upon subjects under investigation by the 1a
persons connected with the Museum. e
In every department the collections of the Museum are.in good order and at

- condition, and every available space is filled; and in many instances so crowded ie
as to interfere with the proper exhibition of the s specimens. For the geological of
and paleontological collections alone, we need an additional area equal to

another floor of the present building. Since, therefore, the collections made pe
and studied cannot be placed on exhibition with the present accommodations, it
should be remembered that it becomes quite impossible to present to the Board .
of Regents, or to the public, the evidences of work accomplished.
_ The changes authorized to be made upon the upper floor of the Museum have
afforded space for the arrangement of the additions to the zodlogical collections
‘mentioned in my report of last year; and the skins of Walrus and young, the
_ Giraffe, the Rhinoceras and skeleton ; the latter having been placed in position
within a few months past. |
These changes, however, do not leave sufficient space for the exhibition of
» the ethnological and historical collections, a considerable part of which remam =
_ packed, or laid in drawers.
The present disposition of these collections will be given ie the proper

= ~ ae ts
FA OM oink a

° head. | ‘
I DIsTRIBUTION OF DUPLICATE Ps AND Msarat ol a

The occupation of the Agricultural Hall by the census department, in 1876, ;
_ interrupted the work then in progress, and has since prevented anything from ,

_ being done in the actual arrangement for distribution of the duplicate collec-
tions ; but the preparatory labor of cleaning, ticketing and recording specimens, ~

~ has been constantly going on in another building appropriated for that purpose ;

_ and these collections will be available whenever time and opportunity shall be

offered for their final disposition. ;

___ Of the collections previously prepared by the Museum for distribution to the

- institutions of our State, but one has been sent out during the past year. A

request for a collection made by the Alfred University, of Alfred, N. Y., accom-

_ panied by the statement that they were prepared to receive it, having been

d _ approved by the Board of Regents, there was forwarded to that University, i in

_ January last, a collection of over five hundred labeled and catalogued fossils

_ and miner als.
There are still eight arranged and labeled collections remaining in the
_ Museum, which properly should be distributed as soon as they can be placed in

pts ae |
vee

*

ch eiane Wenn ana ee
“4 Vet Eos Pt Oe

ah SL

ae

x

¢

as

Yael Seale

=

snore

erriater ss

=

Yee 2S ee

lan er ae Se ee
; ays - r

‘stones. 7 pp. (Describes eight species of Trilobites.)

and societies, of forty-seven pamphlets, and twenty-three bound volumes.

Per anh THIRTY-FIRST Ravont. ON THE ‘Srare Mi USEUM, ee; bps

institutions where they will be Epprentie and er for the advancement of
the sciences which they illustrate. ‘

Muvustum PUBLICATIONS.

The only publications made during the year are the following papers by es
C. D. Walcott, special assistant, published in advance of the Museum report —
and included in the present communication. “

- z
; ’ Pn
{ a nm
Ste m4 Pe ve ure
ae Cae ay | . —-
aa? eee ae i

Notes on Sections of Trilobites from the Trenton Limestone. 6 pp., 1 pl
Note upon the Eggs of the Trilobite. 3 pp. 4
Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Chazy and Trenton Lime- |

It is a matter of deep regret to the Director and to all interested in the in-
stitution, that the publication of the annual reports of the Museum, which had
been continued without interruption for more than a quarter of a century from —

<a

_ the first issue in 1848, should have been for the last three years omitted. The —

twenty-ninth and thirtieth reports; for the years 1875 and 1876, have not yet —
been printed, even as a State document. Of the twenty-eighth report, for the j
year 1874, only the usual documentary edition was printed, and for the few —
copies of this report which we have been able to distribute (about fifty), we are
indebted to the kindness of the Secretary of State. Some copies have also been
obtained at the office of the Secretary of State, on personal application, by —
parties desiring to obtain them.

The comparatively smali number of copies of the reports, which the ie
tures had annually directed to be printed for the use of the Regents of the —
University and for the Museum, has been entirely suspended for the past four -

ears. ee
2 The value of these reports is sufficiently attested by the numerous applica- q
tions made for them, and the character of the sources from which these applica- _
tions are received. The editions issued have speedily been exhausted or so |
diminished in number that very few remain. very effort has been made —
to sustain the reputation and character of these reports. Not one has been pre- a
sented, of late years, which does not contain papers which are valuable contri-
butions to science, and the result of original investigation. The non-publication —

_ of these reports cannot but operate seriously to the disadvantage of the Museum. 4

No such institution, at the present day, can have a position in the world of science,

which it does not command by the actual work it accomplishes; and de-
prived of publication, it is essentially deprived of almost its only means of ~
communication with the scientific public. Even delay in publication is often an
injustice to an author, whose rightful priority is superceded by another who has»
earlier facilities of announcement,

ADDITIONS TO THE MusrEum BY DONATION.

The donations made to the Museum during the past year have not been as
many as usual.
‘To the Botanical department, twenty-one contributions have been made of.
an the ageoregate) two hundred and sixteen species. ‘
To the Zodlogical department contributions have been made by ute .
donors of one hundred and fifteen specimens. f
To the Geological and Mineralogical departments, there have been “Gout

contributors.

To the Archzeological department, two contributions are recorded.
To the Library, Giminibubtons have been made from twenty-three individuals

ne

Ca v4

LEC OF THE Drrecror. Pe ig

~The uals number of contributors to the several departments and the Lites |

oo
es is seventy-four.
Ay Tot WorkK oF THE MUSEUM.

sa

: Botany. In the Botanical department, a special report on the subject of his —

investigations will be made by the botanist, Mr. C. H. Peck.
‘Zoblogy. The collections in this department having been nearly all arranged
in preceding years, we have not mueh special work upon them to report for the

a last year. Of the donations, several specimens have been mounted, and,
os together with the others of value, added to the collections. A number of Reptilia

in alcohol, principally from the Southern States, have been determined and

4 labeled; and all the alcoholic specimens of reptiles and fishes not belonging to

_ tinued through the year.

_ the New York fauna, have been separately arranged in one of the wall-cases.
Geology and Miner alogy. The labeling of the Museum collections, prepa-
| - ratory to the compilation and publication of a general catalogue, has been con-

The geological collections contained in the wall-cases have been re-arranged,

and labeled as far as the Devonian rocks. For want of other space, these cases
have frequently been made the receptacle for rock specimens, without due re-
gard to their value. The removal of all specimens not important to the com-

pleteness of the series has relieved the over-crowded cases, and made room
for the proper exhibition of the collections. Hach specimen is now accompanied
by a card-label, indicating its name, geological position and locality ; and a
transcript of the card is attached to the specimen. ‘The specimens withdrawn —
from the cases have been placed in drawers beneath the table-cases, with mem-
oranda of their removal.

The mineralogical specimens were arranged and properly labeled during the

_ previous year (1876). During the past year, a large number of minerals have

been incorporated 1 in the general collection, derived from a more eritical exam-

f ination of specimens which had been laid aie as duplicates from collections

made in the field, and from various contributions ; notably one from Prof. Albert.

_R. Leeds, of beautiful and valuable specimens from Bergen Tunnel, and other
localities in New Jersey and Pennsylvania.

_ After the selection from the duplicate minerals, the remainder have heen

_ arranged in drawers within the enclosure on the second floor, in two series: the

first in sixty-five drawers beneath the tables, in which are all those. of known

localities; second, in the case of trays in the same enclosure, containing all

ae" By

reference has heretofore been made, there were a large number of volcanic
_ specimens, which had undoubtedly been collected with a view of presenting a —

those of unknown localities, the larger number of which are from the old col-

lections of the Museum, which have been obtained from various sources, many
of them being of little value.
In the Van Rensselaer collection, presented to the Museum in 1872, to which

full representation of the Vesuvian products. These have been arranged in

four table-cases on the second floor of the Museum, with labels indicatihg the
contained minerals, so far as they have been determined.

7

REe
ota

~~ wes ts a The we =a AC ae ay * ‘aa! ea ik 1 A fee er"

ny

Four additional table-cases on the second floor contain an arranged collee- —

tion of claystones; a series of Cumberland, Eng. rocks, and miscellaneous rock
specimens of the Brazilian collection. The drawers beneath these cases contain

_ Jurassic and Cretaccous fossils, which have been mainly derived from the Van

_ tions, by the payment of its original cost from the Museum appropriation.

Rensselaer collection, and not previously arranged.

The collection of ‘minerals, chiefly crystals, formerly belonging to Dr. H.
Emmons, which was pur chased some years since by Hon. Erastus Corning, and
deposited in the Museum, has been obtained and added to the Museum collec-

a Bete sg
rr ee 8

Ae NAG SO NEP Ere eS ik kot SIAN f |
eae.2 yaad . i a a (Stat ae
2) - Se i “ - a

8 THIRTY-FIRST RePoRT on THE Stare Museum. —

Palcontology, etc. The Paleontological series, through the lower il pee i F
Silurian and Devonian formations, has been reviewed and in part re-arranged 5
some errors in determination have been corrected; and fifty labels changed im
conformity to the present nomenclature. A few additions have been made iets t
the collections in the cases.

On the second floor the collection of British fossils, of the Silurian, Devonian,
Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic, Jurassic, Creaecea and Tertiary form
tions, have been rearr anged i in the table-cases ; and fossils of the same formations
which had occupied eighteen drawers have been incorporated with them, fillmg
the entire space ; while the remaining part of the Jurassic and Cretaceous fos-
sils are arranged in drawers beneath the table-cases.

Three additional table-cases, mainly filled with arrow-heads, have been added .
to the collection of stone implements. The entire collections of this character
now occupy, fourteen table- cases. |

MECHANICAL FACILITIES FOR WORK IN THE MUSEUM.

|

. The importance of a more thorough knowledge of the structure of rocks,

‘minerals and fossils than can be obtained by superficial examination, even when

: aided by an ordinary magnifier or microscope, has long been felt in the course

of our Museum work. This has been found especially true in the study of the
fossil Sponges, the Bryozoa, in all forms of Corals, the shells of Brachiopoda, ete.) cm
_Eyen where minute or microscopic structure is not sought for, as in the Cepha-
lopoda and other forms, means for examining the interior structure by artificial
sections is of the utmost importance.

To accomplish this work, a small turning-lathe had, during the year 1876,
been arranged in one of the basement working-rooms, but it required excessive
labor and a wasteful expenditure of human strength to accomplish even a moiety
of the work needed. Upon application to the Board of Regents, m 1877, I

_ was authorized to purchase and place in this working-room a small steam-engine,

with the necessary apparatus for cutting and polishing specimens. The whole
has been established, and has been working in a most satisfactory manner since
May last. The work accomplished has been of various kinds, including speci- —
mens from all the classes mentioned above, but chiefly Sponges, Bryozoa, Corals
and Brachiopoda. These have been cut in thin sections, polished and attached
to glass plates, and ground down so as to be translucent or semi-transparent, and —
are thus fitted for microscopic slides, or for a critical examination under an
ordinary magnifier. |

The value and importance of this work cannot be too highly estimated. With
our present facilities, we are able in a few hours to obtain translucent sections of
any fossil form, cut from the original body in different directions, and present-
ing the details of structure far more perfectly than could be obtained by any
other process. The same is also true of rock specimens and minerals, where the
structure is brought out in a most satisfactory manner.

The specimens thus prepared are susceptible of being photographed, and are
reproduced in great exactness by the Albertype process. Some examples of this

; mode of representing the minute structure of fossil sponges have already been rg
{ laid before you. Other specimens are illustrated in the volumes entitled
* T]lustrations of Devonian Fossils,” published in 1876. The absolute accuracy
obtained by this process renders it of the utmost value, as it precludes any
chance of misrepresentation.
This process of preparation of rock specimens has been long in, use in the
laboratories of Hurope ; and in the hands of Professor Zirkel, of Leipsic, and
others, has contributed most important results to our knowledge of petrology.

A

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. | 9

The same iinbeates have been adopted in some of the museums and laboratories
of our own country, and especially by Dr. J. J. Woodward, in the study of
the tissues of living forms, in the Museum attached to the War Department in
Washington. Much work of similar character has also been accomplished in |
the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Cambridge, Mass.

In our own case, it has already proved of invaluable service, and promises to
be still more important in future investigations. Up to the present time, sec-
_ tions have been made of rocks, minerals and fossils, numbering over 560, of
which more than 325 are polished, translucent cuttings of large size, and adapted
to microscopic study and photography. This work has been under the charge
of Dr. J. W. Hall, who has devised and arranged the machinery now in
use. Among this collection are a considerable number of specimens of Tenta-
culites, Stromatopora and European petrospongia which have been prepared by
Dr. Fritz-Gaertner. Each one of the sections has been carefully recorded,
‘noting the locality and geological formation. A catalogue of_ these specimens
has been prepared, containing all the mformation possessed regarding the speci-
men at the time the work was done, indicating its geological position and the
place in the Museum of the specimen from which the sections have been cut, and
bearing a number corresponding to the section.

In continuing this work, it is intended to prepare a series of cuttings of speci-
mens representing all the varieties of rock formations within the State of New
York, as well as of those fossil forms where such treatment will elucidate their
intimate and characteristic structure.

In speaking of this subject, I should not omit an important feature in the
application of these preparations to educational uses. The translucent sections
attached to glass by Canada balsam, are not only susceptible of being pho-
tographed and printed from the glass plate, but these plates may be used in the
_stereopticon or magic lantern, and the figures, projected upon a screen, magnified
to any desired degree ; thus affording the student an opportunity of learning, in
a general way, the structure of any class of objects which cannot be advantage-
ously studied from the exterior characters.

-

FIELD COLLECTIONS oF FossILts AND MINERALS.

The accumulating collections of rocks and fossils, resulting from the field-
_ work of the Museum, have been temporarily placed in a building especially
devoted to preparatory work upon the same. Here the fossils of the lower Hel-
derberg group, Oriskany sandstone, Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage
and Chemung groups, were first separated and arranged, this work occupying
four or five months ; subsequently the Brachiopoda of the Hamilton and Uhe-
mung groups, and the Lamellibranchiata of the Hamilton group, have been
earetully separated, and notes made upon each species. In a book arranged for
that purpose, the record of every species is given, as to the number of specimens
_ from each locality, the condition of preservation, the character of the rock, its.
manner of weathering and consistency, and also the associated species. The
arrangement of the Lamellibranchiata of the Hamilton group is nearly com-
pleted, but it will require several months longer to finish the fossils of the
order from the Chemung group. ‘This work has been done by Mr. Lee
K. Brown.

The object of this work is to give a comprehensive view of the comparative
abundance of each species, its geographical distribution and vertical range, and
the character of the sediment in which it lived. The notes mark the peculiari-

ties or characteristics of particular specimens or of the species itself. When
completed, this work will be especially important in showing the geographical
range of species; and the results may be represented on any geographical or
geological map of the State.

« iz . -

pte, Pie
Yr .
et = cee Des

J
_

10 “Taerr. _FIRST Ravore ON THE Sous Me useom.

ge SN ay RS Rar ae ee oto ee RD

From the amount of work necessary to be done upon the fossils solldcted eae cae)
ing the year, in their preparation, determination, labeling and recording, before — x :
incorporating them with the collections, they cannot now be included in the list of |
additions herewith presented, except in a very general statement. I can onthe

say of them at the present time, that they are of great value and importance to the é z

Museum, and in their extent surpass the collections of many of the previous years.
The following statement will, in some measure, indicate the nature of the
material and the quantity collected during the past year. a
Mr. C. D. Walcott with Mr. OC. Vandeloo were occupied for a considerable ce
time in making Collections from the corniferous limestone of Western New York.
The results are as follows: From Caledonia, N. Y., four barrels and two boxes ; Spe i
from Leroy, ten barrels; from Falkirk, three barrels. These collections are.
chiefly of fossil corals which are in a sood state of preservation. ;
For the purpose of comparison with the New York forms, five barrels of corals’
were collected from the limestone of the same horizon, in Southern In-
diana. At Pendleton, Ind., a sandstone at the base of fie cont ate oe me
stone, bears a fauna which is characteristic of the Schoharie grit of New York;
and from this formation were obtained three barrels of specimens. Besides
these, an extensive collection was made from the Niagara group, at Waldron,
Ind., of about 7,000 pounds. This will be a very valuable addition to the
Museum, since the beds of corresponding age at Lockport, N. Y., are now
difficult of access. eh
Dr. R. Fritz-Gaertner has collected four boxes of minerals and fossils in the val-
ley of the Mohawk. The fossils are from the Calciferous sandstone, Birdseye and ~
Trenton limestones. From the Trenton limestone the fossils are chiefly minute
bryozoans, which will be an important addition to the Museum collections. The
minerals derived from the calciferous sandstone are quartz crystals in druses, ©
with rhombohedral forms of calcite and indurated bitumen; pyrites and

oe PS

sphalerite. The Trenton limestone furnished large specimens of galenite and

pyrites, the sphalerite and calcite coming together in veins. Several instructive
specimens of slickensides were likewise derived from the same locality. et Ye

Dr. J. W. Hall has collected sixty-four boxes of fossils, which are nearly all —
in a good state of preservation. The collections were made in the counties of
Albany, Schoharie, Otsego and Onondaga. They consist, principally, of fossil

ray
3

corals, derived from the upper Helderberg limestone formation. Somenewand
valuable collections were made from the goniatite limestone; and a large col-
lection of Lamellibranchiata and other shells from the Hamilton group of Onon-
daga county. *

It would be quite impossible to enumerate in detail all the work done

in the Museum. In an institution like this, open at all times to visitors, much
time of the assistants and often of the Director is occupied in answering ques- P
tions or giving information. Specimens in every department of Natural History
are sent in with inquiries regarding their nature and yalue; and the informa-—
tion thus asked is always cheerfully given. It has been my earnest desire to :
make the Museum not only a scientific organization in the true sense of the term,
but at the same time an educational institution of the higher order in all the
departments of science represented therein, The work is carried on not only ve
for present use and needs of the Museum, but with a view to the future,and it
is believed that the work done and the collections accumulated will be so arranged to
and placed in such a condition, that they will be available and their value will fee
be appreciated in all the future working of the institution. | rau
} I am, very respectfully, pate

Your obed’t servant, JAMES HALL.

ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM

DURING THE YEAR 1877.

I. BOTANICAL.

Specimens of sixteen species of California plants. From Miss 8. P. Monks,
Coldspring, nea’

Five specimens of Ferns ; among them Boirychiwm lunaria Sw. From Mrs. ss

S. M. Rust, Syracuse, N. Y.

¢ Twenty-eight species of plants; most of them ‘ballast’ plants, from near
Philadelphia. From J. C. Martinpae, Camden, N. J.

: Specimens of the yellow pine—Pinus mitis Mx. From N. L. Brirron, New
| Dorp, N. Y

Forty-six species of plants; one of-them a new and rare fungus. From E.

S. MILuer, Wading River, N. Y.

Eleven species of Mosses and Fungi, mostly from Colorado. From E. A Rav,

- Bethlehem, Pa.
a Four species of Fungi. From W. R. Gerarp, New York city.
‘Nine species of plants. From Rev. H. Wissz, Oswego, N.Y. +

_ A specimen of Carex panicea L. From Prof. P. A. Purssant, Troy, N. Y.

Four species of Ferns ; among them Scolopendrium vulgare Sm. From L. M.

UNDERWOOD, Syracuse, N. Y.”

_ A specimen of Arthonia polymorpha Ach. From H, WiLuEY, New Bedford,
Pi Mass.

Fourteen species of plants; some of them new species. From Hon. G. W.
CuiInTON, Buffalo, N. Y.

_ Twelve species of Fungi. From C. C. Frost, Brattleborough, Vt.

- Six species of Fungi; some of them new. From H. A. Warne, Oneida, N. Va

- Four species of Ferns. From B. D. Gitgert, Utica, N. Y.
Five species of plants ; among them the rare Pogonia affinis Aust. From M.
. W. VANDENBERG, Fort Edward, N. Y.
_ A specimen of Polyporus Beatiei Bann. From G. S. Watkins, Wilmust,
ey.

‘Specimens of Polyporus Beatiei Bann. and Impatiens fuloa Nutt. From G.
; 'T. Fisu, Rochester, N. Y.

_ Forty-three species of Fungi, from New Jersey. From J. B. Euuis, Newfield,
N. J.

5 Specimen of the wood of Kalmia latifolia L. From C. Devout, M.D., Albany,

| AY:
- Specimens of California hickory nuts. From P. C. Brower, Albany, N. Y.

' f ' eel 3 + hy came ss eg
Te THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE Mustvm.

IT, ZOOLOGICATR ae ere
A Field-mouse. From ANDREW M. Bunpur, Adamsville, N. Y. Bo

A Woodchuck—Arctomys monax (Linn.). From Sera H. Parsons, Albany, y 2

A New York Hrmine (Putorius Noveboracensis). From Joun H. Burns, : x
Cedar Hill, N. Y. Bo Sy A A

A Northern Tree-toad—Hyla versicolor Le Conte, taken at Center, N. Y.,
feeding on the sugar-bait spread on pine trees for Lepidoptera. From W.
W. Hiux, Albany, N. Y. |

A large slug—Tebennophorus sp? from a cellar of a house in Albany.
From W. W. Hit, Albany N. Y.

_A Pickerel—H sou reticulatus Le Sueur, 45 see long, weighing 19 pounds,
taken on Friend’s Lake, Chester, Waren Co., by Mrs. H. A. we of
Troy, N.Y. From Mrs. FrErauson.

/

= BN? eo SF Fi 72
Oe ot J. 2 1. iyF ‘Nc
> a SS aay eT ae te ai. $=

A fish from Banda Sia; a Snake, known as ‘“* Kutonki’’ by the rates Sunda
Dio, Java. Four examples of Medusze, from the North Pacific Ocean.
From Howard TREADWELL, Albany, N. Y.

A scarlet Tanager—Pyranga ruber Clint )—shot in Panne Nw 'Y.., Aang:
13th. From G. A. Dona. a

ON humming-bird— Trochilus colubris (Linn.). From 8. Biron, Albany, N.Y.

A red-tailed Buzzard—Buteo borealis (Gm.) Vieill—of 50 inches expanse of :
wings. From HE. HE. Wanps, New Scotland, N. Y. (a

A Butcher-bird—Colluris borealis (Vieill) Bd.—said to have killed a number
of pigeons. From Miss AMELIA Hartmann, Watervhet, N.Y. —

A hen’s egg of abuormal form. From Joun O’Hare, Albany.

An egg of very ee form from a black Spanish hen. om Wa dom
Ross, Albany, N. Y. Sea

An egg-yolk of solid consistence and sublaminate structure, and entirely 3
destitute of an albuminous envelope ; dropped in this condition by a white
Leghorn hen. From Wm. P. BUELL, JR., Albany, N.Y.

A case containing Vespa diabolica, Halictus ligatus, Pelopeus coeruleus,
Ceratina dupla, and other Hymenoptera. (About. 50 species in 14. exam- >
ples.) hes,

Twelve specimens of Hymenoptera (nine species), viz. : | ;
Apis mellifica Linn., 6, 2, 9; Megachile Sane Say; Andrena —
vicina Smith ; Panini 2atrox Dahlb.; Vespa crabo Linn., Kings Co.,
NYY Sune Pennsylvanica Linn. ; Sener iene ey F., Fishers’
Tdland: N. Y.; Melissodes pruinosa Say; Melissodes binotata Say, Sioa

Vertebral joint, detached spinal process and two epiphyses of a fin-back Whale,
stranded at Hisher’s Island in 1870. From Rey. J. L. ZABRISKIE,
New Baltimore, N. Y.

gt” at
eM ig
: ~ 35 tetas
BURN) ASE I"

oe Pat apes rsad b ee ae e's eA cg) MR as ter eal nea a fe: Ao Pae,
_ Appitiows TO THE STA re M USEUM. ge tS

An esi avai oculatus (Linn. ). From Tuomas Dor.g, Albany.
oe Pine-Beetle—Monohammuis titillator (Fabr.). From Joszpu Fry, Albany,

A Cecropia Moth—Samia Cecropia (Linn.). From FREepERIcK FInx,

Albany, N. Y.

A shell from Syria (undetermined). From Miss E. E. Dickinson, Schenec-
tady, N. Y

- Skeleton of a Rhinoceros—Rhinoceros Indicus L.—mounted by Prof. H. A.

Warp, Rochester.

An American Goshawk—Astur atricapillus (Wils.) Jard., shot in New Scot-

land December 30. From Joun L. Moax, New Scotland.

A Gold-Fish— Cyprinus auratus—in a new preservative liquid. From HrAstus
Cornina, JR., Albany.

III. GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL.

A rolled specimen of Hamilton sandstone, composed mainly of Spirifera granu-

lifera Hall. From J. H. Brooks, Albany, N. Y.

Cheattetes lycoperdon; calcareous concretions around rootlets, and a concretion in

slate. From EpwARD CHANDLER, Fort Plain, N. Y.

_A block of Marmolite ; a block of Dolemite, with Talc in Clinochlore ; a block

of Magnetite. From the Tillie Foster Iron Mine, Putnam county, near
Brewster’s, N. Y. From Prof. JAMES HAtu.

A block of Calcite, with groups of crystals; Mineville, Essex county, N. Y.

Purchased for the Museum.

\ i
_ Nineteen species of minerals, viz.: Calamine, Franklin, N. J.; Franklinite, Frank-

lin, N.J.; Willemite, Franklin, N.J.; Stilbite, Bergen Tunnel; Natrolite,
Bergen Tunnel; Datholite, Bergen Tunnel; Anthophyllite, Bucks county,
Pa.; Pectolite, Bergen Tunnel; Clinochlore, nr. Westchester, Pa. ;
Nemalite, Hoboken, N. J.; Vermiculite, Conshocken, Pa. ; Jefferisite, ur.
Westchester, Pa.; Marmolite, Hoboken, N. J.; Hydromagnesite, Hobo-
ken, N. J.; Oligoclase, Bucks come Pa.; Oligoclase, nr. Westchester,
Pa.; White Quartz, Bergen, N. J.; Calcite, Bergen Tunnel; Celestite,

4

Tyrone, Pa. From Prof. ALBERT R. LEEDS, Stevens’ acter of Tech-

nology, Hoboken, N. J.

Sphalerite and Galenite, Spraker’s I ai N.Y. Bycollection of Dr. R. Frirz-
GAERTNER,

Specimens of Airypa reticularis. From N. B. WHEELER, West Winfield,
N. Y.

Ten specimens of Saxicava rugosa, of the Champlain epoch, Clinton county,

NX. From G. P. CHapmAN, Albany.

IV. ARCH AOLOGICAL

A collection of arrow-heads (principally of flint), made at Loudonville, Albany

county, N. Y., consisting of ninety-four examples (fifty-one perfect or nearly

so) ; four knives, imperfect; a fragment of stone utensil; chips from the ©

manufacture of the flint implements, From F. EH. Aspinwattu, M. D.,
Loudonville, N. Y.

Hie Ae ney - . » ri
ch ae | Tarery-rrest Revort on rae Stare Mi

Nine pieces of pottery, and jaw-bone of dee and pilet boned of deer, ¢ col
Cast of a stone Totem, believed to represent the Tribe of the Bear of the J}

hawks, found in Root, Montgomery county, N. Y. (see figure in Ameri- —
can Naturalist, Vol. xii, p. 779). From A. G. Ricumonp and 6. L. ps ie

Pare a ie MP aE eee ea ot

at Minden, Montgomery county, N. Y., on the site of ancient Indian vill:

Canajoharie, N. Y.

(

V. TO THE LIBRARY.

1. By DonaTIon.

Laws of the State of New York, passed at the Ninety-ninth Session of the ce

Legislature. 2 Vols. Pras 1876. From, the RacEnTs OF THE >

UNiversrry.

Annual Report of the Department of Mines,\ New South Wales, for the year
1875. Sydney: 1876. sm. 4to, pp. 167.—Mines and Mineral Statistics of
New South Wales, etc. By Hon. John Lucas, M. P. Sydney: 1875.

8vo, pp. 252.—New South Wales, its progress and Resources. By author-

ity of the Commissioners. Sydney: 1876. Pamph., 12mo, pp. 31.—Min- Q

eral Map and General Statistics of New South Wales. Sydney: 1876.

Pamph., 12mo.—New South Wales; the Oldest and Richest of the Austra-_ ,
lian Colonies. By Charles Robinson. Sydney: 1873. Pamph., 12mo, 3

pp. 110. From Dr. R. W. Fores, New York.

_ Report of the Botanist [Charles H. Peck] for the year 1873. From the 27th Ann.

~~ Rep. on the N. Y. St. Mus. of Nat. Hist. Albany: 1877. Pamph., 8vo, ‘

pp. 78-116.

Report of the Botanist [Charles H. Peck]. From the 28th Ann. Rep. on the — :

N. Y. State Mus. of Nat. Hist., for the year 1874. Albany: 1876.
Pamph., 8vo., pp. 81-88, plates 1 and 2.
From the AUTHOR.

The Grotto Geyser of the Yellowstone National Park. From Prof. F. Ws :

HAYDEN.

Report of the Commissioners of Education for the year 1875. Washington :
1876. 8vo, pp. cLxx111+1016. From the Commissioner, JoHn HEATON.

- Bulletin of the American Geographical Society. Session of 1876-77. Nos. 2,3.

and 4. New York: 1877. 8 pamphlets. From the SociEry. |

Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, 1875, C.C. Report of Progress

in the counties of York, Adams, Cumberland, and Franklin. By Persifer —

Frazer, Jr. Harrisburg: 1877. 8vo., pp. 201-400.

Second Geological Survey, etc. Report of Progress in the Cambria and Somer- —

set Districts. By F. & W.G. Platt. Harrisburg: 1877. 8vo., pp. 194.
Second Geological Survey, ete. Special Report on Coke Manufacture. By
Franklin Platt. Harrisburg: 1876. 8vo., pp. 252.
From Joun B. PEARSE, Secretary of the Board of Commissioners.

Braitisonian Miscellaneous Collections. Vols. JII, IV, VIITI-XII. Wales

ington, 1862-1874. 7 vols.8 vo. From the SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. —

Report on the Geological Survey of Ohio. Vol. II. Geology and Palzeontol-

Q

ogy. Part II. Paleontology. Columbus: 1875. Royal 8vo., pp. |

maa fe? plates lix. From Prof. James Hatt.

, mat
i
{ ‘ yr AE ,
Pennat s
Beet aE hh.

PP Ronn et eee) ene Mate d Teor eee Sedu aie a Meee ae
we Pepe’ _ e a oe ee, ¥ - me ~ 7 ‘
3S INQ. id iy

he Be cocrd, Third, Fourth and Fifth Annual Reports on the Geological and
a Natural History Survey of Minnesota; for the years 1873, 1874, 1875,
2 and 1876. St. Paul: 1874, 1875, 1876, 1877. Four pamph., 8v0., pp.
219, 36, 162, 248. From N. H. WINCHELL, Geologist-in- charge.

Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Science, Arts and Letters. Vol.
Ill. 1875-76. Madison: 1876. 8vo., pp. 269. From the AcADEMY.

The Insects. of the Tertiary Beds at Quesnal. By Samued H. Scudder.

Pamph., 8vo., pp. 15.

A Brief Comparison of the Butterfly Faunas of of Kurope and Eastern North

America. By Samuel H. Scudder. Pamph., 8vo., 6 pp.
Antigeny, or Sexual Dimorphum in Butterflies, By Samuel H. Scudder.
[From Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts—Sciences, XII, pp. 150-158. 1877.]
From the AUTHOR.

_ Report on the Geographical and Giana Survey, West of the 100th Meri-

. dian, in charge of First Lieut. George M. Wheeler. Vol. V. Zodlogy.

[Bound in five parts]. Washington: 1875. Quarto, pp. 1019. From the
ENGINEER DEPARTMENT, U.S. ARMY.

Beach Rambles in Search of Sea-side Pebbles and Crystals. By J.G. Francis,
London: 1859. 12 mo. From Wiii1am Butson, Albany.

The Surface Geology of Ohio. By J. L. Newberry. Columbus, O., 1874.
Pamph., 8vo., pp. 80. :
- The Structure and Relations of Dinicthys * * * . By J. L. Newberry.
Columbus,.0., 1875. Pamph., 8vo., pp. 64.
Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio. By J.L. Newberry. Vol. I. Geol-
ogy and Paleontology. Part II. Paleontology. Columbus, O., 1878.
Royal 8vo., pp. 399.
p From the AUTHOR.

Auditor of Accounts’ Annual Report of the Receipts and Expenditures of the
City of Boston, for 1876-77. Boston: 1877. 8vo., pp. 879. From
ALFRED H. Turner, Auditor.

”

Introduction and Succession of Vertebrate Life in America. By Prof. O. C.
Marsh. Pamph., Royal 8vo., pp.57. From the AuTHOR.

Department of the Interior.—Report of the Geological Survey of the Territo- —

ries. H. V. Hayden, Geologist-in-charge. Vol. 1X. The Invertebrate,

Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper Missouri Country. ByF.B. —

Meek. Washington: 1876. Quarto, pp. 629, plates 45.

Dep. Bulletin of the U.S. National Museum :

By George N. Lawrence. Washington: 1876. 8 vo., pp. 56.

No. 7. Contributions to the Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands, |

etc. By Thos. H. Streets. Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pp. 172.
No. 8. Index to the Names which have been applied to the Subdivisions
of the Class Brachiopoda. By W.H. Dall. Washington: 1877. 8
vo., pp. 88.
No. 9. Contributions to North American pee No. 1. By David
_ 8. Jordan. Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pp. 53.
Dep.——__—__—_ . U.S. Geological and cocrunincal Survey :
' Miscellaneous Publications, No. 1. Lists of Elevations * * * West
of the Mississippi River. By Henry Gannett. Washington: 1877.
8 vo., pp. 167.

- 4
+,

= sd o

Apa

i eateies
* arene

ApDvITIONS: TO THE ‘SraTE Museum. 15

No. 4. Birds of Southwestern Mexico, collected by F. E. Sumichrast.

Miscellaneous Publications, N 0. 1, Yeas and Philology of ane nae
age Indians. By Washington 1 Matthews. Washington : 1877. By
, » pp. 239.
Acie Publications, No. 8. Fur-Bearing Animals : A Monogeam of
North American Mustelidze. By Elliott Coues. Washington: 1877. |
8 vo., pp. 348, plates 20.

Dep.
Washington: 1876-1877. 8 vo., pp. 856.

De
ie Rocky Mountain Region. Contributions to North American Ethnology.
‘Vol. I. Washinton: 1877. Quarto, pp. 361. ;
Dep. . Bulletin of the U.S Entomological Commission.
Nos. 1 and 2. Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pp. 12, 14.

Ninth Annual Report of the United States Geological and Geographical Sur-
vey of the Territories, for the year 1875. By EF. V. Hayden, U. S. —

Geologist. Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pp. 827.
From the DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.

Re; Année 1876. 30° vol. From the SocrEry.

_ Elfter Bericht der naturforschenden Gesellchaft in Bamberg. Fir die Jahre,

1875-1876. Bamberg: 1877. From the Socizry.

Sitzungs-Berichte der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellchaft- Isis in Dresden.
_ _Jahrgang, 1877. Jan. bis Marz. From the Socrery.

Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer ved Dr. Michael Sars. Christiania: 1861.

8 vo., 160 pp., 16 plates.

Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges Fauna. Af G. O. Sars. I. Monographi
Siar over de ved Norges Kyster Forekommende Mysider. Forste & Andet
Hefte. Christiania: 1870, 1872. 4to, pp. 64, plates 5; pp. 33, plates 3.

_ Bemerkninger om de til Norges Fauna horende Phyllopoder. Af G. O. Sars.
ay (Seerskilt aftrykt af Vid.-Selsk. Forh: 1873.) 8 vo., pp. 7.

Om Craniets Assymetri hos Nyctala tengmalmi G'm. oF Robert Collett.

(Seerskilt aftrykt af Vid.-Selsk. Forh: 1872.) 8 vo., pp. 7, 1 plate.
- Om Slegterne Latrunculus og Crystallogobius. Af Robot Collett. (Forh.
Vid.-Selsk. Chra. f.: 1876.) 8 vo., pp. 41, 2 plates.

Supplement til «Norges Fugle og deres seographiske Udbredelse i Landet.”

(1868-70.) Af Robert Collett. (Szers. aft. af Vid.-Selsk. Forh. for
1871.)
Bidrag til Kundskaben om de norske Nadi beuasiee, Af H. Friele og G. Ar-
; mauer Hansen. (Seers. aft. af Christ. Vid.-Selsk. Forh. for 1875.)
Bidrag til Vestlandets Molluskfauna. Af Herman Friele. (Sers. aft. af
Vid.-Selsk. Forh. for 1875.) 8 vo., pp. 8, 1 plate.

Bidrag til Californiens Amphipodefauna. Af Axel Boeck. (Seers. aft. af —

Vid.-Selsk. Forh. for 1871.) 8 vo., pp. 22.

Anatomisk Beskrivelse af Cheetoderma nitidulum Loven. Af G. Armauer
Hansen. 8 vo., pp. 24, 5 plates.

EHnumeratio Insectorum Norvegicorum. Fasciculus I. Catalogum Hemiptorum
et Orthopterorum Continens. Auctore H. Siebke. Christiania: 1874. 8vo.,
pp. xu-+60.

Enum. . Fasciculus II. Catalogum Coleopterorum Continens. Auctore H.
Siebke. Christiania: 1875. 8vo., pp- 61-334.

ae
oe ee

Bulletin of the U.S. Geological and coca
Survey of the Territories. Vol. II, Nos.4; Vol. III, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4._

OYE 5 Geographical and Geological Survey of the —

Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Historiques et Naturelles de L’Yonne.

' ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM. 17

Enum. . Fasciculum III. Catalocum Lepidopterorum Continentem. Auc-
tore H. Siebke, Defuncto. Edidet J. Sparre Schneider. Christiania,
1876. 8vo., pp. xxiit+188.

Houm. . FasciculumIV. Catalogum Dipterorum Continentem. Auctore H.
Siebke, Defuncto. Editet J.Sparre Schneider. Christianize: 1877. 8vo.,
pp- xXiv+255.

_ Norvége Carte Zoé-Gé ‘ographique contenant une Liste Compléte de tous les

Animaux Vertébrés de Norvége. Par M. Robert Collett. Christiania :

1875. In four sheets.

From det KonaceticgkE Norske Untversirer I CHRISTIANIA.

2. By PuRCcHASE.

American Journal of Science and Art. New Haven, Conn. Vols. 13 and 14:
1877.

The Naturalists’ Directory. Salem, Mass.: 1877. 8vo., pp. 46420.

Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Vol. III, No. 4. 8vo.,
pp. 187-192, pl. v.

The American Paleozoic Fossils; A Catalogue of the Genera and species. By
S. A. Miller. Cincinnati, O.: 1877. 8vo., pp. 2538.

The Albany Directory, for the Year 1877. Albany: 1877.
Railway World. Vol. 8, Quarto. Philadelphia: 1877.

2

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST.

ESR. Wootworrts, LL. D.,

Secretary of the Board of Regents of the University :
‘S1r—Since the date of my last report, specimens of one hundred nnd eighty-

nine species of plants have been mounted and placed in the Herbarium of the

_ State Museum of Natural History, of which one hundred and sixty-two were not

eS

before represented therein. Twenty-seven are improved specimens or new
varieties not before represented. A list of the specimens mounted is marked (1).

Specimens have been collected in the counties of Albany, Columbia, Dela-
ware, Hssex, Renssélaer, Saratoga, Schoharie and Ulster. These represent one

_ hundred and twenty-seven species new to the Herbarium, fifty-eight of which

are believed to be new or hitherto undescribed. A list of the specimens col-
lected is marked (2).
Specimens of twenty New York species, new to the Herbarium, and not

among my collections of the past season, have been contributed by, or been -

obtained in naming specimens for, correspondents. These added to the collected

species make the whole number of additions one hundred and forty-seven epee
_ A list of contributors and their contributions is marked (3).

Previously unreported species and descriptions of new species are given in a
part of the report marked (4). New stations of rare plants, remarks and obser-

vations will be found in a part marked (5). A few discoveries of special inter-

- est are herewith narrated.

It is a well-known fact that various insects are subject to the attacks of para-

" sitie fungi, which prove fatal to them. The common house-fly is destroyed by
one, the silk-worm by another, and the pupeze of different moths by others.

Another noticeable instance of this kind was observed the past season. It
was found that the ‘“‘“Seventeen-year Locust,” Cicada septendecim, which made

its appearance in the Hudson River Valley early in the summer, was affected
by afungus. The first specimen of this kind that I saw was taken in New Jer-
_ sey, and sent to me by Rev. R. Bb. Post. LHxamination revealed the fact that
_ the Cicadas, or ‘‘Seventeen-year Locusts,’ im this vicinity, were also affected

_ almost wholly of a mass of pale-yellowish or clay-colored spores, which, to the

by it. The fungus develops itself in the abdomen of the insect, and consists

_ naked eye, has the appearance of a lump of whitish clay. The insects attacked

by it become sluggish and averse to flight, so that they can easily be taken by
hand. After a time some of the posterior rings of the abdomen fall away,

revealing the fungus within. Strange as it may seem, the insect may, and
sometimes does live for a time even in this condition. hough it is not killed

_ at once, it is manifestly incapacitated for pr opagation, and, therefore, the fungus

J <

- may be said to prevent, to some extent, the injury that would otherwise be done
_ to the trees by these insects in the deposition of their eggs. For the same rea-
_ son, the insects of the next generation must be less numerous than they other-
wise would be, so that the fungus may be regarded as a beneficial one. In
- Columbia county, the disease prevailed to a considerable extent. Along the

> peek the railroad between Catskill and Livingston stations many dead cicadas

y

\

i
&

T

observations on it and its parasite for some time to come, yet it would be inter-—
esting to know how the fungus is propagated, or where its germs remain durmg

were found, not a few of which were » filled by the fangoid mass. iy the pines iy
makes its appearance only at intervals of seventeen years, and consequently will

not be seen here again till 1894, it will scarcely be possible to make any further

4, ,

the long interval between the appearance of two generations. Do the fungus Me

germs enter the ground im the body of the larva, and slowly develop with its
growth, becoming mature when it is mature, or do they remain quiescent on or
near the surface of the ground, waiting to enter the body of the pupa as it
emerges seventeen years hence? Or, again, is it possible that the fungus is
developed annually in some closely related species as the ‘« Harvest-fly,”” Cicada
canicularis, and that it passes over from its usual habitat to the seventeen-year
cicada whenever it has the oportunity?. These questions are merely suggestive.
They cannot yet be answered.*

While in the Adirondack region numerous clumps of alders were noticed that

had their leaves nearly all skeletonized by the larvee of some unknown insect. The
larvee were nearly black in color and scarcely half an inch long. They were seen —

in countless numbers feeding upon the leaves and threatening by their numbers,

even if but half of them should come to maturity, in another year to completely defo-

liate the alders of that region. Upon looking under the affected bushes for the
pupze of the insect, in order, if possible, to have the means of ascertaining the

species, what was my astonishment to find the ground thickly flecked with little —

white floccose masses of mold, and that each one of these tufts of mold was the

downy fungoid shroud of a dead larva from thealders. Not asingle living pupa
could be found, but there were hundreds of dead and moldy larvee. killed without

doubt by the fungus, which is nature’s antidote to an over-production of this
Ni g Pp

insect, and nature’s agency for protecting the alders from utter destruction.

- While on the way from Summit to Jefferson in Schoharie county, an apple
tree was observed on which much of the fruit was discolored, and appeared as if

S
:

»

beginning to decay. Some of the passengers in the stage remarked that they

“never before knew of apples ratting on the tree.’’ Some of the fruit was —
pp g

procured, and found to be affected by a fungus known to botanists by the name —

Spheropsis Malorum, or apple Sphezeropsis. It has been described as attack-
ing ‘‘apples lying on the ground” in winter. Here was an instance in which

the apples were attacked while yet on the tree, and that, too, as early as Septem-
ber. ‘The apples attacked by the fungus are rendered worthless, and experi-
ments recently made indicate that the disease is contagious, and may be com-
municated from one apple to another. For example, a perfectly sound apple

was placed in a drawer with one that was affected by the fungus. In a few
days the sound apple began. to show signs of decay. Its whole surface had
assumed a dull brown color as if beginning to rot. Two or three days later

small pale spots made their appearance, and in the center of each there was a

minute rupture of the epidermis. An examination of the substance of the apple
in these pale spots revealed fungoid filaments that had permeated the cells of

the apple. In two or three days more, numerous minute black pustules or

papille had appeared. They were thickly scattered over nearly the whole sur-
face of the apple. These constitute the Spharopsis. When microscopically
examined, each one of these black papillze is found to contain several oblong pale
fungus spores (seeds) supported on a short stem or foot-stalk, from which they

soon separate. It would be well, therefore, whenever this fungus-rot mal its |

* Since this was written, I have found in the Smithsonian Contributions, Vol. v, p. 53, a very
good account of this fungus, by Dr. Leidy, of Philadelpia, but as noname was given toit, a hame
and description will be publislied.

—

het

:

eS aeage to remove the affected apples at once from the presence of the others,

___ whether they are on the tree or not. It is not enough to throw them on the

ground by themselves, for this would not prevent the fungus from maturing

3 and scattering its seeds. They should be buried in the ground, or put in some

place where it will not be possible for the fungus to perfect itself and mature its
seed. In this way the multiplication of the spores aud the spread of the disease

2¥ may be prevented.

Bey

_ The importance of the balsam fir, Abies Fae as an ornamental ever-
green and as a source of balsam, renders a brief account of it and its enemies
_ desirable. |

It prefers wet or marshy soil, in cold, hilly, or mountainous regions, yet it is
quite at home on comparatively dry upland, and will thrive in almost any soil.
Its growth is rapid, but the tree seldom attains a very large size, the trunk
rarely exceeding one foot in diameter at the base. ‘Its usual diameter is six to
eight inches, with a height of thirty to forty feet. It has a straight, gradually
tapering trunk, giving off, at intervals of one or two feet, circles of branches,
each one of which is a little shorter than the one next below it. This gives to
the head or spray a very regular form, resembling in outline an elongated cone.
The branches are given off at a wide angle with the trunk. They are generally

' a little ascending, but sometimes horizontal, or slightly deflexed. The branch-

lets are numerous, and given off with considerable regularity at each node,
though scattering or adventitious branches and branchlets are of frequent occur-

__ rence, both on the trunk and branches. There are usually three regular branch-

\

lets at each node, two spreading laterally (one from each side of the branch),
and one extending downwards and outwards beneath the branch. The leaves
have been described in some botanical works as two-ranked. They are, how-
ever, scattered on all sides of the leading shoots and branchlets, and are more

or less spirally arranged in their insertion; but those on the lower side of the

branchlets are so curved and directed upwards and outwards that they appear,

as a whole, to be somewhat two-ranked. They are flattened like the leaves of

the hemlock, but are usually longer than those of either the hemlock or spruce.
The lower surface is marked by a prominent midrib, and has a silvery or glau-

cous lustre, which, combined with the deep green of the upper surface, gives to

the foliage a richness and beauty unequaled by that of any other of our ever-
greens. They remain upon the tree four or five years, so that all the shorter
branches are clad with rich, dense foliage, throughout their whole extent. The
cones or fruit of the balsam are produced on the upper and, consequently, on
the shorter and younger branches. I have never seen them on branches below
the middle of the tree. They stand erect on the branches, and in this respect
differ essentially from the pendulous cones of the spruce and hemlock. On the

Te ON hia * sage Coa Pe Oe eer a ey MESA ore CPT Oc, Oe UE

ReeoR OF THE Eee Prac 21

very short branches, near the top of the tree, they are often so close together

that they appear crowded or clustered. Before maturity, they are more or less
tinged with bluish, or violet and purplish hues, but their beauty is generally
impaired by copious exudations of resin. When quite young they are bristly
with the long, slender points of the bracts, but these are at length nearly con-
cealed by the overlapping scales. The cones have been described as three to
four inches long, but I have never seen them so long. Their usual length with

us is one and a half to two and a half inches. Sometimes, on the mountains,

small trees four to six feet high bear a few cones. This tree, like the spruce,
in some situations varies considerably from the typical form. In the Catskill
Mountains I have seen it dwarfed to a diffusely spreading bush, similar to the
_ ground hemlock. Near the summit of the high peaks of the ‘Adirondacks it
loses its beauty and thrift, and forms dense thickets in which the trunks are but

a few feet high, ~apidly taoninn: and coated with hone the bpruscbentiae
long, straggling, crooked, and interlaced, the whole forming a hedge-like | mass
through which anything larger than a rabbit would find great difficulty in pass-
ing. Starved by the lack of soil; stunted in its growth by the short, cold
_- seasons; pressed down by the weight of accumulating snow; and bruised and a
cut back by masses of ice and frozen snow hurled against it by fierce blasts of
wind, it can no longer attain its usual size and its natural symmetry of form.

- These mountain thickets of balsam are of interest to the botanist, because they _
show the hardy character of the tree, and its ability to live where few other trees
can live; but they are the constant dread of tourists who visit the unfrequented
peaks of the Adirondacks, for they are passed only with the utmost difficulty —

and labor.

The wood of the balsam is of little value for lumber owing to the small size
of the tree. It contains resin and burns freely, but with a crackling noise. The
smoke is very penetrating and irritating to the eyes. Near the summits of
the mountains, however, it is almost the only available wood for camps and

_ camp-fires. The bark of this tree furnishes the well-known “Canada balsam,”

a clear viscid resin of considerable repute in medicine and much used in
_ mounting objects for the microscope. The resin is obtained from small vesicles _

or “blisters” in the bark. It is generally more abundant in the thrifty

_ smooth-barked trees of low damp lands than in the stunted growths of the ~—

mountains. Because of the value of this tree as a producer of balsam, and

because of its beauty and fitness to adorn parks and pleasure grounds, it ought

to be cherished and preserved. But like its companion, the spruce, it has its
insect and fungoid foes. While at Summit, in Schoharie county, in September, —

I noticed ina small grove of balsams that a dozen or more of the trees had

_ recently been killed or were then dying. The leaves had nearly all changed

their color, but for the most part yet remained on the trees. An investigation

_ showed pretty conclusively that an insect was the cause of the death of the
_ trees. A minute bark-mining beetle, both in its mature and in its larval state, ©

was found between the bark and the wood. The beetle perforates the bark, —

_ excayates its furrow along the inner surface in a horizontal direction, and deposits Kade
its eggs along the sides of the furrow which is less than one-sixteenth of an inch 5
in diameter. As soon as the eggs are hatched, the larve begin to mine furrows
of their own at right angles to the original gallery, one part eating their way
upward and another downward between the bark and the wood. These larval ~
galleries are nearly parallel to each other, and are at their beginning so minute
that they are scarcely perceptible to the naked eye ; but as the larva advances
in its course, it increases in size and the diameter of its furrow increases in like
manner. The larvee were found (in some instances transformed to the mature
beetle) each in the larger end of its own furrow. It will be observed from the
direction of the original furrow, how powerful an agent for mischief this minute
beetle is. Its work is carried.on in the most vital part of the tree. Three or
four beetles attacking the trunk at or about the same height, and on different
sides of the tree, would completely and effectually girdle it and destroy its life.
Even a single beetle, by extending its furrow entirely around the trunk, would
accomplish the same result, but no furrows were found thus extended. ‘Phe xcs
length of the original furrows appeared to be less than four inches. The beetle
itself is scarcely more than one line long, and belongs to the genus Tomicus. Mie
species is probably undescribed. In the case of the spruce-destroying beetle
more workers are necessary to kill the tree because the main furrows are exca-
vated longitudinally or parallel to the axis of the trunk, while in the case of the $
balsam-destroying beetle the original furrow is excavated at right angles to this =
axis, and therefore cuts off or destroys the vital action over a much broader space. —

a Pree

| Report oF THE Boranisr. We Ae,

7

re oa ‘The Heseriotion of the balsams was not limited to the single grove in which

Sa it was first observed. In several places along the road between Summit and

ae J efferson, dead and dying balsams were noticed ; but the affected trees were not

aS very numerous, and it would not be a difficult matter, with prompt and united
action, to arrest the progress of the mischief. If each man, on whose land the
‘balsams, grow, would, as soon as signs of the presence of the trouble are mani-
_ fest, cut the affected trees, strip off the bark and burn it, he would, by so doing,
_ destroy the éolonies of larv ze, and prevent the further spread of the mischief,
It is not at all probable that trees once attacked and showing signs of death can
_ be sayed, and it would be far better to cut them immediately than to allow them |
_ to remain as nurseries for these tiny marauders.

% Four species of fungi are now known that attack the leaves of our fake
- None of these, so far as I am aware, actually kill the tree, but all of them
~ necessarily detract somewhat from the vigor and the beauty of it. One of them,
a kind of cluster-cup fungus, known as Peridermium elatinum, or fir-tree
Peridermium, consists of minute whitish cups, filled with a deep yellow or orange-
colored powder, which is the spores or seeds of the fungus. These cups burst
forth from and occupy the whole of the lower surface of the leaf. This fungus
is very thorough in its work, for every leaf on the affected branches is made to
support its share of the cups. It detracts so much from the vigor of the leaves
that they have a sickly, yellowish-green color, and do not attain more than half
the size of healthy leaves. Still they are not killed at once. They remain on
the tree during the summer, but fall sometime before the next succeeding crop
of leaves is developed, for on the affected branches, only the leaves of a single
season can be found, and these are always on the terminal shoots, and always
affected by the fungus. From this,gt appears that the disease is in the branch,
and bursts out and makes itself visible in each successive crop of leaves. ‘The
branches affected by it are deformed, irregular, contorted and massed together,
forming that peculiar dense and intricate growth, commonly known as “ crow’s —
nest.” It is not often that more than one or two branches of a tree, with the
branchlets, are attacked, consequently it is an easy matter to cut off the affected
branches and relieve the trec from this incumbrance.
Another similar fungus, the Peridermium balsameum, attacks the leaves in
a sort of hap-hazard manner, affecting some here and some there. This fungus,
_ like the other, consists of minute cups that burst forth from the lower surface of
_ the leaves, but the cups are generally longer and cylindrical, and filled with a
pale or whitish: powder. The affected leaves in this case attain their normal
_ size, but they lose their green color and become pale yellowish or almost white,
_ and being scattered everywhere among the green leaves, they give a singular
' yariegated appearance to the foliage. I have never met with this fungus except
on small balsams in the Adirondack wilderness, and near Summit, and it is not —
very likely to prove detrimental to transplanted or cultivated trees.

In a grove of young balsams, near Summit, patches or groups of dead leaves
were observed on many of the branches of some of the trees. An examination
showed that these leaves were affected by two fungi, which, in some instances,

were associated together in the same group of leaves, and even on the same leaf;
in other cases each fungus occupied exclusively its own group of leaves. One

_ of them is known to botanists by the name Hypoderma nervisequum, or nerve-

_ following Hypoderma. It forms a black line along the midrib of the leaf,

_ being more prominent and uniform on the lower surface. This thick black line

_ or ridge at length ruptures along the center. It contains within a multitude

of microscopic, nearly cylindrical, membranous sacks, each of which contains
eight long narrow spores. |

The other fungus, which does not appear to have been Ree huowis, and Mee
to which I have given the name Dermatea phyllophila, or leaf-loving Dermatea, — % &
consists of minute shallow cups, which break forth from the lower surface pie |
leaf, rupturing the epidermis, and sometimes throwing off a little scale of it.
These cups, when moist, are of a dingy-white color, but when dry are contracted, —

irregular, and of a darker hue.

tree would be in danger.

Like the preceding species, they contain many Be
‘minute sacks and spores. Though these fungi kill the leaves that they attack,
there is no evidence that they kill the trees, yet, if the attack should extend to
all or nearly all the leaves on a tree at any one time, it is evident the life of the ay

(1.)

PLANTS MOUNTED.

Not new to the Herbarium.

Hamamelis Virginica L.
Claytonia Caroliniana Mz.
Rosa micrantha Sim.
Daucus Carota LD.

Aster corymbosus Ait,

A. miser L,,

A. simplex Willd.
Solidago squarrosa Muhl.
8. Canadensis L.

S. gigantea Ait.
Helianthus tuberosus L.
Ilex verticillata Z.
Lycopus Virginicus LD.
Potamogeton natans L.

Habenaria psychodes GY.

Eleocharis Robbinsii Oakes.

Scirpus subterminalis Torr.
Hriophorum gracile Koch.
Carex Buxbaumu Wahl.
C. utriculata Boott.
Leersia oryzoides S71.

L. Virginica Willd.
Festuca elatior L.
Panicum glabrum G‘aud.
Andropogon scoparius Ma.
Adiantum pedatum L.

Aspidium acrostichoides Sw. -

New to the A erbarium.

Trifolium hybridum LD.
Lonicera Tartarica Z.
Artemisia Absinthium LZ.
- Hieracium aurantiacum J.
Datura Tatula ZL.

Smilax hispida Muhl.
Agaricus striatifolius Pk.
apertus Ph,
flavidellus Pk.
peltigerinus Pk.
conigenoides Hillis.
delicatellus Pk.
odorifer Pk.
subareolatus Pk.
striatulus Fr.
longistriatus Pk.
indecens Pk,
contrarius P&,
lacrymabundus Fy.

ee re ee

: Agaricus Candolleanus F’r.

A. _limophilus P&.
umbonatescens Pk.

polytrichophilus PA.

graciloides Pk.
Cortinarius ophiopus P&.
C. eraticius Hr.

A.

A. arenulinus P&.
A

A

gr regularis Pk.

Marasmius preeacutus Hillis.
Panus torulosus A’.
Boletus viscosus Frost.
EO dualis Pk.
nidulans Fr.
fragrans Pk.
albellus P&.
connatus Weinm.
balsameus PA.
obducens Pers.

rie he

: . | i! a

is yee 4 eal Becyoll AL A are dae H
“Report OF THE eisuien:

a Aided 20h eras eimai Fr.
P. farinellus Fr.
mz -Hydnum Weinmanni fr.
_ Irpex sinuosus fr. .
ao ak fuscoviolaceus F’r.
I. obliquusyf’r.
~ Radulum orbiculare Ff’. |
-Phiebia merismoides Fr.
Thelephora speciosa L’r,
Hymenocheete spreta Pk, y
H.' = agglutinans Hillis.
- Corticium quercinum Pers,
t2'O. lacteum Fr.
“es 8 Sambuci F’r.
C. exeruleum F’y.
Ale Martianum B. & C.
sn OY suffocatum Pk.
Cyphella griseopallida Wein.
Clavaria typhuloides PA.
nee amethystina Bul.
Pistillaria coccinea Cd.
Tremella intumescens Sow.
Nezmatelia encephala F’r.
Dacrymyces minor Pk.
Amaurochete atra A. & S.
Physarum luteolum Pk.
A albicans P&.
Diachzea splendens Pk.
Trichia fallax Pers.
_ Perichzena irregularis B. & C.
_ Clathroptychium rugulosum Wadlr.
Nidularia pulvinata Schw.
Leptostroma lineare PA.
Phoma strobilina P. & C.
vir. stercoraria P. & C.
_ Spheronema Robinie B. & C.

Ss. aurantiacum Pk.

_ Spheeropsis Pennsylvanica B. & C.

<a.F minima Bb. & C.

“RNB Syringe P. & C.
Diplodia thujina P. & C.

_ Excipula lanuginosa P24.
_ Discella Canadensis Pk.

aes 12 arida Pk.

_ Melanconium intermedium Ph.

— Torula curvata Pk.
_ Septonema dichznoides P. & C.
Puccinia orbicula P. & C.
3 PP. Hydrophylli P. & C.
Uredo Cassandree P. & C.
_ Melampsora Epilobii Ack.
AAMecidium Sanicule Carm.
_ Helminthosporium Absinthii Pk.
-Macrosporium sarcinula Berk.

=

| Cladosporium nodulosum Cd.

C. depressum B. & Br.
Ramularia brunnea Ps.
Cercospora Symplocarpi P&.
C. Chenopodii F’ck/

Verticillium pulvereum P. & C.

Peronospora infestans De By.
Polyactis cana Berk.
Trichoderma viride Pers.
Dactylium sublutescens Pk.
Oidium fasciculatum Berk.

O. albipes P&. ;
Capillaria Spheerize-typhine Cd.
Menispora ciliata Cd.
Zygodesmus pannosus B. & C.
Z. rubiginosus Pk.
Fusisporium rimosum Pk,
Erysiphe Liriodendri Schw.

| Morchella bispora Sor.

M. semilibera DC.
M. deliciosa Fr.
Verpa digitaliformis Pers.
Peziza sulcata Pers.
Warnei Pk.

FE bicolor Bud.

P myricacea Pk,

B sulphurella Pk,’

P capitata Pk.

lide distincta Pk.

P, maculincola Schw.
IP chameleontina Pk.
a deligata Pk,

Pp Polygoni Rehm.
Bi macrospora F'cki,
Helotium caricinellum Pk.
15. bryogenum Pk,
Dermatea carpinea Fr.
D.- —inclusa P&.
Patellaria leptosperma Pk.
Pe lignyota Fr.
Tympanis turbinata Schw.
Ascobolus viridis Curr,
A. erenulatus Karst.
Stictis cylindricarpa Pk,
Hysterium australe Duby.
H. Thuiarum C. & P.
tei Desmazierii Duby.
Glonium simulans Ger.
Hypomyces ochraceus Twi.
Hypoxylon suborbiculare Pk.
Dothidea Rimincola Schw.
D. epispheria PA.

D. Caricis F’r.

ih Osmunde P. & C.

O95

ee eee

van

PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPre

Sonor en BEB es oN. THE ‘Seana MUSE

Trametes suaveolens J.

Valsa innumerabilis P&. Spheeria eerniels Ph. oe ree me
- Cucurbitaria Berberidis Gr. S. virens Pk, te as
Lophiostoma obtecta PA. 8. scapophila P&, 3 AR ae
Spheeria Clintonii PA. S. onosmodina P. & C. ei Re
8. xestothele B. & C. S. herbarum Pers. ns a
ee Nexicua C&P. Spheerella Vaccinii Ch. . yas E
S. Clasterium B. & C. aS. Impatientis P.-& C. . = ae
S. spherelloides P&. Pyrenophora pheocomes Hr, Beh
eee

Meare

( ) : aA Mir ‘ fi

PLANTS COLLECTED. i

Solidago humilis Pursh. Solenia villosa Fr. See os
Potamogeton lonchitis T’uckm. Hydnum sulphurellum Pk aad
Salix purpurea LD. Mucronella calva A. & WS. ae .
Graphis eulectra Tuckm. M. ageregata Hy, mi mies
Calicium curtum 7. & B. Craterellus dubius Pk. Wai
C. brunneolum Ach. Stereum sanguinolentum A. & S.
Sirosiphon Crameri Bragg. Cyphella sulphurea Batsch, 8 8
ae cristatellus Pk. Clavaria fumigata PA. Ys jess a
fumescens Pk. C. corynoides Pk. aaa
pinophilus P&. Tremella lutescens Pers. 4 ate
_rubromarginatus F’r, Guepinia Peziza Tul. | hee
radicatellus Pk. Hymenula olivacea Pk |
-chrysophyllus Fr. Lycoperdon glabellum PA. / See
abscondens Pk. L. calyptriforme Berk. ee
septicus P’r. Physarum psittacinum Dittm. se

_ albogriseus Pk. Ree pleas atrorubrum PA. ae
micropus Pk. P. — ornatum PA. : ates:
undulatellus PA. PR. ineequalis Pk. Aap i)

i rhodocalyx Lasch, Badhamia affnis R. ar
squarrosoides Pk, Didymium eximium Ps. 28
limonellus P&. 1); angulatum PA. Yaa
vermifluus P&. Chondrioderma difforme Pers. bs
paludinellus P&. Diacheea subsessilis Ph. —
lenticeps Pk. Comatricha zequalis PA. . «
hymenocephalus Pk. C. Friesiana DeBy. eng.
camptopus PA, C. pulchella Bad. 2 ae
Coprinus macrosporus P&. Lamproderma violaceum F’r. me
C: rotundosporus P&. Trichia scabra R. , eae
Cortinarius Copakensis Pk. he inconspicua R. ‘ ae
C. lapidophilus Pk. Arcyria pomiformis Roth. 2238
Marasmius calopus F’r. | Lycogala flavofuscum Hhr. oy aaa
Boletus Satanus Leur. m Sacidium Pini fr, ~ a
Polyporus pallidus Schulz. . Septoria Waldsteinie P. & C. BN
1 Weinmanni Fr. SS. Verbascicola B. & C. | : ea
~~ planos.Pk. Phyllosticta Lonicerze Desm. | 9.
ene: subiculosus Pf. Sporidesmium sicynum Thum. eo
te semitinctus PA. Massospora cicadina LA, © ‘

Usage Salvei B. & ae

rs eo le Pera. wae Ais Sk Conn

git | Reporr or THE ‘Boranrsr. 27 aa

] oo Snes og Tere nena pezizoides Pk. : a
saria tenuipes Pk. } Tympanis acerina Pk.’ Re

Ss Stilbum rigidum Pers. Patellaria olivacea Batsch. : ag
flavipes Pk. Phacidium brunneolum PA. s
Sporoeybe aiietind adie Triblidium morbidum Pk, ae
Cladosporium graminum Lh, | Hypoderma nervisequum DC. ete

_ Helminthosporium interseminatum Rhytisma maximum F’r. ~¥
. H. MHydropiperis Zw. Hypocrea viridis Tode. a
_ Botryosporium pulchrum Berk. Hypoxylon xanthocreas B. & C. she

_ Aspergillus flavus Lk. Dothidea Npilobu Fr. =e
ss ~ Fusidium canum Pass. Valsa Crategi Curr. Co eee
as Peronospora simplex Pk. ue translucens De Not. ; se
Mucor caninus Pers. Vi Xanthoxyli Ph. ay
M.- ramosus Bull. Lophiostoma scelestum C. & 5 ~ E
Peziza succosa Berk. De prominens PA. ‘=
—P. _ vulcanalis Pk. Massaria gigaspora Desm. ce
tee. Sulphurea Pers. ' Spheria pulchriseta Pk. Fk:
P. viridicoma Pk. S. sorghophila P&é. hy
-P. __ brunneola Desm. S Typhz Schw. Ee:
PP. Osmunde ¢. & E. S curvicolla Pk. ae

~ Helotium albopunctum Ph. S. Gnomon Tode. hp

_ Dermatea carnea C. & H. S. phellogena B. & C. a
‘s D. i phyllophila PA. Ss Crepini West. ~ ey
VD. Xanthoxyli PA. Ss. Marciensis Pk. ie
fs Heematomyces orbicularis PA. Venturia Dickiei De Not. aed
_ Cenangium Cassandre Pf.. .
z / AGS
ee a
: CONTRIBUTORS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS. ‘a
v Miss 8. P. Monxs, Cold Spring, N. Y. a
gt. Viola pedunculata 7. & G. Gilia tricolor Benth. ae
$ V. = Nuttallii Push. G. ciliata Benth. foe
_ Claytonia perfoliata Don. G. Californica Benth. ~ tah
Ribes sanguineum Puwrsh. G androsacea Steud. ue
- Hosachia strigosa Nutt. G. dianthoides Hindi. ae

Astragalus trichocarpus Gr.

Plantago Patagonica Jacq. pa

. “A. hypoglottis L. Pellzea densa Hook. es

nothera parvula Nuit. Cystopteris fragilis 7 Ce Ovi *

: es Mrs. S. M. Rust, Syracuse, N. Y. ui

_ Aspidium spin. v. dumetorum Botrychium Dane Sw. ee

~ Onoclea sens. v. obtusilobata Bb. gracile Pursh. of

_ Botrychium Lunaria Sw. ae

7 %
ee I. C. Marrrnparz, Camden, N. J. |

Pe ate

ty asuin calycinum L. eee major Ma. pe

_ Senebiera didyma Pers. Hypericum prolificum ZL. ee

Viola tricolor v. arvensis. ee long. v. densiflorum. eee

oe y Si

a ; | a i he

wy ; mi eat. 7

CAPA ae Pe Sp AO me 5 Se

ie Drosera filiformis Raf.

; :

my

~

—_—_—s

t
\

- Ailographum Pinorum Desm. H. Cookeinum Ger, ih a

D. rotundifolia LZ.
Brassica tenuifolia Boisd.
Lychnis diurna Sibth.
Melilotus parviflora Desf.
Sesuvium pentandrum Hid,
Heliotropium Kuropzeum J. |
Potentilla reptans L.

‘Linaria elatine Ail.

LL. Spuria Mill.

| Leonurus glaucescens Bange.
Helmintha echioides Gert. ea
Heterotheca seabra DO,
Vigna glabra Savi. ae
Richardsonia scabra Sé. Hil. eae

Silene inflata Sm. : Euphorbia hiberna L. a
Jussizea repens L. Gentiana angustifolia Ma, has
Senecio Jacobzea L. | Tribulus terrestris L. a
3 N. L. Brirron, New Dorp, N. Y. ae
F dee aR
Pinus mitis Mz. | Pinus inops Ait. 3 | a
HK. 8S. Mruurr, Wading River, N. Y. | 4 3
Barbarea preecox R. Br. . Lemna perpusilla Torr. geet.
Sagina apetala L. : Sagittaria variabilis Hngelm uf
Spergularia rub. v. campestris. Muscari racemosum L. ut
Lathyrus palustris L. Eriophorum Virginicum LZ. eC
L. myrtifolius Muhl. Fuirena squarrosa Ma. iets
Lespedeza vio. v. sessiliflora. | Hleocharis obtusa Schultes. is ta
Vicia Caroliniana Wal. HK. = melanocarpa Torr. ae
Kupatorium teucrifolium Willd. HK. _tricostata Vorr.
Aster undulatus Z. Carex scoparia Schhk.
A. levis D. Oh polytrichoides Muh.
_ CKnothera pumila DA C. stipata Muhl.
Gi. —chrysantha Ma. C. — feenea Willd. i aah ‘
Galium circeezans Mx. C. stellulata 2. ih sgl
‘Erigenia bulbosa Nvdtt. C. Pennsylvanica Lam. 1, oe
Vaccinium corymbosum L. C. granularis Muhl. ee
Pyrola rotundifolia L. C. lanuginosa Mz. oe
-Teucrium Canadense L. C. —hystricina Willd. + ae
Myosotis verna Nutt. | Festuca ov. v. duriuscula. i
Plantago Virginica L.. | Glyceria nervata Trin. “ee
Utricularia gibba L. Eragrostis reptans Ma. ‘at a
U._ subulata Z. Panicum verrucosum Mwhl. . | rf
Potamogeton Oakesiana Robbins. | Ee depauperatum Muhl.
Lemna polyrrhiza L. | Milleria herbatica P&.
EK. A. Rau, Bethlehem, Pa. ay: :
Discelium nudum Brid. AXicidium Bigeloviee Pk. |
ANcidium hemisphericum Pk. | Uromyces hyalinus PA. hae
/ fi. porosum Pk, — Lecythea speciosa Ph. |
Li. Brandagei PA. | Spheeropsis Rau PA. <
8. abundans Ph. | Cheetomium elatum Kze. aig:
W. R. Gerarp, New York, N. Y. ele
Glonium parvulum Ger. Hysterium hyalosporum Ger. i

re re Tre ee Ne Pe

‘Report OF THE Boranisn,

~ Rey. H. Wirkne: aye N. Y.

| Drosera longifolia J a Hrythrea Centaurium Pers. -
Habenaria ciliaris R. Br. Scirpus Eri. v. cyperinus. |
4: ae leucophaa Nutt. Rhynchospora macrostachya Torr.

- Houstonia pur. v. ciliolata. Botrychium simplex Hitch.
a Trillium erythrocarpum Ja. :

| Prof. P. A. Putssant, Troy, N. Y.
_ Carex panicea L. |

L. M. UNDERWOOD, Syracuse, N. Y.

- Seolopendrium vulgare Sim. Aspidium marginale Sw.
_ Asplenium Rutamuraria L. Cystopteris fragilis Bernh.
X, | H. Wiuuey, New Bedford, Mass.
_ Arthonia polymorpha Ach. a

Hon. G. W. CuLinton, Buffalo, N. Y.

Beis caninum L. bene Puccinia spreta Ph.

_ Aspid. erist. v. Clintoniana. Uromyces Trifolii F'ck/.

_ Meliola Macowani Jum. UU; polymorphus P. & C.

_ Melanconium Americanum P. & C. | Uredo transversalis Thum.
Septoria Waldsteinie P. & C. Polyactis vulgaris LA.

- Vermicularia trichella Grev. Peziza planodisca P. & C.

VY. ~ albomaculata Schw. Spheeria cladosporiosa Schw.

C. C. Frost, Brattleboro, Vt.

Cortinarius Spragueii B. & C. ' Lycogala flavofuscum Hhr.
Russula compacta Frost. Spheeropsis Sumachi Schw.
- Boletus Satanus Lenz. | Patellaria nigrocinnabarina Schw.
_ Polyporus tomentosus Fr, Hypoxylon marginatum Fy,
_ Clayaria arbori-similis Frost. Diatrypella Frostii Pk.

_ Michenera Artocreas B. & C.

J. B. Euuis, Newfield, N. J.

- Lenzites vialis Pk. Clasterisporium caricinum Schw. |

_ Spheeropsis Ribicola C. & H. Cercospora concentrica C. & H.
8. Alni C. & A. C. grisea C. & EH.

_ Septoria stictica Hilis. -Peziza coccinella Somm.
Septosporium maculatum C. & EH. P.. ‘fuscidula Ch.
Pestalozzia stellata B. & C. a ilicifolia C. & H.

_ Vermicularia compacta C. & EH. Pra eds bullata Hidis.
Sporidesmium hysterioideum C. & H. | Hysterium subrugosum C. & EH.

cB. polymorphum Cd. Colpoma Andromede Duby.

-8. aurantiacum B. & C. Stictis quercifolia C. & EH.
Periconia Azalezee Pk. S. fimbriata Schw.

_ Epicoceum scabrum Cd. Nectria microspora C.. & H.

_ Fusisporium episphericum C. & H. Dothidea tetraspora B. & Br.

zt: ci eee Pr Mires te 6
ssaria epileuca B. & a

tumulata om & Be ,
8. soluta OC. & F.
pheeria salvizcola O. & EB. 18. dissiliens C. & EL im
: luteobasis Hillis. ‘cl See Surreehautrs: sy
. . vexata C. & H. 8

Ss

_ sepelibilis B. & C.
melanotes B. & Br. Bi aculeata Schw.
minima Awd.

4)

: H. A. WARNE, Oneida, N. Y. ee
Polyporus induratus Pk. Peziza Umbrorum F'ckl.

Lycoperdon giganteum Batsch. —| P. gallinacea PA. ee
‘ Petre asterostoma B. & C. Spheeria fimiseda O.& Nw.

poe B. D. GILBERT, Utica, N. Y. ry
_ Aspidium spinulosum Deso. .| Asplenium resectum Sm. |
A. Boottii Tuckm. _| Cystopteris ae v. dentata.

: M. W. VANDENBURG, Fort Bdward: N. Y.
= Rhus aromatica Ait. Wencnlararsiwolte: Va
HL typhina LL. Pogonia affinis Aust.
a Solidago latifolia Jo | 2. ale peer

aon 9, WATKINS, Wiltart, N. Y.
Stee i |

ee Ba me eh FIsH, Rochester, N. a

_* - fm \
. -

é Impatiens fulva Nutt. | Polyporus oe Banning.

C. Devo., M. D., Eibawss N.Y.
Bes Section of stem of Kalmia latifolia L. |

4 inet ee

a , ~

ee Pix: Brower, Albany, N. ve : | : ae:
California hickory nuts. Vtue Ree

| (4) ee iG
ee PLANTS NOT BEFORE REPORTED. 4 : :

“Sourpaco HUMILIS Pursh.

Gravelly bank at the outlet of Lower Sane y 4 Pond, Adirondack
tains. Aug. Ms
a, The smaller heads, shorter flowers, whiter pappus fun ee serratu
hy a aie ‘the leaves, induce me to report this as a distinct species. a

| Urntcunanra SUBULATA By:

Fort Edward. M.. W. tea tsi
8. peer

‘Wading River, Long Island.

RA AUSTRALIS Lindl.

eg Marsh, Oswego. Rev. H. Wibbe. This is an interesting addition
our flora. UREA |

GONTA AFFINIS| Aust.
Y ‘Fort Edward. Vandenburg.

3 Muscarr RACEMOsUM L. - | |
1 _ Wading River. Miller. A stray from cultivation,

} cOCHARIS TRICOSTATA Torr.

: Wading River. Miller. This is probably the northern Timnit of this plea | Ra:

DSIA HYPERBOREA Br.

Crevices of rocks. Adirondack Mountains. Small forms of tle fern
slosely resemble W. glabella, and it is, perhaps, questionable whether they
should be regarded as two distinct species. In our specimens the chaffy

en ales of W. eae are Laan but not in abundance. The specimens — es.

Geneseo. ae | Willey.

( UM BRUNNEOLUM Ach.
ems. balsam trunks. Mount Marcy. Aug.

Bicieying prostrate trunks of hemlock trees. Catskill Mountains.

\

,OROSTYLIUM CATARACTARUM Kutz. |
Granite pebbles in running streams. Caledonia. G'. W. Clinton.

Sr ROSIPHON CRAMERI Brugg.
Re: Wet surface of rocks. Mt. Marcy. Aug.

}ARICUS (Leprora) ORISTATELLUS Pk. &
- Pileus. convex, subumbonate, minutely mealy, especially on the margin,
Pais the disk slightly tinged with pink; lamelle close, rounded behind,

BS ga e, white ; stem slender, whitish, hollow; spores subelliptical, .0002' * bee 3
But "Plant about 1' high, pileus 2-4" broad.

- Mossy places in woods. Copake, Columbia County. Oct. pen":
The relationship of this very small species appears to be with A. cristatus.

The margin of the pileus is sometimes appendiculate with the minute frag-
ents of. the veil. The annulus is obsolete.

Turere -FIRST Report ON me Srare Muszom. Fie:

7
\

Matos (TRICHOLOMA) FUMESCENS Pk. |
Pileus convex or expanded, dry, clothed with a very minute appressed

t eae =

tomentum, whitish; lamelle narrow, crowded, rounded behind, whitish or ’ fe
pale cream color, changing to a smoky blue or blackish color when bruised ; a
stem short cylindrical, whitish; spores oblong-elliptical, .0002 — .00025' long. ‘28 os
Plant 1'—-2' high, pileus 1 broad, stem 2-3! thick. 3 oe
Ground in woods. Copake. Oct. | ae
The species is remarkable for the smoky or blackish hue assumed by the __
lamellee when bruised, and also in drying. Beare i
Agaricus (CLITOCYBE) PINOPHILUS Pk. es
Pileus thin, convex, umbilicate or centrally depressed, glabrous, moist, pale
tan-color, paler or alutaceous when dry; lamellse moderately close, subar- :
cuate, adnate or slightly decurrent, whitish; stem equal, stuffed or hollow;
- glabrous or subpruinose, colored like the pileus; spores nearly elliptical, ;
0002 —.00025' long ; odor and taste resembling that of fresh meal. :
ie Plant 1-2 San pileus about 1’ broad, stem 1''—2"' thick.
. Ground under pine trees. Albany and Ticonderoga. July and Angust
AGARICUS RUBROMARGINATUS F’r, _ Se
a Ground under spruce trees. Adirondack Mountains. August. as
a Our specimens when fresh had a slight alkaline odor; otherwise ey agree
well with the description of the species.
Agaricus (MYCENA) RADICATELLUS Ph, in
Pileus thin, campanulate, glabrous, obtuse or subumbonate, whitish, een
dry striate on the margin; lamelle ascending, narrow, close, white; stem
firm, glabrous, slender, whitish, deeply rooting; spores subglobose, pouet s
—.0003’-.00035 long. .
oy Plant 1.5—2 high, pileus 4 '-6' broad. '
Mossy ground in woods. Griffins. Delaware County. Sept. : ‘
This species is easily known by the long radicular portion of the stem,
which penetrates the earth after the manner of A, radicatus. | a
a

AGARICUS CHRYSOPHYLLUS FP’,
Decaying wood. Adirondack Mountains, Summit and Sandlake. Aug.
and Sept. ae
AGARICUS (PLEUROTUS) ABSCONDENS PA,
Pure white; pileus compact, convex or slightly depressed on the disk, . —
glabrous, dry; lamelle thin, crowded, emarginate, with a decurrent: tooth ; A
stem eccentric, curved, stuffed, slightly mealy at the top; spores minute,
ay .0002 long, usually with a shining nucleus ; odor distinet, farina-
ceous. a
Stem about 2' long, pileus 2'-3' broad.

In hollow stumps. Griffins. Sept.

-. AGARICUS SEPTICUS F’r. ae
Decaying wood. Adirondack Mountains. Aug. 5

4

_ Agaricus (CLITOPILUS) ALBOGRIsEUS Pk. _

Pileus firm, convex or slightly depressed in the center, smooth, pale-gray ;
lamella moderately close, adnate or slightly decurrent, grayish, then flesh-
eolored; stem, solid, colored like the pileus; spores angular, irregular,
-0004 —.0005 long, .0003' broad ; odor farinaceous.
- Plant 2-3' high, pileus 6 '-12" broad, stem 1-2" thick.

Ground in woods. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

Agaricus (CirropiLus) micropus Pk.
Pileus thin, fragile, convex or centrally depressed, umbilicate, silky, gray,
usually with one or two narrow zones on the margin; lamelle narrow, close,
ey adnate or slightly decurrent, gray ; stem short, solid, slightly thickened at
the top, gray, pruinose, with white mycelium at the base; spores angular,
irregular, .0004' long, .00025' broad ; odor farinaceous.
Plant 1’ high, pileus 6''—12'' broad.

Ground under trees. Ticonderoga. Aug.

_ Agaricus (LEPTONIA) UNDULATELLUS Ph.

Pileus membranaceous, convex, minutely scurfy, squamulose on the disk,
hygrophanous, grayish-brown and striatulate when moist, wavy on the margin ;
lamellz rounded behind, nearly free, subdistant, whitish, then tinged with
flesh-color; stem slender, glabrous, colored like the pileus, usually curved ;
spores irregular, .0004' long, .0003' broad.

‘Plant about 1’ high, pileus 6''-8'' broad.

_ Decaying prostrate trunks of trees. Pine Hill. Sept.
_ When dry, the pileus is somewhat shining, and the disk a little darker.

AGARICUS RHODOCALYX Lasch.
Ground in woods. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

AGARICUS (PHOLIOTA) SQUARROSOIDES PK.
Pileus firm, convex, viscid when moist, at first densely covered by erect
_ papillose or subspinose tawny scales, which soon separate from each other, re-
___-vealing the whitish color and viscid character of the pileus; lamelle close,
emarginate, at first whitish, then pallid or dull cinnamon color; stem equal,
firm, stuffed, rough with thick squarrose scales, white above the thick floccose
annulus, pallid or tawny below ; spores minute, elliptical, .0002’ long, .00015'
broad.
Densely czespitose, 3'-6’ high, pileus 2'-4’ broad, stem 3''-5” thick.
Dead trunks and old stumps of maple. Adirondack and Catskill Moun-
tains. Autumn. |
This is evidently closely related to A. sywarrosus, with which it has, per-

haps, been confused, but its different colors and viscid pileus appear to war-
rant its separation. 7

_AgaARIous (PHOLIOTA) LIMONELLUS Ph.
: Pileus thin, convex or expanded, subumbonate, viscid, rough with scattered
erect reddish-brown scales, lemon-yellow; lamelle narrow, close, rounded

i f POUR ee a Ne ee ae Ee rah eit a ge De se eee ee
Aen 6 Bt asia ve an ip il (ae a LGN Tia : r ‘ Ea tl ee » (ie ae
ee Wh ee Smet ur ee , ‘ a - ve

Ce ky : : * naa ‘ oy K -

, hive . A a : c Fac!

po a

Awe

- Report or Trae Boranist. one

:

mA

maliid or yellowish, smooth ae Gen lacerated entialid dusted with ae
particles at the insertion of the lamellz ; spores elliptical, .0003— 00085" £ ;

long, .0002'—.00025! broad. a!

Plant czespitose, 2'-3' high, pileus 1/—2’ broad, stem 2''-3! thick.
Prostrate beech trunks in woods. Griffins: Sept. |

This is one of our most beautiful species. It is easily separated from its ‘et
allies by its lively lemon-yellow color. It is allied to A. fammans. ey

Agaricus (PHOLIOTA) VERMIFLUUS PA.

a

PRINS =e

Pileus convex or expanded, smooth, white, often tinged with yellow, some-_
times areolate-rimose, especially on the disk, the margin decurved, and some- — ot
times floccose-squamose from the remains of the veil; lamellz close, white, ey
then ferruginous-brown, usually minutely eroded on the edge; stem hollow, —

striated at the top where it is sometimes thickened, white ; annulus lacerated

or evanescent; spores ferruginous-brown, .00045’/—.0005’ long, .0003' broad. — ®

Plant 2'—4” high, pileus 2-4’ broad, stem 3’’—5” thick.
Fields among oat-stubble. Ticonderoga. Aug.

This species is evidently closely related to A. precox, but its larger size, —

larger spores, late appearance, etc., induce me to separate it. When moist,

the pileus appears to be slightly viscid. It is so liable to the attacks of insect
larvens that it is difficult to uy a specimen before it is badly eaten.

esueos (INOCYBE) PALUDINELLUS Pk. i
Pileus thin, plane or slightly convex, umbonate, subfibrillose, whitish or 5

ret

pallid; lamellee narrow, close, whitish then subferruginose; stem eis 2,

equal, colored like the pileus, with an abundant white mycelium at the base 5
spores subelliptical, nodulose, .0003/ long, .0002’ broad.
Plant gregarious, 1/—2’ high, pileus 5/—10” broad, stem nearly 1” thick.
In low grouads and wet places under bushes. Sandlake. Aug. ike

This species is easily recognized by its le: umbonate pileus and nodulose
spores.

AgaARIcus (NAUCORIA) LENTICEPS P4, 2
Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, dingy-ochre or subolivaceous, the disk |

brown or blackish-brown; lamelle plane, subdistant, adnate, with a decurrent

Be wea
}

*

oe
}

tooth, whitish or pallid; stem slender, hollow, paler above and slightly squa-
mulose; spores large, variable in size, .0005’—.00075’ long, .00038 —.0004’ 4 i

broad.
Plant 1’/-1.5' high, pileus 6 -10" broad, stem scarcely 1" thick.

Sandy soil along railroads. Center. Oct.

Agaricus (HYPHOLOMA) HYMENOCEPHALUS PK.

Pileus thin, fragile, campanulate then expanded, sometimes umbonate,
hygrophanous, brown and striatulate when moist, pallid or whitish and radi-

ately rugulose when dry, subatomate, the whitish appendiculate veil soon
evanescent; lamella narrow, close, dingy then brown; stem slender, brittle,

ope

How, striate and coe he at the cap, white ; ores brown, elliptical,
s 0003" long, .00016' broad.

Plant 3/4! high, pileus 1'-2' broad, stem 1'-1.5"' thick.

A Ground under alders. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

‘It belongs to the section Appendiculati, and is remarkable for the fragile

_ character of the pileus and stem.

- Agaricus (PsiLocyBE) cAmpropus PA.

___ Pileus thin, broadly convex, glabrous, jhygrophanous, brown and striatulate
when moist, whitish when dry; lamelle narrow, close, whitish becoming —

brown; stem equal, smooth, generally curved, slightly pruinose or mealy at
the top, with a white strigose mycelium at the base; spores elliptical, .00025!
long, .00016' broad.
- Plant about 1’ high, pileus 4’—-10" broad.
Prostrate trunks of trees in woods. Catskill Mountains. Sept.

Bo This plant bears some resemblance in color to A. appendiculatus, but I
find no trace of a veil. The stem is solid, and the pileus is even when dry.

_ Coprinus MAcRosporus Pk. )
Pileus ovate, then expanded, rimose-striate, obscurely floccose-squamulose,
white, the small even brownish disk squamose ; lamellze crowded, free, white
then black ; stem glabrous, white, with traces of an annulus near the thick-
ened or subbulbous base; spores very large, elliptical, .0008'—.001/, long,

-.0005'-.00065’ broad. ie

be; Plant czespitose, 2 —3' high, pileus 1'—2' broad, stem 1"' thick.
Ground in open fields. Ticonderoga. Aug.
The prominent characters of this species are the rimose pileus, squamose

disk, free lamellze, and large spores. In its early, state it resembles some |

species of Lepiota. It seems to be parm Tait between the sections Atra-
mentarii and Micacei.

~ CopRINnuUs RoTUNDOSPORUS PA.
____ Pileus thin, campanulate, whitish or pale cmereus with a, thin floccose sub-

persistent tomentum, even; lamelle free; stem slightly tapering upward,

white; spores subglobose, .0003 —.00035’ long, nearly as broad.
— Plant 2’—3° high, pileus about 1' broad.
_ About the roots of trees in woods. Catskill Mountains. — Sept.

This species is apparently related to C. niveus, and is remarkable for its —

~~ nearly globose spores. All the specimens seen were old and partly dried, so
» that the description is not as full as could be desired.

_ CorTINARIUS (PHLEGMACIUM) CoPAKENSIS PA.

Pileus convex then expanded, often crowded and irregular, viscid, corru- |

___ gated, pale-ochre, slightly tinged with red; lamellz sub-distant, broad be-
hind, at first violaceous, toothed or eroded on the margin, the interspaces
ns sometimes veiny; stem equal or tapering upwards, stuffed, silky, whitish ;
__ spores broadly elliptical, rough, .0003’-.00085’ long.

Plant subceespitose, 2-3 high, pileus 1.5/3’ broad, stem:2"—4” thick.
Ground in woods. CGopake. Oct.

‘The pileus when dry is glabrous and shining.

Sat

7 ae
Mee
Tae ar ce 5

a © is “ ‘ * =
MS oer hee
ES SA AO oT

we ae : Fy
oF FES See me

ree

—

i; , 1 4) Re r ye ae)
CorTINaRIUS (PuLEaaactum) LAPIDOPHILUS Pk. hs Ct a oS
s Pileus at first hemispherical and cinereous, then convex or expen hid a4 ie

tinged with ochre, often crowded and irregular, virgate with appressed fibrils ; eee ot
lamellz crowded, at first dark violaceous then argillaceous-cinnamon ; stem
solid, equal or slightly thickened at the base, whitish ; flesh of the pileus © Bs
whitish ; spores unequally elliptical, rough, .0003' long, .00025' broad. = %
| Plant subceespitose, 2’-4! high, pileus 2'—3’ broad, stem 3-5” thick, Soe

Rocky soil in woods. Ticonderoga. Aug. ee

_ Marasmius caLopus F’r. ee

: Twigs and stems among fallen leaves in woods. Ticonderoga. Aug.

nat ‘This might easily be mistaken for M7. scorodonius, but it is without odor,

ae and has a different insertion of the lamellz. It is sometimes cespitose.
The pileus in our specimens is whitish. | a

Botetus Satanus Lenz. at
Borders of woods in grassy ground. Ticonderoga. Aug. “8 Ais
i , 3 ; ‘as :
PoLYPORUS PALLIDUS Schulz. é
Adirondack Mountains. Aug. f

Potyporvs (MrerismMA) Beatiet Banning in litt. =e
Pilei few, springing from a common, often tuber-like base, spreading out
into a suborbicular mass often a foot or more in diameter, nearly plane above __
or centrally depressed and imperfectly funnel-shaped, variously confluent and
f imbricated, sometimes single, subzonate, rough with little radiating elevations _
: or wrinkles, which sometimes form imperfect reticulations towards the base,
subpulverulent and strigose-villose in zones or almost evenly scabrous-villose,
alutaceous, the margin often irregular and lobed; pores of medium size, —
decurrent on the stem-like base, unequal, angular, lacerated, toothed and
even lamellated, generally about equal in length to the thickness of the flesh
of the pileus, subconcolorous ; flesh pallid or pale alutaceous, of a firm, but
cheesy texture ; spores globose, rough, .00025 —.0003’ in diameter, colorless. — *
“Ground” in woods. Wilmurt, Herkimer County. G. WS. Watkins and ne
W. D. Edmonds. - \ a
Ground under an oak tree. Brighton, Monroe County. G. T. Fish. i:
Both gentlemen from whom I have received specimens of this fungus, speak
_ of it as growing on the ground, but it is quite probable that it starts from some
- decaying wood or tree root buried im the earth. I have also received a speci-

men of this plant from Miss M. H. Banning, of Baltimore, Md., who sent it
under the name here given. |
The species seems closely related to P. subgiganteus B & C., but as I am
unable, from the description of that species, to satisfy myself that our plants
belong to it, | have thought best to describe them under another name. The
Baltimore plant has a single pileus seven inches in diameter and four inches
high. ‘The New York specimens are compound, the one from Wilmurt being —
ten inches broad and nine inches high, the one from Brighton, fifteen inches
broad and six inches high. /These are the dimensions of the shrunken, dried —
plants. When fresh, they were very much larger. ‘The dimensions cot the
Wilmurt plant, when fresh, were given me by Mr. Edmonds, as follows : Gi:

‘
’ ro

~~

ie
yr

i ran
st
ant
pub a

v . 5 - v wi iy"
Pee nt ae
~ t,he hes

Height, Babin TnaNen: Brsoatobonee fifty-seven inches; thickness of pileus

about one inch. From ‘this it will be seen that the dried plants are only
about half their size when fresh. The flesh resembles in color and texture
that of P. sulphureus, to which the species is allied, but it is a little Peete
The dried plants have a decided and peculiar odor.

Po.yporvs (ANODERMEL) WEINMANNI Fr.
Decaying hemlock trunks. Pine Hill. Sept.

__ The whole plant sometimes acquires a reddish hue in drying. The pileus
__ is two or three inches broad. A tendency te form narrow zones on the mar-
gin is manifest.

Potyporvus (INcDERMEI) PLANUS Pk.

Pileus thin, coriaceous, plane, suborbicular, about 1’ broad, sometimes
confluent, dorsally attached, minutely villose or velvety, brown or brownish
fawn-colored, variegated with narrow darker glabrous zones, margin whitish ;
f ast pores minute, obtuse, short, subrotund, whitish or pallid; flesh pallid. 3

_ Dead branches. North Greenbush.

This has the colors of P. scutellatus, but the thin plane pileus and short
pores are so unlike that species that | am compelled to regard it as distinct.

.
7

» Pourbonus (RESUPINATT) SUBICULOSUS PA.
Subiculum widely effused, dense, but soft and downy-tomentose, tawny-
cinnamon ; pores forming patches upon the subiculum, ‘short, unequal, some-

times slightly labyrinthiform, cinereo-ferruginous, ferruginous-brown when

bruised, the dissepiments when young whitish and pruinose-villose.
Creeping over mosses, decaying wood, and even stones, in sheltered places.

Copake. Oct.
The patches are several inches in extent. The pores have a paler hue Le
the subiculum, but they become darker when bruised.

_ Potyporus (RESUPINATI) SEMITINCTUS PK.
Subiculum thin, soft, cottony, separable from the matrix, eliteehe more or
_ __ less tinged with lilac, sometimes forming branching creeping threads ; pores
_yery short, unequal, whitish or pale cream-color, the dissepiments at first ob-
_ tuse, then thinner, toothed on the edge.
-_-—s Under surface of maple chips. Griffins. Sept.

_ This is a soft, delicate species, with merulioid pores, similar to those of
P, violaceus. The lilac stains appear on the subiculum only.

Poryporvs (RESUPINATI) INDURATUS PX.
Effused, hard, determinate, 1/2” thick, inseparable from the matrix,
almost wholly composed of minute subrotund vesicular pores, yellowish or
___ pale-ochre, the surface slightly pruinose and tinged with flesh-color ; the yel-
| lowish mycelium or subiculum penetrating the matrix.
Bes Decaying wood. Oneida. A. A. Warne.
_ This species is remarkable for the peculiar character of the pores which
- ~ form little cells or cavities instead of tubes, so that in whatever direction the

__— ‘mass is cut or broken, the section appears equally porous. Perhaps this
___ character will necessitate the formation of a new genus.

“33
ase
er ae
ea ity Sa
a ey

* ary Ze & Vien
PE. Ob’ Mi MaS i. . ghar ee!

j- - « rad fe 4 Eee. 1
"Revorr or THE eee 2 Soa

RP eee re - tees

P Peseta SUAVEOLENS abe
; Decaying wood. Center.

: ~ SoLENIA VILLOSA Fy,
Decaying wood. Summit. Sept.

_Hypvum SULPHURELLUM PA. VG

subiculum : has oblane: slightly curved, .0002’-.00025' ional ps

> ____ Dead branches of mountain maple, Acer spicatum. Griffins. Sept.
_. The small suborbicular patches are sometimes elongated by POL

. _ The color is of a clear whitish sulphur hue. The teeth appear like little conical. i
ee «7. papille. 75

Bett.) . | ce. oe.
_ -Mucronetra catva A. & S. | ee.
___. Prostrate hemlock trunks. Griffins. Sept. Z Stage
Bik . f
_- Mucronztna acarecara Fr. aa +
--—- Decaying wood of deciduous trees. Oneida. Warne. ek
_ CRATERELLUS DUBIUS Pk. on

: ties Pileus infundibuliform, Aedes lurid-brown, pervious to the base, oe r

“even hen dry; stem short ; spores broadly elliptical or subglobose, 00025 “
.0003' long. ae
Plant simple or czespitose, 2'-3’ high, pileus 1/—-2/ broad. pree

- Ground under spruce trees. Adirondack Mountains. Aug. pe 7

In color this species bears some resemblance to Cantharellus cinereus. “

Ke From Craterellus sinuosus, it is separated by its pervious stem, and fom
ee _ C. cornucopioides by its more ceespitose habit, paler color and smaller Sper

conta
2 | SrerEuM SANGUINOLENTUM A. & N.

Prostrate hemlock trunks. Griffins. Sept. Bie.
The pileus is sometimes hairy and distinctly zoned 1 with darker bands ; ‘the he
hymenium is even or radiately-wrinkled. ne

_ CYPHELLA SULPHUREA Baitsch. has
Living stems of herbs in damp places. Griffins. Sept. Beth
ae Some of the specimens were white when collected, but in drying, tices Sh»
assumed the yellow color of the others. ohheae

CLAVARIA FUMIGATA Ph. of.
Stem short, thick, branching from near the base, whitish; branches numer- Oe
ous, forming a dense mass, smoky-ochraceous, sometimes tinged with a

tips obtuse ; spores .0003’/—.0005/ long.
Bae Ground in woods. Ticonderoga. Aug. Oy
‘The tufts are 4’-5' high and remarkable for their sey or dingy color. mn
ee

=
ae a

a | ‘Small, tenlc clavate ; “alib obtuse, vollowich, or cream colored, gradually
__ narrowed below and losing itself in the short white stem.

Tan,

tae ae

a _ Gregarious, about half an inch high. = a8
Damp ground by roadsides. Adirondack Mountains. Aug. SS
TREMELLA LUTESCENS Pers. | ee
Dead poplar branches. Adirondack Mountains. Aug. BS

hs ae
Gueprnia Peziza Tul. a
Bs ___Cup-shaped, single or clustered, erumpent, stipitate, at first nearly closed, ig °
* 4

then open and concave, 1'’-3’’ broad, yellow, often irregular, base stem-like,
concolorous or slightly whitish-pruinose, longitudinally wrinkled, the ridges |

€ ra PRA fea
ee Me *

extending upwards on the base of the cup; substance tremelloid, rather tough; 4
“spores oblong-elliptical, at first simple, then one to three-septate,.0004/-
.0005’ long, borne on spicules at the ons of rather thick subclavate sporo- ai
- phores. oe
Dead alder. Center. Sept. ; a

In the dried specimens the color inclines to orange. The general appear- By

ance is not unlike that of a clustered Peziza. As our specimens exhibitsome =

characters not mentioned in the description of the species to which we have =

referred them, we have given a full description of them. .

~~, ; = e
-HYMENULA oLIvAcEA Pk. |

Thin, closely applied to the matrix, olive-green, shining, subviscid, definite

or subconfluent, with a narrow raised margin which is sometimes whitish ; eA
spores minute, cylindrical, straight, trinucleate, colorless, .0002' long. ae
és Dead stems of Hupatorium ageratoides. Catskill Mountains. Sept. i)”

_LycoperDOoN GLABELLUM PA. ee
Subglobose or subturbinate, 1/-1.5’ broad, sometimes narrowed below into =
a short stem-like base, furfuraceous with very minute nearly uniform persis- te
tent warts, which appear to the naked eye like minute granules or papille, ;
yellow, opening by a small aperture ; inner mass purplish-brown, capillitium __ a
with a central columella; spores purplish-brown, globose, rough, .0002’-
-00025' i in diameter.
ate in copses and in pine woods. West Albany and NorthGreenbush.
Autumn. Foe
The verrucze or spinules are so minute, that at first sight, they are scarcely ee
visible, the peridium appearing nearly smooth. They persist even in the old 3
and flaccid condition of the plant. The species is manifestly closely related
to L. atropurpureum, but that is described as ‘at first rough with minute
spines,’ thus indicating that it becomes smooth afterwards. It is also said to
be “‘dingy-rufous,” but our plant is constantly yellow. :

_ Lycorrrpon caLyprrirorme Berk.
Moss-covered rocks. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.
Ps This species is remarkable for its peculiar shape and singular habitat. It
is evidently rare. But two specimens were found. ee

a ha ee ie ee SS
< wi

bys | - Mruuerra gen. nov. he eae
"oS ~~. Peridium membranaceous, enclosing numerous minute sporangiumelike Be
“4 _ bodies bearing upon the surface a stratum of spores. | ae
hs This is a genus of Gasteromycetes, near Polysaceum. It is -respeetfully Se
rar dedicated to its discoverer. Myr. H. S. Miller. : ae
Ce MILLERIA HERBATICA Ph. tr :
; a Peridia oval or ovate-conical, cubaetuee: firm, externally minutely warty

sd or mealy-furfuraceous, whitish, inclosing a mass of minute subglobose or

is slightly angular sporangioles adhering together, black externally, pallid —
_-____within ; spores superficial on the sporangioles, globose, colored, .0005’— 00065’

AS . in diameter. We
na Panicles of Rhynchospora macrostachyd. Wading River. - Miller. ¥
4. This rare, but interesting fungus resembles in size and color the preceding _

species, but ‘its interior structure is wholly different. Thesporangioles appear
to be composed of densely compacted or reticulated threads and cellular
= matter. I have not been able to detect any investing membrane, the spores
_---—s appearing to rest directly upon the surface to which they give the black color, .25
The peridium does not appear to have been ruptured naturally in any of the
--—s specimens. ‘The cavity is only partly filled by the mass of sporangioles. 3

_ Puysarum psirracinum Ditim.

eon Fallen leaves, decaying wood, bark and effete Hypoxylon. Adirondack
: Mountains. Aug.

3 _ Puysarum ornatrum Ph. |

4 Sporangia depressed or hemispherical, plane or slightly concave beneath,
fn greenish-cinereous, dotted with small yellow granules, the empty walls whit- Bs
a ish; stem short, black or blackish-brown, generally longitudinally wrinkled

a when dry; columella none; capillitium with numerous yellow knot-like
. thickenings ;.spores globose, smooth, violet-brown in the mass, .0004/—.0005'
in diameter.

Decaying wood. Albany. Aug.

_ PHYSARUM ATRORUBRUM Ph. 7 ;
Scattered or gregarious, stipitate; sporangia globose, even or somewhat
wrinkled, dark-red; stem cylindrical, even, blackish or subconcolorous ;
capillitium when cleared of the spores whitish, sometimes with a slight pink-

wy. ish tinge ; columella none; spores globose, smooth, dark-brown in the mass,

ty dark-red when separated, .0003 —.00035/ in diameter.

Be Decaying wood. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

“ine The plants are scarcely one line high. The capillitium is very delicate,

e's and when cleared of the spores, the knot-like thickenings are seen to be very

a small and of a dark-red color, to which probably is due the pinkish tinge— __
_ sometimes observed. A part only of the thickenings are filled with lime

granules. The dark-red granules of the sporangium walls are abundant, ane a

appear to form a continuous crust. ie

PHYSARUM INAIQUALIS Ph. anni
Sporangia sessile, subglobose or irregular, sometimes elongated and con-
fluent, red, abundantly dotted with minute scarlet granules; capillitium We

ie
‘eT

Fite 5 td id

3

7 % - Aah as eS ~ gr
Reve “BPORT

e

oF THE BOTANIST. | ich Sak. AL
Rast lemon-yellow ; spores brown in the mass, globose or subglobose, smooth, very
unequal in size, .0003'-.0012’ in diameter. ;
: Decaying wood. Griffins. Sept.
This is a most singular fungus, and but little of it was found. The capilli-
tium though abundantly charged with lime granules, does not appear to have
them continuous throughout its whole extent, and the plant would, therefore,
seem to belong to the genus Physarum. On the other hand, the larger
bodies which I have regarded as spores, give indications that they may be

_ really an investing membrane, which encloses the true spores, for they are

_ often found ruptured, though I have not been able to see them discharging
spores or containing them. They are colored like the spores, and there are
all manner of intermediate sizes between the largest and smallest. It thus

appears to be neither a good Physarum nor a good Badhamia, though with

close relations to both. For the present, I leave it in the genus Physarum,
P. rubdiginosum is said to have the sporangia walls and the granules of lime—
both scarlet—which is not the case with our plant.

BADHAMIA AFFINIS R.
Twigs and leaves. Sandlake. Aug.
DipyMIuM EximiIuM PA.

+ __ Sporangia subglobose, slightly umbilicate beneath, whitish or subcinereous,
mealy with numerous granules; stem slender, erect, even, pallid or subru-
fescent, blackish at the base; columella orbicular, discoid, dull-yellowish or
pallid; capillitium whitish; spores globose nearly smooth, blackish in the
mass, .00035’—.0004’ in diameter. |

Fallen leaves. Adirondack Mountains. Aug. .
_ I have not seen the full description of D. discoideum, which is also said to
have a discoid columella, but as its capillitium is said to be brown, it is prob-

_ protruding and revealing to sight the flattened disk-like columella.

DiIpYMIUM ANGULATUM Pk.

Sporangia delicate, subglobose, whitish, externally mealy with numerous |

granules and crystals of lime; stem short, whitish; columella subglobose,
white or pale yellow ; capillitium sparse, delicate, whitish or slightly colored ;
spores irregular, angular, blackish in the mass, .00035’—.0005’ long.

Fallen leaves. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

_ CHONDRIODERMA DIFFORME Pers.
Fallen leaves, bark and fern stems. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

- Diacu@a suzsusstuis Ph.
Gregarious or crowded ; sporangia subglobose, sessile or with a very short
white stem, the walls delicate, iridescent with various metallic tints; colum-
ella obsolete; capillitium and mass of spores violet-brown; spores globose,
- rough, .0004/-.0005' in diameter.
Fallen leaves. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

i This is a most singular species, and apparently very rare. In its lack of a
distinct columella, it departs from the generic character, but it cannot be placed

ably distinct from this species. In our plant the sporangium, after bursting
at the top, sometimes breaks loose from the stem and slides downwards, thus —

“?? oe es os we A RR SO eS ee eee a eh? oe ee ee ‘ee owe 2 8 AS!
ee ee RI ee A ee Rg ee
she aes es pea yh tse Va" as : . gF c : v, ie Fak sas oe

s

Sa et oe EP EA? Seen SS LT ap eta re ee pe
~ SiH LEV R Lia On AN Se ee eee ee pg es
SPS Dien e se. Day ah ee Se es
oe Se ri :
A

“4
7
ez

Wee
Faas

¥

—'
th lee cs Bomake

in the genus Deepen, for thar same objection mould? hold

__ Even when no distinct stem is present, a small whitish mass of granule

ek Comarricna FRIESIANA De By. a a

CoMATRICHA PULCHELLA Bab. ei

besides that, another is found in the presence of lime granules | in t

generally be seen at the point of attachment. The capillitium appears:
originate at the base of the sporangium. The spores are larger, but les
rough than those of D. splendens. ee

‘ComarricHa HQUALIS Pk. . : age
-Gregarious or loosely clustered, about three lines high, arising from a dead a
Aipothiallas: sporangia cylindrical, obtuse, fugacious, wholly falling away;
eapillitium brown or blackish-brown, forming an intricate net-work; stem — ss
slender, smooth, black, penetrating the capillitium as a columella and oktannel be
ing nearly or quite to the apex, the free portion about equal in length to one
half the altitude of the entire plant; spores globose, smooth, violet black, A
.0003'—.00035/ in diameter. eres

Decaying wood. Catskill Mountains. Sept. : yes

In color this species is almost exactly like Stemonitis fusca, from whieh, ifs as
more lax habit, proportionally longer stem and different capillitium separate — ah
it. The larger size, both of the plant itself, and of the spores, will separate Mg
it from Comatricha typhina. The length of the stem and of the capillary
are nearly equal, hence the specific name. By. .

Decaying wood. Adirondack Mountains. Aug. — gees
This is a variety with the sporangia generally globose. me
The variety oblonga was found on the Catskill Mountains. ceo

Decaying stems of herbs. Adirondack Mountains. Aug. eae a
LLAMPRODERMA VIOLACEUM Fr. he ae
Dead stems of herbs. Catskill Mountains. Sept. ny

Our specimens have a brownish capillitium ae spores .0003'— 00085" in in i

diameter, but they are probably a mere variety of the species. ae i.

| he pia
_ TRICHIA SCABRA R. iat : Sa
Decaying wood. Griffins. Sept. Bec
TRICHIA INCONSPICUA BR. ie
Bark of buttonwood, Platanus occidentalis. Bethlehem. ie ta
ARCYRIA POMIFORMIS Roth. i a

_ Decaying wood and bark. Mechanieville. Oct. a
LycoGaLa FLAVOFUSCcUM Hhr. | «ae

Decaying wood and stumps. Griffins and Bethlehem. Sept. and Oct.

oe yt
a ie

OLIGONEMA BREVIFILA Pk. «No

Bright ochery-yellow throughout ; sporangia crowded, forming clusters or
effused patches, shining, variable in shape ; threads few, very short, cylindri- —

eal or subfusiform, not septate; spores globose, rough, .00045’ in diameter. e
Mosses. Oneida. Warne. ey ee
This species differs from O. flavida (Perichena flavida Pk.) in its darker

color and shorter, more strongly marked threads. ) a

<<

sal, “une ssborbionlan, arid, gray with a purnesbrown or

og of “a strawberry, Walisternta fragarioides. Belane &
J eee eaners Mountains. May.

Be Reeth eer doin B.& C..

eaves of mullein, Verbascwm blattaria. Albany. J uly.
~~» I find no description of this fungus, = take the name 7 specimens
bbs: ‘received from Dr. Curtis.

OSTICTA LonicER# Desm.

ene leaves of fly honeysuckle, Lonicera ciliata. Catskill and Adiron-
d Sagan J uly and Aug. Best.

)

cn (CULARIA TRICHELLA G'rev.
ee ivy leaves. Buffalo. Clinton.

Buffalo. Sept. Clinton. — zs

Bich small, grouped « or eouabag on orbicular spots; stroma none or
le ete 5 pers. compact, oozing out in pabeonical masses, Ne the ma-—

{

cates on dead eae of the ee ae ‘plant, Agave
I ericana. Buffalo. Feb. oes

ki 0 Deas branches. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.
is

AGMIDIUM BULBOSUM Fr.

~

Leaves of Potentilla fruticosa. Copake. Oct. | | pee
The spores are darker colored than in Huropean specimens, and therefore
» th ne e septa are soon very obscure. ele
~ ies
YCES TriroLu Fchl.

Leaves of Medicago bupaaline, Buffalo. Clinton.

>

YCES POLYMORPHUS P. & C. ‘tot
Spots brownish ; ; sori blackish-brown, prominent, surrounded by the rup--

tres “lea ; Spores oe polymorphous, gi Mea elliptical, oes as a
a ;

S iirece surface of leaves of Lathyrus ochroleucus. Bay Nov. Clinton, :

age rete

Usrii.aco saLvEI B. & Br. Pe ie y
Leaves of Calamagrostis Pickeringii. Mt. Sacks a ss Bee a: =
This fungus forms long discolored lines or patches on the lenvers closely,

resembling those formed by Urocystis Agropyri and Urocystis occulta. Hea F a

pe Vp pepe ete ae See

: in this country.

7 : Mieccceae gen. nov.

1 ‘Spores numerous, loosely adhering together and forming a pulverulent mass sh
it without any evident peridium. -Insecticolous. . NE
af This is a peculiar genus, apparently belonging to the Coniomycetes, but its Me
44 affinities are doubtful.

“ Massospora cicapina Ph.

eM Spore mass occupying the abdominal cavity, whitish or pale cream-color, at

fs ‘
a length exposed by the falling away of the terminal rings of the abdomen; —
Bee: spores subglobose or broadly elliptical, granular within, sometimes containing
a one to three unequal nucleoli or oil globules, .00065/-.00085' in diameter.

In the abdomen of the “Seventeen-year Locust,” Cicada seplendecim.

| Livingston, Columbia county, and Albany. June.

‘f A specimen was also received from Rev. R. B. Post, which was taken at
South Amboy, New Jersey.

‘ This is a singular fungus, unlike any other known to me. In its early

after the death of the insect, the terminal rings of the abdomen fall away,

observer, might easily be mistaken for a lump of pale- yellow or whitish clay.

Spores in our specimens, as well as in those received from Hurope under this’ ry

name, are quite uniformily globose, not obovate as given in the description. a
They are generally .0004'—.0006’ in diameter, but occasionally they attain a —
diameter of .001'. Iam not aware that this species has been before detected bs

eas stage it is wholly concealed in the body of the insect, but just before, or soon —

revealing the pulverulent mass of spores within, which, by a superficial

é

bs

_ I have not been able to detect any proper peridium, nor does any seem to be
_—s necessary, the walls of the abdomen answering as a substitute. In one or
‘é two examples, the spore mass was less fully developed, and of a brighter
: color. The spores, in this case, were much larger, being .0019’/—.002’ in
A diameter, with the epispore roughly reticulated. This is probably an earlier
“ag condition of the same species, and is another indication that the proper posi-
tion of the fungus is among the Coniomycetes, where there are several genera, __
is with spores of two orders. The position of the genus, as it seems to me, is in
‘a the vicinity of the genus Protomyces, which has the spores developed in the |
___- living tissues of plants, as this has in the tissues of insects. This fungus is
oe noticed, but not named, in Smithsonian Contributions, Vol. v, p. 53.
| ad ri
oe ISARIA TENUIPES PA,

tical, .00016’—.0002’ long.
Dead pups buried under fallen leaves. Center. Shot!

This is probably only a condition -of some Torrubia; but, as it does not |
agree with any described form, I have howe best to designate it, for the —

present, by a name of its own.

Stem very slender, elongated, glabrous, lemon-yellow, one to one and a —
Bt.» half inches high, divided above into a few irregular branches, which are —
. wholly covered by the white mealy coating of conidia; conidia oblong-ellip-

SF “=e¥g

Ee wood. enter. - Oct.

ie: Be mriatoid.
ark and wood of spruce, Abies nigra.

_ Specimens of spruce bark and wood, showing the wank of the spruce mining
etle were collected in the Adirondack Mountains. These were wrapped in tes
r, brought to Albany, and laid away. Upon examining them some
ths afterward, the fungus was found upon them, having evidently an Ne
| since the collection of the bark. It is about the size of S. byssoides. a a :

SPORIUM GRAMINUM Lk.
I ead leaves of grass and sedges. Center and North Greenbush. May.

*
t

sLMINTHOSPORIUM INTERSEMINATUM DB. & R. eae
. Dead stems of stone root, Collinsonia Canadensis. North Grecia H

~

iving leaves of smart weed, doesn Hydropiper. Albany. ‘Sept.

: : ot j
nn Peration aki in ee Buffalo. Dee. Clinton. —

OSPORIUM PULCHRUM Berk.
ead a= leaves. Center. Sept.

our specimens the tips of the branches are aollene Orne Wee ly
e with 4 e description of the species.

2GILLUS FLAVUS Lk. ca avi)
On excrement of caterpillars in damp places. North Greenbush and ie
ndlake. duly and Aug.” ae

‘Living and languishing es of the New England Aster, Aster Nove- ‘ae
, North Greenbush. Sept. ae

o RC Peayhe Fond Aang. “Sept.

4 Mucor CANINUS Pers. |
Excrement of dogs. Ticonderoga. Hiss

Peart. succosa Berk. tant aes
. Damp shaded soil in woods. Albany and North Greenbush. i

Burnt ground sauder spruce trees. Adirondack Mountains. ae ;
This is regarded by some as equivalent to P. cupularis, but if the f ee
and description of P. cupularis in Mycographia are correct, our plant shou
be kept separate. It is not ‘‘subsessile,”’ but it always, so far as I have s
has a distinct stem. | Its color, externally, i is brown or ochraceous-brow
the disk is panes or ee ARES ‘not of a pa cervine a with

Serould not be averse to roel it equivalent to that species. But if
_ two are the same, the name P. vulcanalis antedates the other and sh
_ Tetained. -

E a -0003'— .0004 ine sinraphaees Seiden slightly clea at the ‘ips
' Partridge dung. Oneida. July. Warne.
Prziza UmsBrorum F'chil.
Clay soil. Oneida. Warne.
Peziza suLpHuREA Pers. Ree ag
‘Dead stems of herbs in damp places. Albany. Sept.

| Peziza (DasyscyPH#) virrpicoma PA. eae.
a Cups minute, sessile, villose, yellowish-green; asci oblong: clavate ; spores
et ded or biseriate, palene or subfusiform, .0005'-.0006' long, 00
00025’ broad.
Decaying odd. Sandlake. Aug.
- The peculiar color of this minute species renders it an attractive e object. —
a airnk BRUNNEOLA Desm. 7
Fallen leaves. Center. June.

- Puziza Osmunpa CO. & E.
Near the eee of Osmunda stems. Center. Sept.

“the margin; asci short; sites crowded or iisaeaiie, aubiaaeeee .00
00038" long. ee oe
Dead leaves of grass, Andropogon scoparius. vB hel Nov. “Oli

LOPt ecm Pe

ca ae in eae Adirondack Mountains. Aug. ;
is is an exceedingly minute species. In drying it acquires a valle ‘en
ae it is then eesil visible to the naked eye. ~The stem is so short, ~

.: subacute ; spores Slalom ston, simple, .0006'— 0007 7 long, 00015" og
road; paraphyses numerous, filiform. =
‘Decaying chestnut wood. Mechanicville. Oct. ©

-__T have seen no description of this genus, and refer our specimens to ite
because of their congeneric relation to Haematomyces vinosus C.& ae

8 ays minute, suborbieular often with a ' flexuous margin, dry, somewhat fib- ‘ ae

aga

and aly Sricaled by the ruptured epidermis, sometimes hin winal site Ce

ey fragment of it, when moist, expanded and revealing a plane pallid or dingy-

a _ white disk; asci oblong-clavate, obtuse, sessile; spores broadly elliptical, — i
oa early colorless, .0003’—.00035' long, .0002’—.00025’ broad, generally con-
} te aining a large shining nucleus; paraphyses thickened above, often a little y
sae er than the asci. :

Lower surface of balsam leaves while yet on the tree. Summit. Sent
of At first sight this fungus might be taken for some effete Peridermium, such —
its general external appearance. When moist the cups are swollen and
become more distinct. Under a lens the disk has a pruinose appearance. i
The leaves that are attacked are killed by the fungus, all those peng 1
a rh Boing d dead, though in the immediate vicinity of hyn ones.

L oan TATEA XANTHOXYLI PR.

oped brdaiches of ply a Lapithenghions Americanum. West roy.
. ‘)¢ ‘, 5 Is
oe ~The tufts are scarcely a line broad and easily overlooked, yet they some-
ti es contain, a dozen cups each.

Sas Turery-rresr Reronr ow. THR Stare Museum. |

CoeccnarCicuwe Bae eS | MAA a? A ee ea e
Oblong or hysteriiform, erumpent, “closely surrounded. by the ruptured a

epidermis, black; asci oblong-clavate; spores linear, curved, involved in at
mucus, slightly colored, .Q011'-.0012' long. ae Kae

Dead stems of leather leaf, Cassandra calyculata. Center. June.

CENANGIUM PEZIZOIDES Pk. . ;

Cups scattered, minute, erumpent, sessile or attached by a narrowed base, :
smooth, black ; asci oblong-clavate ; spores crowded oblong-elliptical, .0008’—
-001' long, often containing a single large nucleus, sometimes slightly curved.

Dead stems of leather leaf, Cassandra calyculata. Center. June.
This was associated with C. Cassandre, but the two are easily distin- |
guished. 1 Cages

\

| TYMPANIS ACERINA P&. is ok ee

Cups subczespitose, obconic, erumpent, black with a distinct often flexuous h

. margin, disk concave; asci oblong-cylindrical ; spores oblong, colored, .0005’—

.0008/ long, containing a granular endochrome, at length quadrinucleate or
triseptate.

Bark of maple trees. Adirondack aad Catskill Mountains. Aug. and
Sept. | 7

The cups often manifest a tendency to form lines or grow in linear tufts.
They are usually accompanied by Spheronema acerina, which is probably

one condition of the species. Both frequently grow from the same chink in ©
the bark. ie

PATELLARIA OLIVACEA Patsch.

Decaying wood. Adirondack and Catskill Mountains. July and Sept.
A form of this species occurs which is hispid with straight rigid black hairs.
: or setee. f

PHACIDIUM BRUNNEOLUM Pk,

Perithecia small, innate, brown or blackish-brown, with four or five rather.
broad teeth; disk dingy-white ; asci cylindrical or clavate, narrow; spores
small, colorless, sublanceolate or oblong-ovate, often binucleate, .0003'—.0004’
long. |

Fading leaves of Galiwm trifidum. Summit. Sept.
I have seen no description of Phacidium autumnale Vckl., but according
to my European specimens of that species, our plant is quite different.

o

‘TRIBLIDIUM MoRBIDUM Pk.
Perithecia seated on a thin black crust, irregular, elliptical or oblong, —
rugose, black, at length widely gaping or even suborbicular, revealing the
dingy-white or cinereous disk; asci narrowly lanceolate, tapering towards
_the base; spores filiform, .003’—.004’ long.
Decaying prostrate trunks of spruce. Sandlake. Aug. a
The general appearance of the perithecia is such as to suggest the idea
that they are diseased or badly developed. They indicate that the plant is a
Triblidium, but the spores are like those of Colpoma. :

}

: eae? ae bas ee

a4

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 49

GLoniuM HYALOSPORUM Ger. in litt.
Decaying wood. Willowemoc. W. &. Gerard.

-HyYpopERMA NERVISEQUUM DC.

Leaves of balsam. Mt. Marcy and Summit.
The specimens are without fruit, but so closely resemble European speci-
mens that I have no hesitation in referring them to this species.

RaytTIsMA MAXIMUM FF’.

Living stems of willows, Salix sericea. Stamford, Delaware county.
— Sept.

This is also without fruit, but so characteristic in other respects, that there
ean scarcely be a doubt of its identity. It kills the stems and branches it
attacks.

Hypocrka Viripis Jode.

Maple chips. Griffins. Sept.
This is so unlike our ordinary forms of FH. gelatinosa, that it seems best to
keep them distinct, though some botanists unite them.

HYPoxYLON XANTHOCREAS B. & C;

Prostrate dead alders. Center. Sept.

Our specimens agree with those received from Dr. Curtis under this name,
but they do not agree with the description of the species as published in
Grevillea. In our specimens the young plant is covered with a compact yel-

_ low conidiiferous stratum bearing elliptical conidia .00016 -.0002 long. As
the stroma increases in size, it becomes naked above, and of a purple-brown
or chestnut color, which contrasts beautifully with the yellow margin. When

- old it becomes darker, but I have not seen it “black’’ as described. The
surface is generally irregular or uneven. The stroma is whitish or pallid
within, but near the surface it is yellow. The spores vary from .0004'—
-0006’ in length. I find none, neither in our specimens, nor in those of Dr.
Curtis, as small as stated in the description. But for the examples of Dr.
Curtis, I should have regarded our plant as a different species, so widely does
it differ from the description.

DIATRYPE ASTEROSTOMA B. & C.
Birch bark. Oneida. Warne.

- Doruipea Erinosi Ff’.

Dead stems of willow herb, Hpilobiwm angustifolium. Adirondack
Mountains. Aug.

VALSA TRANSLUCENS De Wot.
Dead willow branches. West Albany. Apr.
Vatsa XantrHoxy.i Ph.

Pustules slightly prominent, erumpent, with a yellowish or tawny
furfuraceous disk which is dotted by the ostiola; perithecia two to fifteen,
rarely single, fragile, pale, surrounded by a tawny tomentum, which is some-
times agglutinated into a kind of spurious receptacle ; ostiola distinct, short,
obtuse, black, at first suffused with a yellowish-green powder ; asci subcylin-
drical ; spores crowded or biseriate, oblong, obtuse, straight or slightly curved,
.0003'—.001’ long, .0003° broad, three to five-septate with an occasional longi-
tudinal septum, at first colorless, then yellowish.

4

es

50 THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Dead branches of prickly ash, Xanthorylum Americanum. West Troy.
Oct.

The species belongs to the Pseudovalsa series.

Vasa Cratamai Curr.
Dead ash branches. Catskill Mountains. Sept.
Our specimens do not fully agree with the description of the species to
which we have referred them, but the differences are not very decided.
Lopuiostoma sceLestum C. & E.
Decaying wood of apple tree. Helderberg Mountains. May.

LoPHIOSTOMA PROMINENS PA,

Perithecia very prominent, hemispherical, adnate at the base, oT- .08’
broad, smooth, black ; ostiola distinct, compressed, black, shining ; asei sub-
clavate ; spores biseriate, oblong or subfusiform, straight or slightly curved,
colored, five-septate, .0008 —.001’ long.

Dead twigs of button-bush, Cephalanthus occidentalis. Center. June.

The species is related to L. bicuspidatum, but the perithecia are not im-
mersed, and the spores are destitute of cuspidate points and longitudinal septa.

MASSARIA GIGASPORA Desm.

Dead branches of sheep-berry, Viburnum Lentago. Albany. May.
The spores in our specimens are .003’ long, and quadrilocular with the two
central cells shorter than the terminal ones.

SPH#RIA (VILLOS#&) PULCHRISETA PA,

Perithecia very minute, .003'—.004' in diameter, superficial, numerous, at
length collapsing, black, beautifully hispid with straight diverging black setee ;
ascl narrowly fusiform or lanceolate ; spores narrow, subfusiform, colorless,
.00025'—.0003' long, the endochrome sometimes parted in the middle.

Chips in woods. Griffins. Sept.

Externally this fungus has the appearance of some species of Venturia, but
it appears to have paraphyses among the asci,

SPHARIA FIMISEDA Ces. & De Not.
Excrement of cows. Oneida. Warne.

SPHARIA CLADOSPORIOSA Schw.
Old Polyporus sulphureus. Buffalo. Apr. Clinton.
This, as‘ Berkeley remarks,'is not a true Spheeria, but as the specimens are
not in condition to show its true relations, it is left where Schweinitz placed it.
SPHHRIA PHELLOGENA B. & C.
Corky bark of elm. Bethlehem. May.

SpHmrra(CAvLicoL®) cuRVICOLLA Ph.
Perithecia small, .03’-04' broad, scattered or two to three contigga ae
crowded, erumpent, at length naked, hemispherical, black; ostiola short, sub-
eylindrical, shghtly curved; asci oblong; spores crowded or biseriate,
colorless, .0006’-.0009' long, .0003' broad.

Dead stems of Polygonuin articulatum. Center. Oct.

Ze ii CoM
Se
_ yi | s

.

ReEpPorRT OF THE BOTANIST. BL

The noticeable character of this species is its short curved ostiolum, which
is usually bent upwards toward the top of the stem on which the Spheeria
grows. It is generally cylindrical, but sometimes slightly attenuated, some-
times a little compressed.

-Spu#ria (CAvLicoL®) soRGHOPHILA Ph.

Perithecia very minute, immersed, erumpent through a longitudinal chink,
elliptical, black ; asci elongated, clavate ; spores biseriate, oblong-cylindrical,
triseptate, constricted at the septa, pale when young, then colored, .0011/—
.0012’ long.

On the brush of an old broom. North Greenbush. June.

The ostiola are so obscure that they can with difficulty be seen.

Spameia TypHz Schw. :
Decaying leaves of Typha latifolia. Greenbush. May.

SPHzZRIA Gnomon Tode. |
Fallen leaves of Ostrya Virginica. West Troy. June.

SPHZRIA Orepini West.
Spikes of club-moss, Lycopodium annotinum. Mount Marcy. Aug.
The affected spikes become conspicuous by reason of the discoloration pro-
duced by the parasite. The scales appear slightly thickened or the epidermis
a little elevated by the tomentose stratum beneath it.

SpH#rRIA Marciensis PA.
Perithecia minute, punctiform, covered by the epidermis, which is ruptured
by the distinct slightly prominent blunt ostiola; asci oblong-cylindrical, ses-
sile; spores crowded, subfusiform, blunt, slightly colored, triseptate, .001/—
0011! long, .0003' broad, the cells generally nucleate.

Leaves of club-moss, Lycopodium annotinum and L. Selago. Mount
Marcy. Aug.

This species, though closely related to the preceding, is clearly distinct.
It inhabits only the leaves, has no investing tomentum, has a more decided
ostiolum and longer spores. The matrix is not discolored by it.

VenTuRIA Dickie: De Not. -

Leaves of twin-flower, Linnea borealis. Mount Marcy. Aug.
I am not aware that this interesting little fungus has before been detected
in this country.

(5.)
NEW STATIONS, NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS.

CimiciruGA RACEMOSA Lil.

Schodack, Rensselaer county. Rev. H. Wibbe. All the specimens of
this plant that [ have seen have the pods supported on a short stalk or pedi-
cel, as figured and described by Dr. Torrey in the New York State Botany,
although they are described in both the Manual and Class Book as sessile.

Viota CaNnApENSIS J. was observed in flower near Griffins, as late as the
middle of September.

52, THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

HYPERICUM PYRAMIDATUM Ait.
Near ‘ Ball’s Head,”’ Rensselaer county. Wibée.

IWLATINE Crintonzana PA.

Having recently reéxamined and compared the seeds of this plant and #.
Americana, I find that the seeds vary somewhat, and that the differences
which I formerly observed vanish when many specimens are compared. I
am, therefore, of the opinion that the former is merely a dwarf state of the
latter.

IMPATIENS FULVA Nuit.
A white-flowered form. rae G. Tish:

RuHUS TYPHINA LD.

Apparently a hybrid between this and R. glabra. Fort Edward. MM. W..
Vandenburg.

PorTENTILLA RECTA J.
Oswego. Wibbe.

LytHruM Saricaria L.
River banks, near Oswego. Wibbe.

LonicERA CHRULEA J.
Plentiful on the borders of Lake Tear. Mount Marcy.

NaARDOSMIA PALMATA Hook.
Guilderland, Albany county.

SoLIDAGO LATIFOLIA _L. ;
Apparently a hybrid between this and S. ce@sia. Fort Edward. Van-
denburg.
SOLIDAGO RIGIDA L.

Plentiful along the Harlem railroad at Copake. This is probably one of
its most northern stations. | |

HIERACIUM AURANTIACUM JL.

Meadows near Oswego. Wibbe. ‘This plant appears to be rapidly spread-
ing over the State.

VACCINIUM CORYMBOSUM LL. V. ATROCOCCUM G'”.
This strongly marked variety occurs in Sandlake.

ATRIPLEX HASTATA L.
Spreading and becoming rather common about Albany.

MonrTELIA TAMARISCINA Nutt.
Shore of Lake Champlain at Ticonderoga.

Uitmus Americana L.

A corky-bark form of this tree occurs in the vicinity of Albany. The
corky portion is in layers parallel to the oe of the trunk. I have not
observed it on the branches.

SALIX MYRTILLOIDES LL.
Marshes near Center, Albany county.

oo in ip A
| REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 53

_ Poramoceton Oaxkestanus Rodbvins.
Wading River. Miller.
HABENARIA CILIARIS R. Br.
This most beautiful plant was detected near Manlius, by Mr. Wibbe. ©

TRILLIUM ERYTHROCARPUM Mx.

A monstrosity in which all the parts, except the stem and stigmas, appear
to be double. ‘There are six leaves, six sepals, six petals, twelve stamens,
and apparently two ovaries closely united. The stigmas are numerous, but
I have not been able to count them accurately. Oswego. Wibdve. ;

CHAMZLIRIUM LUTEUM L.
Near Nassau, Rensselaer county. Wibbe.

Scrreus ErRIoPpHORUM Mx. v. CYPERINUS G'7.
Oswego. Wibbe.

RHYNCHOSPORA MACROSTACHYA Torr.
Shore of ‘“‘ Mud Pond,” five miles southwest of Oswego. Wibbe.

Bromus Tectorum L.
Along the Hudson River railroad. Greenbush.

TRITICUM CANINUM L.
Buffalo. Clinton. This is a remarkable variety in which the leaves are
involute and the sheaths hairy.

ASPIDIUM SPINULOSUM Sw. V. DUMETORUM Sm.
Syracuse. Mrs. S. M. Rust.

ASPIDIUM CRISTATUM Sw. v. CLINTONIANUM Haion.
Buffalo. Clinton.

ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM Sw. v. Braunu, Koch.
This beautiful fern proves to be more common than was at first supposed.
I have observed it in three new localities the past season. Near Summit,
Schoharie county; near Griffins, Delaware county; and im the Catskill
Mountains, near Big Indian. :

ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS J. V. OBTUSILOBATA Torr.
Syracuse. Mrs. Rust.

Borrycuium Lunaria Sw.

Mrs. Rust sends specimens of this interesting fern from the original
locality near Syracuse, where she first discovered it. She writes that the
plants occur in but one little spot, and, with most commendable care for the
preservation of the fern, she says that she cautiously plucks a few without .
taking them up by the roots. We sincerely hope that others whomay possess
the knowledge of this single New York locality, may be equally careful not
to destroy it. It is greatly to be regretted that the locality of Woodsia
glabella, at Little Falls, has been exhausted, and its loss should stimulate all
true lovers of nature to be careful of such rare gifts.

Mrs. Rust finds, in Onondaga gounty, thirty-seven of the fifty species of
ferns that have been detected in the State.

BorrycuHium simpiex Hitch.
Near Oswego. Wibbe.

} —T, e 1
» ig TNO oe a
an a %
- . Wi i
ae,
\ a

54 THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE MusEumM :

BorrYcHIUM LANCEOLATUM Angst.
Pine Hill, Ulster county.

AGARICUS RADICATUS Felh.

Two forms of this species occur here, one with a rather stout smooth stem,
the other with a more slender stem covered with minute scurfy particles.
The former agrees with the description of the species, the latter does not.
This last is the most common form with us.

AGARICUS RUGOSODISCUS PA.

This Agaric, when wounded, exudes a serum-like juice. It belongs to the
subgenus Collybia rather than to Omphalia, and should be placed near A.
SUCCOSUS.

AGARICUS LACCATUS Scop.

This wonderfully variable species sometimes has the lamellee notched oe
precisely as in the subgenus Tricholoma.

AGARICUS HAMATOPUS Pers.

I find a non-cespitose form of this species with red-margined lamelle.
Its red juice, however, will serve to distinguish it and show its true relations. ©

AGARICUS SARCOPHYLLUS PA.

This species, which was discovered in 1869, and had not since been found
by me, reappeared this season in a pasture near Ticonderoga. It is very
rare.

AGARICUS ARVENSIS Scheff.
In an oat field. Ticonderoga.

AGARICUS SEROTINOIDES PA.

I am satisfied that this is a mere variety of A. serotinus, and should not be
kept distinct. It is probable also that A. perpleaus Pk. is only an American
variety of A. swblateritius, from which it scarcely differs except in the color of
the lamellee.

CoprRINUS ANGULATUS PA.

The description of this species was drawn-up from dried specimens, and is —
therefore inaccurate. It is here revised.

Pileus thin, campanulate or convex, rimose-sulcate, sub-fuscous, disk squa-
mose, with a few brownish sub-persistent verrucee ; lamellee narrow, close, free
stem equal or slightly tapering upward, hollow, white ; spores black, triangu-
lar-ovate, compressed, .0003’'—0004' long, .0003’ broad, .0002' thick.

CANTHARELLUS AURANTIACUS Fr.
Center. A variety with the lamellee nearly white.

Troaia Aunt PA.

The spores are very minute, narrow, cylindrical, slightly curved, colorless,
.0002'—.V0025’ long.

POLYPORUS SCUTELLATUS Schw.

This species, as it occurs with us, is generally dimidiate, and more or less
ungulate. The pores are not distinctly rhomboidal in most cases, nor have I
seen them changed toa black color. In ungulate specimens they are elongated,
and, in length, much exceed the thickness of the hymenophorum. In the young

- PEPORT OF THE BOTANIS?T. 55
state the pileus is clothed with a minute velvety villosity, but this disappears
with age, and the pileus becomes either uniformly black or blackish variegated
with paler zones, rarely wholly pale. I have met with it both on alder and
witch-hazel.

RETICULARIA UMBRINA Jy.

In Dr J. Rostafinski’s Monograph of the Myxogasters, Reticularia
lycoperdon Bull, has been substituted for the name in common use. This
Monograph, being based on an entirely new system of Classification, necessi-
tates a change of name in numerous instances. How thoroughly different the
system, and how wide spread the change of names therein inaugurated, may be
inferred from the following facts. Of the hundred or more species given in
the Handbook of British Fungi less than one-fourth remain under their old
names. ‘Three out of the four species of Reticularia are referred to as many
different genera, leaving one species only im the genus and another specific
name is given to that one. The generic name Fuligo takes the place of
AKithalium, and the two supposed species, 4. seplicum and iy. vaporarium,
help make upa page of synonyms under the name F’xligo varians. The genus
Diderma is discarded and its thirteen species are distributed among three
genera, Chondrioderma taking the largest share. In several instances two,
and in one or two cases three supposed species have been united in one. The
genus Physarum has had its characters so modified that it now comprehends
species that before were found in Diderma, Didymium and Angioridium ; and
one of its species, Physarum nutans, with its varieties, has on transferred
to Tilmadoche and separated into two species.

The adoption of so many new names at once will napeasarile be attended
by some disadvantages, yet we think the advantages to be derived from the
adoption of this new method of classification will more than compensate for
the temporary inconvenience. One thing is quite evident to my mind, and
that is, that the species may be more satisfactorily referred to their proper

places by this system and by the descriptions, given by Rostafinski than they

possibly could be by the old system and descriptions.
The following is a list of the New York Myxogasters at present known.
The names in the first or left hand column are those required by and

arranged according to the new system ; those in the second column are the old

names, applied to such of the species as have before been reported and

published as New York species:

Present Names. Former Names.

Physarum cinereum Batsch. Didymium cinereum Fr.

contextum Pers. Diderma flavidum Ps.

flavidum Ps. Didymium flavidum PA,

sinuosum Hil. Angioridium sinuosum Girev. *

polymorphum Mont. Didymium connatum PA.

albicans Pk. 1a subroseum Pk.

citrinellum PA. Diderma citrinum Fr,

HP ha Oh hd Pat OD Bd Pg

luteolum P&.

ineequalis Pk,

ornatum Pk.

atrorubrum Ps.

psittacinum Ditim.

pulcherripes Pk, Physarum pulcherripes Pk.
fenadache nutans Pers. Pe nutans Pers.
mutabile R.

/

56

Present Names.

Craterium leucocephalum Pers.
Leocarpus fragilis Dicks.

Fuligo varians Somm/.

Le ochracea Pk. °
Badhamia hyalina Pers.

B, magna Ph,

B, rubiginosa Chev.

B, affinis R.

Didymium farinaceum Schrad.
D. squamulosum A. & S.
D. microcarpum F’y,

D. eximium Pk.

D. . angulatum P&.
Chondrioderma radiatum LL.
C spumarioides FH’.

C crustaceum PA,

C testaceum F’y,

C difforme Pers.

C. Micheli Zid.

Diachzea leucopoda Bull.

D splendens Pk.

D subsessilis P&.

Spumaria alba Bull.

Stemonitis fusca Roth.

8S. ferruginea Hhr.

S. herbatica P&, -
Comatricha equalis Pk.

C. typhina Roth.

C. Friesiana DeBy.

C. pulchella Bad.
Lamproderma physaroides A. & S.
L. violaceum PF’,

L. arcyrioides Somm/.
Amaurocheete atra A. & S.
Tubulina cylindrica Bull.
Clathroptychium rugulosum Wallr.
Dictydium cernuum Pers.
Cribraria intricata Schrad.

C. purpurea Schrad.
Reticularia lycoperdon Bull.
Trichia fallax Pers.

reniformis Pk.
inconspicua A.

T. varia Pers.

Au scabra R.

dle chrysosperma Bull.
a.

sia

Hemiarcyria rubiformis Pers.

H. ~ clavata Pers.
H. serpula Scop.

THIRTY-FIRST REPORY ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

_

Hormer Names.

Craterium leucocephalum Ditim.
Leocarpus vernicosus Lh.
/Kthalium septicum Fy,

fi. ferrincola Schw.

Licea ochracea PA,

Dictydium magnum PA,
Craterium obovatum P.

Didymium farinaceum F’y.
D. squamulosum A. & S.
D. xanthopus Fr.

Diderma umbilicatum Pers.
D, farinaceum Ph.

D. crustaceum Pk.

D. Marize-Wilsoni Clinton

Diachzea elegans Fy.

Spumaria alba DC.
Stemonitis fusca Roth.
S. ferruginea Hhr.

S. typhoides DC

S. oblonga F’.
Licea cylindrica F’r.

Dictydium umbilicatum Schrad.
Cribraria intricata Schrad.

C. purpurea Schrad.
Reticularia umbrina Fr.

Trichia varia Pers.
Aig chrysosperma DC.
T. turbinata With. -—

rubiformis Pers.
pyriformis Hoffm.
clavata Pers.
serpula Pers.

at ee

as
Re wige
F

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 57

Present Names. Former Names.

Areyria punicea Pers, Areyria punicea Pers.
A. incarnata Pers. A. incarnata Pers.
a dey Bil | A. cinerea HU. Dan.

: : A. digitata Schw.
A. nutans Bail. A. nutans Hr,
A. pomiformis Roth.
Lachnobolus globosus Schw. A. slobosa Schw.
Oligonema flavida Ph. Perichzena flavida Pk.
O. brevifila P&.
Perichzena czespitosa Pk. Bhgsariien csespitosum Pk.
P. corticalis Batsch.
r. irregularis B. & C.
Lycogala epidendrum Buz. Lycogala epidendrum L.
L flavo-fuscum Hhr. |

Didymium oxalinum Px. is probably only a form of Physarum cinerewm,
and is therefore omitted. Dictydiwm microcarpum received from Dr. Howe,
is Lamproderma physaroides A. & S., and Didymium simulans Howe, is
Badhamia hyalina Pers.

Of Physarwmn sinuosum, two varieties have occurred; one with the outer
walls of the sporangium ochraceous, the other, with them nearly black.

Physarum citrinellum appears to be quite distinct from Diderma citrtnum,
to which it was referred. The following is a description of it:

Sporangia subglobose, double-walled, the outer wall crustaceous, yellow,
the inner very delicate, whitish; stem very short, reddish; capillitium whit-
ish or slightly tinged with yellow, its knots numerous, large; spores blackish
in the mass, globose, minutely rough, .0004’-.0005 in diameter.

Mosses. Catskill Mountains.

The stem is so short that the sporangia appear sessile. The doublewall
of the sporangium prevents the reference of the species to Physarwin Schu-
macheri.

Fuiico varians Somm/.

The widely variant forms that are brought together under this name by
Dr. Rostafinski, present to the eye such diverse appearances, that it is difficult
to believe that they should all be united. The forms with a floccose setha-
lium like the old &. septicuin, AY. vaporarium and AY. ferrincola are
readily united, but those with a crustaceous sethalium would appear rather to
constitute another species, while the form with a naked gyrose surface seems
still more worthy of specific distinction. Aside from its external peculiari-
ties, its internal structure strengthens the idea of its specific validity.
Nevertheless, it must be admitted that the spores are so nearly alike in all the.
forms, that they do not confirm the differences exhibited externally. I am
of the opinion, however, that the last-mentioned form will yet be separated
from the others, and also that M’uligo ochracea does, and will equally merit
specific distinction, and for this reason I have not united it with the others.
Aithalium geophilum Pk. is not an Aithalium, nor even a Myxogaster. It
is probably Hyphelia terrestris Fr.

BapHAMIA MAGNA Pk. (Dictydium magnum Px.).

Perhaps some may regard this as a form of the very variable Badhamia |
ulricularis. It approaches B. utricularis v. Schimperiana, but differs clearly
in its larger size and globose sporangia, with reticulately corrugated walls.

a8 THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE MuUSEUM.

DiIDYMIUM TOROGAR PUL FY.

D. nigripes Fr. and D. wanthopus Fr. have been united aide this name.
To an observer of their external characters they appear quite distinct. Beth

forms occur with us, the former on fallen leaves, the latter on living |

Sphagnum.

CHONDRIODERMA TESTACEUM F’7.

A form of this species, with the outer walls of the sporangium a olewe white
with no tinge of pink, is quite common.

CHONDRIODERMA SPUMARIOIDES fr.

Our specimens (Diderma farinaceuwm Pk.) abound in lime granules, and
belong to the variety carcerina.

STEMONITIS HERBATICA PA,
Though resembling S. ferruginea in color, this species 1s easily distin-
guished from it by the comparatively shorter stem, larger meshes of the capil-

litium and decidedly larger spores, which frequently attain a diameter of

.0004 inch, nearly twice the usual dimensions of the spores of S. ferruginea.
There is a small form of S. ferruginea, which is nearly equal to S. herbatica
in size, but it is true to the characters of its own species, and would not be
confounded wlth S. herbatica after an examination of its spores.

HEMIARCYRIA CLAVATA Pers.

The threads of the capillitium in our specimens are much larger than is
indicated in the description of the species. Their diameter is about equal to
the diameter of the spores, and about twice the diameter ascribed in the
description.

SpH#Ropsis Manorum Berk.
This sometimes attacks apples while yet hanging on the tree.

PESTALOZZIA PrEcKit Clinton.

Acccrding to specimens received from Burore. this is not distinct from
P. monocheta Desm,

CoNIOTHECIUM TORULOIDEUM B. & C.

The fungus thus referred in the Twenty-third Report, and more recently
regarded at different times as Toruwla stilbospora Cd. and Trimmatostroma
Salicis Cd., has recently been published as Trimmatostroma Americana Thu-
men. We hope it has finally found a permanent resting place under this name.
It forms numerous small black dusty dots on dead branches of willows,
and stains or crocks the fingers handling it.

SEPTONEMA BICOLOR Pk.

Owing to the delay in the issue of the Twenty-eighth Report, this name is
antedated by Sporidesmium Peziza C. & H. 3

BacrripiuM FLAVUM Kze.
The specimens formerly referred to this species fall more properly under
the more recent species Baciridium Eillisii Berk.
Puccinta Mentuz Pers.
On Pycnanthemum incanum. Bethlehem.

— aN ie

REPORT OF THE BovaNIsv. 59

PucciNnIA SPRETA PA.

Leaves of Mitellanuda. Buffalo. Clinton. Leaves of Mitella diphylla.
Griffins.

PuccINIA STRIOLA LA.
Leaves of Carex irrigua. Summit.

UsTILAGO URCEOLORUM "wl.

Fruit of Carex irrigua. Mount Marcy. The spores in these specimens
are large and much less angular and unequal than usual.

STILBUM GIGANTEUM PA.

I find this associated with Patellaria leptosperma Pk. in ne a way as to
suggest the probability, at least, that it is a form of the latter species.

HELVELLA suLcata A/fz.

The prominent character in this species, as indicated by the name, is the
suleate stem. ‘The furrows are very deep, and extend, without interruption,
the entire length of the stem. The whole stem, as shown by a cross-section,
is made up of the costze intervening between these furrows. I do not find the

| stem “stuffed,” as required by the description in Syst. Myc. Vol. ii, p. 15.
The pileus is generally darker than that of H. crispa.
* Our New York species of Helvella readily fall into three groups depending
on the character of the stem. The following tabular arrangement will exhibit
this feature, and aid in tracing the species. .

New York Species of Helvella.

Stem even, stout, three lines or more in diameter.
Pileus inflated, gyrose-lobate.

BRM o tals) cs alain a'ola SS eeesicip ed vee cugee «oss, HL. esculemta, Pers:
UTM setts re gia? B05 Sal en. vata h aye ate askin Jo aioe! a ol olaeig wes H. spherospora Pk.
Pileus defiexed, lobate, spores elliptical. .... 0... 0... 2s005- H. Infula Scheff.
Stem costate-sulcate, stout.
ER eet ee fals g12 0 craic ce 41) 6.5) cite deisel n wise nlasinw ee re ee we de H. crispa Fr.
MEME ele Sachs icjaincs Ua(clb oid «\/yolala'eleis, weisiblet ee ss egies lanes H. sulcata Afz.
Stem even, slender, less than two lines thick.
EMMONS nfo cnc crate sciajo t's aleve Vaisje)a) aveisreiels dawra ¢ -eelete. seine sa H. gracilis Pk.
PEMCEMIS HY: PILUTNOSE. 5... fylein! sso Gc wasdic, Seles Selse we wees H. elastica Bull.

The first and second species in the table belong to the more recent genus

Gyromitra. The last one, H. elastica, is sometimes nearly black, and is,

_ perhaps, then, H. atra. These two, according to the descriptions, have the

pileus free, but in our plant it is sometimes adnate to the stem. H. lacunosa
and Hf, ephippium have not yet occurred with us.

CreNnANGIUM CERAsI FP’.
This is not limited to cherry in its habitat, but occurs also on birch.

XYLARIA DIGITATA G rev.

One of our most common Xylarias agrees with the characters ascribed to
this species, except in the size of the spores. These are described as .U007’
.0008' long. In our plant they are about .0005 long. Because of its sha
spores, it has sometimes been referred to X. Hypoxylon; but in this species
the stem should be villose, a character which our plant does not exhibit, The
difference between its spores and those of X. digitata is so marked and so
constant that it should not be disregarded. I therefore propose to distinguish

60 THIRT\-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

our r plant as a variety, giving it the name X. digitata var. Americana. It is
frequent on decaying wood and old prostrate mossy trunks.

The following tabular arrangement will exhibit the principal distina nihil
features of the New York species thus far reported :

New York Species of Xylaria.

Club everywhere fertile, obtuse.

Spores OOQS'=WOl2! lomo. ie sk isdes: qek ewan teenie eterar X. polymorpha Grev.
Spores OU0P NOM eh seine cae e edda s erie ASW tits X. corniformis #7,

Club sterile above, subacute or attenuated.
Sterile apex short, subacute.

Chibirvecular, Subovate, laree. ..%, acie osm seis nee X. grandis Ph.
Club regular, subcylindrical. eiailinis.o\e eevee segisi's triste ey | se Nieto Un UE age
Sterile apex acuminate or attenuated.

Stemmshort, villose. iiss sata ge ctte ds ema eetetees wiaaee X. Hypoxylon Grev.

Stem not villose.
Perithecia numerous, little prominent.

Stems generally connate at the base or digitately

CLT eel oY (6 bee ei ee AR ae Fe rtAC ARDS Enid tn ks X. digitata Grev.
DLCMIS UAV A YS. STUN DIO. <log sci s (0d cetancereiisie oct onieys enemnenere te X. graminicola Ger..
Perithecia. few; very prominent. 2.55 (esas <<. eee ne X. tiliformis A. & S.

In X. acuta the short, sterile apex sometimes appears like a short mucro-
nate point, and sometimes it is quite obsolete, so that the plant might be mis-
taken for X. corniformis, but for its larger spores. Its thicker club, simpler
habit, and peculiar apex, separate it from X. digitata.

X. graminicola might easily be taken for a simple form of X. digitata v.
Americana. X. Hypoxylon is extremely rare with us.

SPH@RIA EXIMIA PA.

Owing to the delay in the issue of the Twenty-eighth Report, the name of
this species was antedated by S. amphicornis Hllis.

SPHZRIA MORBOSA Schw.

This deleterious fungus was found on branches of the wild black cherry,
Prunus serotina, in Keene Valley, Essex county. It is now known to occur
on Prunus domestica, P. Americana, P. Cerasus, P. Virginiana, P.
Pennsylvanica and P. serotina. ‘Two of these are plum-trees—one intro-

duced, the other native—and the remaining four are cherry trees, of which

the three last are indigenous.

In the preceding pages, when no name is added to the station or stations, the |

plant has been found therein by the writer. Dates signify the time when the
specimens were collected, and therefore indicate, to some extent, the time of the
occurrence of the plant.

Grateful acknowledgements are rendered to those Botanists who have beats

aided me by contributions of specimens. Their names appear in the preceding

pages.
Respectfully submitted,
CHARLES H. PECK.

ALBANY, January 4, 1878.

°

’

NovTE ON THE LEGS OF TRILOBITES. 61

NOTES ON SOME SECTIONS OF TRILOBITES
- FROM THE TRENTON LIMESTONE.*
By C. D. Watcorr.

In a former article,} the writer expressed the view that the perfect state of pres-
ervation of the delicate branchial appendages and ventral membrane of the Trilo-
bite, precluded the idea of the destruction of anything of a stronger texture than
fleshy, swimming lobes attached to the axial appendages. Within a month after
the above was written, a section was obtained, showing that not only was the
axial appendage articulated to the ventral surface, but, also, that it was a jointed
appendage. Six months later, the branchial appendages were found. Although
the structure of the Trilobite, in detail, is not yet determined, evidence of great
interest has been obtained. Numerous sections of Calymene senaria show axial
appendages with three jomts. The coxa or basal joint is about as broad at
the upper end as long; it has a slight projection upon its upper outer side for
the attachment of the branchial arm. In a longitudinal section of the Trilobite,
it is articulated to the ventral surface by a narrow process at or near its poste-
rior margin. ‘Transverse sections show the articulation to be at or near the
center. The second joint is broadest at the base, and tapers toward the lower
end, to which the third joint is attached. The third joint, in all appendages of
this species seen (seventy-seven in number), terminates in a round, blunt end.
As yet, no transverse sections showing more than one joint have been obtained.
In transverse sections of Ceraurus pleurewanthemus, the fifth joint terminates in
a short claw.{ There may be six joints in the leg. Im the sections five only
can be distiriguished. Longitudinal sections of this species show a few appen-
dages terminating at the third joint, as in Calymene senaria. The finding of
good transverse sections of the latter species will probably prove that the legs
had five or six joimts, with a terminal claw. Longitudinal sections cannot show
the number of joints, as the leg extends obliquely downward, and only an oblique
section of two or three joints is obtained. Attached to the basal joint of the
leg there is a slender, jointed arm of two, and probably three joints. Portions
of pinnulze are attached to the terminal joint. Whether they are branchial
tubes cannot be satisfactorily determined from the section. In other sections,
rows of pinnulz are shown, which are undoubtedly branchial tubes. From the
character of the remaining portion of the respiratory apparatus, they must have
been attached to the arm. It is also quite probable that a branchia was attached
to the basal joint of the arm. It may be that its occurrence in this position, in
the section, is owing to the displacement of one of the branchize attached to the
thoracic cavity. These branchiz are attached above the basal joint of the leg.
The branchia in Calymene senaria projects out a short distance, and then bifur-
cates, sending two spirals nearly to the edge of the dorsal shell. In some sec-
tions the base appears to be a portion of the ribbon or band forming the spiral,

* This paper (with the exception of the Note on the Legs of Trilobites, and the two figures
of the same, plate 1, figs. 6,7) and the two following papers, were published and distributed, in
pamphlet forin, September 20th, 1877, in advance ofthe present Report.

7 Preliminary Notice of the Discovery of Natatory and Branchial Appendages of Trilobites,
and Additional Evidence upon the same. Twenty-cighth Annual Report New York State Mu-
seum of Natural History, December, 1876.

¢ As yet seen only beneath the central segments.of the thorax. As in this species the axial
appendage occurs upon each segment of the pygidium, and its first, second and third joints are
similar to those beneath the thorax, it is probable that there is little change from the modified
appendages beneath the head to the posterior segment of the pygidium.

62, THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE Museum.

straightened out, while in others it is a closely-coiled spiral. At the bifurcation
the outer spiral springs from the base, which continues on to form the inner
spiral. The spirals are most ventricose at the center, tapering toward both ex-
tremities. Their curvature follows that of the dorsal shell. The ribbon or band ©
forming the spiral is slightly flattened and somewhat loosely coiled. In several
sections the spiral has been pulled out, so that the plane of the section passes
through it, as in fig. 5e¢ of Plate 1. Generally they present the appearance
of fig. 5/ of Plate 1, where the section appears to pass through the spiral in
its normal condition. A section cut obliquely from the posterior margin of the
glabella to below a line with the eyes in front, and between the dorsal shell and
hypostoma, shows one side of four pair of setiferous appendages. ‘They appear to
consist of a short projection from the mass of calc-spar filling the cavity of the
glabella, to which a short joint is articulated. From the best preserved one,
eighteen setee radiate from the side and end of the outer joint. The setz aver-
age two mm. in length. A transverse section of the head of an Avidaspis
"Trentonensis, from near the posterior margin across the posterior end of the
hypostoma, gives an opposite section of the setiferous appendage. It is essen-
tially the same as those in CALYMENE. It is situated beneath the dorsal shell,
on a line with the branchial appendages of the thorax, and is a modified con-
tinuation of the branchial series of appendages.* A narrow layer of cale-spar_ .
connects the visceral cavity with the doublure of the head. A transverse sec-
tion of the head of a CALYMENE, cut so as to cross the hypostoma just within the
posterior end, shows the upper half of the space beneath the glabella to be filled
with calc-spar. This space is the continuation of the visceral cavity of the
thorax. From the lower lateral margin of each side, a jointed appendage
extends outward and downward. ‘The basal jot is laree—twice as long as
broad; from the lower slightly concave surface a slender joint projects, which is
followed by one, and, when the appendage is entire, by three or four jomts. <A
narrow band of spar unites the upper visceral space with the spar filling the
concavity of the hypostoma. between the upper pair of appendages and the
glabella three pair of appendages project. Their basal joint is slender; and, in
two sections, closely resemble the maxillary joint of the leg of .the Hurypterus,
modified in form, but undoubtedly subservient to the same use as a part of the
mouth. ‘Two sections show three long, slender joints, but not a terminal one in
position. In three detached joints the terminal one is small and sharp-pointed.
In one beautiful transparent section the observer looks into what appears to be
the opening of the mouth. The basal joints of the manducatory legs have their
upper inner margins truncated, and are slightly convex; four on each side,
forming an elongate opening above the hypostoma, the upper end of which is
closed ‘by the approximation of the upper margins of the broad coxal joints of
the upper pair of appendages. {

Sections of Asaphus vlatycephalus furnish evidence that it has axial append-
ages of essentially the same structure as those of CALYMENE and CERAURUS, as
the basal and second joints in the section are the same as seen in those genera,
and the basal joint of the leg is attached in the same manner to the body. The
visceral cavity is attached to the shallow dorsal groove.

From the above described and other sections, the following conclusions upon
the structure of the Trilobite may be given, as based upon the knowledge now at

* These appendages are probably attached to the manducatory legs. The thoracic spiral
branciie are absent, or else simple projections. Sections, partially confirmatory of this, are at
hand.

+ Upper appendage is here used instead of posterior appendage, in the sense that the mouth,
in this species, was situated between the ventral surface of the visceral cavity and the hypos-
toma, and opened posteriorly instead of directly downward. This would necessitate the cury-
ing ¢“ the alimentary canal beneath the glabella to pass to the mouth.

|. ve pach es
os }

4

Nove ON THE LEGS OF TRILOBITES. — 63

hand. Future discoveries will undoubtedly add to and change them some-
what—these notes being intended to show the progress made up to the present
time, and not as a final publication.

First. The Trilobite had a thin ventral membrane beneath the visceral
cavity, strenethened by arches, which supported the appendages beneath. The
membrane extended outward from the main visceral cavity, and joined the edge
of the doublure of the head, thoracic segments and pygidium, somewhat as the
sternum of LIMULUS is connected to the margins of its shell by a membraneous
crust.

Second. Attached to the ventral surface, on a line with the outer edges of the
alimentary canal, there is a row of articulated appendages on each side—the
leg consisting of five or more joints, the terminal joint being provided with a
claw, and the basal joint with a point of attachment for a jointed arm.

Third. The jointed appendage attached to the basal joint of the leg is homolo-
gous with the epipodite of recent crustaceans. (This statement is made with
some reserve, as the evidence is not positive. ‘The basal joint, as seen in all
the sections showing it distinctly, is large and articulated to the ventral surface.
Should this basal joint ultimately prove to be formed of two joints—too closely
segmented to be separated in the present sections, and the arm attached to the
second joint—the homology will be with the expodite. And,as it is a gill-
bearing organ, it may be homologized with that organ in Mysis.)

Fourth. The respiratory apparatus consists of a gill-bearmg appendage
attached to the thoracic leg and a bifed spiral gill attached to the side of the
thoracic cavity. The setiferous appendages attached to, or above, the manduca-
tory legs are modified thoracic branchie.

Fifth. The mouth is posterior to the hypostoma, and consists of the four pairs
of manducatory jaws, formed by the basal joints of the smaller appendages and
the larger pair of the posterior pair of appendages. (An oblique section of what
may prove to be the swimming-appendage was found in a section of the same species

of Trilobite, from which the parts of the mouth have been obtained. It has
three slender joints attached. A small spine projects from one towards the
terminal joint. It was probably attached to one of the posterior manducatory
legs as a portion of the swimming apparatus of the Trilobite.)

Sixth. Admitting the third conclusion to be correct, in regard to the
attachment of the jointed arm to the basal joint, we can homologize the leg and
epipodite with that of the thoracic leg of the larval lobster. Its relation to
Mysis, in the event of its being the expodite, is mentioned in the third conclusion.
The homology between the parts about the mouth of the Trilobite and the same
organs in the Kurypterida and Zyphosura is very direct, and relates the families
closely. In view of these relations, the following arrangement is made. Taking -
Prof. Henry Woodward’s classification of Zyphosura and Hurypterida under
Gnathopoda, and adding the Trilobita, we have:

Class—CRUSTACEHA.
Subclass—GNATHOPODA.
Legion—M&ROSTOMATA.
Order 1—Zyphosura.
«¢ 62—Eurypterida.
«63 —Trilobita.

64 THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

NOTE UPON THE LEGS OF TRILOBITES.

Some months since, I received from Mr. 8. A. Miller, of Cincinnati, O., a small
slab of stone, from the Hudson River group, at Cincinnati, upon which there is
a slender six-jointed leg of some crustacean, and fragments of three other legs.
More recently, Dr. C. A. Miller has kindly loaned me a slab, obtained at the
same locality, which has the remains of ten legs upon it. The legs are scat-
tered among fragments of Trilobites of the genera AsAPHUS, CALYMENE,
AcIDASPIS, and TRINUCLEUS, and remains of Brachiopods and Bryozoans.
The test forming the joints is thin, and differs from the test of the Trilobite in ~
being crushed without breaking, and in a generally more membraneous appear-
ance. Four of the legs have six joints each. Figures 6 and 7, Plate 1, show
two of these legs enlarged to two diameters. The joints are somewhat flattened.
With the exception of the terminal one, each joint is slightly contracted at its
lower end, and then expands, forming the articulation for the succeeding joint.
The only crustacean known to have existed at the time of ‘the deposition of the
rocks of this group, that could have had such legs, is the Trilobite. Judging
from the size of the legs, they must have belonged to an individual of the
genus ASAPHUS or CALYMENE. To the legs figured by the late Prof. E.
Billings (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. xxvi, pl. xxvi, Nov. 1870, January,
1879), in a specimen of Asaphus platycephalus, they have a strong resem-
blance. 4

A discussion of the views of various authors upon the structure and relations
of the Trilobite is reserved for a future article, in which, also, the structure of
the mouth and branchiz of the Trilobite will be given more fully than in the
preceding article.

WS Ss,

Q

SS

YY UU Lily,

1

PLATE 1.

Fic. 1

Fig. 2

Fig. 4.

‘Fic. 5.

NOTE ON THE LEGS OF TRILOBITES. 65

HXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

. Transverse section of the head of Calymene senaria, passing directly do wn

ward, so as to cut the hypostoma just within its posterior margin.
a@ Dorsal shell.
b Visceral cavity.
¢ Hypostoma.

' d@ Terminal joints of mapducatory leg.

1 Coxa of posterior manducatory leg.
2, 3, 4 Manducatory appendages or legs.

. Another transverse section of the head of Calymene senaria.

é Membraneous crust connecting visceral cavity and doublure.

_ 0 Base of fourth pair of manducatory legs.

Hie. 3.

Section of the leg or axial appendage of Ceraurus plurexanthemus.
1, 2, 3, 4. Joints of leg.

a@ Terminal claw.

b Edge of section.

Supposed swimming foot or terminal joint of posterior manducatory leg.
a ‘Terminal joint.

b Tsree small joints and spine.

e Restored outline of terminal joint.

Transverse section of the thorax of Calymene senaria par nally restored.
a Dorsal shell.

b Visceral cavity.

e Legs restored.

d Epipodite.

e Spiral gills, as seen in detached condition in other sections.

J Actual section of spiral gill.

g Same restored.

Figs. 6 and 7. Legs of six joints, each er’srged to two diameters. From Dr. C. A.

.

Miller, of Cincinnati, O.

Fies. 1-5 (with the exception of portions of the latter) are copies of the original sec-

tions.

66 THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

NOTE ON THE EGGS OF THE TRILOBITE,
By C. D. Watcorr. ,

Prof. Joachim Barrande gives a description of the supposed eggs of the Tri-
lobite, in the first volume ofthe Paleeontology of Bohemia.* He describes them
as having the form of black spherules; some two-thirds, and others four or six
inillimetres in diameter. ‘They occur mingled in the same beds with fragments
of Trilobites, and correspond in size with the first stages of development “of the
_ species of Trilobites with which they are associated. In tho supplement. to
Volume I, 1874, illustrations are given of groups of eggs, or ova, which were

found on the surface of the rock. In one instance, a group of cylindroid-shaped .

ova was found within the glabella of a Trilobite—Barrandia crassa (Plate II,
fig. 6). In the description of the plate, the author states that he considers their
occurrence in this position purely accidental, and that they have the appearance
of the small bodies named Parva decipiens Flem., which have been considered
as the eggs of Gasteropods. The small bodies, forming the clusters or groups,
vary in ‘form from ovoid, cylindroid, to discoid—retaining the same form i each
individual group. The mode of occurrence of the groups of ova indicates that
they were deposited by the*animal in the place and position found. Barrande
states that they are probably the ova of some Crustacean. !
The spheroidal bodies first mentioned are the only ones that have been con-

sidered as the ova of the Trilobite, the proof being their occurrence with the

fragments of Trilobites, and their correspondence in size with embryo forms of
the species with which they are associated.
When cutting sections through the body ofa Trilobite, Ceraurus plewrevan-

-themus, I noticed, on an opaque, central, longitudinal section, numerous dark, ~

round and oblong, minute spots on the light-colored back-ground of cale-spar,
which filled the visceral cavity between the dorsal shell, hypostoma and ventral
membrane. Upon cutting off a section, and rendering it transparent, I saw that

the dark spots were the ova of the Trilobite. Subsequently several sections —

were obtained, showing the ova in various positions within the visceral cavity.
In section Number 1, the Trilobite rests on its back, with the head and three
anterior segments of the thorax curving upward The hypostoma is in place,
separated, at the posterior end, from the dorsal shell of the head by a distance
of four mm. A thin membrane is attached to the posterior margin; it passes
one-half the distance toward the dorsal shell, where it joins the ventral mem-
brane, which extends beneath the thorax five min., terminating at the third seg-
ment. ‘The remaining portion of the visceral cavity having been destroyed, the
rock fills the space to the dorsal shell. The ventral membrane is corrugated or
folded beneath each segment. The space between the dorsal shell and the ven-
tral membrane, two mm. wide, is filled with the ova, which, also, has pressed
into the cavity of the head, between the dorsal shell and the hypostoma, filling
about one-fourth of it. Over two hundred eggs are to be seen in this section.
The transverse section of an egg is round, averaging one-fourth of a mm. in
diameter. The longitudinal section is oblong-oval or cylindroid, half of a
mm. in diameter. ‘Those cut obliquely show various intermediate forms. A
second section of the same Trilobite, cut on a line with the pleural lobes, shows

* Systeme Silurien du Centre de Ja Boheme. Par Joachim Barrande. le. Partie. Recherches
Paleontologiques, vol. 1; Crustages ; Prilobites, 1852,

®

: ott oO -) Se. 4 ‘ . a *

* . ‘

eee. Nore on roe Fees or tue Trivopire. 67

_ over fifty eggs scattered more loosely in the spar. In a longitudinal section
of another individual, a cluster of eggs, closely agglomerated, occurs within the
visceral cavity, between the eight posterior segments of the thorax and the ven-
tral membrane. Three transverse sections, from different individuals, show the
ova within the visceral cavity. In one, cut just posterior to the hypostoma, the
ova are near the dorsal shell. ‘The other two are cut across the thorax. The
ova are in the spar which fills the axial appendages and visceral cavity. They
seem to be scattered, as if the organic matter, now replaced by the spar,
was in such a condition as to permit of their passing from the visceral cavity
down into the cavities of the axial appendages.

The method of aggregation of the ova, and the close resemblance in form of
the individual bodies forming the clusters, as figured by Barrande,* to the
ova found within the Trilobites, indicates that both are the ova of the Trilobite.

If the above view is sustained, then the manner of the oviposition of the Trilo-
bite is different from what has hitherto been supposed, as the clusters of ova

must have been deposited something as the Argulus deposits its egos, and not

dropped into the water, as by Simulus or Branchipus. The relation of the ova

to the position they occupied in the living animal will be spoken of in a future
article, as most of the sections thus far obtained show that they have been dis-
placed, and forced into the various positions in which they are found.

%

* Op. cit. ; Supplement, Pl. 11, Fig. 6; Pl. 18, Figs. 30, 32; Pl. 35, Figs. 21, 23.

t

68 - Tairri-rirst’ REPORT, ON THE STATE MUSEUM. ©

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF FOSSILS
FROM THE CHAZY AND TRENTON LIMESTONKS.*

By C. D. Watcorr.

ARIONELLUS, Barrande, 1846.
ARIONELLUS PUSTULATUS 7. Sp.

Glabella very convex ; separated from the fixed cheeks by a strong dorsal
furrow ; short glabellar furrows outline a frontal lobe at ths anterior third ;
a lateral lobe is indicated, on each side, by a short depression or furrow
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the glabella. Fixed cheeks depressed
beneath the level of the glabella. The strong dorsal furrow, extending all
around in front of the glabella, and the rapidly slopmg outer margin gives
them a prominent rounded, almost tumid appearance. Occipital segment
broad, depressed, separated from the glabella by a narrow furrow. One seg-
ment of the thorax is preserved in one specimen. It is strongly arched on
the axial lobe; pleurze with an clevated posterior ridge, and depressed ante-
rior margin. Surface pustulose or finely tuberculated. |Hyes, movable
cheeks and pygidium unknown.

Formation and locality. Chazy Limestone, Chazy, N. Y.

CERAURUS, Green, 1882.

CERAURUS RARUS 7%. sp.

Glabella subturbinate, convex ; broadly rounded in front, separated from
the fixed cheeks by strong dorsal far rows ; frontal lobe large, occupying the
anterior half of the glabella; middle and posterior lobes . small, diminishing
regularly in size toward the occipital segment; glabellar furrows deeply im-
pressed. Occipital segment rounded, separated by a well defined furrow
from the glabella. Fixed cheeks crushed._Surface; fixed cheeks and frontal
Jobe of glabella pustulose ; posterior or glabellar lobes finely granulated.

Formation and locality. Trenton Limestone, Beloit, Wisconsin.

_ENCRINURUS, Eimmyrich, 1844.

ENCRINURUS T'RENTONENSIS 7. sp.

Pygidium triangular, convex; length and breadth about equal ; axial lobe
rounding, tapering toward and terminating within’ the posterior margin ;
marked “by twenty-three rings, beyond which are several, too indistinct to be:
counted ; the first anterior ring has a node at its center; then, in order, the.
third, sixth, tenth, fourteenth, eighteenth and twenty-second have a similar
node at the center. Lateral lobes slope rapidly to the margin ; each has :
nine elevated coste: running obliquely backward to the margin. re

Formation and localities. Trenton Limestone, Clifton, Grant Co., Wis-
consin, and two miles above Dunlith, I1l., north of State Line monument.

* Krroneously cited in Miller’s Catalogue of Paleozoic Fossils, as from the Twenty-ninth
Regents’ Report N. Y, State Museum of Natural History, .

Descriptions or New SPECIES oF‘ FOSSILS. 69

i

-Encrinurvs RARICOSTATUS 1. Sp.

Pygidium subtriangular, convex; length and brchish about equal ; anterior
lateral angles truncated so that the lateral margins commence opposite the
center of the pygidium ; axial lobe not very prominent; crossed by about
sixteen smooth rings—the anchylosing of the posterior rings renders it diffi-
cult to determine the exact number. The lateral lobes are marked by six
broad, distinct, costae—the posterior pair unite back.of the posterior termina-
tion of the axial lobe.

Formation. and localities. Trenton Limestone, Mineral Point, Beloit, and
north of Janesville, Wisconsin.

ACIDASPIS, Mur as 1839..

-ACIDASPIS PARVULA, 7. sp.

Body small, broadly elliptical, somewhat convex. Head semicircular in
outline, lateral angles terminating in slender spines. Glabella oblong ; owing
to the granulose character of the surface, and the slight glabellar furrows, the
lateral lobes and cheeks are scarcely defined. Kyes small, prominent. Thorax

strongly trilobate ; axial lobe two-thirds the width of the pleural; segments
rounded on the axial lobe; e&ch one has four prominent tubercles upon the
upper surface, two each side of the center; segments of the pleural lobes
consist of a posterior, rounded, eleyated ridge, chien has four strong tubercles
upon it, and a depressed anterior portion; upon the free pleurse or spinous
extension of the elevated ridge of the pleural segment, two smaller tubercles
occur.

Pygidium, too ae! for description ; its strongly granulose surface,
and the prolongation of the lateral segments into long spines, are the only
characters clearly defined.

Entire surface granulose, which, with the larger granules or tubercles upon
the head, the twelve rows of tubercles upon the thorax, and the continuation
oi the central rows on the pygidium, gives this species a strikingly peculiar
appearance that distinguishes it from the associated Acidaspis V’rentonensis,
and all described species of the genus.

Lormation and locality. Trenton Limestone, Trenton Falls, N. Y.

DALMANITES, Barrande, 1852.
DArMANTiRS INTERMEDIUS, 7”. sp. }

General form narrow, ovate, moderately convex. Head subcrescentiform,
with a narrow margin, which is slightly produced in front of the glabella;
posterior lateral angles terminating in short spines. Frontal lobe of glabella
subrhombie, slightly convex; anterior lobes subtrigonal, separated from the
frontal and middle lobes by well-defined glabellar furrows, which penetrate
from each side one-third the distance across the glabella; middle lobes sub-
rectangular, shorter and smaller than the anterior lobes; posterior pair as
rudimentary tubercles upon the anterior margin of the occipital furrow.
Occipital segment comparatively broad and elevated posteriorly above the
highest point of the glabella, narrowed toward the dorsal furrows, angular, and
abruptly turned downward, at the posterior margin. Occipital furrow regu-
larly concave, extending on the cheeks as a marginal furrow to the lateral rim.
Hyes prominent, palpebral lobe depressed, except at the outer margin, which
forms a rim around the top of the eye.

Thorax Boeee rapidly from about the center ae the pygidium ; axial

70 THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE Museum.

lobe convex, about two-thirds the width of the lateral lobes; lateral lobes ©
strongly geniculate; segments nearly transverse on the axial lobe ; pleural
grooves strongly marked. Pygidium subtriangular, strongly convex ; anterior
margin a little more than one-half as wide as the posterior margin of the
head; axial lobe very prominent, tapering from the anterior margin to about
half the width at its posterior termination ; lateral lobes slope rapidly to the
margin; fourteen segments are indicated on the axial, and eight on each of
the lateral lobes; those on the lateral lobes extend nearly to the margin, and
have slight pleural grooves on the anterior three.

Glabella slightly pustulose ; surface of thorax and pygidium apparently
smooth. |

This species is allied to D. callicephalus Hall, D. breviceps Hall, and
D. Carleyi Meek. From the first it differs in the general outline, posterior
lateral spines of the head, shape of the glabellar lobes, smaller size of the
pygidium in proportion to the head, distinct character of the lateral segments
of the pygidium, and the absence of pleural grooves upon these segments,
with the exception of the first three. The difference in the glabella readily

_ distinguishes it froin D. breviceps. The more rhombic frontal lobe, rudimen-
tary posterior lobes of the glabella, larger palpebral lobes, greater proximity
of the eyes to the glabella, separate it from D. Car/eyi; and, if the pygidium
referred to the species, by its author, is the one belonging to it, the differences
with D. Carleyi are still greater.

Formation and localities. Trenton Limestone. Two miles north of :
Dunlith, Ill.; Clifton, Grant county, and Plattsville, Wisconsin.

ILLAINUS, Dalman, 1826.
ILLANUS INDETERMINATUS 2. sp.

General form, elongate elliptical, strongly convex. Head convex; broadly
rounded in front ; length two-thirds the width. Glabella moderately convex,
curves gently from the posterior margin to the anterior portion, where it
abruptly curves downward. -The dorsal furrow is marked at its central por-
tion, by a strong oblong depression, anterior to a line with the eyes, and one-
quarter the distance between the eyes, trom the palpebral lobe; the anterior
extension extends obliquely forward toward the lateral margin termimating in
a rounded pit, which has a tubercle at the center; posteriorly the furrow is
strongly defined, it passes obliquely backward nearly to the posterior mar-_
gin, where it curves and running a short distance, cuts the margin on a Ime
with outer margin of the eye.* Hyes broken away with the movable cheeks ;
palpebral lobes indicate that they were of medium size, situated a short dis-
tance from the posterior margin. Facial sutures terminating on the posterior
margin outside a line with the outer margin of the eye; anteriorly termina-
ting on a line with it. :

Thorax uniformly arched, not trilobed ; nine segments only can be counted ;

the crushing together of the segments may have forced one beneath the head.

Pygidium parabolic, very convex, almost’ tumid along the center; widtha

little greater than the length, broadly and unitormly rounded anteriorly ; an-
terior lateral angles depressed to admit of their passing beneath the posterior
segment of the thorax, when the animal was enrolled.

Surface ; anterior margin of head with a band of strong lamellose strige_

*The general course of the dorsal furrow, from the anterior termination, to the posterior
Margi, is sunilar to that of the facial suture in the venus ASAVILUS.

is Tyee
¢

- Descriptions or New SPECIES OF Fossis. | T1

parallel to the margin; the posterior margin has a narrower and less well-
defined band of stris#; remaining portion of head minutely punctate.
Thorax minutely punctate ; striate on the outer pleural portion on each side.
Pygidium marked by strong lamellose striz, which have their origin near the

anterior lateral angles and “diverge in different directions over the surface,

running subparallel to each other around the posterior side; a row of pune-

tures occur between the striz near the margin; sur face otherwise finely

~ punctate. The removal of the test shows that the shell was very thin, and

covered on the inside with minute and coarse punctures or shallow depression.
‘The lower surface of the doublure is.striate.

This species is allied toe the group of Illeeni, described by Prof. Hall, from
the Niagara group of Wisconsin and Illinois ; especially to the species Illceenus
insignis and J. annatus. To Lllaenus Tr entonensis, it has many points

-incommon. As far as I can judge from the figures and deseriptions, it is a

distinct species.
Dimensions of specimens described.

nc acs iota + voli aoa s wipe) tnvals imeinld of /eiin eva leayere 3 inches.
EN oa ec Loe cvic aes a awl adele win ve ene fs cete. Wietne Taw nviee ens Pspapet 3
ee ls ea Bi wate
EEE ME eTIOUNG CYCS. Go... ac cece wee eee tes Chine a wledosesae Sele D2 nase
cok Tasco = nj fe isto pcs sos cal eye) on elt “aon es Sislie aganlnWaie ol. Bolede 8 ke aos
Length PEM REM 0 cho alg Gee kes seb ky ghd as oGa ont ereBia ed 2B Uo 06
Breadth of eID is cg Ie yeo Hs oak eteel sete w Seca ig sriage So ala he overage a

Formations and localities. Black River Limstone, Buck’s Quarry, Russia,
Herkimer Co., N. Y.; Trenton Limestone, Plattsville, Wisconsin.

InLta@Nus Miter, DSillings.

Tlienus Milieri oceurs in the same beds with J. indeterminatus, both in
New York and Wisconsin. It also occurs in the upper beds of the Trenton
Limestone at Trenton Falls. Berfect specimens show ten thoracic segments.

_ The original type specimens had but nine ; one was probably pushed beneath ~

the head, as in all other particulars, the species agrees with that from Canada,
where it occurs in the Black River and Trenton Limestoncs.

ASAPHUS, Brongniart, 1822.

_ASAPHUS HOMALONOTOIDES 7. sp.

Glabella elongate, pointed in front; broadest at the anterior third. The
dorsal furrows and occipital furrow give a subquadrate form to the central
portion of the glabella similar to that in species of the genus HOMALONOTUS.
The occipital segment is defined, back of the glabella, by a slight depression
which is more strongly marked behind the eyes. A pair of glabellar fur-

_ rows are indicated by shallow depressions between the eyes.

Pygidga, associated with specimens of the above glabella, have a subtrian-
gular outline, prominent axial lobe, marked convexity, anterior margin with a
distinct pleural groove, and a shallow depression between the external margin
and the outlined pleural lobes. The subtriangular form and strongly marked

_axial lobe, relate the pygidia to the equally distinct associated glabellae.

A large pygidium referable to this species, is three inches in ee by
three and one-half in breadth, at the anterior margin.

Formation and locality. Trenton Limestone, two miles above Dunlith,
Iii., north of State Line monument.

* a" . :
. on a

* . 5 ; he? : = CLA A Se ee Oa a eS a, yg ee
; : me Si aGak ate Ry ast

‘ ' —

12 THIRTY-FIRST Report on THE Stave Museum.

NOTES ON PHLOGOPYTE. © «~

By R. Frirz-GaEertner, Pu. D. Bee

*

The mineralogical characteristics of Phlogopyte have been repeatedly —
described by Breithaupt, Dana, Zirkel, and many other autoors.

In bringing this short notice before the public, [ would state that the follow-—
ing lines will treat mainly of phlogopyte of the State of New ‘York, with par-
ticular reference to phlogopyte of Warwick, Orange county, and Pope’s Mills,
St. Lawrence county.

Examples of phlogopyte were also examined and compared, which were
derived from Oxbow and Antwerp, Jefferson county ; O’Niel Mine, Orange
county; Hdenville, Orange county ; Edwards, Somerville, N animal Dam,
and Gouverneur, St. Lawrence county.

The specimens which the writer examined belong to the mineralogical collec-
tion of New York State, and are exhibited in the Museum at Albany.

The main object of these notes is to give some contribution to our knowledge
of the microscopical structure of phlogopyte ; but as the microscopical habitus is-
closely allied to some microscopical features of this mineral, it will be necessary
to treat, also, of its general characteristics.

Crystallographic system. —Phlogopyte of the above localities has a hexago-
- nal appearance, and usually oceurs in six-sided prisms, with base (v) perpendicu-
lar to the lateral faces. Base (v) is uneven and bent, principally when it
assumes a large extension.

On a specimen from Pope’s Mills, (0) is covered with small crystals, which lie
entirely in the plane of the laminz. ‘These crystals, though minute, can be
detected without the aid of a magnifier. ae are of a light bronze color, and
cross each other at an angle of sixty degrees.

The lateral sides of the prism are uneven and corroded; only in a few speci-
mens could polished faces be perceived. Eon the lateral faces are tapering
towards the base,

Thin laminee, parallel to the base, produce, in Norenberg’s Polariscope, or in
the tourmaline, tongue lemniscates, which are symmetr ical on the leftand right,
and which differ from the symmetrical front and back. ‘this indicates the
orthorhombic system of phlogopyte.

Having no apparatus at hand to measure the angle of the optical-axial :
“divergence, I refer to Dana’s Mineralogy (1870), where it is reported as varying
between 3 and .20 degrees. ‘ihe optical-axial angles of biotite vary from 1 to
5 degrees. It will be seen that, in optical characters, phlogopyte and_ biotite,
both magnesia micas, approach each other very closely, and in some special cases
this will cause difficulties in their discrimination according to thpir optical
appearance,

Quenstedt, in his Mineralogy, states that thin laminze of biotite present, in
the Norenberg’s Polariscope, an hexagonal appearance in their lemniscates,
whilst thicker laminee of the same mica give the orthorhombic one.

Thick laminze of phlogopyte, under the micro-polariscope, polarize in a bright,
yellowish color, in the darkened field, whilst thin laminz give a very faint
luminous effect.

Cieavage.—Parallel to base (v) considerable. On specimens which are in a
state of methamorphic alteration, the cleavage is nearly obsolete. It will be

+
’

Norks on PHLOGOPYTE. 73

~ found that in such altered specimens, and principally in those which change to
steatite, scarcely a lamina can be separated, which is thin enough for a micro-
scopical examination. Its flexibility is likewise lost, as it will break to pieces
by bending.

On some specimens of phlogopyte, and principally on those of Pope’s Mills,
St. Lawrence County, the basal plane (0) is marked with two systems of par-
allel lines of separation or cleavage, which cross at an angle of 60 degrees.
Another series of parallel lines sometimes is noticeable, crossing the first two

“series at an angle of 60 degrees. A hexagon, erystallographically regular, will
be formed by three pairs of the three series.

In order to show in a graphical manner these lines of separation, and also the
phenomenon of Asterism, which will be discussed in the following: lines, figure
1 is given: a, 0, c, d,e, 7, represents the crystallographic hexagon in its equili-

_ brium, ad, be, of, are its diagonals or axes, which all meet in the central point
(OQ). They give the direction of the separation marks.

The whole hexagon being rotated in its plane for 90 degrees, will be in the
positiona, b,c,d',¢,/!. Then its diagonals (a! a’) (0! e’) (c' f’) will be the
perpendicular axes of the first one, and the diagonals of the first one will repre-
sent the direction of the perpendicular axes of the second.

The various angles formed by the diagonals of the two hexagons, will be met
with on specimens on base (v) as lines of separation. The directions (a d)
(6 e) (cf) or (a! a’) (U' e') (c f') give the angles at which the small crystals or
base cross each other. Figure 1 will be referred to again.

' Y. Rensch’s ‘‘ Schlagfigures’ could be produced in some eases with unaltered
laminze of phlogopyte of Warwick and Kdenville, as those specimens were the |
least altered, having kept their original elasticity. It was found best to use a
thin lamina, and a fine round point of a needle. The figures or lines caused by
the quick piercing of the laminez presented a fine round aperture caused by the
pomt of the needle around which three short lines were visible, diverging
under angles of 120 degrees. These lines correspond with (00) (fQ) and (dQ),
or (U'0) (f'C) (i'O), and if continued they would answer to the diagonals of the
hexagon, or to the direction according to which laminz of phlogopyte can be
separated.

The existence of an indistinct cleavage, according to those lines, in phlogopyte,
ean, therefore, be regarded as established.

Lustve.—Base (v) has on fresh surfaces a submetallic bronze lustre. Ii
exposed for sometime to the air, it changes to a pearly one. The lateral faces
are usually of a fatty or pearly appearance.

Culor.—Base (v) in compact masses has usually a brownish-red, yellowish-
red or brownish color.

Specimens which are wholly or partly altered have on base (0) a whitish,
greyish color, sometimes stained with a number of dark-brownish patches,
which spreading over the whole surface give to it a dentritic appearance. The
lateral faces are of a brownish or greyish color.

Asterism.—Thin laminze ot phlogopyte are transparent, and allow a yellowish
light to pass through them.

Specimens from Edwards and Edenville, which are of a white silvery color,
do not give a very sharp picture of the object looked at, and are surpassed by
the brownish-red variety. The cause is in the alteration of the whitish phlo-
gopyte, which doubtless formerly has been of a brownish color.

Rose, in his Jfonatsberichten der Berliner Akademie, 1869, drew attention
to the fact that some mica has the optical property of decomposing a ray of light
into six or twelve beams, wheu looked at through a thin lamina. It appears to

the observer as if the light would throw out from its nucleus six or, in some

2 ee a
ies ian,
2 ae

x A - *#
4 t 7
\ , ex 7 Pin ae eed

TA TuiRTY-First REPORT ON THE STATE Muszum.

favorable case, twelve beams, which cross each other, in the center of the re
at angles of 60 degrees, or if twelve rays appear, at angles of 30 degrees.

The star thus produced resembles the 6-+-6 diagonals of figure 1, and is based

upon their crystallographic direction and value. It will be observed, with
twelve-sided stars, that six beams are of greater intensity, whilst the interme-
diate ones are less luminous. The capacity of certain mica to presee to the
eye this star-like figure is called asterism.

“irkel, in his acne work, Mikroskopische Beschafferheit der Mineanes

ind Gesteine, 1871, reports likewise a phlogopyte of South Burgess, Canada,

which shows asterism. Zirkel explains this phenomenon by the presence of a

number of microscopical crystals which are disseminated through the mica in

directions making with one another an angle of 60 degrees.

The phlogopytes of the above-named New York State localities, with the
exception of that of Monroe, Orange county, present, in unaltered specimens,
asterism, but in a: less degree than those from South Burgess and Perth,
Canada, which latter ones are of an even and smooth surface, whilst the above-

named phlogopytes are uneven, bent, and partly altered.

In a lamina from Pope’s Mill’s, St. Lawrence county, not larger than one
square inch, one part of it presents asterism, while the other altered one does not,
It is, however, difficult to determine, ee a limited number of specimens of

phlogopyte lacking asterism, whether this is to be attributed to a molecular
alteration, or whether the phenomenon never has been present even in fresh,
unaltered pieces.

The investigations which the writer has made with various micas, and other

minerals, in regard to their asterism, induce him to suggest that asterism is not

due to microscopical enclosures, arranged in a hexagonal direction ; but, on the

contrary, that the crystals, in the moment of their origin, were compelled, by
the crystallographical, molecular arrangement of phlogopyte, to which asterism.

is due, to place themselves in a manner conforming to the crystalline architec-
ture of the mineral. The reasons for this view are:

1. Some laminze of phlogopyte show asterism in a distinct manner, without
having the microscopical crystals.

2. Some laminze of phlogopyte show asterism in six-sided beams, and contain,
also, those microscopical, prismatic crystals, the direction of which is a parallel
one

3. According to Zirkel’s explanation, only one beam should be seen, as only |

one direction of crystals occurs in phiogopyte.
4, Some altered phlogopyte laminze contain those crystals, nearly unaltered,
and no asterism could be seen.
5. Jeffersite presents asterism in a brillant manner, and has no microscopical
enclosures to which this optical quality might be attributed.
‘The phenomenon of asterism is best observed with thin lamineze, holding ea

near to the eye, parallel to the source of the light. The size of the laminze

should not be too small, as, in the latter case, the lamina has to be brought
close to the eye to observe it, which might lead to some deception. The
light of a candle is best ; observations should be made in a dark room, where
only the candle-light is burning, though asterism will be shown in daylight, but
less distinctly. If the Jaminee (unalter ed) are thin, uniform, and of a large sur-
face, a twelve-sided star will be seen, its beams being fine, cea lines, crossing
at the centre of the light, and losing their intensity towards their outer zone.
In advancing the phlogopyte toward the light, the rays will appear to pass into
broad lines, which taper out towards their less luminous part. The broad
beams haye bright lines on their borders, whilst the interior is, dark, or trans-
versely striated with prismatic colors. Ifa thicker lamina is used, as a fale,

ye

mee : NovEs on PHLOGOPYTE. een ci,

" aly, a six-sided star will present itself, having in its center pn lines, the
directicn of which ee to the rays of the other system. See fig 1 (a d)
Sere) (c7), or (a! d’) (0! e') (ce! 7").
A still thicker lamina shows sometimes only two lines, crossing each other at
90 erences. The direction of those two lines corresponds to the lines 6 e and
6! <', or to any two perpendicular to each other (figure 1).
It is the opinion of the writer that most of the phlogopyte laminz are built
up in the following manner: + —-++—-+.... ‘The (++) and (—) indi-
cate thin lamin, + being related in the plane (0) towards (—) for 90 degrees,
which will be partly confirmed by the examination under the micropolariscope.
‘On some laminz, the six-sided star is characterized by a stronger intensity of
one of its beams. |

Laminz of phlogopyte, Sine were exposed for some time io. a white heat,
‘showed asterism when cooled down again. Also cold, diluted acids did not
produce any change in regard to their asterism.

Hardness.—Base (0) usually 2.5. Lateral faces harder, nearly 3., if the
streak is perpendicular to base (0).

Spec. Gravity —From 2.5 to 2.90. Specimens from Orange county, as an
average, 2.60.

Streak.— White, grey.

Hlectricity.—Laminz of phlogopyte rabhedl with a woolen cloth become —
‘electric (—). In breaking them or hammering them in a dark room, a number
of electric sparks will be seen.

Chemical Composition.—The following three analyses of Phlogopyte are
given in Dana’s Jdineralogy:

Pee ere. Me Mee "Cas Nal oR ME

Edwards... 40.36 16.45 See es 4 94) FDS 0eG5 Crawe.
Peimerds... 40.36 16.08 —— 30525 4.39 6.07 -—~— 2.65 Crawe.

Gouverneur, 41.96 13.47 .2. 0.55 27.12 0.34 trace 9.37 0.60 2.93 Ramm.

Phlogopyte from ope s Mills and Edwards, gave reaction of Manganase and
Fluorine. The writer detected Titanium in form of Menaccanite in examples
from the same locality ; and also obtained a strong reaction of oxide of iron.

Alteration.—Phlogopyte usually undergoes metamorphic alteration to steatite.
Specimens from Vrooman’s lake, St. Lawrence county, which have a fresh appear-
ance, have the interior corroded and marked with patches of steatite. In speci-
mens from Edwards, an alteration of phlogopyte to magnetite (menaccanite) goes
on-—the first decomposing again to hydrated oxide of iron.

Occurrence.—Usually with serpentine, lmestone, and dolomite. In the
Swiss Alps it is found in dolomite with menaccanite.

Microscopical examination.—Laminze of various degrees of thickness were
mounted in Canada balsam in the usual manner. Care was taken to press down.
the bent lamina with the cover-glass, in order to have the whole Janina in the

plane of the objective glass.

Phlogepyte of Orange county, viewed with a magnifying power of about 120
diameters, presents a eloar light yellowish mass, through which various crystals
and enclosures are disseminated.

The most prominent of these forcign particles consist of a number of long
primastic crystals, which have been already mentioned in the lines treating of
asterism. Sometimes these crystals are so similar in color to the phlogopyte-
basis itself, that they can only be detected by their outlines forming dark lines.

Using polarized hight for the following observations, the crystals “will present

¢ oF a ; ., eas ‘ eee ~ y re

16° THIRTY-FIRST REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

themselves as richly colored bands, and are therefore more readily detected

from the phlogopyte itself, which only polarizes in various brownish yelloaae
shades.

The form of these crystals is usually a parallelogram of “atch one pair of

parallel sides has a long extension, whilst the other pair, crossing the first at an
angle of about 60 degrees, is short (fig. 2). Sometimes, as it is represented in
fig. 5, another pair of parallel lines occurs forming a hexagon. Fig. 4 presents
a form in which the lines cross each other at 9U degrees. There are still other
combinations occurring as given in figs. 5 and 6. It will be noticed in nearly
all the preparations that the prisms are gradually altering in breadth, sometimes

tapering to the thinnest line, which afterwards slowly assumes again its pris-_

matic form (fig. 7.)

By means of the micropolariscope, it will be perceived that nearly all of those
long, crystals are not single, but are in twin position. The parallelograms
present a series of colored lines and bands, arranged parallel to the long sides
of the prismatic figures. The bands are in certain relations to each other. One

system will polarize most brilliantly, whilst the other presents scarcely any

color:
In the Canadian mica of South Burgess, of which Zirkel has given a
description in his previously mentioned work, the prismatic crystals are more

frequent, but much smaller. Zirkel does not mention the occurrence of twins —

in those erystals. He pronounces them to be monaxial mica, lying with their
bases in that oi phlogopyte.

It seems to the writer more likely that these crystals are mica sections, e

_ through their lateral sides, crossing the base of phlogopyte at an angle of 90
degrees. In large phlogopyte specimens, sometimes even to the naked eye,
plates of mica are visible, which lie with their base in the lateral faces of phlo-
popyte.

In regard to the position of the above-mentioned, long band-shaped crystals, it

will be observed that they follow a law peculiar to themselves, and of which

figure 1 is a graphical representation. The erystals are plier? towards each
other parallel to the diagonals (a d) (6 e) (c.f) or (a! d!) (Ue) (el f!).

Figure 8 presents two crystals crossing each ae at 60 degrees, and figure
2, two crystals crossing at 80 degrees. Both prisms appear dark in a certain

position of the analyser towards the polariser, whilst the part where they cross —

each other is luminous, which indicates that the crystals lie in various mica
planes.

In figure 10 are shown two prisms at 90 degrees to each other having
complimentary colors, After rotating the polariser for 90 degrees, the colors
will be reversed.

Figure 11 represents three pr isms ine at 60 degrees, which answers to the’

diagonals ( (ad) (b ¢) (cf) or (a d’) (0 EC) ean yi

ln figures 12 and 13 three prisms form a Seusneae triangle, the ratio of the
perpendicular sides being, in fig. 13, 1:1 or fig. 12, 1:2, as can be easily deduced
from figure |. |

The second group of enclosures, in phlogopyte from Orange county, are a
number of black, round or needle: shaped bodies (figure 14), which, évenl with
a magnifying power of 670 diameters, appears as a fine dust. They occur in
zones with a dark nucleus in the center, which is a greater accumulation point
of these microlites. This name was proposed by Rosenbusch for such minute
bodies as are difficult to discriminate,

The microlites appear also in straight lines and curves. Sometimes they occur
even in the center of the long band- shaped crystals, but generally they pene-
trate the phlogopyte basis. The writer is convinced that the first cause of the

Nores on PaLocopyte. 77

alteration in the chemical and physical molecules of phlogopyte, is due to the
development of these microlites. Their negative chemical affinity towards hot
hydrochloric acid, indicates that these microlites are not magnetites (as was
- supposed by many), but most likely menaccanite.

The third group of enclosures consists of large colorless bodies, the form of
‘which is represented in fig. 15. ‘Uhey occur in lines, circles, and are more fre-

quent in biotite and muscovite. Zirkel figures a sertes of these strange en-
closures found in Kuropean mica, and give them the name crystallites.

The examination of the phlogopyte basis in regard to its dichroism, was made
by the aid of the microscope and polariser. Rotating the latter, various shades
of yellowish-brown color could be seen.

In the phlogopyte of Pope’s Mills and Edwards, the “basal plane (0) is of a
_bronze-brown color, similar to that of Edenville; but in examining thin slices
or laminze of the first two localities, we will find that the coloring-matter is not
uniformly spread through the whole mass, but that it occurs in patches, formed
_ by bronze-red microlites—sometimes with an amethystine color. The phlogo-
pyte basis presents a greyish color, and seems to be in a changed condition, as
its flexibility is partly lost, havmg assumed a certajn brittleness. It polarizes
in a faint bluish-white between the crossed Nicols. Laminze of moderate thick-
ness of Pope’s Mills’ phlogopyte show asterism.

The coloring matter is due to microlites, which occur in the most variegated |
outlines ; sometjmes in form of a rhombohedron of about 120° and 60, or in
hexagons of about 120°, but most of the microlites occur in very irregular and
most bizarre forms. Some assume a dendritic or arborescent shape ; some again
present a very irregular star. Another form of these microlites presents partly
straight outlines of a hexagonal habitus, whilst the other part is of the most
irregular shape.

-Zirkel, in his Wikroscopische Berchafferheit der Mineralien und Gesteine,
pictures similar microlites as belonging to mica specular iron ore, and which

have greatest resemblance with those of Pope’s Mills.

, He describes, also, similar forms occurring in a mica, as hematite crystals, to,
which the Pope’: Mills’ microlites may belong. Treated in cold acids for a
leneth of time, they do not show any alteration.

The color of the hematite crystals is between the lightest shade of yellow and
brown-black, the color increasing with their thickness, or, as it is usually the
case, with the amount of laminz which are piled upon each other. In regard
to their position, no particular law seems to exist, but the writer has observed,
in some preparations from the above locality, that a number of the hexagonal
laminz were arranged in parallel position, the outlines of the hexagon running
in three directions.

Zirkel mentions a similar occurrence of parallel-arranged hexagons in a mica
of Greenville. Under the polariscope, they polarize very distinctly in brownish-
red colors; even those dark-colored, which appeared entirely opaque towards _
reflected light, polarized in bright, dark-red hues. In regard to dichroism they
appear to be indifferent. |

A great number of the hematite lamin appeared to be filled up with fine,
needle-shaped microlites, arranged in a hexagonal manner, but sometimes only
one series of parallel lines is seen. They polarize with a strong light, but
showing no colors, resembling the above needle-shaped enclosures of the Canada
Mine. Their length was about 0.5 mm.

These needle-shaped enclosures should not be taken for fissures or holes of
the hematite laminz, through which the white phlogopyte basis is visible. The
latter fissures appear frequently ; sometimes as holes, straight lines or curves,
but only polarize similar to the phlogopyte basis, which they really present.

78 - Tarrry-rirst Report ox roe State Museum.

Another form of microlites, in form of lamine, and most likely a mica, is pres! 3
sented and best viewed under the dark field of the crossed Nicols. These mica;;"5
_ lamine are likewise spread through the hematite microlites, and seem to form 4
one crystal, but on account of their vivid polarization in azure-blue and yel-e
lowish colors, are easily separated from them.

Most of the minute mica scales present lines of twin-formation in adel asharp -
and well-defined manner, that they resemble the plagioclose-lines (lines of twin-
_‘ formation), under the polariscope, and cause some doubt in regard to their being
mica.

In most of the preparations of Pope’s Mills and Hdwards phlogopyte, the
bronze color of the base is due to the above-described mica-hematite microlites ;
in all those sections seéh, a want of the long band-shaped mica crystals is char-
acteristic. ‘They may occur in a few crystals, but polarize less intensely than
those which occur in phlogopyte, the base of which is uniformly colored by a
brownish-yellow coloring-matter. |

The decomposition of the phlogopyte of Pope’s Mills seems to be due to the
presence of the mica-hematite microlites. They change into a hydrated oxide of
iron, which becomes dissolved and carried away by water, which may come in
contact with it. a

[Nors.—The above paper is published from manuscript communicated by
the author, without the proof-sheets having been submitted to him, owing to his
present residence in Honduras. The accompanying plate is given as originally
sketched by him, containing some unnumbered figures not referred to in a 7
text. | ;

THIRTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT

ON THE

‘

NBW YORK STATE MUSHUM OF NATURAL HISTOR

BY THE

REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY

OF THE

STATE OF NEW YORK.

ee ee

{ ta se I a Ep “,
Ce 7 |
ed EEino, H we

TRANSMITTED TO THE LEGISLATURE MARCH 105 LP S09;:

ALBANY:
CHARLES VAN BENTHUYSEN & SONS.
1879.

be

oe

tve4 W u won

STATE OF NEW YORK.
No. 89.

IN ASSEMBLY,

Marcu 10, 1879.

THIRTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT.

ON THE STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BY THE
REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK.

OFFICE OF THE REGENTS,

University or tHe Stare or New York:
Aupany, March 10, 1879.

To the Hon. Tuomas G. Atvorp,
Speaker of the Assembly :

Siz—TI have the honor to transmit the Thirty-second
Annual Report on the State Museum of Natural History by
the Regents of the University.

I remain, very respectfully,
Your obedient servant,
K. C. BENEDICT,
Chancellor of the University.

Os Saline Len

YEE OF Got oe ae

eet S JO het cs ii eae

PANEL Pea AS eae Dine lide caneg
ee niece Se mary raga a ks Cena

Bo nsi04 at at Pea aM

‘ : }

at xe ia POHL VATA AO, ae )
Wo DHA SATS BB, BO Tena Ia

A %

4
oh

Y WAY Ways 4 Rew

bd \
be i x ed : ak ea Perc “¥ \ mm S's aie bi) 2,"
BTML Awa UY Re,

,
3 ae
ee ( TRE LOT Asaph» pee

a ne ott

ic: evel’ OE dy pein i 20 aes

AN ige) A aa vcetan tt it sini ty icon Oe fe ‘ tt:

nadia Vy igi

Pre cet trvge Sik situa aks “alii opipairt Cre, aria
USI se ach Brae ait ty ii le Tue :

Bo 8 UGE OR

ae sakh st a cealt: ‘aah ee ee
eS EIN ) 3 :

REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY.

| EFa-Ofjicto Trustees of the State Museum of Natural History,|

ERASTUS C. BENEDICT, LL. D., CHAncELtor.
HENRY R. PIERSON, LL. D., Vick-CHance.ior.

EX-OF'FICIIS :

LUCIUS ROBINSON, LL. D.,. Governor.

WILLIAM DORSHEIMER, Lizurenant-GovERNoR.
ALLEN C. BEACH, Stcrerary or State.

NEIL GILMOUR, SupPEerRintenDENT oF PuBLic INSTRUCTION.

GEORGE W. CLINTON, LL. D., MARTIN I. TOWNSEND, LL. D.,
LORENZO BURROWS, ANSON J. UPSON, D. D.,
ROBERT 8S. HALE, LL. D., WILLIAM L. BOSTWICK,

ELIAS W. LEAVENWORTH, LL. D., CHAUNCEY M. DEPEW,

T. CARSON BREVOORT, LL. D., CHARLES E. FITCH,

GEORGE W. CURTIS, LL. D., ORRIS H. WARREN, D. D.,
FRANCIS KERNAN, LL. D., LESLIE W. RUSSELL,

JOHN L. LEWIS, é WHITELAW REID,

CHARLES E. SMITH.

SAMUEL B. WOOLWORTH, LL. D., Secretary.
DANIEL J. PRATT, Pu. D., Assistant SECRETARY.

STANDING COMMITTEE ON THE STATE MUSEUM, 1879:

Tae VICE-CHANCELLOR, Mr. CLINTON,

Tue SECRETARY OF STATE, Mr. BREVOORT,

Tue SUPT. OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, Mr. BOSTWICK,
Mr. SMITH.

Director of the Museum:
JAMES HALL, LL. D.

Assistants in the Museum:

J. A. LINTNER, 1n EntTomotogy AND GENERAL ZooLoey.

JAMES W. HALL, in OstEzoLoGy AND THE PREPARATION OF Rock SECTIONS.
CHARLES H. PECK, A. M., Boranist,

JAMES A. HURST, TaxipeErmist.

eee tects anatee cone cent rn

iw vp we

Nat Sait

! SCabO" ui

Z

Tet 1M Ne ony io

REPORT.

To the Honorable the Legislature of the State of New York:

The Regents of the University, as trustees of the State Museum of Natural
History, respectfully submit this their Thirty-second Annual Report.

The condition of the Museum, and the work of the last year, are exhibited
in the reports of the Director and of the Botanist hereto appended.

Respectfully submitted in behalf of the Regents,
H. C. BENEDICT,

Chancellor of the University.
8S. B. Wootworta,
Secretary.
AtBAny, March 10, 1879.

ato ae
ae nh, ‘ta v3

- ‘
‘oe ee

$ i. ¥
- Pe

; oe
“al ah ‘A Levee

r “ ?
re 4 »
: eAthena ed

~ ‘ 5
iM % ~) , .
‘ 1
oo ’ ¥
“1 1 ie Ds *
: ‘1 y n
4 ‘ St
’ he
1 , ‘
i 7 m
} «
- ‘ *
; on 4
aru , 4 ‘ * ;
; 4 Z i
wy are ¥
on
ee
ANS J
ve { Rit
‘5
i "
-
t Os t
2 S
on eo i
4
)
se \
ps
44
i; = \
Z
Ms 7 i
} F ;
‘ r : a
i. id c - -
i ’ aes ' f rt
d s es t
4 “ i ate : :
fi wy ay t

ne On

ON THE ~

STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.

1879.

———— os

By JAMES HALL, LL. D., Director.

7

h be es aN ws

ere Ce a eS eae a ral Pet tee oe an Jasin
Ae eA Sate lho pretty cha Syren mappa nian ee ins it mel 92 phn ti etn ay ae
ae ‘ . f the

aoe | BE: ‘ ‘ he oa
) RSE es
Woe cn act : pe, ni dey ;
¥ oe 7 a a x
SE AT Sa heirs

Tp ; } : 4 eel ee i 1H

; , J Cae he oe ha ie Lakes
are - a y ‘ é ee 4

baad
5 ——

. Tah aL ‘ ; ' : : : % , ' i Sl vs4 tly ote n [ a pes ee
Rae lcs OPS CN tie Ord Gea Saye

CO Nd EN ES.

PAGE

MeCN UIE CLOL «2.0 - acicecc scetcr esinelaces sp eeeens aieilefeh ape dee tenial Zaidle,soe cuteaeags 5

Additions to the State Museum during the year 1878... .... .....0 cece ceeeee cee 10

ee eee M ESO MIs, C50 EL. PE OK oie sia ss eleja: ais os od inlaie’e gis.) secie, pois ec-sinsara) a\e(eie jeg sie Hal

‘The Mosses of Caledonia Creek, by CHARLES H. PECK ...... .eceee ceecee eeeeee 73

The Insects and other Animal Forms of Caledonia Creek, N. Y., by J. A._

MNMMNTESPE ta oo) 8 ana alatevn wid po tis eiarenaie Merele ee ERAT a one mM 7A

» Annelida Cheetopoda of New Jersey, by H. E. WEBSTER.... ...... seeees ceeeee ~ 101
Description of New Species of Fossils from the Calciferous Formation, by C. D.

nN a/c das: ’> 2yole (2,180 0) 91d sisicid| wiele'e, sieseipl aac, eleleie [isis e Max Se be We 129
Laurentian Magnetic Iron Ore Deposits of Northern New York, by CHartzus E

a oc Rp A et AO on TD MERSIN Mee Mae A ane 133

Description of Lower Helderberg Corals and Bryozoans, by Jamus Haut, LL. D., 141

oe ce re +
| en ees oer gr

‘eo ie A,
eR aA iene ae

roe eu WA

ee ee ee A ee ae ee Ce wT, re Pes pe se hea oe

ear a ek a Oo ee ee ee a ts eerie / sitet id

F ly: ae ates ists re
Ra Prana eke sh ERS SRR Ni tieringcein: Paes
- Pe 5 ; * ‘ ;
Pe he te ee. oe ge, ay hs a sieht ei Oana, Sl ore ne aT, A wig shies aoe nea
i wi pat) ¢3 APUG PTS ae
Mh cul
( i, Ce oe ee ee ee oe ee a pe oadleie Wee fed srr gta mele yaa ee De
pC vied A, Meee a We get: ety EL doen slang a mph dd,
a) ‘ . 4 i : hy es .
) ’
° ;
h
"3 ; r yoy
4 ee x
D €
, Z Fae
r * x
f ‘
: ' :
é i fh
Tx ¥ ¥
3 q A
¥
J
e i
i ‘ ; ae
‘ 4 eJ , J

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR.

ALBANY, January, 1879.

To the Honorable the Board of Regents of the University of the State of
New York:

GENTLEMEN — I have the honor to communicate pees the Annual Report
of the State Museum of Natural History, giving some general account of the
conditions of the collections in the several departments, the additions which have
been made, and the work done in the Institution during the past year ; together
with special communications upon subjects under sos grea by persons con-
nected with the Museum.

I am able to report that the collections of the Mraseum in every department
are in good condition, and satisfactorily arranged for the purposes of examination
and study. ‘The labeling and rearrangement of the geological collection, which
in my last report I mentioned as in progress, has been completed, and the entire
series is now presented in satisfactory order.

The want of room for the arrangement of the rapidly increasing collections in
geology and palzeontology is every year more severely felt by the Director and
by those aiding in the work. Under existing circumstances it is quite impossible
to present any tangible evidence of the progress of our work, and it is nearly
impracticable to find the means of putting on exhibition any portion of the collec-
tions which have been made, or specimens which have been specially prepared
for the Museum during several years past. We are also suffering many incon-
veniences for the want of proper working rooms attached to the Museum, where
the work of progress in all departments could be witnessed by the trustees, and
by any parties interested in the prosperity of the Institution.

I beg to repeat what I have said in a previous report, that we need at this
time, for the proper exhibition of the geological and paleontological collections
acquired during the past few years, a space equal to another story or floor of the
same area as those of the present Museum; while also the crowded condition of
the skeletons and osteological collections is such that we need as much more
space as is now occupied by them.

I call attention to these points, while knowing that it is not, at present, in the
power of the Regents to grant any relief, but in order that they may appreciate
the necessity which exists of doing much of the work beyond the walls of the
Museum building.

In the general zodlogical arrangement, it 1s a matter of very great interest
and importance that the collection of birds should be rearranged, the wanting
species supplied, and the whole collection labeled according to the present state
of our knowledge of the subject. Beyond this, moreover, some new information
is desirable regarding the general and local distribution, the migration, habits,
breeding, etc., of the birds which are known as the birds of New York, as well
as of those which only pass through the State in their migrations north and south.
While so much attention is being given to this subject in some of the States,
and especially in the Western States and territories, it is scarcely becoming that
a State which gave the lead in such investigations, and in the diffusion of a knowl-
edge of natural history, should any longer remain inert in this special depart-
ment of natural science.

6 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THH STATE MUSEUM.

I shall have the pleasure of presenting to your honorable body a special com-
munication upon this subject, from which you will be able to learn in a more
satisfactory manner the nature of the work to be done, and which when done
will give an important rank to our ornithological collection, which at present is
of little value to science. At the same time, the facts thus obtained and pub-
lished will be a valuable source of information to the people of the State.

Details of the additions to the Museum in its several departments will be
found appended. The donations have been unusually few during the past year.

To the Botanical department contributions have been received from seventeen
persons, making in all fifteen hundred and fifty-two species.

To the Zoological department contributions have been made by twelve =

To the Ethnological department two contributors only are recorded.

In this department, contributors to the Museum have greatly diminished in
number during the past few years, from the fact that such subjects have come to
have a pecuniary value; and, also, that there are numerous collectors and insti-
tutions in the State who are competitors with the State Museum.

This condition of things will continue; and if it be thought desirable to
increase the collections in this department, it will be necessary to make special
collections, or to purchase from those who have made them. Several offers of
the sale of collections have been made to the Museum during the year, but hay-
ing no means at our disposal for such purposes, no present encouragement ,has
been given to the applicants.

To the Mineralogical and Paleontological department four donors are
recorded.

To the Library, contributions have been made by twenty societies and eight
individuals, of twenty-three bound volumes, and eighty-nine in paper covers and.
_ pamphlets, all but thirteen of these being serials. From all sources, the addi-
tions to the Library have been forty-two bound volumes, and of volumes in
paper and pamphlets (chiefly serials), one hundred and forty-one.

A donation of the extensive botanical collection of the late Dr. Anthony
Gescherdt has been kindly made to the Museum by Madame Gescherdt, through
Hon. Alexander Thain, of New York. The collection contains 1,479 species,
all of which are labeled. These are chiefly European species, but there are
some from the United States, the West Indies, etc. A list of the species, as.
they were arranged in the twenty-two packages when received, has been made
by Mr. Peck. This list, when fully classified, will: be communicated with the
report upon the State Museum,

GENERAL WorK OF THE MUSEUM.

In the Botanical department the accompanying report of the Botanist, Mr.
C. H. Peck, will indicate the work done by himself, and the addition to the
Herbarium of one hundred and sixty-five mounted species of plants which were
not previously represented in the collection.

To the Zodlogical department some interesting specimens of worms, insects,
crustaceans and fishes have been added, through the collections of Mr. Lintner,
at Caledonia creek, made at the request of the State Commissioners of Fisheries.
Such of the animal forms as could be obtained during the winter season at this
interesting locality, were carefully collected and critically studied, with especial
reference to their value as fish food, and the practicability of their transplanta-
tion into other streams of the State which are less prolific in the forms so remark-
ably abundant at Caledonia. The results of this examination have been pub-
lished in the Tenth Annual Report of the State Commissioners of Fisheries.

The alcoholic collection of specimens has been in part relabeled, the jars
replenished with fresh alcohol, and the recent donations and collections incor-
porated.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. 7

To the Osteological collection there have been added about fifty specimens,
including thirty-three prepared skulls.

A large number of recent shells have been cut into sections for illustrating
their internal structure, and about one hundred specimens of this character
have been added to, the collection.

The additions to the Hthnological collections, filling nearly two cases, have
been arranged and labeled. The series of Table-cases, containing stone or
Terra-cotta specimens, occupies one hundred and thirty-six square feet of area.
Several additional cases are necessary for a proper exhibition of the material.

In the Mineralogical department additional work has been done upon the
general collection, by the incorporation of other material belonging to the
Museum. The arrangement and labeling has been completed, and the collec-
tion is now ready for cataloguing.

A series of Volcanic rocks and minerals, from the Van Rensselaer collection, —
has been labeled and arranged in three Table-cases.

The Emmons collection of crystallized minerals has been fully labeled, in
conformity with the other mineralogical collections. A considerable number of
duplicate minerals, derived from various sources, still remain in the drawers.

The work of rearranging and labeling the geological series contained in the
wall cases of the first floor, which was in progress at my last report, has been
completed during the year. The collection is now accessible for examination
and study. The smaller specimens have been mounted, uniformly with the
mineralogical collection. The labels indicate the number of the specimen, its
geological position, name, contained fossils in many instances, and locality.
This collection is especially intended to illustrate the geological formations of
the State, exclusive of the palzontological collections, and some idea may be
formed of the extent to which this object is carried, by a glance at the schedule

below, which shows the number of labeled specimens in each formation :
No of

System. Group. Formation. specimens.
Tiaurentian. .......... DWM cc lead ae es hain ach panache ay eadedciolesoths adie dicks 99:
ae (UNS TE SS RRR ae es GeiSeilisnoidahctbenducaseay 101
eee crosses isha Gu os tia buena bincdeuaiesls acinineediededeloceaieiowes 84.
Else ATM eis aya cures aie hijays estas inating es,0 tb aussie epniondainahate 60:
Calciferous Sandstone ...... 65:
Lower Silurian. | Quebec...........0.es00. Sa and Sandstone ...... 108
; (Cambrian of Chazy Limestone ............ 70
Sedgwick)..... 4 Birds-eye Limestone ...... » 40
MP rEMEOM sa. Neebedsieweh os Black-river Limestone..... 32.
Black Limestone ......... 122
i Witea “Slates asaso.cci. be 5D:
| F Hudson-river Shales........ 101
COTS on Gray Sandstone ............. 15:
| Shawangunk Conglomerate, 15 —
Medina Sandstone .......... 100:
CARON Aa. Maer. dine! asiadee tl aces bh adda astesbies peeae 110:
Middle Silurian.... | Niagara Shaly Limestone... 105
INS B TAN s cipieieeheoeogeee 2 Grell pHige cence lion. seemeh dS. 10
Coralline Limestone........ 32,
MEWOMASOA NOEL cee aio.2 5 ¥' oeeale ewsutworedocemann es. a.canbte 110
ee GCM NRE ois 2 sein osdEE VIA Re BRINE AU eal a dle, “ciclaldg aS 58
_ Upper Silurian...... j Tentaculite Limestone...... 4Te
Lower Pentam. Limestone, 56
. \ Lowes Heldebrg..| Hom Limestone...........-. 109

| Upper Pentam. Limestone... 15,

8 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

System. Group. Formation. iene

| Oriskany Sandstone.......... 86

| Cauda-galli Grit.............. 23

Schoharie* Grit....c seco 51

{ ppeiedeldentere Onondaga Jsimestone....... 30

Corniferous Limestone...... 92

Marcellus Shale............. 67

ryaten cs Hamilton’ /.2. ie rere } Arenaceous and other Shales, 146
Shak hiatal Tully Limestone............. 59

WEL ee us coe een etn dee aan Genessee Slate.............. 22

POTUA TE y Sasnttccececslacsenecmeeenss ceeds eee 75

Ghent ge. Io acce ae cce wectumisctees ches cast eee eee 149

( Catskill aooods iw sipieie tiainis sia), ava'nle oialle/eleje\e «(ale ialcielee(alele(s\elalniateintatatals 74

@arponitercus’ fc) 28 Le ree Tp sas 6 TS
New: Red Sandstone 2? 7.0072... caent corte eee 47

Qiiaterharry oars, eae CIR. Sesese tech e anon ace nace pecan cesses erent ase aan 90

A colored Geological Section, exhibiting the order of succession of the New ~
York formations, has been placed above the wall-cases, extending around the
room, and so arranged that the representation of the succession of the forma-
tions corresponds with the series in the cases. The section is distinctly lettered
with the names and subdivisions of each formation, and, in connection with the
series immediately beneath it, affords a source of instruction to the student or
amateur which has not before been presented in the Museum.

DuPLICATE COLLECTIONS OF FossILs AND MINERALS.

Pursuant to the direction of the Secretary of the Board of Regents, one of
the duplicate series of specimens prepared for the Norman Schools has been sent
to the State Normal and Training School at Cortland. Six of the Normal
Schools of the State have now received the collections; others still remain,
subject to application to the Board of Regents, and their direction.

COLLECTIONS IN THE FIELD.

Extensive collections have been made in the field during the past season. In
the western part of the State, during May and June, Mr. C. D. Walcott,
assisted by Mr. Vandeloo, made large collections of corals and other fossils from the
upper Helderberg limestone and the Hamilton group. At a later period Mr.
Walcott continued collecting, especially fossil corals, in the limestones of Gene-
see and Erie counties; and also in the same limestones in Canada West, and
at Kelly’s Island in Lake Ontario.

During the months of July and August, Dr. J. W. Hall, assisted by Martin
Sheehy, made extensive collections, chiefly of fossil. corals, from the Upper
Helderberg limestones of Albany county. Dr. Hall has also made a geological
examination along the Hudson river as far as Poughkeepsie, making sec-
tions and extensive and instructive collections of the rocks from fifty-one locali-
ties. These collections will be of important aid in the study of the rocks of
the Hudson River Valley, and in the determination of their geological age and
relations.

The entire collections made during the past season will number at least thirty
thousand specimens.

The work of cutting sections of rocks and fossils, chiefly of the latter, has
been continued with great success; and the machinery, and work of this kind,

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. 9

have become a necessity in the Museum organization. A large amount of work
has been done in cutting and preparing transparent sections of corals, stromato-
pora, sponges, etc. Between three and four hundred specimens have been pre-
pared. About one hundred and fifty specimens of corals, orthoceratites and
other fossils have been ground and polished, to show the internal structure. So
long as the fossils of the Museum are being studied and illustrated, this
machinery will be of constant and important use.

In addition to the work of cutting and preparing sections of fossils, the
machinery has been applied to the cutting of recent shells, and more than one
hundred specimens have been prepared, giving a most instructive exhibition of
the internal structure. Preparations of this kind are of the greatest interest
and importance in the study of the characters of recent shells, especially of the
Gasteropoda, and this collection cannot fail to be appreciated by every student
of natural history who visits the State Museum. This department is under the
management of Dr. J. W. Hall.

The extensive collections made during 1877, and already communicated in a
previous report, have been partially examined, and selections made as far as
practicable, and as far as we have drawers for their reception. The large col-
lection of Niagara fossils from Waldron, made in that year, has been unpacked
and cleaned, the species separated, and a large part of them ticketed. The
Bryozoa of this collection have been carefully studied, in connection with those
of the Lower Helderberg group, by Mr. G. B. Simpson. Mr. C. EH. Beecher
has also spent a much longer time upon the Waldron collection in the
careful study and separation of the species of all the other classes, and the
selection of a large series for the State Museum collections.

Although these collections are now arranged in drawers, it will be necessary
to repack a considerable portion for want of proper accommodations. In the
meantime many new species have been selected and determined, which will be
illustrated and described in future reports of the Museum.

The large collections from the Lower Helderberg limestone have furnished
many new species, which will be included in the plates now being lithographed
for the Palzeontology of the State.

In conclusion, I beg leave to say, that the field collections in Geology and
'Palzeontology, and the work done upon them in preparing specimens for the
Museum and for study, is in every way satisfactory, and more than equals my
expectations. I would therefore most earnestly, and respectfully, urge upon the
Board of Regents the desirableness and importance of continuing the same sys-
tem of work, and in the same hands, for the ensuing year.

I am, very respectfully, your obedient servant,

JAMES HALL,
Director of the State Museum.

ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM DURING THE YEAR 1878,

I. BOTANICAL.
A specimen of Solidago virgaurea L. From Prof. P..A. Puissant, Troy, N. Y.

Seven flowering plants; two new to the State Herbarium. From Appison
Brown, New York.

Specimens of Cynophallus caninus Fr. From H. A. Warnes, Oneida, N.Y.

Two rare Fungi— Polyporus Morgani Frost and Agaricus Morgani Peck.
From A. P. Morean, Dayton, O.

Polyporus tomentosa-quercinus Johns. From A. M. Jounson, Minneapolis,
Minn.

Podaxon Warne Peck. From W. F. Bete Sauk City, Wis.

Lentinus Lecontei Fr. and Lycoperdon leprosum B. & R. From H. W.
RAVENEL, Aiken, 8. C.

Zygadenus glaucus Nutt. From L. M. ie oka Syracuse, N. Y.

Listera australis Lindl. and Botrychium simplex Hitch. From Rey. H.
Wisse, Oswego, N. Y.

Micromitrium Austinii Sulliv. From C. A. Austin, Closter, N. J.

Salix petiolaris Sm. From M. S. Bess, Fountaindale, Ill.

Tramates suaveolens Fr.and Polyporus cuticularis Fr. From W. C. StT8-
venson, Philadelphia, Pa.

Six species of flowering plants ; one new to the State Herbarium. From S. H.
Wriaut, M. D., Penn Yan, N. Y.

Twenty-three species of Fungi. From J. B. Huis, Newfield, N. By

Three species of flowering plants and ten species of Fungi; eight species new to
the State Herbarium. From Hon. G. W. Curnron, Buffalo, N. Y.

Nine species of Fungi. From E. A. Rau, Bethlehem, Pa.

One hundred and sixty-five species of plants, new to the State Herbarium.
Collected by the Botanist, C. H. PEcx.

A collection of 1,479 species of plants, principally European, made by Dr.
Anthony Gescherdt,
II. ZOOLOGICAL.
Right mandible of the lower jaw (13 ft. 4 in. long) of a Greenland whale

(Balena mysticetus’, which floated ashore at Rockaway Beach in. 1875.
From H. Grr, Albany, N. Y.

A blunt-nose shiner—Vomer setapinnis UN) New York coast. From
J.B. Horarine, Albany, N. Y. :

A gold-fish—Cyprinus auratus L., with greatly enlarged abdomen from an
ovarian tumor ; length of body, 9.5 inches; circumference, 11.5 inches.
From Epwarp Sets, Albany, N. Y.

ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM. 1l

A hen’s egg of abnormal form (gourd-shaped). From H. Germonp, Nassau,
Na e¥. 3 |

Two specimens of Carrara marble honeycombed by a boring sponge—Cliona
sulphurea Verrill—taken from the hold of a vessel wrecked on the coast
of Long Island in 1871. From EH. R. McCarry, Hotel Brunswick,
New York, per Prof. D. S. Martin.

Ascaris sp? in 35 examples, taken from a piece (4x4 inches) of a salted
codfish. From C. Drvotr, M. D.

An ichneumon-fly — Rhyssa atraia (Fabr.). From Anprew Horton,
Albany, N. Y. .

Eggs (in soil) of the Rocky Mountain locust—Calopienus spretus Thomas.
Minnesota. Large spider—Nephila plumipes, from Florida. From J. A.
LINTNER.

Pupa of Sphinx at pupation, Albany, N. Y.

Larvee (4) of Samia Cecropia (Linn.), Albany, N. Y.

Larve (15) of Datana ministra from birch, Albany, N. Y.

Larvee (4) of Dryocampa rubicunda (Sm. -Abb. Ni N. ew York city.

Larva of Calodasys unicornis (Sm.-Abb.), Albany, N. Y.

Larva of Thyreus Abbotii Swains., Albany, N. Y.

Larva of Danais Archippus (Fabr.), Albany, N. Y.

Larve (5) of Orgyia leucostigma (Sm.-Abb.), Albany, N. Y.

Larvee (25) of Chironomus sp., Caledonia creek, N. Y.

Larve (83) of Ephemeridee—C%oé sp., Caledonia creek.

Larve (3) of Aischna verticalis, Caledonia creek.

Larvee (8) of Limnophilidz, near Hadlesus (caddis worms), Caledonia creek,

Caddis-worm from a hollowed stem case, Caledonia creek.

Larva-cases (18) of one of the Hydroptile, Phixocoma sp., Caledonia creek,

Larya-cases (37) of a species of the Limnophilidze, Caledonia creek.

Larve (2) of a Dytiscid beetle—Gawurodytes sp., Caledonia creek.

Pupz (many) of a fly, from water, Warren Co., N. Y.

Fresh-water craw fish (6)—Cambarus Bartonii (Fabr.), Caledonia creek.

Fresh-water shrimp (86) Gammarus fasciatus Say.,* Caledonia creek.

Miller’s thumbs (6)—Cottus gracilis Heckel, Caledonia creek.

Sticklebacks (23)—Grasterosteus inconstans Kirtl., Caledonia creek.
Collection by J. A. Lintner.

Honey-bees—Apis mellifica Linn., drones, workers and (8) queens. From
Wiriiam Hatt, Middletown, Delaware Co., N. Y.

A red-shouldered buzzard— Buteo lineatus (Gm.), taken at Canajoharie, N. Y.,
Dec. 19th. From A. G. Ricumonp, Canajoharie, N. Y.

Strombus gigas Linn. (4) and Cyprea tigris Linn. (3), for cutting sections.
From James Hatt.

A hermit crab—Hupagurus longicarpus (Say.), in a new preservative liquid.
- From Erastus Cornine, Jun.

Twenty-three species of Mollusca and one of Vermes, as follows: Helix Cali-
Fornica Lea, California; H. Stearnsiana Gabb. San Deigo; A. facta
Newcomb, Santa Garcia: H., Yatesii Cooper, eu eearee Hf. Bowditch-

*¥For the illustration of, and remarks upon, this and several of the above Caledonia forms,
see Report on the Insect and other Animal forms of Caledonia creek.

12 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

iana Feer., Madeira; H. delphinula Lowe, Madeira; H. undata Lowe,
Madeira; A. armillata Lowe, Madeira; H. erebescens Lowe, Madeira;
H. Maderensis Wood, Madeira; H. polymorpha Lowe, Madeira; H.
subtilis Lowe, Madeira; H. paupercula Lowe, Madeira; H. abjecta Lowe,
Madeira; H. bifrons Lowe, Madeira; H. lurida Lowe, Madeira; H.,
Stephenaphora Dillwyn, Madeira; H. thiarella Webb, Madeira; Sten-
oradia Magdalensis Hinds, Cal.; Ringicula conformis Montero Sante,
Madeira; Argyope decollata, Chenu; Bulimus nigrofasciata Pfeif., Sante
Fe de Bogota ; B. veranyi Preif., Santa Fe de Bogota ; Ditrupa acuta
Hayes. From W. Newcoms, M. D., Ithaca, N. Y.

Ill. MINERALOGICAL AND PALHONTOLOGICAL.

Blue calcite; Pitkin, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Hexagonite; Edwards, St.
Lawrence Co., N. Y. Purchased of P. P. Peck.

Two specimens of Selenite; Yawger’s quarries, near Springport, Cayuga Co.,
N.Y. From Messrs. J. C. & H. Yawaer. g

A block of Magnetite, 52x18x20 inches, from the Tilly-Foster Mine, Putnam
Co., N.Y. From H. T. Durant.?,

Four crystals of Gypsum; Camillus, N. Y. <A slab of Gypsum, with crystal-
lized native Sulphur; Marcellus, N. Y. From Freperick STar,
Auburn, N. Y.

Rock borings from an Artesian well at Wyoming, N. Y., arranged in a glass
tube to show the comparative thickness of the beds traversed. Purchased
for the Museum.

The Emmons Collection of Crystals and Crystallized Minerals, principally from
Northern New York. (Purchased in 1877, but not included in the list of
additions in that year.)

Columnaria sulcata; Jefferson Co. (? Theresa), N. Y. From R. 8. Patmsr,
Rosh Lawrence, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y.

IV. ARCH HOLOGICAL.

Indian pottery (twelve pieces), Loudonville, Albany county, N. Y.

Indian pottery (fifteen pieces), Guilderland, Albany county, N. Y..

Pieces of chert from a locality in Loudonville, to which they had probably been
brought for working into arrow-heads.

Four gun-flints. — .

Chert chips from an Indian arrow-head locality, near New Albany, Ind. From
F. EH. Asprinwatt, M. D., Loudonville, N. Y.

A copper hand-axe, of aboriginal manufacture, dug up on the farm of the donor.
From HE. V. Coxzins, Stuyvesant, N. Y.

Four trays of Indian arrow and spear heads, as foliows:
No. 1. Fifteen arrow and spear heads of chert, Loudonville, N. Ys
No, 2. Seventeen arrow and spear-heads of chert, etc., Guilderland, N. Y.
No. 3. Twenty arrow-heads of chert, @aieriind, N. ms
No. 4. Thirteen arrow and spear heads of chert, etc., near New Albany, Ind.
A piece of sandstone (?a hammer stone) with pittings and excavations on two
opposite sides, near West Albany, N. Y.
Deposited in the collection by F. E. Aspinwatt, M. D., subject to call.

ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MuUsEvUm. 13

V. TO THE LIBRARY.

1. By Donation.

Department of the Interior. Bulletin of the United States National Museum.
~ No.10. Contributions to North American Ichthyology, No.2. By David
S. Jordan. Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pp.120, plates 45.

—————. Bulletin of the U. 8. Geological and Geographical
Survey of the Territories. Vol. 1V, Nos. 1 and 2. Washington: Feb.
5, 1878, and May 3, 1878. 8 vo., pp. 543.

. Miscellaneous Publications, No. 9. Descriptive
Catalogue of Photographs of North American Indians. By W. H. Jack-
son. Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pp. 124.

———_———— _ Miscellaneous publications, No. 10. Bibliography
of North American Paleontology. By C. A. White, M. D., and H. A.

Nicholson. Washington: 1878. 8 vo., pp. 132.

—_————. Preliminary Report of the Field Work of the U.S.
Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, for the Season of
1867, under direction of Prof. F. V. Hayden. Washington: 1877.
Pamph., 8 vo., pp. 39.

Report on the Geographical and Geological Survey

of the Rocky Mountain Region. By J. W. Powell. Washington: 1877.

Pamph., 8 vo., pp. 19.

. U. 8. Geological and Geographical Survey of the

Territories. Geological and Geographical Atlas of Colorado and Portions

of Adjacent Territory. By F. V. Hayden, U. 8S. Geologist-in-charge.

1877. Folio, 20 sheets.

. U.S. Geographical and Geological Survey of the

Rocky Mountain Region. J. W. Powell, in charge. Contributions to

North American Ethnology. Vol. III. Washington : 1877. Quarto,
pp. 635. we.

——. Report of tile U.S. Geological Survey of the Terri-

tories. EF. V. Hayden, U. 8S. Geologist-in-charge. Vol. VII. Contri-

butions to the Fossil Flora of the Western Territories. Part 2. The

Tertiary Flora. By Leo Lesquereux. Washington: 1878. Quarto,

pp. 366, plates lxv.

From the DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.

Fifty-eighth and Ffty-ninth Annual Reports of the Trustees of the New York
State Library, for the years 1875 and 1876. Albany: 1876 and 1877.
Two pamphlets, 8 vo., pp. 171, 181.

Address of Erastus C. Benedict, LL. D., at his taking the chair at the Univer-
sity Convocation, at the Capitol, in the city of Albany, July 9, 1878.
Albany: 1877. 8 vo., pamph. pp. 19.

Laws of the State of New York, passed at the 100th and 101st Sessions of the
Legislature. Albany: 1877 and 1878. 3 vols., 8 vo.

Highty-eighth, Hight-ninth and Ninetieth Annual Reports of the Regents of
the University. Albany: 1875, 1876 and 1877. 3 vols., 8 vo., cloth
pp. 776, 761, 786.

From the Regents oF THE UNIVERSITY.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.-

Do.

Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. No. 283. Catalogue of the Fishes of
the East Coast of North America. By Theodore Gill, M. D., Ph. D.
Washington: 1873. Pamph., 8 vo., pp. 50.

14 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, for the
year 1876. Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pp. 488.
From the SmitHson1an Institution.

Report of the Commissioner of. Agriculture, for the year 1872. Washington:
1874. 8 vo., pp. 524.
- Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture, for the year 1876. Washington:
1877. 8 vo., pp. 447. |
Report upon Forestry. By Franklin B. Hough. Washington : 1878. S905
650.
© Rout the DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.

Circulars of Information of the Bureau of Education :
No. 1—1877. Reports on the System of Public Instruction in China.
Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pamph., pp. 28.
No. 2—1877. Reports on the System of Public Instruction in Finland,
the Netherlands, etc, Washington: 1877. 8 vo., pamph., pp. 77.
No. 1—1878. The Training of Teachers in Germany. Washington :
1878. 8 vo., pamph., pp. 36.
Report of the Commissioner of Education, for the year 1876. Washington:
1878. 8 vo., cloth, pp. 982. :
From the BurzAu of Epucation — DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.

U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part III. Report of the Commis-
sioner for the years 1873-4 and 1874-5. Washington: 1876. 8 vo.,
pp- Li++-777.

——————. Part IV. Report of the Commissioner for 1875-1876.

Washington: 1878. 8 vo., pp. 50*+1029.

From the Commissioner, ‘Spencer C. Barr.

Bulletin of the Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences for 1877. Minne-
apolis: 1877. 8 vo.,pp. 197-324. From the Society. |

Bulletins of the American Geographical Society. New York: 1877. Session
1876-77. Nos. 4and 5. 2 pamphs., 8 vo., pp. 105, 59.

Bulletin of the American Geographical Society, 1878, No. 2. New York’
1878. 8 vo., pamph., pp. 77-142.

Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York, 1875 and 1876.
Vols. VI and VII. Albany: 1876 and 1878. 2 vols., 8 vo., cloth,
pp. 896 and 311.

From the Sociery. —

Proceedings of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History, No.1. Jan. 1876.
From the Soctery.

Do.

Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences. Volume II.
Part I. Davenport: 1877. 8 vo., pamph., pp. 148, plates 3. From the
ACADEMY.

Transactions of the New York State Agricultural Society. Vol. XXXII,
1872-1876. Albany: 1878. 8 vo., cloth, pp.533. From the Sociery.

Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences. Vols. I, III, IV, Va VE
Part I of VII. San Francisco: 1873-1877. From the AcaprEmy.

Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania :
Report of progress in the Fayette and Westmoreland District. Part III.
The Ligonier Valley. By J. J. Stevenson. Harrisburg: 1877. 8 vo.,
cloth, pp. 83831KKK. ,

ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUsrum: 7 BS

Do. —_————. Elevations above Tide Levels. By Charles Allen.
Harrisburg: 1878. 8vo., cloth, pp. 279 N.
Do. Report of Progress in the Beaver River District.

By J. C. White. Harrisburg: 1878. 8vo. cloth, pp. 387 Q, plates xxii.
From J. B. Pearse, Secretary of Commissioners of the Survey.

Bulietin de la Société des Sciences Historiques et Naturelles de |’ Yonne.
Année, 1876 and 1877, 30° and 81°, vol’. Paris: 1876, 1877. From
‘the SociEry.

Bulletin de la Société des Naturalistes de Moscou. Année, 1877. Tome LII.
(Nos. 1, 2, 3-and 4, in two parts). Moscou: 1877 and 1878. From the
SOciEry.

Bulletin of the Imperial Botanical Club of St. Petersburg. Vol. IV. St.
Petersburg: 1876. 8vo., 2 pamphs., pp. 438. From the SocirEry.

Elfter Bericht der naturforschenden Gesellchaft in Bamberg. Bamberg : 1877.
8vo., pamph., pp. 110-++-40. From the Socrery.

Anales del Museo Nacional de Mexico. Tome I. Entrega 1*-4*%. Mexico:
1877, 1878. Quarto, pp. 196. From the Musreum.

Sitzungs-Berichte der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft Isis in Dresden.
Jahr. 1877. July—Dec. Dresden: 1878. 8vo., 2 pamphs., pp. 73-156.
From the Soctrry.

Entomological Notes, VI. By S. H. Scudder. Reprinted from Proceed.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xix, 1877-78. Boston: 1878. 8vo., pamph.,
pp. 05, 1 pl.

Additions to the Insect Fauna of the Tertiary Beds at Quesnal (British Colum-
bia). By Samuel H. Scudder. From the Report of Progress, 1876-77,
Geological Survey of Canada. 8vo., pamph., pp. 8.

Psyche. Jan.—Feb., 1878. Recent progress of Entomology in America. By
S. H. Seudder. 8vo., pamph., pp. 97-116.

From the AurHoR.

Note upon the History and Value of the Term Hudson River Group in Ameri-
can Geological Nomenclature. By James Hall. From Proc, Amer.
Assoc. Adv. Sci., Nashville Meeting, 1877. Salem Press, June, 1878.
8vo., pamph., pp. 259-265.

The Hydraulic Beds and Associated Limestones at the Falls of the Ohio. By
James Hall. In advance of the: Transactions of the Albany Institute,
Vol. LX, pp. 169-180. 8vo., pamph., pp. 12.

The Louisville Limestones. By James Hall. Advance sheets (November,
1877), of the Palzontology of New York, Vol. IV, part 2. Quarto,
pamph., pp., 16.

On the Bolstions of the Niagara and Lower Helderberg Formations, and their
Geographical Distribution in the United States-and Canada. By James
Hall. From the Proceed. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Science, Portland Meeting.
1873. Salem Press, June, 1874. 8vo., pamph., pp. 321-335.

On the Geology of the Southern Counties of New York and Adjacent Parts of
Pennsylvania, especially with reference to the Age and Structure of the
Catskill Mountain Range. By James Hall. From Proceed. Amer. Assoc.
Adv. Science, Detroit Meeting. Salem Press, March, 1876. 8vo.,
pamph., pp. 80-84.

From the AuTHoR.

16 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Science Observer. Vol. I, Nos. 8 and 9; vol. II, Nos. 2,3, 4. Boston:
1878. 8vo. From the Boston AMATEUR SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY.

The Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. Sixth Annual
Report for the year 1877. Minneapolis: 1878. 8vo., pp. 225. From
N. H. WINcHELL, State Geologist.

The General History of Cephalopoda, Recent and Fossil. By Miss Agnes
Crane. From the Geological Magazine, Decade II, Vol. V, No. 11,
November, 1878. From the AuTHor, per Prof. James Hall.

First, Fourth, Kighth and Ninth Annual Reports of the American Museum of
Natural History. New York: 1870-1878. 8vo., in 4 pamphs., pp. 30,
24, 35, 62. From the Museum.

Auditor of Accounts’ Annual Report of the Receipts and Expenditures of the
City of Boston and the County of Suffolk, for the year 1877-78. Boston:
1878. 8vo, morocco, pp. 406. From ALFRED TurNER, Auditor,

Report of the Botanist [Charles H. Peck]. In advance of the 30th Annual
Rep. of the N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., for the year 1876. Albany: Sep-
tember, 1878. 8vo., pamph., pp. 23-78, 2 plates. From the AuTHoR.

Entomological Contributions, No. IV. By J. A. Lintner From the 30th
Ann. Rep. of the N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., for the year 1876. Albany:
June, 1878. 8vo., pamph., pp. 144.

Report on the Insect and other Animal Forms of Caledonia Creek, New York.
By J. A. Lintner. From the 10th Report of the N. Y. State Commis-
sioners of Fisheries. Albany: 1878. 8vo., pamph., pp. 25, 3 plates.

Tenth Annual Report of the New York Fishery Commissioners, for the year
1877. Albany: 1878. 8vo., pamph., pp. 47, 3 plates.

From J. A. LINTNER.

2. By PuRcHASE.

The Geological Record for 1875. By Wm. Whitaker. London: 1877. 8vo.,
cloth, pp. 448.

The United States: Historical, Deven phive and Statistical, To accompany
Case’s Map of the United States. Hartford: 1878. 12mo., cloth, pp.
tad |

The Naturalists’ Directory for 1878. Salem: 1878. 12mo., pp. 184.
The Albany Directory for the year 1878. 800 pp., half cloth.

The Museum of Natural History. By Sir John Richardson and others. New
York: 1878. Quarto, Parts 1-24.

Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Vol. III, No. 5.

The American Naturalist. Vol. XI. Boston: 1877. 8vo., pp. 762. Vol.
Xil. Philadelphia: 1878. 8vo., pp. 850. ;

The American Journal of Science and Arts. New Haven: 1878. Vols. XV
and XVI.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST.

S. B. Wootworth, LL. D., Secretary of the Board of Regents of the Uni-
versity ¢

Str — Since the date of my last report, specimens of two hundred and thir-
teen species of plants have been mounted and placed in the Herbarium, of
which one hundred and torty-six were not before represented therein. A list of
these is marked (1).

Specimens have been collected in the counties of Albany, Hamilton, Mont-
gomery, Onondaga, Oswego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schoharie and Ulster.
These represent one hundrec and sixty-six species new to the Herbarium, one
hundred and sixty-two of which are fungi. Of these seventy-five are regarded
as new or previously undescribed species. A list of plants collected is marked (2),

Specimens of fourteen New York species, new to the Herbarium, and not
among my collections of the past season, have been furnished by correspondents.
These, added to those collected, make the whole number of additions one hun-
dred and eighty. There are, besides, a considerable number of extra-limital
contributions. A list of the contributors and their contributions is marked (8).

New species, with their descriptions, and previously unreported species, are
given in a section marked (4).

New stations of rare plants, remarks and observations are given in a section
marked (5).

The general fruitfulness of the past season extended to the domain of fungi.
Toward the end of summer the frequent showers and warm weather brought out
‘these lowly plants in great abundance. In some localities species of Lycoper-
don, commonly known as “ Puff-balls,’’ were very plentiful. One correspond-
ent, in speaking of the Engraved puff-ball, LZ. celatwm, and the Cup-shaped
puff-ball, L. cyathiforme, says: ‘‘Of these we have freely eaten for several
weeks. They are most excellent. Within the limits of our town more than a
ton of them rotted on the ground.” The number of species of puff-balls now
known to inhabit our State is sixteen. The published descriptions of these are
scattered and not always accessible. In some instances the descriptions are very
imperfect and unsatisfactory, and technical terms are employed in them, which,
without explanation, are scarcely intelligible to persons unaccustomed to the
language of scientific description. These facts, together with the importance of
these fungi as an article of food, and the desirability of bringing them more
into public notice and of enabling people generally to recognize the species, if
they wish, have induced me to prepare a monograph of our New York species,
in which the descriptions have been rewritten and the more technical terms
fully explained. Copious remarks have been added to the descriptions, and
the principal distinctive features of the species have been specially mentioned.
The monograph on the genus Lycoperdon is marked (6). By its "aid, it is
thought, that any person, whether botanist or not, will be able to identify our

species.

Specimens of puff-balls, when sliced and pressed, as they sometimes are, and
mounted on herbarium sheets in the usual manner, lose much of their natural
beauty and often have their distinctive specific characters impaired. I have,

2

18 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

therefore, collected and preserved a series of specimens in paper boxes. By
this method of preservation the natural colors, shape and other characters are
all retained as well as it is possible to preserve them in the dried state. With
such specimens for study and comparison, clear ideas of the specific characters
can be obtained, and all difficulty in the identification of the species is avoided.

(do)
PLANTS MOUNTED.
Not new to the Herbarium.

Lemna perpusilla Torr.

Thalictrum purpurascens L.
Potamogeton Oakesianus Robbins.

Spergularia rub. v. campestris G'r.

Rhus aromatica Ait.

R. typhina ZL.
Medicago lupulina L.
Amphicarpzea monoica Vue.
Gleditschia triacanthus L.
Robinia Pseudacacia LD.
Potentilla recta ZL.
Crateegus tomentosa Z,.
Ribes prostratum L’ Her.
Penthorum sedoides ZL.
Sanicula Marilandica ZL.
Pastinica sativa L.

Aster cordifolius DD.
Xanthium spinosum L.

Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi Spreng.

Vaccinium corymbosum J.

Utricularia gibba L.

Verbena bracteosa JM/wa.

Lithospermum arvense L.

Fraxinus pubescens Lam.

Montelia tamariscina Wwit.

Polygonum Hydropiper L.

Ulmus Americana LL.

U. fulva Mz.

Ostrya Virginica Willd.

Alnus viridis DC.

Ua. serrulata Ait.

TeX incana Willd.

Betula populifolia Ait.

Ariszema triphyllum Torr.
Dracontium L.

Lemna minor ZL.

a

Solidago humilis Pwursh.
Utricularia subulata L.

Salix purpurea L.

Pinus mitis Mz.

Potamogeton lonchitis Tuckm.

Sagittaria het. v. augustifolia.
Habenaria leucophea Gr.
Trillium erythrocarpum Mz.
iT erectum JL.

Lilium Canadense ZL.

Scirpus Eri. v. cyperinus Gr.
Kleocharis palustris R. Br.
K. melanocarpa Torr.
Carex str. v. aperta Gr.
Triticum caninum J.

Poa trivialis L.

Glyceria aquatica Sm.

G. Canadensis Trin.
Calamagrostis Pickeringi Gr.
Poa laxa Henke.

iD alsodes G'r.

Re compressa L.
Brachyelytrum aristatum Bo.
Dicksonia punctilobula Ae.
Polypodium vulgare L.
Aspidium spinulosum Sw.

Jae acrostichoides Sw.

A. erist. v. Clintonianum.
Cystopteris fragilis Bernh.
Onoclea sens. v. obtusilobata.
Scolopendrium vulgare Sm.
Asplenium Rutamuraria LD.
Botrychium Lunaria Sw.

Bb. simplex Hitch.

B. lanceolatum Angst. .
B. Virg. v. gracile.

New to the Herbarium.

Muscari racemosum ZL.
Pogonia affinis Awst.
Eleocharis tricostata Torr.
Hypnum rusciforme Weis.
Calicium curtum 7’. & B.

REPORT OF THR BOTANIST. ~

Calicium brunneolum Ach.
Arthonia polymorpha Ach.
Graphis eulectra Tuckm.
Sirosiphon tomentosum [uiz.

Chlorostylium cataractarum Kuwiz.

Agaricus cristatellus Pk.
fumescens Ph.
pinophilus Ps.
rubromarginatus Fr,
radicatelius Ps.
chrysophyllus F’.
abscondens PA.
septicus Fr.
albogriseus Pk.
micropus P.
undulatellus Pk.
rhodocalyx Lasch.
vermifluus PA.
limonellus PA.
squarrosoides Pk.
mycenoides 7.
paludinellus PA.
lentiformis PA.
hymenocephalus PA.
camptopus Pk.
Coprinus rotundosporus P&,
C. macrosporus Pk,
Cortinarius Copakensis Ph.
Cc. lapidophilus FA.
Marasmius calopus /’r.
Boletus Satanus Lenz.
Polyporus pallidus Schultz.
P. induratus Pk,

i ot subiculosus PA. *
P. __ semitinctus PA.
Hydnum sulphurellum Px.
Mucronella calva A. & S.
M. ageregata Hy,
Solenia villosa F’r.
Craterellus dubius Pk.
Cyphella sulphurea Batsch.

Wamee ase eden

Stereum sanguinolentum A. & S.

Clavaria fumigata Ph.

C. corynoides Pk.
Tremella lutescens Pers.
Guepinia Peziza Tul.
Hymenula olivacea Pk.
Physarum inzequalis P&.
P. ~— ornatum Pi.

P. atrorubrum Pk.
es psittacinum Ditim.
Badhamia affinis Rosi.
Didymium eximium Pi.

D. angulatum Pk.

Chondrioderma difforme Pers.
Diachzea subsessilis PA.
Comatricha Friesiana De By.
cr pulchella Bad.
Lamproderma violaceum Fr.
Arcyria pomiformis ost.
Oligonema brevifila P&.
Trichia inconspicua Rost.
Lycogala flavofuscum Hr.
Sacidium Pini Fr.

Septoria Verbascicola B. & C.
Dh Waldsteinie P. & C.
Phyllosticta Lonicere Desm.
Vermicularia trichella G'rev.
V. albomaculata Schw.

19

Melanconium Americanum P. & C.

Sporidesmium sicynum Thum.
Phragmidium bulbosum Sch.

Uromyces polymorphus P. & C.

U. Trifolit chi.
Ustilago Salvei B. & Br.
Massospora cicadina PA.
Isaria limonipes PA.
Stilbum flavipes PA.

Ne rigidum Pers.
Sporocybe abietina Pk.

Helminthosporium Hydropiperis Thum

H. interseminatum B. & C.
Cladosporium Graminum LA.
Botryosporium pulchrum Berk.
Polyactis vulgaris Lh.
Aspergillus flavus LA.
Peronospora pygmea Ung.
Peronospora simplex P4.
Mucor ramosus Bul.

M. caninus Pers.

Peziza Acetabulum ZL.
succosa Berk.
vulcanalis PA.
gallinacea Pk.
sulphurea Pers.
viridicoma Ps.
Osmunde C. & #.
umbrorum Fk.
planodiscus P. & C.
brunneola Desm.
Helotium albopunctum PA.
H. phyllophilum Ps,
Hematomyces orbicularis Pk.
Patellaria olivacea Batsch.
Dermatea carnea C. & H.

J). phyllophila PA.

D. Xanthoxyli Pk.
Tympanis acerina Pk.

fee eee eee

20 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MuSEUM.

Cenangium Cassandre PA,
Os pezizoides PA.
Rhytisma maximum Fy.
Phacidium brunneolum P4.
Hysterium hyalospermum Ger.
Triblidium morbidum PA.
Hypoderma Corni F’.
nervisequum DC.
Hypocrea viridis Tode.

Hypoxylon xanthocreas B. & C.

Diatrype asterostoma B. & C.
Dothidea Epilobu Fr.

Valsa Xanthoxyli Pk

V. translucens De Not.

Massaria gigaspora Desm.
Lophiostoma prominens Pk.

dis

scelesta C. H.

ae pulchriseta Pk.

TA cA th

S
S
S
Ss
S.
S
Se
V

eurvicolla Pk.
sorghophila P&.
fimiseda C. & D.
phellogena B. & C.
cladosporiosa Schw.
Marciensis PA.
Crepini West.
Typhe Schw.
Gnomon ode.

enturia Dickiei De Not.

(2.)

PLANTS COLLECTED.

Plantago Rugelil Decaisne.
Zygnema insigne Hassal.
' Chantransia violacea A tz.
Gleeotrichia Pisum Theuret.
Agaricus spretus P&.
impoliteides Pk.
alboides PA.
patuloides PA.
subhirtus PA.
dealbatus Sow.
leptolomus P.
odorus Bull.
anisarius PA.
hygrophoroides P&.
lentinoides Pk.
atratoides P&.
cremoraceus P&.
luteopallens Ph.
Kpichysium Pers.
tomentosulus PA.
~umbrosus Pers.
dysthales PA.
muricatus Ff’.
carbonarius Ly,
sapineus Fy,
aquatilis A,
eutheloides PA.
nodulosporus PA.
infelix PA.
trechisporus Berk.
Artemisie Pass.
modestus P&.

oa ieee eee ree ee Pee ee ae lee ee

Cortinarius iodes B. & C.

Cid
Cc:
Cr

C.

cerulescens Hy.
amarus Pk.
erystallinus Fy.
opimus Ff.
furfurellus Ps.
bivelus Fr.

armeniacus /’;,

Lactarius pubescens Fr,

corrugis Pk.

Russula nigricans Ff’.

R._
R.
R.
R.

compacta Frost.
delica Fr.
olivascens Ly,
flavida Frost.

Hygrophorus lividoilbus Fr.
Marasmius archyropus Pers.
Boletus punctipes Pk.

Bb,
B.
B.

sensibilis Pk&.
Roxane Frost.
rubinellus P&.

Polyporus circinatus Fr,

poe ee

parvulus A/olzsch.
simillimus P4.
Morgani Frost.
cuticularis Budd.
chrysoloma Lr.
molluscus Lr.

Trametes Trogii Berk.
Hydunum alutaceum Fr.

OCraterellus Cantharellus Schw.
C.

clavatus Fr.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST.

Corticium subrepandum B. & Ck.
Thelephora radiata Holmsk.
Clavaria formosa Pers.

C. fastigiata L.

C. corrugata Aarst.

C. flaccida F’r.

Pterula divaricata Pk.
Tremella subcarnosa Ph.
Dacrymyces conglobatus PA.
Phallus Ravenelu B. & C.
Geaster Capensis Thum.
Melanogaster variegatus Jw.
Rhizopogon rubescens Twi.
Enerthenema papillata Pers.
Cribraria vulgaris Svhrad.
Depazea juglandina F’.
Vermicularia compacta C. & HE.
Septoria Populi Desm.

8. Canadensis PA.
Spheropsis cornina Pk.

8. typhina Ph.

8: Peckiana Thum.
Synchytrium Anemones DC.
Protomyces conglomeratus PA.
Puccinia Scirpi DA.

Torula anomala Ps.
Acrospermum album PA,
Isaria fulvipes Ph,
Tubercularia hirtissima PA,

x. floceosa Lk.

Periconia albiceps PA.
Septosporium velutinum C. & H.

Helminthosporium obovatum Berk.
Cladosporium compactum B. & C.

Heterosporium Ornithogali AZ.
Fusicladium dendriticum Waillr.
Polyactis cinerea Berk.
Oidium destruens P4.
Ramularia effusa Pk.
albomaculata P&é.
lineola PA.

Fragariz Pk.
Norvegice Pk.
Plantaginis Pk,
variabilis /c&/.
angustata PA,
Cercospora Rosecola Pass.

C. Apii Fes.

Be tnc Corni Pk.
Peronospora Ficarie De By.
P. Corydalis De By.

po dd id Po oe

Peronospora gangliformis Berk.

Sporotrichum larvatum PA.
8. sulphureum G‘rev.
Ss alutaceum Schw.
Spondylocladium tenellum P&.
Penicillium bicolor Fr.
Acremonium flexuosum P4.
Sepedonium cervinum Dittm.
8. brunneum PA.
Morchella angusticeps Pk.
Gyromitra curtipes Fr.
Geoglossum irregulare Pk.
Peziza euplecta Ck.
melastoma Sow.
apiculata Of.
tetraiénalis Pk.
humosoides PA,
longipila PA.

aurata Hck.
melaleuca Pr.
urticina Pk,

Typhee PA.
enterochroma Pi.
elotium palustre PA.
fraternum Pk,
lutescens F’.
vibrisseoides PA,
Dermatea minuta PA.
Patellaria pusilla PA.
Bulgaria bicolor P24.

B. deligata Pk.
Hypomyces luteivirens Fr.
Exoascus Pruni F’chl.
Taphrina aurea F’r.
Hypoxylon udum FP’.
Dothidea reticulata F’r.
Diatrype verrucoides Pk.
Valsa pulviniceps PA.

Ne Sorbi Pr. .
Lophiostoma bicuspidata Ch.
Spheeria squamulata Schw.
albidostoma PA.
subiculata Schw.
intricata Pk.
scopula C. & P.
subdenudata PA.
livida F’r.

humulina Pk.
clavarilna Pk.
pheerella Pecku Spegaz.
septorioides P&,

Eee oo ee

CAP TA Ta tO WA Ta Th On

21

a%) THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

(3.)
CONTRIBUTORS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS.

Rev. H. Wisse, Oswego, N. Y:
Listera australis Lindl. | Botrychium simplex Hitch.

Prof. P. A. Puissant, Troy, N. Y.
Solidago Virgaurea L.
Appison Brown, New York City, N. Y.

Lepidium Draba L. | Asperugo procumbens L.
L. ruderale LD. Matricaria Chamomilla ZL.
Thlaspi arvense L. _ Aster memoralis Ait.

Alliaria officinalis DC.
H.S. Mituer, Wading River, N. Y.
Glaucium luteum Scop. | Hypericum adpressum Barton.
N. L. Brirron, New Dorp, N. Y.
Pinus mitis Mz. | Pinus mops Ait.
H. A. Warne, Oneida, N. Y.
Cynophallus caninus fr. |

L. M. UnpErwoop, Syracuse, N. Y.
Zygadenus glaucus Nuit. |

Hon. G. W. Cuinron, Buffalo, N. Y.

Aster Novee-Anglize Z. Verticillium lateritium Hhr.

A, ericoides L. Sporotrichum virescens LA.
Gentiana puberula Mx. | Peziza Spherella P. & C.
Hydnum cinnabarinum Schw. Helotium Sarmentorum F’.

ef fuscoiitrum H's, | Spheeria pulviscula Curr.
Clathrus cancellatus L. | S. infectoria L’ckl.
Spheropsis pulchrispora P. & C. - Grandinia membranacea P. & C.
Tubercularia subdiaphana Schw.

W. Doo.itrie, Medusa, N. Y.
Lycoperdon giganteum Batsch. |

S. H. Wrieut, M. D., Penn Yan, N. Y.

Potamageton crispus L. | Ulmus racemosa Thomas.
Desmodium nudiflorum DC. | Polygonum amphibium L.
Aster puniceus L. Re Hartwrightii Gr.

A. P. Moraan, Dayton, Ohio.
Agaricus Morgani PA. | Polyporus Morgani Prost.

REPORT oF THE BOTANIST. 93.

Prof. A. M. Jounson, Minneapolis, Minn.

- Polyporus tomentoso-quercinus Johns. |

H. W. Ravenat, Aiken, S. C.

Lentinus Lecomtei Fr. Lycoperdon leprosum B. & Rav.

Phallus rubicundus Bose.

C. F. Austin, Closter, N. J.

Micromitrium Austini Swiliv. | Agaricus chlorinosmus P&.

M.S. Bess, Fountaindale, [1].
Salix petiolaris Smith. |

W. C. Stevenson, JR., Philadelphia, Pa. |

Trametes suaveolens F’r. | Polyporus cuticularis 2’.

: W. F. Bounpy, Sauk City, Wis.
Podaxon Warnei PA. , |

Prof. W. G. Fartow, Cambridge, Mass.
Podisoma Ellisii Berk.

Synchytrium Myo. v. Potentille.
8. papillatum Far.
Peronospora Ficariz T'wi.

Pe obducens Schroet.

BE. Potentille De By.

P. nivea Ung.

Ramularia macrospora F’res.

Cenangium pythium B. & C.

Uromyces Junci Schw.

U. Dactylidis Otth.

Puccinia Epil. v. Proserpinaceze.
Taphrina aurea F’r.

i: alnitorqua Tul.*.. 3
Ascomyces deformans Berk.
Dothidea vorax B. & C.

EK. A. Rav, Bethlehem, Pa.

Puccinia Grindeliz Ps.
P.- Kuhniz Schw.
FE cladophila PA.
Accidium gracilens Pk.

Uromyces sanguineus PA,
U. Brandegei Pk.
U. simulans Ph,

| U. plumbarius PA.

J. B. Exuis, Newfield, N. J.

Trametes suaveolens #’r.
Polyporus volvatus PA.
Uromyces Junci Schw.
Helicosporium olivaceum PA.
El. ellipticum Ph.

Hr. lilacinum Hillis.
Diplodia ilicicola Desm.
Vermicularia compacta C. & EH.
Hymenula eruginosa C. & H.

Corticium subrepandum B. & Che.

Septosporium preelongum Sacc.
Cercospora grisea C. & EH.
Polyactis streptothrix OC. & H.
Cheetostroma olivaceum C. & H.

Peziza fuscidula ©. & H.
BA regalis C. & H.

Py pulverulenta Zid.

P, atrocinerea Ok.

| Boe Pinastri C. & P.
Meliola amphitricha Fr.
Lophiostoma cyclopeum Hillis.
ote barbirostris Du/f.
Eriophora Ch.

soluta C. & H.
distributa C. & H.
Desmodii Ph.
Ogilviensis B. & Br.

eee ee

2 4. THIRTY-SECOND REPORT OF THE STATE Museum.

(4.)
PLANTS NOT BEFORE REPORTED.

GLAUCIUM LUTEUM Scop.
Shore of Fort Pond Bay, Montauk Point Hi. S. Miller.

ALLIARIA OFFICINALE DC.
Hunter’s Point, Westchester County. Addison Brown.

HYPERICUM ADPRESSUM Bart.
Between Sag Harbor and Hast Hampton. Miller.

ASTER NEMORALIS Ait.
Long island and Hitchings Pond, Adirondack Mountains. “Brown,

PiLantaGco RuGetit Decaisne. .
Not uncommon about Albany, but often confused with Plantago major.

GENTIANA PUBERULA Ma.
Buffalo G. W. Clinton.

PoTAMUOGETON CRISPUS L.
Keuka Lake, Yates County. S. H. Wright.

CHANTRANSIA VIOLACEA /{iz.
Wet rocks in rapid streams. Sprakers. June. 7
This alga forms soft mats or cushions of a dark-red or purplish color on
* rocks kept wet by rapidly flowing water.

ZYGNEMA INSIGNE Hassel. veeetay |
Standing water in ditches. North Greenbush. June.

Giaotricoia Pisum Thuret.
Floating and submerged leaves of water plants. Brewerton. Sept.

Micromirrium Austinit Sulliv.
Ground. Rockland County. C. F. Austin.

Agaricus (AMANITA) SPRETUS 2. sp.

Pileus subovate, then convex or expanded, smooth or adorned with a few
fragments of the volva, substriate on the margin, whitish or pale-brown;
lamellz close, reaching the stem, white; stem equal, smooth, annulate,
stuffed or hollow, whitish, finely striate at the top from the decurrent lines of
the lamellze, not bulbous at the base, but the volva rather large, loose, sub-
ochreate ; spores elliptical, generally with a single large nucleus, .0004'-
.0005' long, .00025’/—.0003’ broad.

Plant 4-6! high, pileus 3'-5’ broad, stem 4/6" thick.

Ground in open places. Sandlake and Gansevoort. Aug.

This species belongs to the Phalloidean section, and is related to A. por-
phyrius and A. recutitus. The margin of the pileus is generally clearly,
though sometimes obsoletely, striate. The absence of a bulbous base sepa-
rates it from A. mappu.

Report OF THE BOTANIST. | 25

7

AGARICUS (TRICHOLOMA) IMPOLITOIDES 7. sp.

Pileus convex, then expanded, obtuse, dry, fibrillose-tomentose, becoming
squamose on the disk, sometimes distantly striate on the margin, whitish, the
disk usually brownish; lamellz close, emarginate, whitish; stem equal,
solid, slightly fibrillose, white ; spores elliptical, .00025' long, .0002’ broad ;
flesh white, taste farinaceous.

Plant 3'—4’ high, pileus 2’-3' broad, stem 3’’—5” thick.

Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

This plant is closely related to A. impolitus, but I do not find the stem
squamose nor the taste salty or peppery as in that species. It sometimes
grows in circles. The scaly disk at first sight is suggestive of species of
Lepiota.

Agaricus (TRICHOLOMA) ALBOIDES 7. sp.

Pileus compact, firm, convex, glabrous, white, the disk tinged with yellow
or brown; lamellz. crowded, rounded behind, subfree, white; stem nearly
equal, solid, firm, squamulose at the apex, white; spores subelliptical, .0002’—
.00025' long, .00016’ broad; taste at first bitter, then very acrid, odor
strong, earthy or subfetid.

Plant 3’—4’ high, pileus 2-3’ broad, stem 3/ -6' thick.

Ground in woods. Brewerton. Sept.

This species is very near to A. aléws, but its compact pileus, peppery
taste and strong odor seem to require its separation. The stem sometimes
penetrates the earth quite deeply.

AGARICUS (CLITOCYBE) SUBHIRTUS 2. sp.

Pileus convex or expanded, sometimes slightly depressed, at first tomen-
tose-hairy and pale-yellow or buff colored, then nearly glabrous and whitish,
the margin incurved ; lamelle close, adnate or decurrent, whitish or pale
yellow; stem subequal, stuffed or hollow, whitish; spores subglobose, or
broadly elliptical, .00025’ long.

Plant 1/—3’ high, pileus 1-3’ broad, stem 2!'—4’’ thick.

Ground in woods. Brewerton. Sept. .

The species is apparently related to a subalutaceus. The pileus becomes
smoother and paler with age. The spores sometimes present an irregular
form. |

AaGaricus (CLITOCYBE) PATULOIDES 7. sp.

Pileus compact, convex or expanded, glabrous, the cuticle sometimes
breaking up into small appressed scales, whitish or pale-yellow, the margin
incurved ; lamelle thin, crowded, decurrent and reticulately connected in
thin lines; stem equal, solid, firm, glabrous, whitish; spores subglobose or
broadly elliptical, .00025 —.0003' long; flesh pure white.

Plant gregarious or circinating, 2'-4!' high, pileus 1'-4’ broad, stem 4’/'—
10” thick.

In groves and open woods. Brewerton. Sept.

The reticulations of the narrowly decurrent faites at the top of the stem

indicate a relationship with A. patulus, but it appears to be a Clitocybe, not
a Tricholoma, and therefore must be distinct.

26 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

AGARICUS DEALBATUS Sow.
Grassy pastures. Brewerton. Sept.

AGARICUS oDoRUS Bull.

Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.
In our specimens the lamellee are close and white, and the pileus loses its
green color with age.

AGARICUS (CLITOCYBE) ANISARIUS 2. Sp.

Pileus convex, then expanded, greenish-gray with the margin incurved,
then grayish or whitish, adorned with minute innate fibrils, slightly pruimose
and substriate on the margin; lamella adnate or decurrent, narrow, crowded,
white; stem subequal, firm, hollow, whitish; spores subelliptical, .00025'
long; odor weak but pleasant, anise-like. 7 |

Plant 2’—4’ high, pileus 1.5’—3' broad, stem 2 '—3' thick.
Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.
This is closely related to A. connexus, from which it is easily separated by

the hollow stem.

AGARICUS (CLITOCYBE) LEPTOLOMUS 7. sp.

Pileus thin, plane or infundibuliform, umbilicate, hy erophaeae smooth,
creamy-white when moist, white when dry, the margin very thin; lamellze thin,
narrow, crowded, some of them forked, decurrent, white ; stem equal, smooth,
generally curved or flexuous, stuffed, colored like the pileus, white-villous at
the base ; spores very minute, subelliptical, .00012’ long.

Plant gregarious or subceespitose 2'—3’ high, pileus about 2! broad, stem
1-2’ thick.

Decaying prostrate trunks in woods. Indian Lake. Aug.

The width of the lamellz is about equal to the thickness of the flesh of the
pileus. They taper gradually toward each end, where they are very narrow.

The species may be distinguished from A. truncicola by its hygrophanous
umbilicate pileus. The stem is sometimes eccentric.

AGARICUS (COLLYBIA) CREMORACEUS 7. Sp.

Pileus thin, submembranaceous, convex or campanulate, obtuse, dry,
slightly silky, dingy cream color, the margin sometimes wavy; lamelle
broad, ascending, ventricose, with a decurrent tooth, whitish; stem slender,
slightly silky, stuffed or hollow, pallid or subconcolorous; spores Broad
elliptical or subglobose, .00025’ long, .0002' broad.

Plant 1.5’-2' high, pileus 6-12” broad, stem about 1’ thick.

Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

Agaricus (COLLYBIA) HYGROPHOROIDES n. sp. (Plate II, figs. 219A
Pileus subconical, then convex or expanded, smooth, hygrophanous, red-
dish or yellowish-red when moist, paler when dry; lamellz sub-distant,
rounded behind or deeply emarginate, eroded on the edge, whitish ; stem nearly
equal, striate, stuffed or hollow, whitish; spores subelliptical, .0002'-00025’
~ Jong, .00016' broad.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. Dae

Plant subceespitose, 2/—3’ high, pileus 1/-1.5’ broad, stem 2’—3/! thick.

Decaying half-buried wood. Knowersville. May.

At first sight the young pileus is suggestive of the pileus of fygrophorus
conicus, both in shape and color. When dry the color is pallid or subochra-
ceous.

Acaricus (COLLYBIA) LENTINOIDES 7. sp.

Pileus thin, convex, obtuse, smooth, hygrophanous, reddish-brown or chest-
nut color when moist, reddish-alutaceous when dry; lamellz narrow, close,
adnexed, serrate on the edge, white; stem equal, substriate, slightly pruinose
at the apex, white.

Plant about 2' high, pileus 6-10" broad, stem 1” thick.

Ground in wooded swamps. Root, Montgomery County. June.

The serrated lamellze and white substriated stem will serve to distinguish
this species from A. dryophilus.

Aaaricus (COLLYBIA) ATRATOIDES 7. sp.

Pileus thin, convex, subumbilicate, glabrous, hygrophanous, blackish-
brown when moist, grayish-brown and shining when dry ; lamellz rather broad,
adnate, subdistant, grayish-white, often venulose-connected and transversely
marked above with slender veins; stem equal, hollow, smooth, grayish-brown,
with a whitish tomentum at the base; spores nearly globose, about .0002/
across.

Plant gregarious or subczespitose, about 1' high, pileus 6-10’ broad,
stem .5’’—1” thick.

Decaying mossy sticks and logs in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

The species belongs to the section Tephrophanz, and is apparently related
to dA. airatus. we

Agaricus (MyYcENA) LUTEOPALLENS 7. sp.

Pileus thin, convex, smooth, striatulate on the margin when moist, bright.
yellow, becoming paler when dry; lamelle moderately close, subarcuate,
yellow ; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, smooth, hollow, yellow, with
yellow hairs and fibrils at the base.

Plant single or caespitose, 2’ high, pileus 3//-6” broad, stem about 1” thick.

Among fallen leaves in woods. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

This species may be distinguished from Hygrophorus parculus by its.
subceespitose habit, and the yellow hairs at the base of the stem.

Agaricus Ericuysium Pers.
Decaying prostrate trunks of trees. Indian Lake. Aug.

AGARICUS (PLUTEUS) TOMENTOSULUS 1. sp. sai
Pileus thin, convex or expanded, subumbouate, dry, minutely squamulose-.
tomentose, white, sometimes pinkish on the margin; lamelle rather broad,.
rounded behind, free, crowded, white, then flesh-colored ; stem equal, solid,.
striate, slightly pubescent or subtomentose, white ; spores subglobose, .0003!
in diameter, generally containing a single large nucleus.

}

28 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Plant 2/—5’ high, pileus 1—3' broad, stem 2/—4"' thick. |
Decaying wood. Catskill Mountains and Gansevoort. July and August.

AGARICUS UMBROSUS Pers.
Decaying wood. Indian Lake. Aug.

AGARICUS (HINTOLOMA) DYSTHALES 7. sp.

Pileus submembranaceous, subconical, then convex or expanded, obtuse,
striate, furfuraceous or squamulose, lurid-brown, becoming paler with age;
lamelle broad, subdistant, ventricose, brown or grayish-brown, then flesh-
colored ; stem equal, hollow, slender, tomentose-squamulose, brownish ; spores
irregularly oblong-elliptical, .0006/—.00065' long, about half as broad, usually
containing a single large nucleus. 3

Plant about 2! high, pileus 3'-6” broad, stem about 1 thick.

Damp ground in woods. Catskill Mountains. July.

The species belongs to the section Leptonidei. It has a peculiar starved
deformed appearance, whence the specific name. To the naked eye the pileus
appears to be clothed with minute branny scales, but under a lens these are
seen to be jointed matted filaments which form a kind of thin squamulose
tomentum. In some specimens it is more dense than in others, both on the
pileus and stem. The general outline of the spores is narrowly elliptical, but
they are somewhat pointed at the base and they also have the angular pro-
jections, which are generally present on the spores of species of Hntoloma.
The adornment of the pileus and stem indicates an affinity with A. jubatus,
but our plant is much smaller than that and is very different in its habit.

AGARICUS MURICATUS /F7.

Decaying wood of deciduous trees. Carlisle and Indian Lake. June and
August.

AGARICUS TRECHISPORUS Berk.

Ground in woods. Brewerton. Sept.

Only a single specimen was found. The pileus is nearly white and the ~
plant odorless, but in other respects it agrees well with the description of the
species to which we have referred it.

Aaaricus (INocYBE) NODULOSPORUS n. sp.

Pileus thin, hemispherical or convex, obtuse, floccose-squamose, dark
cervine-brown or umber color, the scales of the disk usually erect; lamella
rounded behind, adnexed, ventricose, pallid, then ferruginous-cinnamon, white
and minutely toothed on the margin ; stem equal, solid, tomentose- Mees
colored like the pileus; spores rough, .0003’—.00035! long.

Plant about 1’ high, pileus 4’-8” broad, stem scarcely 1!’ thick.

Decaying wood in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

This species agrees very closely with the description of A. lanuginosus, to
which I should have referred it but for the rough spores. It is smaller than
A. stellatosporus, of a paler color and a more soft and woolly appearance,
Both belong to the section Squarrosi.

REPORT oF THE BOTANIST. 2 O

Agaricus (INOCYBE) EUTHELOIDES 7. sp.

Pileus thin, conic or campanulate, then expanded, distinctly umbonate,
silky-fibrillose, subrimose, varying in color from grayish-cervine to chestnut-
brown, the disk sometimes squamulose ; lamella moderately close, rather
broad, ventricose, narrowed or rounded behind, adnexed, whitish, then ferru-
ginous-brown, white and denticulate on the edge; stem equal, subflexuous,
solid, whitish-fibrillose, pallid ; spores even, uninucleate, gibbous or unequally
elliptical, .00035’—.0004' long ; flesh of the pileus white.

Plant 1'—2' high, pileus 6 ‘12! broad, stem 1-2" thick.

Ground in woods. Brewerton. Sept.

The species seems to be closely related to A. ewtheles, from which it differs
in the character of the lamelle, which are rather abruptly and strongly
narrowed behind, in the absence of a farinaceous odor and in the character of
the spores. ‘The stem is paler then the pileus, sometimes being nearly white.
The species belongs to the section Rimosi.

AGaricus (INOCYBE) INFELIX 7. sp.

Pileus campanulate, convex or expanded, subumbonate, fibrillose-squamu-
lose, grayish-brown or umber ; lamelle close, emarginate, ventricose, rather
broad, whitish, then ferruginous-brown ; stem equal, solid, pallid or whitish,,
sometimes darker toward the base, silky fibrillose, white and pruinose at the
top; spores oblong, .0004'—.0005’ long, about .0002' broad; flesh of the
pileus white, odor none.

Plant 1'—2! high, pileus 6 ‘(-12' broad, stem 1/’—2" thick.

Sterile mossy ground in open places. Indian Lake. Aug.

The species belongs to the section Laceri. In wet weather the pileus
becomes more lacerated than in dry. It generally becomes paler with age.
A small form occurs in which the pileus is scarcely umbonate and 4'—6!'

broad, with the stem about half an inch high. The oblong spores afford a
ready character by which to separate this species from the preceding.

AGARICUS SAPINEUS I’. :
Decaying prostrate trunks. Brewerton. Sept.

AGARICUS CARBONARIUS Fr.
Burnt ground. Sandlake. May.

AGARIcUs Aquatitis Fr.
In wet moss along rivulets. Catskill Mountains. July.

AGARICUS FLAVIDUS Scheff.
Decaying wood. Indian Lake. Aug.

Agaricus ArTEMISIZ Pass.
Damp ground in woods. Brewerton. Sept.

Agaricus (HyPHOLOMA) MODESTUS 7. sp.
Pileus thin, convex or subconical, then expanded, rarely sligiials umbonate,
hygrophanous, reddish-brown or pale chestnut-colored when moist, dingy or

t

30 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

ochraceous-brown when dry, smooth, the margin whitened when young by
the flocculent evanescent veil, sometimes striate; lamelle plane, broad,

adnate or slightly emarginate, usually with a decurrent tooth, grayish or.

clouded, becoming purplish-brown, the edge white ; stem equal, rather firm,
hollow, fibrillose, brownish ; spores purple-brown, broadly ovate, compressed,
.00025'—.0003' long.
Plant gregarious, about 1’ high, pileus 4-10” broad, stem about 1” thick.
Bark and branches lying on the ground in woods. Adirondack Mountains.
Aug.

The species belongs to the section Appendiculati. In drying the disk
changes its color first.

-CoRTINARIUS CHRULESCENS Fr.
Ground in woods and groves. Brewerton. Sept.

Our specimens were violet rather than blue, but they were not very young ©

and may have lost some of their original color.

(CCORTINARIUS CRYSTALLINUS Fr.

Mossy ground in low woods. Sandlake. Oct.

The specimens are much smaller than the dimensions given in the deserip-
tion, and the habitat is different, but they agree very well with the figures of
the species.

‘CORTINARIUS (PHLEGMACIUM) AMARUS 2%. Sp.

Pileus convex or expanded, often irregular, smooth, glutinous in wet
weather, yellow, the disk sometimes tinged with red, pale-yellow when dry,
the margin whitish; lamellz close, rounded behind, whitish, then ochraceous-
cinnamon ; stem soft, tapering upward, solid, whitish, at first clothed with
white silky fibrils ; flesh white, taste very bitter.

Plant gregarious or subcespitose, 1-2 high, pileus about 1’ broad, stem
2'—4'! thick. ;

Ground under spruce and balsam trees. Adirondack Mountaims. Aug.

In wet weather the stem is sometimes viscid, apparently from the gluten
of the pileus running down upon it.

CORTINARIUS IoDES B. & C.

Ground in woods. Sandlake. Aug.

This is a small but beautiful species, the pileus, lamella and stem being
of a bright-violet or purplish-violet hue. The spores are subelliptical, gen-
erally uninucleate, .0004’ long, .00025’ broad.

CoORTINARIUS OPIMUS Fr.
Ground in woods. Catskill Mountains. July.

CoRTINARIUS BIVELUS F7.
In woods about the margin of swamps. Center. Sept.
The margin is often whitish with superficial fibrils which sometimes form a
continuous zone and sometimes are collected in patches

Lt
a e

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. one

CorRTINARIUS (TELAMONIA) FURFURELLUS 1. sp.

Pileus thin, convex, furfuraceous with minute squamules, hygrophanous,
watery-tawny when moist, pale ochraceous when dry ; lamellze broad, thick,
distant, adnate or slightly emarginate, tawny-yellow, then cinnamon ; stem
equal, peronate, colored like the pileus, with a slight annulus near the top;
spores subelliptical, minutely rough, 0008 —.0004’ long, .00025’ broad.

Piant 1’-2 high, pileus 1’—2’ broad, stem 2’/—4” thick.

Moist ground in open places. Gansevoort. Aug.

CoRTINARIUS ARMENIACUS /7,
Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

HyGROPHORUS LIVIDOALBUS Fr.
Ground in woods. Brewerton. Sept.

LacrarRius PuBESCENS Fr.

Ground in open woods. Sandlake and Gansevoort. Aug.

Our specimens have the margin of the pileus obsoletely pubescent, and
generally narrowly zonate. The stem is white, and either equal or tapering
downward ; it is sometimes spotted, but I have not seen it with incarnate
tints. In other respects they agree so well with the description of LL. pube-
scens, that I have concluded to refer them to that species.

LACTARIUS CORRUGIS 7. sp. :

Pileus fleshy. compact, firm, convex, then expanded or centrally depressed,
merulioid or corrugated with gyrose-reticulate wrinkles, dark reddish-brown
or chestnut-colored, becoming paler with age, suffused as if with a slight
pruimosity; lamellez close, dark creamy-yellow or sub-cinnamon, becoming
paler, often distilling drops of moisture, sordid or brownish where bruised ;
stem equal, solid, firm, paler than the pileus, sub-pruimose ; spores large, sub-
globose, .00045 —.0005' in diameter, intermixed with small acicular points or
spicules, .0016 —.002' long; flesh whitish or cream-colored, milk copious,
white, mild.

Plant 4-6’ high, pileus 3’-5’ broad, stem 6-12” thick.

Ground in woods. Sandlake, Gansevoort and Brewerton. August and
September. ;

This remarkable species is related to L. volemus. tt is, however, of a
darker color, and the surface of the pileus is very uneven from the presence
of rugze or folds, which present an appearance much like that of the hymenium
of some species of Merulius. The spicules of the lamelle too are a peculiar

feature. They are so numerous that under a lens they give a pubescent
appearance to the edge of the lamelle.

Russvta nicricans Bull.
Ground in woods. Gansevoort and Brewerton. Aug. and Sept.
Our specimens agree with the description in every respect except that the
lamellz are not distant.

39 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

RvussuLta DELICA FY,

Ground in woods. Center and Brewerton.

This very closely resembles Lactarius vellereus, from which it may be dis-
tinguished by its mild taste, and the absence of a milky juice. From the
Juiceless variety of LZ. vellereus its mild taste alone furnishes a separating |
character.

* Rossuta compacta Frost MS.

Pileus fleshy, compact, convex, sometimes centrally depressed, dry, whitish,
sometimes tinged or spotted with reddish or yellowish hues, becoming dingy
or reddish alutaceous when old or dry, the margin thin but even; lamelle
broad, sub-distant, unequal, a few of them forked, nearly free, white, becom-
ing brown when bruised or dried ; stem equal, firm, rather short, solid, white,
changing color like the pileus; spores subglobose, nearly smooth, .00035/ in
diameter ; flesh whitish or subalutaceous, taste mild, odor when drying very
disagreeable :

Plant 2-4! high, pileus 5’—5’ broad, stem 8-12" thick.

Ground in open woods. Sandlake and Brewerton. Aug. and Sept.

Our specimens do not fully agree with Mr. Frost’s manuscript description,
but they approach so near an agreement that we have not thought best to
separate them. ‘Lhe pileus is sometimes split on the margm. The change
of color in the pileus and stem is nearly the same, but the lamellze become

darker than either. The disagreeable odor is retained a long time by the
dried specimens. The species belongs to the section Compactee.

RussuLa OLIVASCENS Fr,
Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

RussutaA FLAVIDA Frost MN.

Pileus fleshy, convex, slightly depressed in the center, not polished, yellow,
the margin at first even, then slightly striate-tuberculate; lamellz nearly
entire, venose-connected, white, then cinereous or yellowish ; stem firm, solid,
yellow, sometimes white at the top; spores yellow, subglobose, .00025'—.0003’
in diameter; flesh white, taste mild.

Plant 2’-3 high, pileus 2'-3' broad, stem 4''—6!’ thick.

Ground in woods. Sandlake. Aug.

MARASMIUS ARCHYROPUS Pers.

Ground in woods and swamps. Albany, Adirondack Mountains, etc. This.
is one of our most common species. It was formerly confused with M. velutipes.
The latter is generally smaller and has the pileus darker colored and usually
with a slight umbilicus. The stem is more slender and its velvety covering
inclining to a tawny or subochraceous hue. Both species occur in our State.

BoLETUS PUNCTIPES 7. sp.

Pileus convex or expanded, glutinous in wet weather, yellow, the thin mar-
gin at first minutely grayish-pulverulent, at length recurved; tubes short,
nearly plane, adnate, small, subrotund, at first brownish, then sordid-yellow 5.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 33

stem firm, thickened at the base, glandular-dotted, exannulate, solid, rhu-
barb-yellow; spores .00035'— 0004! long, .00016' broad, flesh yellowish, inclin-
ing to grayish in the stem.

Plant 2/4’ high, pileus 2/—3’ broad, stem 3 /—5'' thick.

Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

This species belongs to the section Viscipelles. It is related to such species
as B. albus, B. granulatus, etc. Its rhubarb-colored stem thickened at the
base and the: brownish color of the young hymenium are its distinguishing
features.

BoLetTuUs RUBINELLCS 7. sp. (Plate II, figs. 18-20.)

Pileus at first broadly conical or subconvex, then expanded, subtomentose,
red, becoming paler with age; tubes convex, adnate or somewhat depressed
around the stem, rather large, subrotund, pinkish-red, then sordid-yellow;
stem equal, smooth, yellow with reddish stains; spores oblong, .0005’—.0006/
long, .00016’ broad ; flesh of both pileus and stem bright-yellow.

Plant about 2’ high, pileus 1/—2! broad, stem 1 ‘—2" thick.

Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.
The species belongs to the section Subtomentosi, and is apparently related
to B. rubinus.

BoLETUS SENSIBILIS 7. sp. uw
Pileus at first firm, convex, pruinose-tomentose, brick-red, then expanded,
paler or ochraceous-red, glabrous, soft ; tubes at first plane or concave, bright-
yellow, then tinged with green, finally sordid-yellow, small, subrotund ; stem
firm, smooth, lemon-yellow, narrowed at the top when young, and sometimes
slightly cribrose from the decurrent walls of the tubes, often stained with red
or rhubarb-color ; spores greenish-brown, .0005’ long, .00016' broad; flesh
of the pileus pale-yellow, of the stem brighter colored and marbled, both flesh
and tubes quickly changing to blue when wounded.
ea scattered or ceespitose, 4/—-6’ high, pileus 3’—8/ broad, stem 6 '-12!
thick.

Ground in woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

‘The species belongs to the section Subpruinosi. The specific name is sug-
gested by the ease and rapidity with which the change of color is produced.
Merely handling the specimens produces the blue color where they are pressed
by the fingers. The species seems near B. miniato-olivaceus, but the differ-
ence in the color of the pileus and in the character of the stem and its sus-
ceptibility to change of color seem to require its separation.

Boretus roxanz Lost.
Ground in woods. Sandlake. Aug.
The margin of the pileus in our specimens is conspicuously involute when

young. ‘The stem is sometimes yellow at the top. The species belongs to
the section Edules. ;

PoLyPorus PaRVULUS Klotsch (P. connatus Schw.).
Burnt ground. Brewerton. Sept. :
Hither a closely related species or else a variety of this one sometimes
occurs on shaded banks by roadsides. It has the large pores and spores of

3

34 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE Museum.

P. parvulus, but the ferruginous or tawny color of P. perennis. I have
seen only poor deformed specimens, and for the present prefer to consider it a
variety of the above under the name P. parvulus var. deformatus.

V PoLyPoRUS SIMILLIMUS 7. sp.

Pileus thin, coriaceous, convex or expanded, umbilicate, zonate, cinereous-
brown or livid-chestnut color, slightly silky-tomentose and radiately-fibrillose ;
pores minute, angular, not at all or but slightly decurrent, cinnamon-color,
the dissepiments thin, acute, toothed or lacerated; stem slender, equal,
sometimes slightly bulbous at the base, slightly velvety-tomentose, brownish ;
spores elliptical, usually uninucleate, .00025/-.0003' long, .0002’ broad.

Plant about 1’ high, pileus 6-12 ' broad.

Burnt ground. Brewerton. Sept.

This plant occurred in company with the preceding species, and was at
first taken to be a mere variety of it. Looking at the upper surface of the
pileus alone it is not possible to separate one species from the other. But
there is such a marked difference in the size of the pores and in the length of
the spores that it scarcely seems right to lump the two together as one species.
The spores are. scarcely as large asin P. splendens and P. perennis, and
they sometimes exhibit a slight incarnate tinge. In all the four species men-
tioned the pilei are sometimes confluent and sometimes have the margin fim-
briate. P. pictus, another closely related species, but one which has not
yet occurred with us, may be distinguished from the others by its glabrous
stem.

The prominent characters of our four species may be expressed as follows:

Pileus plane or convex, umbilicate, opake.

Pores large, rather long, scarcely decurrent...... bE ajaiecciauine P. parvulus Klotsch.
Pores small, rather long, scarcely decurrent........... és... Posimilimuswer
Pileus plane or convex, umbilicate, shining, pores small,
. Bearcelye decurreniih a cer aee, cal eines oye vel eierchetage Mento atte P. splendens Pk.
Pileus plane or infundibuliform, opake, pores short, small,
Cle(Cany Us: CEN EAE A an SOO ODO a Ene Or Son. Ccoc P. perennis F7.

POLYPORUS CIRCINATUS Fr.
Ground in the borders of woods. Brewerton. Sept.

Portyporus Moreani Frost MN.

Pileus fleshy, plane or convex, hairy-tomentulose, subsquamulose, reddish
or brownish, the margin thin; pores short, medium size, subrotund, decur-
rent, white; stem subequal, elastic, solid, radicating, the subterranean
portion black or blackish-brown, the exposed part whitish or pallid, inclin-
ing to tawny, velvety or somewhat reticulated, central or eccentric; spores
oval, pointed at one end, .0005' long, .0003’ broad; flesh white.

Plant 3/-5’ high, pileus 3’-4' broad, stem 3''—5" thick.

Ground in woods. Buffalo Clinton. Brewerton. Sept.

This species is evidently closely allied to P. radicatus Schw., and P.
melanopus Fr., but it is in some respects quite diverse from the figure and
description of the latter species: The stem sometimes penetrates the earth

to a considerable depth, and is quite probably attached to decaying roots or
buried pieces of wood. The flesh of the pileus is sometimes quite thick.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 85

The species is very rare, but variable. The Brewerton specimens have the
stem central and decidedly velvety, and it may be advisable to separate them
as P. Morgani var. velutipes.

PoLYPORUS CUTICULARIS Bull.

Old hickory stumps. Brewerton. Sept.

I have seen no specimens with blackened pileus nor with a fimbriate mar-
gin. In other respects our plant agrees essentially with the description of
the species.

PoLYPORUS CHRYSOLOMA fr.
Decaying wood in shaded places. Gansevoort. Aug.

PoLypPorus MoLLuUscus F7. ©
Decaying wood. Brewerton. Sept.

TrRAMETES TrRoai Berk.
Decaying trunks of poplar, Populus monilifera. Albany. Sept.

Hypnum FuscoAtrum J’r.
Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton.

HYDNUM CINNABARINUM NSchw.
Under side of a decaying pine log in woods. Tonawanda. Clinion.

HypNuM ALUTACEUM fF’.
Decaying wood and bark. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.

GRANDINIA MEMBRANACEA P. & C., n. sp.

Effused, thin, membranaceous, whitish or subalutaceous, sometimes slightly
tinged with greenish-yellow or olivaceous; granules numerous, crowded,
unequal; spores broadly elliptical or subglobose, slightly rough, .00025~—-
.0003’ long.

Much decayed wood, leaves, etc. Tonawanda. Oct. Clinton.
Apparently allied to G. papillosa.

CRATERELLUS CANTHARELLUS Schw.

Ground in bushy places. Sandlake. Aug.

This was placed by Schweinitz in the genus Thelephora, section Craterelle.
Our specimens are quite as large as the ordinary form of Cantharellus
cibarius, which they so closely resemble that they might easily be mistaken
for a deformed condition of it. They are not quite as bright-colored as the
cantharellus, and sometimes have aslight reddish tint. The margin is gener-
ally more lobed and irregular than in C. cibarius, and the spores, though
yellowish as in that species, have a slight incarnate tint.

CRATERELLUS CLAVATUS Pers.

Ground in woods. Brewerton. Sept.
The resemblance of this is with Clavaria pistillaris.

_

36 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

The five species now known to occur in our State may be tabulated as
follows :
Stem hollow or pervious to the base:

Hymenium and stem yellow, spores .0004’-.0005’ long... C. lutescens Pers.
Hymenium and stem subcinereous or brown.

Pileus tubiform, spores .0005’-.0007’ long....... ...... C. cornucopioides ZL.
Pileus expanded or funnelform, spores .00025/—.0003/
WOW 1) FR Ate sth he Sls ribs SaE Sd bes SARI SRS ating eae tng C. dubius Pk.
Stem solid :

Hymenium and stem similarly colored, spores .0003’ long, C. Cantharellus Schw. .
Hymenium darker than the stem, spores .0004/—.0005/’
ORO rr ee gaia sik; x asensle 65 vie tye Sle tein eset auc « Cemmeeee cl C. clavatus Pers.

CoRTICIUM POLYPOROIDEUM B. & C.
Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton.

CoRTICIUM SUBREPANDUM B. & Che.
Dead branches. Center. Sept.

THELEPHORA RADIATA Holmsk.
Ground under pine trees. Center and Providence. Aug. and Sept.

CLAVARIA FASTIGIATA LL.
Among mosses and under pine trees. Adirondack Mountains and Ganse-
voort. Aug.

CLAVARIA FORMOSA Pers.
Ground in woods. Sandlake and Gansevoort. Aug.

CLAVARIA CORRUGATA Aarst.
Ground in pine woods. West Albany. Sept.

CLAVARIA FLAccIDA Fr,
Ground in woods, also under spruce trees. Sandlake, Center and Adiron-

dack Mountains. Common.
A form sometimes occurs with the tips of the branchlets white.

PTERULA DIVARICATA N. Sp.

Tufts lax, whitish or rufescent, about one inch high; stems slender, irregu-
larly branched ; branches widely diverging, slender and gradually tapering to
a long slender subulate point.

Among fallen leaves and on half-buried decaying wood. South Corinth,
Saratoga County. Aug.

The lax habit and slender widely diverging branches distinguish this species ~
from its allies. oe

TREMELLA SUBCARNOSA 1. Sp.

Small, tufted, compressed, irregular, wavy or contorted, subcarnose, whitish
or pinkish-alutaceous, brownish-incarnate and more or less glaucous when dry ;
spores obovate, pointed at the base, .0002’-.0003' long, .00016' broad.

Tufts 2-4” high and broad,

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 37
Decaying wood of deciduous trees. Carlisle, Schoharie County. June.
The affinities of this species are doubtful. It is provisionally referred to
the genus Tremella, although the central portion of the substance is fleshy
rather than gelatinous. The external portion, however, is gelatinous and the
plants revive upon the application of moisture, and are then somewhat tremel-
loid, though not very tenacious. Usually two or more are clustered together
and form beautiful little rosettes.

DACRYMYCES CONGLOBATUS 7. sp. (Plate I, figs. 1-4.)

_ Seattered, sessile, even, pezizoid, about one line broad, with the thin mar-
gin incuryed, pink-red, paler within, dark-red when dry, with the margin
plicate-lobed ; threads slender, branched, minutely rough; spores collected in
subglobose tufts at the tips of the branches, oblong, obtuse, curved, sometimes
nucleate, .0003’—.0004' long.

Bark of arbor-vite, Thuja occidentalis. Adirondack Mountains. July.

Our plant does not well agree with the generic character of the Dacrymyces
in its fruit, but its external appearance is so similar to other species of the
genus that it seems best for the present to place it here. The specific name
has reference to the arrangement of the spores.

MELANOGASTER VARIEGATUS T'ul.
Ground in shaded roads in woods. Sandlake. Aug.

RHIZOPOGON RUBESCENS Ju/.
Sandy soil. Center. Sept.

CYNOPHALLUS CANINUS F's.

Ground about an old stump. Oneida. H. A. Warne.
This species is described as odorless, yet according to Mr. Warne these
specimens had a very disagreeable odor.

PuHattus Ravenevu B. & C.

Ground in woods. Thurman. Oct.

The description of this species is very imperfect. The specimens were
identified by comparison with Mr. Ravenel’s notes which he kindly submitted
to my inspection. ‘The stem is four or five inches long, the denuded pileus is
porous, the pores or cavities of the under or inner surface being larger than
the others and giving a somewhat reticulate-pitted or cellular appearance, and
there is a short veil at the top of the stem, but concealed beneath the pileus.

The following synoptical tables will exhibit the prominent distinctive
features of the species of Phallus of this State and the United States, so far
as I am able to get them from the published descriptions and the specimens
at my command :

New York Species of Phallus.

Denuded pileus reticulate with coarse deep pits or cells.
Veil exposed, reticulate with small perforations........ P. Demonum Rumph.
MEME TEND craic ais ain ole t akc, viajes iptae ts ae ete P. inipudicus LZ.
Denuded pileus porous, veil not perforate, concealed ....... P. Ravenelii B. & C.

7

88 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

United States Species of Phallus.

Denuded pileus reticulate with coarse deep pits or cells.
Veil exposed.

Large and reticulate with large perforations. .......... P. indusiatus Vent.
Smaller and reticulate with small perforations ......... P. Demonum Rumph.
Simei ller same) eae icin .ie ayeie~asiesesce yeiee tele eieieiseie reaeies P. duplicatus Bose.
Wiel TOME, acetate lee ern le ears) t a0 ogee eG escalate sn naed pera pe tai te lanes P. impudicus L.
Denuded pileus even or merely porous.
Veil short, concealed beneath the pileus.............., P. Ravenelii B. & C.
Wie lenTOTe OIA Gove cte wr iehpicesee'e ncn Oe apne ncaa Riatmcar victeriiyaia ions eset P. rubicundus Bose.

CLATHRUS CANCELLATUS LU.
Buffalo. Clinton.

GeASTER Capensis Thum.
Ground in woods. Sterling, Cayuga County. Aug.

HNERTHENEMA PAPILLATA Pers. | |
Decaying hemlock wood. Catskill Mountains. July.

CRIBRARIA VULGARIS. Schrad.
Decaying wood. Catskill Mountains. July.

ACROSPERMUM ALBUM YN. sp.
White, subfusiform, subcompressed, pointed at the apex, narrowed below
into a short terete stem-like base; spores numerous, elongated, filiform.
Dead stems of spikenard, Aralia racemosa. Catskill Mountais. July.

This is about the size of A. compressuwm, but is at once distinguished
from that species by its white color.

SpH#rRopsis Peckrana Thum.
Dead grape vines. Albany. May.

SPH#.OPSIS PULCHRISPORA P. & C., 2. sp.
Perithecia small, scattered, slightly prominent, covered by the epidermis,
black ; spores oblong or cylindrical, obtuse, straight or curved, three to five-
nucleate, hyaline, .0006’—.0008’ long, .0002/—.00025’ broad.

Dead stems of Polygonum. Buffalo. Oct. Clinton.

SPHHROPSIS TYPHINA 7. sp.
Perithecia scattered, subconical, slightly prominent, often compressed,

black; spores fusiform, pointed at each extremity, colored, .0006’ long,
.00016! broad.

Dead leaves of Typha latifolia. Sprakers. June.
The fusiform pointed spores are a noticeable character in this species.

SPH#ROPSIS CORNINA 7. Sp. |
Perithecia numerous, not crowded, minute, nearly covered by the stellately

ruptured epidermis, black, mouth large; spores oblong, obtuse, hyaline,
.0012'—.0016' long, .0005'-.00055’ broad.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 39

Dead branches of green osier, Cornus circinata. Sprakers. June.
The species is allied to S. Pennsylvanica, but the spores are considerably
larger than in that species.

DEPAZEA JUGLANDINA F*.

Living leaves of butternut, Juglans cinerea. Albany. Aug.
The perithecia occur on greenish-gray or brown spots which are sometimes
large and confluent.

SEpTroriA ALBANIENSIS T’hum.
Living leaves of the shining willow, Saliv lucida. Sandlake. Aug.

SEPTORIA CANADENSIS 7”. sp.
Spots large, sometimes confluent, pallid or subalutaceous, surrounded by
a darker purplish border; perithecia epiphyllous, small, scattered, black ;
spores filiform, nearly straight, .001'-.0015’ long.

Living leaves of dwarf cornel, Cornas Canadensis. Sandlake. May.

VERMICULARIA COoMPACTA C. & H.

Dead stems of raspberry, Rubus strigosus. Green Island. June.
This form is referred to var. Ruborwum.

TORULA RAMOSA 7”. sp.
Effused, thin, black, threads septate, bearing terminal and lateral strings
of globose colored spores, .0003 in diameter, one or two of the lower ones
sometimes elliptical or pyriform.

Decaying pine wood. North Greenbush. Sept.

SEPTOSPORIUM YVELUTINUM C. & BH.

Bark of maple and wood of hornbeam. Copake and Mechanicsville. Oct.
Two forms occur, one effused and the other tufted. :

Puccinia Scrrpi LA.
Culms of Scirpus cespitosus. Mount Marcy. July.

SyncHyTrium Anemones DC.
Living stems and leaves of Anemone nemorosa. West Albany. April.

PROTOMYCES CONGLOMERATUS 7%. Sp.

Spores imbedded in the tissues of the stems, large, globose, colored,
.0016'—.002’ in diameter, collected together in groups or clusters and form-
ing small protuberances or tubercles on the dry stems.

Stems of the common saltwort, Salicornia herbacea. Syracuse. Sept.

This species is remarkable for the large size of the spores and their clus-
tered mode of growth.

ISARIA FULVIPES 7. sp. ,
Scattered or rarely ceespitose, clavate, one or two lines high; club whitish
or cinereous, farinose, obtuse ; stem short, orange-tawny or bright ochraceous ;

4() THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

spores minute, ovate or subelliptical, about .0091' long, interspersed among —
short threads which often bear short widely diverging processes.
Dead stems of herbs. North Greenbush. June.

It may be separated from J. clavata and other similar species by its Aone
colored stem.

TUBERCULARIA HIRTISSIMA 7. Sp.

Tubercles small, one-half to one line broad, orbicular, depressed, yellow
or pale orange, clothed with long wooly hairs, which usually conceal them ;
spores elongated, cylindrical, colorless, .0008’ long, about one-sixth as broad.

Fallen ash leaves, M'raxvinus sambucifolia. South Corinth. Aug.

This species is remarkable both for its hairy investment and its elongated
spores. |

TUBERCULARIA SUBDIAPHANA Schw.
Dead stems of grape vines. Buffalo. Clinton.

TUBERCULARIA FLocCosA LA.
Dead branches of sumach, Rhus typhina. Catskill Mountains. July.

PERICONIA ALBICEPS n. sp. (Plate I, figs. 8-11.)

Stems short, .02’-.03’ high, equal or slightly tapering upwards, black,
head white, subglobose; spores oblong or subfusiform, colorless, .0003'—
.0006’ long.

Dead stems of snake-head, Chelone glabra. Sandlake. May.

It sometimes occurs in great abundance, surrounding the stems on all sides
nearly. their entire length.

HELMINTHOSPORIUM OBOVATUM Berk.
Decaying chestnut wood. Copake. Oct.

~ CLADOSPORIUM comPpaActuM Bb. & C.

Dead or languishing leaves of rye. Carlisle. June.

At first sight this might be taken for some small Spheeria, so well do the
small black compact tufts simulate sphzeriaceous perithecia. The spores vary
in length from .001'-.0016’. They sometimes equal the floeci in length, and
in shape are either elliptical, obovate or oblanceolate.

Herrrrosporium OrnitHoaatt Hlotsch.
Dead or languishing leaves of garlic, Alliwm vineale. North Greenbush.
May.

FusIcLADIUM DENDRITICUM Wallr.

On apples. Catskill Mountains. July.
This attacks the apples while yet on the tree, and forms orbicular brown
or greenish-brown velvety spots on them. It also occurs on the leaves.

CercosporaA Rosmcoia Pass.
Living rose leaves. Albany. June.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 4]

Crercospora Api F’res.
Living parsnip leaves. Richmondville. Sept.

Prronospora Ficaria Ti. |
Living leaves of crowfoot, Ranunculus recurvatus. Center, April.

Peronospora Corypauis De By.

Living leaves of squirrel-corn, Dicentra Canadensis. Helderberg Moun-
tains. May.

This form varies somewhat from the European form on leaves of Corydalis,
but perhaps not sufficiently to warrant its separation as a species. It usually
occupies the whole lower surface of the leaves.

PERONOSPORA GANGLIFORMIS Berk.

Living leaves of milkweed, Mulgedium leucopheum. Central Bridge
and Catskill Mountains. June and July.

VERTICILLIUM LATERITIUM Hhr.
Decaying wood. Buffalo. Oct. Clinton.

PoLyYACTIS CINEREA Berk.

Dead stems of herbs. Greenbush. May.
The fungus was found growing from a black Sclerotium.

PENICILLIUM BICOLOR Jr.
Decaying fungi, leaves, etc. Sandlake. Aug.

SPONDYLOCLADIUM TENELLUM 7. Sp.

Patches thin, effused, subolivaceous ; flocci somewhat tufted, erect, slender,
simple or rarely branched, septate, brown, .006'-.014’ high; spores in
verticels of two to four at the septa, oblong, simple, pale, .00045'—.0005'
long, .00016’/—.0002' broad.

Dead stems of stone root, Collinsonia Canadensis. North Greenbush.
October.

This species is distinguished from S. fwmosum by its simple spores and

the olivaceous hue of the patches, which to the naked eye appear like a thin
floccose tomentum.

OIDIUM DESTRUENS 7. sp.

Effused on large brown spots, odorous, itil or pale cinereous; flocci of
two kinds, the sterile spreading, much branched, closely appressed to the
matrix, the fertile erect or decumbent, somewhat branched, forming monili-
form strings of spores ; spores unequal in size and variable in shape, elliptical
subglobose or angular, sometimes with an apiculus at each end, .0002'-.0006'
long.

Living leaves of Amelanchier Canadensis and Prunus serotina. Center
and Sandlake. May and June.

_ This fungus quickly destroys the vitality of the leaves it attacks, but for-
tunately its ravages are not extensive, only a few leaves on a tree being

42, THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

attacked. Usually a large brown spot is produced by the fungus in the center
of the leaf, the margin of the leaf remaining green. The affected leaves soon
shrivel and wither. In the case of the cherry leaves scarcely any green mar-
gin was left, and so rapid was the spread of the fungus that nearly the entire
leaf was discolored while it yet remained soft and flexible. A peculiar and
decided odor is diffused either by the affected leaves or the fungus. This odor
is perceptible in the dried specimens for a long time. The leaves of the shad-
bush are attacked along the midvein and veins. Sometimes the unripe fruit
is also attacked, the fungus causing it to rot quickly. Its destructive character
has suggested the specific name.

RAMULARIA EFFUSA 7%. Sp.

Hypophyllous, effused, whitish; spores very variable, globose, obovate,
elliptical, oblong or cylindrical, .00016—.0011' long, about .0002' broad,
occasionally uniseptate. | |

Living leaves of black huckleberry, Gaylussacia resinosa. Center. July.

This species seems to be intermediate between Oidium and Ramularia. It
occupies the whole lower surface of the leaves, and often affects all the leaves
ona branch. The same or a similar species occurs on leaves of Cassandra
calyculata.

RAMULARIA VARIABILIS J'chkl. ?

Living leaves of mullein, Verbascwm Thapsus. Catskill Mountains. July.
The spots are rather small in proportion to the size of the leaf, and when
fertile are beautifully frosted on both sides by the fungus.

RAMULARIA ALBOMACULATA 1. Sp.
Spots suborbicular, two to three lines in diameter, sometimes confluent,
pale yellowish-green on the upper surface, whitened by the fungus on the
lower surface, at length becoming purplish or brown; spores oblong or elliptical,

generally binucleate, .0003’—.0004’ long, .00016’ broad.

Living leaves of hickory, Carya alba. Albany and Greenbush. June and
July.

The spots are sometimes limited by the veinlets of the leaf and consequently
angular. The fungus is thus far limited to the lower surface. In some
instances there appeared to be creeping filaments indicating an intimate affinity
with Oidium.

RAMULARIA ANGUSTATA 7. Sp.

Spots small, orbicular, sometimes confluent, pale greenish-yellow, frosted
beneath by the fungus; flocci minute; spores narrowly fusiform or: subcy-
lindrical, .0003'—.0004' long, about .0001’ broad, often containing two or
three nucleoli.

Living leaves of pinxter plant, Azalea nudifiora. Central Bridge and

Carlisle. June.
The specific name has reference to the very narrow spores.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 43

RamtLaria NoORVEGICE 7. sp.
Spots irregular, often confluent, brown or reddish-brown ; flocci tufted, short,
blunt; spores narrow, oblong or cylindrical, straight, .0005’—.0012' long,
.00015’ broad, the longer ones sometimes uniseptate.

Living leaves of Norwegian cinquefoil, Potentilla Norvegica. West
Albany. June. :

Ramutagia FraGariz n. sp. (Plate II, figs. 15-17.)

Spots small, suborbicular, arid, whitish surrounded by a purplish boarder ;
flocci short, tufted; spores cylindrical, straight or slightly curved, .0008/—.0012'
long.

Living leaves of the common strawberry, /ragaria Virginiana. Knowers-
ville, Center and Carlisle. May and June.

The spots are often sterile, so that it is sometimes difficult to find the
spore-bearing fungus.

RAMULARIA LINEOLA 2. Sp.

Spots suborbicular, sometimes confluent, brown, adorned with fine concen-
tric lines; flocci obscure, tufted, hypophyllous; spores slender, cylindrical,
obtuse, often uniseptate, .0005'-.0008’ long.

Living leaves of dandelion, Taraxacum Dens-leonis. Greenbush. July.
The fungus is extremely minute and scarcely visible to the naked eye.

RAMULARIA PLANTAGINIS 7. sp.

Spots suborbicular, sometimes confluent, brown; flocci tufted, amphige-
nous ; spores oblong or cylindrical, obtuse, .0008'—.0016/ long, .0002’—.00025/
broad, sometimes uniseptate.

Living leaves of English plantain, Piantago lanceolata. Carlisle. June.

GLOMERULARIA gen. nov.

Flocci short; spores adhering together in masses.

This is a genus of Hyphomycetes, order Mucedines, and is apparently
allied to the genus Ramularia, from which it is distinct not only by the shape
of the spores, but also by their peculiar habit of adhering together in heaps
or masses. Although but the single species here described is known to me,
it is so unlike any other fungus with which I am acquainted that I am com-
pelled to make a genus for it.

GLOMERULARIA CornI 7. sp. (Plate II, figs. 10-14.)

Spots orbicular, sometimes confluent, brown, surrounded by a purplish
margin ; flocci short, obscure, hypophyllous, bearing irregular suboval masses
of white spores; spores globose, rough, .00(4/-.0005’ in diameter, the
masses .J012/-.0016/ long, .0008’—.001! broad, usually containing about six
spores each.

Living leaves of dwarf cornel, Cornus Canadensis. Catskill and Adi-
rondack Mountains. July.

- In the small spots the whole under surface is whitened by fle masses of
spores, in the large ones the spore masses form marginal bands or patches.

44 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

SPOROTRICHUM SULFUREUM (G'rev.
Fallen‘oak leaves. North Greenbush. June.

SPOROTRICHUM VIRESCENS LA.
Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton.

SPOROTRICHUM ALUTACEUM Schw.
Decaying elm wood. Bethlehem. Oct.

SPOROTRICHUM LARVATUM 1. sp.
Tufts confluent, dense, soft, white or yellowish, coating the whole matrix;
threads very slender, ample or branched ; spores abundant, minute, globose,
.00008 —.00012’ in diameter.
Dead larvee under alder bushes. Adirondack Mountains. July.
This species is remarkable for its peculiar habitat. In some specimens

nearly the whole mass of flocci appears to have been transformed into spores,
in which cases the surface is quite pulverulent.

ACREMONIUM FLEXUOSUM 7. sp. (Plate I, figs. 16-18.)

Effused, thin, soft, woolly, white, sometimes tinged with yellow or cream-
color; threads branched, the branches widely diverging, sometimes oppo-
site, narrowed and flexuous toward the tips and armed with alternate pointed
spicules; spores oval or elliptical, colorless, .0005'-.0008' long, .0003'—
.0005' broad.

Decaying wood. Griffins, Delaware County. Sept.

Apparently allied to A. albwm, but distinct from it by the flexuous termi-
nal portions of the branches and their alternate pointed teeth or spicules,

SEPEDONIUM CERVINUM Dittm.

Parasitic on Peziza macropus. Brewerton. Sept.

In the typical form the spores are said to be yellowish-brown. In our
specimens they are of a dull flesh color, globose, rough, .0005’—-.0006’ in
diameter, with a short blunt appendage. It seems to be worthy of separa-
tion as a variety at least, and may be called S. cervinum var. subincarna-
tum.

SEPEDONIUM BRUNNEUM 7%. sp.
Effused, pulverulent, brown; spores globose, ough, .0008/-.001' in

diameter.
Decaying fungi. Gansevoort. Aug.

The snuff-brown color and large spores destitute of an appendee are the
distinctive features of this species. :

MoRcHELLA ANGUSTICEPS n. sp. (Plate I, figs. 19-21.)

Pileus oblong-conical and subobtuse or narrowly conical and acute, adnate
to the stem, one to two inches high, and about half as broad at the base; ribs
longitudinal, here and there anastomosing or connected by transverse veins ;
stem subequal, hollow, whitish, furfuraceous without and within, even or rarely

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. Ai

rough with irregular longitudinal furrows ; asci cylindrical ; spores elliptical,
whitish tinged with ochre, .0008/-.001' long, .0005’—.0007' broad ; paraphyses
short, clavate, with one or two septa near the base.

Sandy soil in the borders of woods and in open places. West Albany and
Center. April and May.

Two forms occur, one with the pileus oblong-conical, rather obtuse, often
tipped with a slight umbo or papilla, and with a diameter a little surpassing
that of the stem from which the base is separated by a slight groove; the
other with the pileus narrowly conical, rather acute, scarcely exceeding the
stem in diameter, and without any separating groove. The stem and fruit
are alike in both forms. The stem is usually about equal in length to the
pileus. The species is related to MW. conica and M. elata, but may be sepa-
rated from both by the size of the spores and the character of the paraphyses.
In our plant I have never seen these as long as the asci. Large forms
appear also to approach M. rimosipes, but that species has the margin of the.
pileus more free, the stem proportionately longer, and the paraphyses as long
as the asci, if we may rely upon the figure of it. Our plant is edible.

GYROMITRA CURTIPES F’r.
Wet banks. Knowersville. May. Also Buffalo. Clinton.
The spores in our specimens are often trinucleate, the central nucleus
being the largest. The species may be separated from G'. esculenta by its
paler color, shorter stem and different spores.

GEOGLOSSUM IRREGULARE n. sp. (Plate I, figs. 5-7.)

Glabrous, yellow, solid, fleshy, soft but rather tough, clavate; club sub-
compressed, obtuse, irregular, often lobed, curved or twisted, tapering below
into the short, paler or whitish solid distinct stem; asci cylindrical, often two
or three united together at the base; spores uniseriate, elliptical, colorless,
.0003’—.0004' long, .0002’ broad; flesh white.

Plant 1'-2' high. Damp mossy ground in woods. Sandlake. Oct.

This species is allied to G. dutewm, from which its irregular club and
glabrous stem readily distinguish it. Mitrula crispata, of which we have
seen no authentic specimens, is said to have similar spores; but if that species
is properly referred to the genus Mitrula, it must be different from our plant,
which is a true Geoglossum, agreeing fully with the description of that genus,
but not agreeing with the published characters of the genus Mitrula, for the
club is neither ‘“‘ovate,” “capitate”? nor “inflated.” This species, with
G. luteum, G. rufum and G. pistillare, forms a natural encuy of closely
related and clearly congeneric forms.

PEZIZA EUPLECTA Ck.

Shaded banks in ravines. Knowersville. May.

Our specimens vary somewhat from the characters expressed by the figure
and description of this species, but scarcely enough to warrant their separa-
tion. '

PEZIZA MELASTOMA Sow.

Mossy sticks on the ground. Catskill Mountains. July. |

Our specimens are black without and within, and do not show any rubigin-
ous color or orange-colored granules, but in other respects they agree with
the description of the species.

46 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

PEzIZA APICULATA Ck.

Decaying wood. Stamford, Delaware County. Sept.

The specimens differ from the type in being blackish-brown, in having the
tips of the spores colored and in their habitat. Possibly they should consti-
tute a distinct species, but the agreement with the description is so good in
other respects, that for the present I have concluded to refer them to this
species.

Prziza (HUMARIA) TETRAONALIS 7. sp.

Cups sessile, one to two lines broad, externally cinereous, the margin
sometimes wavy or flexous, the disk blackish or blackish-brown; asci cylin-
drical, truncate at the apex; spores uniseriate, elliptical, smooth, colorless,
.0006'-.0007' long, .0003' broad.

Partridge dung. Catskill Mountains. July.

This plant is about equal in size to P. gallinacea, which also has the same
habitat, but its darker disk and longer spores require its separation. It
does not harmonize well in color with other species of Humaria. It is a rare
species with us.

PrzizaA (HUMARIA) H'MOSOIDES 7. sp.

Cups small, scarcely more than half a line broad, sessile, scattered or
crowded, orange inclining to vinous-red, the disk plane or slightly convex,
scarcely margined ; asci short, cylindrical or clavate ; spores crowded, ellip-
tical, smooth, .0008’-.001’ long, .0005' broad; paraphyses filiform, slightly
thickened at the apex.

Dung of some wild animal. Catskill Mountains. July.

The cups are attached to the matrix by a few whitish filaments. The
peculiar habitat and small size indicate its distinctness from P. humosa.

Prziza (DASYSCYPH#) LONGIPILA 2. sp.

Cups gregarious, small, .014'-.02’ broad, narrowed below into a short
stem, hirsute with long septate brown hairs; disk whitish, when dry con-
cealed by the hairs of the margin; asci cylindrical ; spores oblong, hyaline,
straight or slightly curved, .00033/ long, .00012’ broad.

Dead stems of Hupatoriwm maculatum. Adirondack Mountains. July.

Prziza (DASYSCYPH#) URTICINA 7”. Sp. igi
Cups minute, .007'-.014’ broad, sessile, subglobose and hyaline when moist,
with the mouth contracted, whitish when dry, pulverulent-hairy ; asci subfusi-

form ; spores crowded or biseriate, fusiform, .0004/-.0005’ long; paraphyses
filiform.

Dead stems of nettle, Urtica Canadensis. Catskill Mountains. July.

The species is apparently near P. translucida. The hairs in our plant
are appressed and arranged in such a manner that when moist the cups appear
somewhat longitudinally striate. When dry the disk is generally concealed.
The plants are so small that to the naked eye they appear like mere white
grains.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. AT

Peziza aurata Fki.
Decaying wood and bark. Catskill Mountains. July.

PEZIZA MELALEUCA Fr.

_ Decaying wood. Summit. Sept.

The plant of Fries is regarded by some as a Patellaria. Our specimens,
though agreeing tolerably well with the description of P. melaleuca, clearly
belong to the genus Peziza. ‘There is therefore some doubt concerning their
identity, but for the present we thus refer them. It is to be regretted that
the description of P. melaleuca makes no mention of the fruit, otherwise all
doubt might be removed.

PEZIZA Pilctas.) TYPHA 72. sp.

Cups scattered, small, .008/-.014’ broad, sessile, nearly plane, black, the
disk dingy-whitish; asci subcylindrical, short, .0012'-.0016 long; spores
minute, sublanceolate, .0003’ long.

Dead leaves of Typha latifolia. Carlisle June.

Peziza (Mottiista) SPH#RELLA P. & C., n. sp.

Cups minute, .005'-.0055° broad, sphzeriform or subglobose, sessile, gla-
brous, black, at first closed, then opening by a small poriform mouth; asci
~subeylindrical, .0012’-.0014 long; spores crowded or biseriate, oblong,
usually binucleate, .0004/-.0005' long; paraphyses filiform.

Dead stems of red clover, Trifolium pratense. Buffalo. Oct. Clinton.
At first sight the plants might be taken for some small black Spheeria.

PezizA (MOoLLISIA) ENTEROCHROMA 2. sp.
Cups scattered or gregarious, at first cylindrical or clavate, then expanded,
plane, about one line broad, subtremelloid, scarcely margined, supported on
a short stem, yellowish, becoming reddish-brown or chestnut-colored when
dry; asci cylindrical; spores fusiform, yellowish, .0008 —.001’ long, .00025'/—
-.0003' broad ; paraphyses filiform, thickened at the tips.

Fallen twigs of arbor-vite, Thuja occidentalis. Adirondack Mountains.

July. |

. This species belongs to the subsection Claviformes, or perhaps better to the
modern genus Ombrophila, being allied to O. swbaurea, from which it differs
in its color and larger spores. When dry the cups become quite concave.
When crushed and moistened the flesh is greenish-yellow.

HELOTIUM LUTESCENs FY,
Fallen spruce branches. Summit. Sept.

HELOTIUM FRATERNUM n. sp. (Plate I, figs. 12-15.)

Cups stipitate, plane or slightly concave, .5 -1' broad; disk pallid or
yellowish, becoming more concave and dull red in drying, externally paler ;
stem about equal in length to the diameter of the cup; asci clavate or cylin-
drical; spores crowded, cylindrical or subfusiform, .00065/-.0008' long ;
paraphyses filiform, numerous, scarcely thickened at the tips; flesh rather
thick and firm.

48 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Petioles of fallen maple leaves. Adirondack Mountains. July.

This species is closely related to Hl. gracile and H. fastidiosum, which
relationship suggests the specific name. It imitates the latter species in its
habitat, but I have not found it except on the petioles and occasionally the
midveins of maple leaves.

HELOTIUM PALUSTRE 7. Sp.
Cups stipitate, plane or slightly convex, pallid or whitish; stem 3/6"
long, slightly thickened at the base; asci subclavate ; spores oblong, .0004'—
.0005' long.
Fallen leaves in wet places. Sandlake. May.

In the dried specimens the hymenium assumes a dark reddish-brown or
chestnut color. The stem is long in proportion to the size of the cup.

HLELOTIUM VIBRISSEOIDES vw. sp. (Plate II, figs. 7-9.)

Cups sessile, 1'—2” broad, immarginate, externally blackish or blackish-
green, the disk plane or convex, livid-white or blackish-green; asci very long,
linear ; spores elongated, filiform, very slender, sometimes becoming coiled,
bursting forth and covering the disk with a whitish webby stratum.

Decaying sticks lying in water. Sandlake and Catskill Mountains. May
and July.

Externally this fungus has the appearance of a Helotium, but the fructifica- _
tion is exactly that of a Vibrissea. It seems to me that it really belongs to
the genus Vibrissea, but I am prevented from placing it there because in the
absence of a stem it fails to meet fully the published characters of that genus,
I am fully persuaded that some of the genera of fungi are imperfectly character-
ized, and that we cannot have a satisfactory arrangement of our species until
these defective descriptions are modified or revised.

PATELLARIA PUSILLA 7. sp.
Cups sessile, small, .014’—.028’ broad, slightly margined, the disk plane or —
convex when moist, slightly concave when dry, black; asci clavate ; spores
crowded or biseriate, lanceolate or subclavate, 6—8-nucleate, .00065’—.0008/.
long, .0001’-.00012’ broad ; paraphyses numerous, filiform, not thickened at
the apex. :
Decaying beech wood. Catskill Mountains. July.

The spores in shape are similar to those of P. atrata. They are extremely
narrow and probably bécome 5—7-septate when fully mature.

DERMATEA MINUTA 2. Sp.

Cups minute, .009’-.017’ broad, numerous, scattered or sometimes two or
three crowded together, attached by a small point, grayish, the disk subo-
chraceous, margin obsolete, disk plane or convex; asci oblong-clavate ; spores
crowded, oblong-elliptical, .0008/-.001’ long, colorless, simple; paraphyses
filiform, thickened at the apex.

. eis th stems of hobble-bush, Viburnum lantanoides. Catskill Mountains.
uly.

This is the smallest species of Dermatea known to me.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 49

BULGARIA BICOLOR 2. sp. (Plate IT, figs. 4-6.)

Cups irregular, expanded, sessile, appressed, about an inch broad, externally
gelatinous, whitish or subolivaceous, the disk reddish-brown or dark watery-
chestnut; asci cylindrical; spores uniseriate, elliptical, .0009’—.0C11’ long,
.00045'-.0005! broad ; paraphyses filiform, thickened at the tips, brownish.

Wet decaying birch wood Brewerton. Sept.

The spores are generally furnished with one or two large nuclei. The con-
trast between the dark color of the disk and the light color of the cup suggests
the specific name.

BULGARIA DELIGATA 7. sp. (Plate II, figs. 1-3.)

Cups small, 1-2 broad, plane or convex, scattered or crowded, sessile,
the margin obliterated, purplish-black when moist, black and more or less
angular when dry, surrounded at the base by whitish filaments which bind
them to the matrix; spores elliptical, uniseriate, binucleate, .001/—.0013!
long, .0006’—.0007' broad; paraphyses numerous, filiform, thickened above,
slightly colored.

Wet decaying hemlock wood. Catskill Mountains. July.
The numerous white filaments that appear to bind the cups to the matrix,
constitute a marked feature in this species, and suggest the specific name.

Exoascus Pruni F'cki.

Immature fruit of sand cherry and wild plum, Prunus pumila and P.
Americana. Center and Carlisle. May and June. Also Buffalo. Clinton.

When the fruit of the sand cherry is attacked by this fungus, it enlarges
in size, becomes elongated and pointed, soft and discolored. Sometimes it
assumes a bright-red hue, but usually a pale whitish-green or yellowish-green
varied somewhat by red or pinkish tints. The pit even is destroyed, and the
whole texture of the pulp is changed. Rarely the leaves also are attacked,

in which case they become swollen, distorted and discolored.

The fruit of the wild plum, when attacked, becomes enlarged and soft, and
assumes a whitish or pale green color, but does not become elongated or
pomted. Of course, its value asa fruit is wholly destroyed. At Carlisle, one
tree was observed which had been cultivated in a court-yard, and which had
all of its fruit affected by this fungus.

TAPHRINA AUREA F7,

On catkins of poplar, Populus grandidentata. Albany and North Green-
bush. May.

The propriety of keeping this and the preceding species generically dis-
tinct is perhaps doubtful, but I give the names as I find them.

HyYPoMYCES LUTEOVIRENS J’.

On decaying Russula. Center. Sept.

The spores in our specimens are longer than required by the description Me
the species to which we have referred them. They are .0012'-.0015' i
length, acuminate at each end, and at length uniseptate. The asci are bon
long and slender.

4

50 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MusEUM.

DorTHIDEA RETICULATA F7.

Dead leaves of some liliaceous plant, apparently Smilacina bifolia. Sum-
mit. Sept.

HypoxyLton upuM Ff’.
Decaying poplar wood. Gansevoort. Aug.

DIATRYPE VERRUCOIDES 72. sp.

Pustules small, verruciform, covered by the epidermis, which is longitudi-
nally or stellately split, the lacinize closely adhering; stroma blackish exter-
nally, whitish within, sometimes coated above witha thin cinerous tomentum ;
ostiola black, depressed, stellately sulcate; perithecia three to eight in a
pustule ; asci clavate ; spores simple, cylindrical, straight or slightly curved,
-0008’ long, .00016’ broad.

Dead beech twigs. Stamford. Sept.

The pustules bear some resemblance to those of Diatrype verruceformis,
but they are generally smaller. They penetrate to the wood, and are sur-
rounded by a more or less distinct black line.

VALSA PULVINICEPS 7. Sp.

Perithecia 8-12 in a pustule, sunk to the wood, covered by the bark;
ostiola erumpent, crowded, prominent, black, forming an orbicular cushion-
shaped mass ; asci clavate ; spores crowded, subelliptical or broadly fusiform,
multinucleate, slightly colored, .0004’—.0006’ long.

Dead stems of elder, Sambucus Canadensis. Richmondyille. Sept.
This is apparently very unlike V. abnormis, which is said to inhabit
Sambucus.

Vasa Sorsi Fr.

Dead branches of mountain ash, es us Americana. Adirondack Moun-
tains. July.

LOPHIOSTOMA BICUSPIDATA CA.

Dead stems of thimble berry, Rubus odoratus. Catskill Mountains. July.
This is the variety with spores .0012’ long. The colorless cusps at the
tips of the spores are well shown.

SPHARIA SQUAMULATA Schw.

Decaying wood. Catskill Mountains. Sept.

It is with some hestitation that our specimens are referred to this species,
for the “black crust’’ required by the description is not clearly present ;
indeed, it is in some instances clearly absent; and the ostiola, which are de-_
scribed as “rather thick,” in our specimens are compressed as in the genus
LLophiostoma. In other respects the agreement with the description is good
so far as the description goes. But no diagnosis is given of the fruit, and I
am informed that no specimens of the species are to be found in Schweinitz’s
Herbarium, so that it is scarcely possible to remove all uncertainty. In our
specimens the asci are clavate; the spores are crowded, oblong-fusiform, uni-
septate, constricted in the idale: colorless, .0015'— 0018) long, containing
from four to six nuclei.

\

ReporRT OF THE BOTANIST. 51

SPHZ#RIA SUBICULATA WSchw.

Decaying wood. Catskill Mountains. July.

Spheria mutans scarcely differs from this species except in the color of
the tomentum, and sometimes in the larger size of the perithecia. It is
doubtful if the two ought to be kept separate.

SPH#RIA (VILLOSH) INTRICATA 7. Sp.

Perithecia scattered or crowded, more or less elongated, obtuse, subven-
tricose, generally narrowed at the base, blackish-brown, tomentose-hairy ;
asci slender, elongated; spores crowded, elongated, linear, more or less
curved or flexuous, greenish-yellow, .0016’—.002’ long.

Decaying wood and leaves in damp places. Sandlake.

This species partakes of the characters of several others, but is perhaps
most likely to be confounded with S. hirsuta or S. strigosa. The perithecia,
though smaller, resemble in shape those of S. bombarda. The spores are

very similar to those of S. hirsuta and WS. ovina. From SW. strigosa it is
separated by its peculiar soft matted hairs or tomentum.

SpH@RIA (VILLOSH) scopuLA C. &. P., 1. sp.

Perithecia scattered or crowded, small, .006 —.008' broad, very black, sub-
globose, bristly with short, rigid black hairs ; asci lanceolate or subclavate ;
spores crowded or biseriate, linear or slightly narrowed toward each end,
multinucleate, obscurely multiseptate, greenish-yellow, .0025/—.003' long,
.00016' broad.

Decaying hemlock wood. Adirondack Mountains. Aug.
The spores are often slightly curved

SPH#RIA (BYSSISED#) ALBIDOSTOMA 2. sp.

Perithecia numerous, subcrowded, small, .014’-.018’ in diameter, subglo-
bose, seated upon or involved in a black or blackish-brown tomentum, the
ostiola naked, not prominent, whitish when moist, darker when dry; asci
cylindrical; spores biseriate, oblong-fusiform, at first uniseptate, constricted
at the septum and containing two or three nuclei in each cell, then 3-5-
septate, colorless, .0015/-.0018 long, .0003/-.00035’ broad. »

Dead branches of mountain maple, Acer spicatwm. Catskill Mountains.
September.

The whitish ostiola constitute a marked feature in this species. Its affinity
is apparently with S. »idulans.

SPH#@RIA (ByssISEDH) CLAVARIINA 7. sp.

‘Perithecia small, subovate, clothed with rigid blackish-brown hairs and
seated on a blackish-brown subiculum; asci cylindrical; spores uniseriate,
oblong-elliptical or subfusiform, containing one or two nuclei, at first color-
less, then brown, .0004’—.0005’ long, about half as broad.

Stems and branches of Clavuria cristata. Sandlake. Aug.

The Clavaria, when attacked by this fungus, becomes distorted and dis-
colored.

52. THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MusEUM.

SPHZERIA (CERATOSTOMH) SUBDENUDATA 7. sp.

Perithecia immersed or superficial, subglobose, .02'-.025’ broad, black,
sometimes bearing a few scattered straight black hairs; ostiola cylindrical,
straight or slightly curved, blunt, sometimes oblique, in length equal to or a
little shorter than the diameter of the perithecia; asci cylindrical; spores
uniseriate, simple, oblong-elliptical, uninucleate, colorless, .0005’—.00055'
long, .0002’ broad. 7

Much decayed wood. Catskill Mountains. Sept.

This species, by reason of its somewhat hairy perithecia, might be sought
among the Villose. The perithecia are sometimes deeply sunk in the soft
matrix, and have only the ostiola exposed, again they are nearly or quite
superficial.

SPH@RIA LIVIDA Fr.
Dry hard hemlock knots. Catskill Mountains. July.

SEH@RIA (CAULICOLZ) HUMULINA 7%. sp.
Perithecia small, slightly prominent, covered by the blackened epidermis ;
ostiola minute, piercing the epidermis; asci cylindrical; spores uniseriate,
elliptical, triseptate, colorless, .0006 long, .0003’ broad.

Dead hop stems. Carlisle. June.

SPH#RIA INFECTORIA P’cAl.
Culms and sheaths of Calamagrostis arenaria. Buffalo. Oct. Clinton.

SPHHRELLA Pecrit Spegaz.
Fallen leaves of Amelanchier Canadensis. Center. May.

SPHARELLA SEPTORIOIDES 7. Sp.

Spots few, orbicular, angular or irregular, white; perithecia numerous
minute, hypophyllous, black ; asci oblong ; spores crowded, uniseptate, color-
less, .0005/ long, the two cells nearly equal.

Living leaves of Thalictrum dioicum. Central Bridge. June.

The spots are very white, and so thin that the perithecia show through the

tissues of the leaf. The external resemblance to species of Septoria suggests
the specific name.

(5. )
REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS.

VIOLA BLANDA Willd.

A noticeable form of this violet occurs about Albany. It has the calyx
peduncles and petioles tinged with dull red, the flowers rather large, the petals
scarcely greenish at the base, and the fragrance wanting. The leaves are

sometimes rather coarsely hairy. .

.&

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 583

ViotA Musienserau Torr.

A dwarf form of this species was found in South Corinth, flowering freely
the latter part of August.

SEDUM TELEPHIOIDES Mz.

This plant which is rare in our State, is reported by Hon. D. Pf. Day,
to be growing at Chittenango Falls, high up on the face of the cliffs.

ASTER MACROPHYLLUS LL.

A form occurs near Albany with purplish stems, broadly ovate cauline
leaves and flowers with six to ten rays only.

Aster Nova-Anaua DZ. var. roseus 7. & G.
Buffalo. Clinton.

ASTER ERICOIDES J). var. viLLosus JT. & G.
Buffalo. Clinton.

HIERACIUM AURANTIACUM J,

This plant is already fully established in several localities in our State, and
is rapidly spreading. I have seen it in abundance in Rensselaer, Schoharie
and Montgomery Counties, and it is reported by Mr. S. W. Cowles as fully
established in Cortland County. It spreads both by seed and by runners. It
thrives in hard gravelly soils, by roadsides, in pastures and in meadows, and
bids fair to rival the daisy as anoxious weed. It forms a dense carpet of hairy
leaves closely pressed to the surface of the ground, and sends up its flowering
stems a foot or more high. These bear at their summit a cluster of beautiful

- orange-colored flowers, which give a very showy appearance to the fields they
occupy. The growth of the plant is very rapid. One field that had been
plowed in the spring was red with the blossoms of this weed the middle of
June Meadows containing it, after having been mowed, quickly send up a
second crop of flowering stems. It is pronounced by farmers to be worthless
as fodder, and it is doubtful if it can be kept down except by thorough culti-
vation of the soil.

SHEPHERDIA CanapeEnsis (Vuit.
Rocky places near Central Bridge and Sprakers.

CHENOPODIUM ALBUM JL.

This species at present is made to include a variety of forms, some of which
do not well harmonize either in general aspect or in detaiis of character. A
common form about Albany has wide-spreading branches, broad leaves with
numerous teeth, usually five to ten on each side, large ete clusters of fruit,
usually intermingled with leaves but sometimes becoming leafless, and seeds
very large, fully equal in diameter to the seeds of C. hybridum. This form
differs so widely, in its whole aspect and in all the characters mentioned, from
the ordinary narrow-leaved form, C. viride, that unless they are clearly con-
nected by intermediate forms it would seem better that they should. be kept
distinct.

/

K : © y
54 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Pinus mitis Mz.

Specimens of this pine and of the scrub-pine, Pinus inops, have been received
from Mr. N. L. Britton, who found them growing on Staten Island. This
makes six species of pine known to belong to the State. Unfortunately neither
of the specimens was accompanied by flowers or cones, from which I infer that
they do not fruit, and that the existence of these two species within our limits
will not be long continued. P. imops is also said to occur on Long Island,
but I have seen no specimens from that locality.

Juncus CANADENSIS Gay, var. suBcAUDATUS Hingelm.

Ditches along the railroad. South Corinth. Aug.
The weak stems and spreading panicles give this variety an appearance
quite unlike that of the more common one, var. coarctaius.

TRISETUM MOLLE Kunth.
Cliffs near Central Bridge. June.

ASPIDIUM SPINULOSUM Swartz.

Fertile specimens of the dwarf form known as var. dwmetorum were found
on the Catskill Mountains. They are glandular-hairy and therefore should
be referred to the recently-proposed species, A. Americanum Day. The
typical A. spinuloswm, as limited by Mr. oe occurs on the a
dack Mountains.

BorRyYcHIUM TERNATUM Swartz, var. oBLIQUUM Haton.

The dwarf form of this variety with the sterile frond about one inch broad
and long and the whole plant three or four inches high was found at South
Corinth.

BotrRyYcHIUM SIMPLEX Hitch, var. suBCOoMPOosITUM Lasch.
Lewis’s Bluff near Oswego. Rev. H. Wibbe.

BRYUM ELONGATUM Dicks.

This rare moss occurs on Slide Mountain, one of the highest peaks of the
Catskills.

AGARICUS CHSAREUS Scop.

This species was found at Gansevoort growing in a circle about forty feet in
diameter. About one-fourth of the circumference of the circle was unoccu-
pied by the fungus in consequence of the encroachment of a cleared ficld. In
the American form of the species the stem is rather slender and equal or
slightly tapering upward. I have not seen it ‘“subventricose’’ as required
by the description.

AGARICUS AMERICANUS Pk.

This Agaric usually grows in grassy places or on lawns, but fine specimens
were found the past season growing in a large tuft on an old stump. The
lamellz are much narrowed behind and somewhat reticulately connected. In
the fresh state the whole plant is white with the exception of the scales of the
pileus.

REPoRT OF THE BOTANIST. 55

/
AGaricus HoRDUS Fr.

Although the specimens formerly referred to this species agree in most
respects with the description there are certain discrepancies, which upon further
investigation induce me to believe it to be a distinct species. I would, there-
fore, give it the following name and description :

Agaricus (TPICHOLOMA) PRHEFOLIATUS 2. sp.

Pileus thin, slightly convex or expanded, a little moist in wet weather, virgate
with innate brownish fibrils, dark-cinereous or grayish-brown, usually a little
darker on the disk, the margin sometimes revolute ; lamellee very ‘broad, sub-
distant, rounded behind, sometimes united at the point of attachment, venose-
connected and somewhat transversely striate, often split transversely, the edge
uneven or eroded, white ; stem equal, firm, fibrous, fibrillose-striate or rimose,
stuffed or hollow, white or whitish ; spores broadly elliptical, generally uninu-
cleate, .00025/—.00035’ long; flesh white, odor pleasant, anise-like.

Plant 4’/-6 high, pileus 3-6’ broad, stem 5/—10"' thick.

Ground and decaying hemlock wood in woods and groves. June and Aug.

The pileus is often irregular and sometimes eccentric. The lamelle are
very broad, sometimes a half an inch or more, and usually much torn. The
plant is scattered in its mode of growth, but few individuals occurring in a
place. The obscure striations of the lamelle are retained in the dried speci-
mens.

Agaricus CortTicoLa Schum.

This plant revives on the application of moisture, thus indicating am
affinity with species of Marasmius.

AGARICUS CALLISTUS PA.

This beautiful Agaric grows on decaying wood in damp places as well as
im exsiccated water-holes. 4

CorTINARIUS corRUGATUS PA.

In woods. Gansevoort and Sandlake. Aug.

The color of the pileus varies from yellow to reddish-yellow or ochraceous,
the lamellez are sometimes minutely transversely venose, and the stem is,
slightly fibrillose, and sometimes sprinkled above with yellowish grains or
squamules.

PAXxILLus PoRosuS Berk.

Fine specimens were found at Brewerton, growing on the ground in woods
and on mounds of earth. ‘The plant emits an unpleasant earthy odor. I
have not found the pileus viscid, and conclude that the part of the descrip-
tion ‘‘ viscid when moist’ is a mistake. This species is easily known by its
porous hymenium, which connects it withthe genus Boletus. Pawillus flavi-
dus Berk. is probably not distinct from Glomphidius rhodoxanthus Schw.,
which occurs within our limits. The species is ambiguous between Paxillus
and Gomphidius, but from the character of its spores it seems nearer the

56 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

latter genus to which I have referred it. Our New York species of Paxillus
may be tabulated thus :
Stem central :

Pileus glabrous or only the margin tomentose...... .... P. involutus Batsch.
Pileus hairy, less than two inches broad........... .... P. strigosus Pk.
Stem eccentric or lateral : .
Velvety-tomentose, hymenium lamellated.... .......... P. atrotomentosus Batsch.
' Glabrous, reticulated, hymenium porous. ....... ...... P. porosus Berk.
STEMI MONMS Hr oe eink sew kb cit id ale ts ahMelel ham mnemet et: P. pannoides Fr.

Lactarius Inniao Schw.

This Lactarius appeared in considerable abundance in August, both in Sand- :

lake and in Gansevoort. The younger and fresh plants are generally highly
colored and distinctly zonate, especially on the margin, but they fade with age,
and generally lose their zonate character. The pileus when moist, is smooth,
and subviscid to the touch, the stem is hollow and often spotted, and the
spores are yellowish. Wounded places become greenish. It belongs to the
section Dapetes, so named doubtless because of the edible qualities of. its
species. The four New York species of this section are very similar in char-
acter, and differ but little except in color and place of growth. They may
be tabulated as follows :

lhamelle when young blue, milk blae - oo. steele otce den ore L. Indigo Schw.
Lamelle when young orange, milk orange... .... .... esos wees L. deliciosus ZL.
Lamelle when young purplish-red, milk dark red.... ...... L. subpurpureus Pk.
Lamellz when young grayish-yellow, milk pale saffron...... L. Chelidonium Ph. .

The first and last species usually occur on drysoil under or near pine trees ;
the second and third prefer damp soil in and about swamps and among mosses.

Lactarius sorpipus PA. iC
A notable variety occurs in Sandlake. It has a hairy pileus and a green-
ish stem. ‘The hairs of the pileus are of a brownish-green color, and toward
the margin they separate in tufts or squamules. The pileus, as well as the
stem, is more highly colored than in the typical form. It may take the name
var. hirsutus.

LAcTARIUS AQUIFLUUS PA. wale
The agreeable aromatic odor, which is present both in the fresh and im the
dried plant, is similar to that of L. glyciosmus.

RussuLa FaITENS Pers.
The odor of this plant as it occurs with us is not usually fetid or unpleasant.
It resembles the odor of cherry bark and might aptly be termed amygdaline.
The lamellz are rarely forked and frequently they are ‘quite as equal as in
species of the section Fragiles. In this respect it violates the characters of

the section Heterophyllz in which the species is placed. It is doubtless this.

form to which Dr. Curtis gave the name Russula amygdalina. But our
plant is scarcely a distinct species, for it does occur with numerous short
lamella intermingled with the longer ones, and the same peculiar odor has
been attributed by one writer at least to the European AR. fetens.

BoLetus SPECTABILIS PA.

This rare species occurs near Indian Lake in Hamilton County. It was
discovered in North Elba in 1869, since which time I had not met with it.
It constitutes with B. pictus and B. paluster a natural group of allied species.
When young the tomentum in all of them covers the whole pileus.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. aie

Bo.etus ALBus Pk.
This is another Boletus of rare occurrence. When young the tubes are
white, but they at length become yellow or ochraceous-yellow. The flesh is
white and the plant when fresh emits a fetid odor.

BoLeTUS SUBTOMENTOSUS LL. »

A form of this species occurs in which the costz of the stem anastomose in
such a way as to form large but rather obscure reticulations. Is it B. danatus
Rost.? Another form having the pileus and stem darker-colored than usual
occurs on much decayed prostrate trunks of trees and about old stumps. The

chinks of the pileus are sometimes whitish.

Bovetus aFrrinis PA.
A fine variety of this species was found at Gansevoort, in which the pileus
was beautifully mottled by small per onal spots. It merits the name var.
maculosus.

BoLetus MopEstTus Pk. |
This rare species sometimes has the flesh of the pileus yellowish. The
stem is minutely scurfy or furfuraceous.

PoLYPORUS CHRULEOPORUS PA.

_ A form of this species was found at South Corinth, in which the whole plant
was grayish-blue except the flesh which was white.

Potyporus Rauipipium Berk.

There is a slight viscidity to the pores of this species. The pileus fades
with age.

PoLyporus spuMEUvs J’.
A large form of this plant, with pilei sometimes six or eight inches across,
occurred at Brewerton.

POLYPOKUS BOREALIS Lr, |
This sometimes occurs on hemlock stumps. It then differs from the form
on spruce in having the ee) broader, wholly white and strigose-hairy or

fibrous-hispid.

PoLYPORUS VoLvaATus Pk.
The form recently published under the name Polyporus obvolutus Berk. &
Cke. is not specifically distinct from this species, according to specimens
received from Mr. Ellis.

Cravaria Botrytss Pers.
When old the branches both of this species and of C. flava become elon-
gated, obtuse, very fragile and of a uniform color. The yellow tips of the
latter and the red ones of the former species wholly disappear.

Mykoruecium Funaicoia Ph.

This species has recently been referred to M. inundatum Tode. The
spores in that species are represented in Sturn’s Dutchland Flora as globose.
In our plant they are oblong or cylindrical, a difference which seems to me to
be of specific value.

58 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

PERONOSPORA ViTicoLaA B. & C.

Leaves of wild grape-vines. Catskill Mountains. A Peronospora which
is scarcely distinguishable from this species occurs about Albany on leaves of
the great ragweed, Ambrosia trifida.

MorcHELLA SEMILIBERA DC.

Mr Warne finds two forms of this species at Oneida, one with the pileus
conical, the other with it hemispherical and obtuse. In both the stem may be
either short or long. The pileus is often free nearly or quite to the apex.

GYROMITRA ESCULENTA Fr. (Helvella esculenta.)
This plant sometimes grows so large that a single one will weigh a pound.

HELVELLA ELASTICA Hall.

This species is described as having the pileus free. It is not uncommon to
find it with the pileus attached in one or two points to the stem.

VERPA DIGITALIFORMIS Pe7s.
Buffalo. Clinton.

HELOTIUM PILEATUM PA.

Decaying stems lying in water. Sandlake. May. |
This is a large form about an inch high, with a conical or subeampanulate
pileus 2 ’--3/’ broad.

VALSA OXYSPORA PA.

The habitat of this species was, by an error, stated to be dead oak branches.
It is dead branches of mountain holly, Nemopanthes Canadensis. I have
not found it on oak. It is very distinct from V. ¢aleola, if the published
characters of that species are at all reliable.

(6. )
NEW YORK SPECIES OF LYCOPERDON.
Lycorerbon Tourn.

Peridium membranaceous, vanishing above or becoming flaccid; bark
adnate, subpersistent, breaking up into scales or warts; capillitium soft, dense.
adnate to the peridium and sterile base. Syst. Myc., Berk. Ouitl., Cooke's
— Handbook.

The species of Lycoperdon are commonly known as ‘“ Puff-balls.” They
belong to a family of fungi called Gasteromycetes, because of their habit of

producing their spores in the inner cavity of the plant. The particular order —

to which they belong is called Trichogasters, a name having reference to the
hair-like filaments with which the interior of the mature plant is filled.
These filaments form a somewhat elastic mass, and are interspersed with vast
numbers of minute dust-like spores. When, therefore, the mature plant is

\

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 59

suddenly compressed, it emits a little cloud of spores which bears some resem-
blance to a puff of smoke. This probably suggested the name “ Puff-balls.”

There are two other closely related genera in this order, whose species
emit the characteristic puff of spores. One is called Bovista, the other
Scleroderma. In the former, the outer rmd or epidermis disappears as the
plant matures, and there is no distinct spongy or cellular mass of sterile
_ tissue at the base of the plant. In the latter, the walls of the plant are
thick and firm when young, and they remain in nearly the same condition |
when mature. In these respects both genera differ-from the genus Lycoper-
don. In it the fertile part of the plant is more or less globose in shape, but
there is always a mass of coarse empty cells at the base, which constitute a
sterile part of the plant—that is, they produce no spores. In those species
which have this part highly developed, it constitutes a sort of stem to the
fertile part, and raises it above the earth or the matrix on which the plant
grows. When the sterile base is but slightly developed, the plant appears to
sit directly on the ground or matrix, and is then said to be sessile. The
exterior of the plant consists of two parts. The outer part is sometimes called
the bark, sometimes the exterior peridiwm. In some species it takes the form
of minute flocculent or pulverulent masses of scurf-like scales, in others it
consists of weak spines or spine-like bristles, while in others still the spines
are much longer and stouter, being thickened at the base. Plants with these
coarse long spines are said to be echinate, because of their stiff bristly aspect.
Sometimes several contiguous spines have their tips curved toward each other
and united together, thus forming little stellate or star-like clusters. These
external processes or adornments are often called warts. In some species
they are deciduous at maturity, in others they form a permanent adornment
of the inner rind or true peridiwm, but in such cases they usually shrivel
with age and become less conspicuous. In a few species, the exterior peri-
dium, at maturity, is separable from the inner, and may be peeled off like a
thin membrane. The inner or true peridium 1s at first rather thick and firm,
but when fully mature it is generally thin, membranaceous and flaccid. In
one series of species, the upper part, when mature, breaks up into irregular
fragments and soon falls away; in another series it bursts by a small apical
aperture, and then remains in this condition a long time. This difference in
the peridia of the various species affords a character by which the genus is
divided into two sections. ‘The first section was designated by Fries as
_ Bovistoides, the other as Protecides. The former was raised by Rostkovius
to the rank of a genus with the name Langermannia, but modern mycologists
‘have generally followed Fries in regarding these species as a section or sub-
genus of Lycoperdon.

The peridium incloses at first a soft fleshy mass of white cellular matter.
If a minute portion of this be examined microscopically, a great number of
short joimted filaments and enlarged cells or basidia are seen, the latter of
which bear slender spicules, usually four apiece, on the tips of which the spores
are borne. When the plant is fully developed, this central fleshy substance
becomes filled with moisture and quickly changes its color. So abundant is
the moisture that it may be pressed out like water from a wet cloth or sponge.
‘The inexperienced collector is sometimes surprised at finding the moisture in
the specimens which he has laid up to dry increasing instead of diminishing,
and his surprise is soon changed to disappointment and perhaps annoyance,
when he sees his beautiful specimens water-soaked and discolored by this
superabundance of moisture. In most species the white color of the flesh at
first changes to a yellow or greenish-yellow, but this hue soon becomes darker
until at last it is either a purple-brown or a dingy-olive ; that is, brown more |

60 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

or less tinged with dark-red, or brown tinged with yellow or greenish-yellow.
In a few species the final color is less decided, approaching a dark-umber or
snufi-brown. Sometimes the outer stratum, lying next to and in contact with
the inner surface of the peridium, is paler than the rest of the mass. With
this change in the color of the interior mass there is also a change no less
wonderful in its character. It is now no longer moist and fleshy, but dry and
dusty. The whole interior is filled with a soft but elastic mass of intricate,
slender, cottony filaments interspersed with countless multitudes of minute
dust-like spores. This-mass of threads is called the capillitium. In some
species it is of nearly uniform density throughout, but in others those filaments
that spring from the base do not so freely unite and intermingle with. those
that spring from the walls of the peridium. They, therefore, form a central
mass more or less distinct from the rest, and are called the columella. The
columella is usually of a somewhat conical shape, but sometimes it is nearly
globose. It may be detected in the mature plant by carefully making two
opposite slits in the peridium, extending them from the apex nearly or quite
to the base, and then opening the two hemispheres thus formed, the uncut
base acting as a hinge on which the halves may turn. The columella, if
present, will be seen projecting from the base in the center of thecleft. The
slits are best made with a pair of small, sharp scissors, as care should be taken
not to disturb the natural position of the filaments more than is necessary.
In the mass the capillitium and spores appear tu be uniformly and similarly
colored, but often if the filaments are cleared of the spores they are seen to be
paler in color. Rarely they are darker. The color of the capillitium and
spores might be used as a character for grouping our species in subsections.
The spores in all our species are nearly or quite globose. They vary in size
in the different species from .00016 to .00025 of an inch in diameter. The
olive-tinted spores in nearly all the species are smooth and about .00016 of
an inch in diameter, but the purple-tinted ones are always rough or echinulate
and generally larger, varying from .0002 to .00025 of an inch broad. It is
perhaps needless to say that the size of the spores does not at all depend on
the size of the plant that produces them. The spores of the Giant puff-
ball, the largest one of the genus, are but .00016 of an inch in diameter, while
those of the little Smooth puff-ball, which is scarcely more than an inch in
diameter, are about .0U025 of an inch broad. ‘The color of the spores may be
ascertained by ejecting a small quantity of them on white paper or by opening
the peridium and exposing them to view.

Puff-balls rarely make their appearance in the early part of the season.
Old effete specimens of the preceding autumn may be found in early spring,
flattened and closely pressed to the ground by the snows of winter. Fresh
specimens rarely appear before the middle of June. Their greatest abund-
ance is in late summer and early autumn. During the months of August,
September and October most of our species occur. One species I have
found in July and August only, another in July only. Some species are
invariably found in cleared lands, others in woods or bushy places, while a
few are denizens of both field and forest. Some grow on the ground only,
others on old logs and decaying wood, and a few on both the ground and
decaying wood. One southern species is said to inhabit the bark of living oak
trees. Some species have distinct, whitish, root-like fibres at the base. These
penetrate the earth, and sometimes creep through it for a considerable dis-
tance. In the Pear-shaped puff-ball they are generally well developed, and
sometimes several individuals are found to be attached together by these
creeping subterranean fibres.

In the determination of the species, it is desirable to have specimens in
both the mature and the immature condition. The former will afford the

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 61

means of ascertaining the color and character of the capillitium and spores,
the latter will exhibit the color of the immature plant, and the character of
its warts or adornments. The character of these, and the characters of the
capillitium and spores are of the first importance, but the color of the imma-
ture plant and its size and shape are less constant and reliable, and are
therefore generally considered of secondary importance. Specimens pre-
served entire and in their natural shape are much more satisfactory for study
than those that are sliced in sections or pressed flat and mounted on herba-
rium paper. Such specimens can easily be kept in trays or small paper
boxes. The immature ones should be gathered just before maturity. If
taken too early they shrivel too much, and do not keep their shape as well.

Puff-balls are useful because they are edible. None of the species are
considered dangerous or even hurtful, yet some are so small and so scarce,
that they are not of much value for food. The larger ones are generally
better flavored than the smaller and more common ones. They should be
used as food in the immature condition only, while the flesh is yet of a pure
white color. When it begins to discolor its goodness is gone.

The method of preparing them for the table is as follows: Take off the
rind and cut the fleshy part into thin slices. Beat up two or three or more
eggs, according to the quantity to be prepared, and dip the slices in it.
Then fry in butter, seasoning with salt, pepper and savory herbs if desired.
Another method is to put the slices in water. and heat to the boiling point.
Then take them out and fry in butter as before. Puff-balls, as an article of
food, have this advantage over mushrooms. They are not often intested by
insects or their larvee, and there is scarcely any possibility of mistaking any
deleterious species for them. In the following descriptions, those species
whose esculent qualities have been tested by the writer are marked edible.

The Synoptical table is intended to be an aid to the student in tracing the
species. Nearly all the characters employed in it are ascertainable without
the aid of the microscope.

SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF SPECIES. uw
Section 1. Peridiwn Rupturing Irregularly.
Peavey taree, Spores ding y-Olive. ... 1 ...00. wosees ecence L. giganteum.
Plane late, spores purple-browh.. ssi... ).66 0 cee dawns sees L. cyathiforme.
Plant medium size, stem long, spores dingy-brown ......... L. saccatum.

Section II. Peridiwm Opening by a Small Apical Aperture.

Mature capillitium and spores purplish-tinted...... ........ a.
Mature capillitium and spores olive-tinted............-...... Db;
a Denuded peridium reticulate with brown lines........ L. eonstellatum.
Seemed pPeridinm smooth? sis. . v..c seeks. Wau yee eels L. atropurpureum.
a Peridium not denuded, warts minute, persistent...... L. glabellum.
b Plant shaggy or echinate with spinose or pyramidal warts, ¢
b Plant not shaggy, warts minute or papilla-like......... e.
¢ Plant sessile, growing in cleared land...... ...... 22+ L. Wrightii.
¢ Plant subsessile, growing in wood or bushy places.... d.
d Denuded peridium pitted, spores pedicellate. ...... .... L. pedicellatum.
d Denuded peridium smooth, spores not pedicellate. ...... L echinatum.
e Plant generally with a stem-like base...... ...... 2... a
e Plant without a stem-like base, sessile........ .... 00 g

f Denuded peridium pitted and reticulate with dotted lines, in gemmatum.

Seemed. peridium not) pitted .....5 2.0. cee. ve eke L. molle.

f Peridium scarcely denuded, warts minute, equal........_L. pyriforme.
g Plant pinkish-brown, growing in woods.............. L. subincarnatum.
g Plant whitish, growing in cleared land............... L. pusillum.
g Plant yellowish, growing in woods..... ...... ..25 eee L. coloratum.

rant whitish, ovate or conical .....006.005 gece. ei bas L. calyptriforme.

62 THIRTY-SECOND R&PORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Section I. Bovistoides. Peridium rupturing irregularly, the upper part
Salling away in fragments. Columella none.

In the species of this section the peridium is apt to crack im areas, and at
maturity it breaks up in irregular fragments and falls away. The capillitium
and spores are also soon dispersed, so that there remains only the sterile base
which is sometimes margined by the lacerated, but more permanent basal —
part of the peridium. In this case the remains are somewhat cup-shaped.
The bark or warts are usually of a soft floccose character, but sometimes not
conspicuously developed.

LyYcoPERDON GIGANTEUM Buiseh. GIANT PUFF-BALL.

Very large, 10—20° in diameter, obconie or depressed-globose, Hee or
quite sessile, white or whitish, becoming discolored by age, smooth or slightly
roughened by weak spinose or minute floccose warts, sometimes cracking in
areas ; capillitium and spores yellowish green to dingy-olive; spores smooth,
.00016 in diameter. Edible.

Ground in fields, pastures and grassy places. Buffalo, Clinton. Oneida,
Warne. North Galway, Teft. Rensselaerville, Doolittle. Catskill Moun-
tains, Paine. Late summer and autumn.

This is the largest puff-ball known in this country, and is therefore very appro-
priately named the Giant puff-ball. The species, according to Fries, has also
received other names, such as 1. marimum Scheeff, the largest puff-ball; L.
Bovista L., the Bovista-like puff-ball; L. vuw/gare Vaill, the Common puff-
ball, and L. proteus Sow., the Protean puff-ball. Its dimensions are usually
within the limits given in the description, but sometimes it grows much
larger. Its great size frequently brings it into notice, and makes it the sub-
ject of short newspaper articles. The following have recently fallen under
the observation of the writer, and are introduced here because they indicate
the size sometimes attained by this puff-ball: ‘‘In a low moist portion of
the Gordon Park there grew this fall one of the largest puff-balls (Lycoperdon
giganiewm) ever seen. It measured a little over eight feet in circumference,
and weighed forty-seven pounds. It looked at a distance like some large
boulder. * * A specimen of the above dimensions would be a meal for
a good large family. In fact, I think it sufficient to appease the appetites of
some of the largest European fungus ciubs.”—Country Gentleman. ‘* There
was an enormous puff-ball in a bank near the house of the writer this sum-
mer. It was eighteen and a half inches in its greatest diameter, and four feet
four inches in circumference. These puff-balls have come up in the same
place for many years past, and always of a large size, but never before so
large as the above.”—G'reviliea. ‘ Among noteworthy specimens seen at
the recent Edinburgh Fungus Show, was * * a puff-ball (Lycoperdon
gigantewm) fifty-four inches in circumference and weighing twenty pounds.”
— Botanical Gazette. Schweinitz affirms that he found in a certain meadow
specimens of this puff-ball three feet in diameter. The largest New York
specimen that I have seen is the one contributed by Mr. Warne. It measures
fifteen inches in diameter in its dried state. It was considerably larger
in its fresh state. The specimen from Rensselaerville is fourteen inches in
diameter in the dried state. One writer advises that when one of these large
puff-balls occurs at a convenient distance from the house, it should not be
removed from its place of growth, but that a sufficient quantity be cut from
it fora meal. The next day it may be visited again and enough more be
taken for another meal. In this way it may supply a small family for a
week ; but if all were taken up and carried to the house at once. some of it

REPORT? OF THE BOTANIST. 63

would spoil before it could be used. It is said that when the growing plant
is cut or wounded, the wounds heal or fill up with new tissue. Cordier states
that the old flesh of this puff-ball is sometimes used for amadou, and that the
spores are mixed with milk by the Finns, to make a medicine for calves
afflicted with diarrhoea. They are also used, he says, in making various
shades of brown paint. The capillitium and spores of this and other species
are also said to have been used in staunching blood, and their fumes as an
anzesthetic. Fries says that there are two forms of this species, one obconic,
and the other larger and globose. All the specimens that [ have seen were
depressed-globose, their vertical diameter being less than the horizontal.
As one correspondent expresses it, they were very much like a large round
loaf of bread in shape and in color. In all our specimens the sterile base
is very small in proportion to the size of the plant, so that, in the growing
state the plant must have appeared quite sessile. Probably the smaller
obconic form has a more distinct base. According to Fries, the species is so
variable in size, shape, color and the character of the surface, that from these
alone it is difficult to distinguish it There is, however, no New York
species at present known to me with which it is likely to be confused, if the
characters of the mature peridium, and the color of the capillitium and spores
are observed.

LYCOPERDON. CYATHIFORME Jose. CuUPp-SHAPED Purr-BALL.

Large, 3’-10’ in diameter, nearly globose, generally furnished with a short
more or less thick stem-like base, whitish cinereous or pinkish-brown, smooth or
minutely floccose, sometimes with minute scattered spinules or floccose scales,
generally cracking in areas, the upper part at length falling away in fragments
and leaving a cup-shaped base with a lacerated margin ; capillitium and spores
purple-brown ; spores rough .0002’-.00025' in diameter. Edible.

Ground in fields and pastures. Buffalo, Clinton. Oneida, Warne. Utica,
Johnson. Fort Edward, Howe. Albany, Sandlake, Maryland and South
Corinth. Autumn.

Bose’s figure and description of this species, for a transcript of which I am
indebted to the kindness of Prof. Farlow, are not very satisfactory. They
were evidently derived from the basal remains of the effete plant, a mode of
describing fungi which is scarcely to be recommended. But in this case it
happens that there is no other known American puff-ball than the one here
described to which, in the effete condition, his description is applicable,
so that there is very little doubt as to the species he intended to describe.
A translation of his description is here given.

‘* Sessile, conical, concave at the top, the margin thin and lacerated.

‘This species, which occurs in very dry and open places in Nouth Carolina,
appears to have some resemblance to L. infundibulum Willd. Its color is
a grayish-violet, more distinct in the cavity. I have never seen it open
naturally to disseminate its seeds. Insects which perforate it, the feet of
quadrupeds which crush it, winds which blow it against trees supply this want.”

The use of the word eee in this description is very natural, if we should
suppose as Bose evidently did, that the sterile base was the only and normal
condition of the plant. ‘‘ Conical” would probably have been more accurate,
if it had been written ‘‘ obconical” or “inversely conical.’ ‘This species,
occording to-Dr. Berkeley, is apparently the same as L. fragile Vitt. It is
also the L. albopurpureum of Frost’s List of Fungi in the Catalogue of

6 4. THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Plants growing near Amherst College. It is the Bovista cyathiformis of
the Twenty-second State Cabinet Report, and an immature condition of
it was reported and figured in the Twenty-third State Cabinet Report eas
the name L. gigantewn.

As an edible species, it is not inferior to the giant puff-ball. It is taal
toit in flavor and occurs more frequently and in greater numbers. The smaller
plants are about the size of a man’s fist, the larger ones are as big as a man’s
head. The short thick stem often penetrates the earth so that the plant
appears to be truly sessile. The color is generally brown more or less tinged
with pink or lilac, but sometimes it is nearly white. Usually the upper part
cracks imto rather large distinct areas. Just at maturity there is a thin
membrane or epidermis which may be separated from the peridium, which is
then seen to have a beautiful but minutely velvety surface. It is at this time
quite thick but very fragile. The cup-like base, which remains after the dis-
persion of the capillitium and spores, is suggestive of the specificname. It is
more or less tinged with the purplish-brown hue of the capillitium and fre-
quently persists till the following spring. Sometimes the persistent basal.
part of the peridium is expanded so that the cup is lost in a nearly plane sur-
face. The color of the capillitium and spores readily separate it from the
other species of this section.

Lycoperpon saccatum #r. LonG-st—EMMED Purr-BaLt.

Medium size, 2'-4’ high, 1'-2’ broad; peridium depressed-globose or
somewhat lentiform, supported by a long stem-like base, furfuraceous with
minute persistent mealy or granular warts or spinules, often plicate beneath,
white or creamy white, at maturity becoming brown or olive-brown, subshin-
ing and very thin or membranous, breaking up into irregular fragments
which sometimes adhere to the capillitium for a considerable time, the stem-
like base cylindrical or narrowed downward, sometimes thick; capillitium rather
dense, subpersistent, and with the spores dingy-olive or dingy-brown, some-
times verging toward purplish- re pore rough, .00016’-0002’ in
diameter. Hdible. .

Low mossy grounds and bushy swamps, especially under alders. Sandlake,
Center and Adirondazk Mountains. August—October.

The Long-stemmed puff-ball is one of our finest species. Its symmetrical
shape, pure color, soft and delicate appearance, all conspire to render it
attractive. The peridium is sometimes nearly globose, but usually it is more
or less depressed and hemispherical or lens-shaped. It warts are soft and
delicate, and so minute, that to the naked eye the plant appears to be mealy
or almost pruinose. They are persistent, but in the mature plant they
shrivel or dry up so that they are scarcely noticeable. In the mature plant
the peridium shrinks to a thin delicate membrane, in which respect it differs —
from the peridium in the two preceding species. The under surface is some-
times marked by radiating alternate elevations and depressions, and in some
instances the stem is also rendered uneven by shallow, undulate depressions.
The stem sometimes persists long after the disappearance of the peridium
and its contents.

Before maturity this species bears a strong resemblance to L. modle Pers.,
the Soft puff-ball, but when mature the two are easily separated by the differ-
ent manner in which the peridium ruptures.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST 65

Sscrion II. Proteoides. Peridiwm opening by a small apical aperture,
persistent. Columella generally present.

In this section the species are more numerous than in the preceding,
and the plants are generally more abundant, but they do not attain such
large dimensions. The peridium persists for a long time, and as its aperture
is very small, its capillitium and spores are not so soon dispersed. In some
of the species there are larger deciduous warts or spines interspersed among
smaller and more persistent ones; in others, all are nearly equal and persist-
ent; in a few, all are deciduous.

_ * Spores purple-tinted, intermingled with short fragmentary slender
Jjilamenis.

LYCOPERDON CONSTELLATUM Fr. ReETICULATE PUFF-BALL.

Peridium subglobose or obovate, sometimes depressed, 10/—18” broad,
echinate with rather long stout crowded brown spines which are either
straight curved or stellately united and which at length fall off and leave
the surface reticulate with brown lines; capillitium and spores brown or
purplish-brown, columella present ; spores rough, .0002’—.00025' in diameter.

Ground in dense shades and groves. Oneida. Warne. Rare. Autumn.

I am not aware that this species has been found in any other locality in
the State. I have seen the dried specimens only, but Mr. Warne informs
me that the fresh plants do not differ essentially in color from the dried ones.
These are of a cervine or dull-brown color, closely resembling the hue of the
dead and fallen Jeaves among which they appear to have grown. They are
about an inch across, and very rough or shaggy, with crowded stout spines.
When these have fallen, the surface is reticulated by a network of minutely
warted brown lines, a character by which the species is readily distinguished.

LYCOPERDON ATROPURPUREUM Vitt. PURPLE-SPORED PUFF-BALL.

Peridium globose depressed-globose or obovate, 6’—30’ broad, generally
narrowed below into a short stem-like base, white cinerous or brownish,
-mealy-spinulose hairy-spinulose echinate or stellately echinate, when denuded
smooth and subshining ; capillitium and spores finally purplish-brown, colu-
mella present; spores rough, .0002’—.00025’ in diameter.

Sandy pastures, woods and bushy places. Common. August—October.
Albany, Sandlake, Gansevoort, Brewerton, Catskill Mountains and Helder-
berg Mountains.

This appears to be one of the most polymorphous species we have. It is
so variable that I have been obliged to modify the usual description very —
much, in order to include forms which are quite diverse, yet which appear to
me to run together in such a way that | am unable to diaw any satisfactory
line of distinction between them. ‘The following is the usual description of
the Manuals:

“ Peridium flaccid, dingy-rufous, opening by a minute obtuse mouth ; bark
at first rough, with minute spines; sterile base cellular, continuous with the
capillitium ; spores largish, pedicellate, brown-purple, echinulate.”

I do not find the spores in our plant truly pedicellate ; but in all the forms

which I have referred to this species, as well as in all the species of this sub-
4)

-.

66 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

section and in Kuropean specimens of this species, | find them intermingled —
with short, fragmentary, slender filaments, which look very much as if they
were pedicels broken from the spores. I have not been able to find the
spores attached terminally to them; but, in several instances, they appeared
to be attached laterally. There also appears to be a minute point or apiculus
on the spores, probably the point of attachment; but this is scarcely worthy
ot being called a pedicel.

There are three principal varieties which [ have referred to this species.
The first is usually one to two inches broad, sessile, or with a very short

stem, nearly smooth, being mealy or pruinose, and having a few minute,
weak, scattered spinules or scales. Its color is generally whitish, or white
slightly clouded with brown. It grows in sandy pastures and cleared lands,
and is probably the nearest of the three in its resemblance to the type.

The second is turbinate or subglobose, and narrowed below into a distinct,
though short, stem-like base. It varies in diameter from half an inch to an
inch and a half, and is thickly beset with slender bristle-like spinules which
are often blackish, and give the plant a decidedly hairy aspect. The largest
specimens have the spinules a little stouter, and sometimes stellately united.
Such specimens connect this with the next variety.

The third variety varies from one to two and a half inches in diameter,
and is generally furnished with a short stem-like base. Its spines are
quite coarse, and often crowded and stellately united. They give it a
decidedly rough or echinate appearance, so that at first sight it would be
thought a distinct species; but the spines are easily deciduous, and individ-
uals occur in which they are more scattered, and which have a mealy or prui-
nosé surface, by which characters this variety appears plainly to run into
the first. I regard the second and third as worthy of a name, and ae ene |
and define them as follows:

Var. hirtellum. Peridium hairy-spinulose with erect or curved sometimes
stellately united spinules, which are often of a blackish color.

Ground and decaying vegetable matter in woods.

Var. stellare. Peridium echinate or stellately echinate with rather stout
easily deciduous spines.

Ground in woods and bushy places.

In this species the capillitium and spores are at first greenish-yellow, olive-
tinted or brownish ; but when fully mature they are purple-tinted. Some
care will, therefore, be necessary, lest the last variety be confused with the
Hehinate puff-ball, LZ. echinatu... This variety was mentioned in the
Twenty-second State Cabinet Report, under the name J. calvescens B. & C.
The specimens were thus referred by one of the authors of. that species; but
when the description of the species was published, the reference was found to
be erroneous. The larger, purple-tinted, rough spores forbid such a reference.

LYCOPERDON GLABELLUM Ps. SmootH PuFF-BALL.

Plant subglobose or subturbinate, 8’'-18! broad, sometimes narrowed
below into a stem-like base, yellow or brownish-yellow, furfuraceous with
minute nearly uniform persistent warts ; capillitium and spores purplish-brown
columella present ; spores rough, .0002’—.00025’ in diameter.

Ground in pine woods and bushy places. North Greenbush, Albany and
Center. Autumn.

The Smooth puff-ball is not inferior in beauty to any of our species. Its
pretty yellow color and soft, smooth appearance readily attract attention. It

o

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 67

_is generally about one inch in diameter, and obovate, pyriform or subturbinate
in shape. To the naked eye it appears to be smooth, or only mealy, or mi-
nutely papillose; but under a lense it is seen to be covered with minute,
granular, or branny warts. These, in all the specimens that I have seen, are
persistent. The character of the warts and the different color of the peri-
dium enable this species to be easily distinguished from the preceding one,
to the smaller and smoother forms of which it otherwise approaches. )

* * Spores olive-tinted or brown.

a. Plant shaggy or echinate.

LycorerRpon Wrigatit Bb. & C. Wriaut’s PuFF-BALL.

Peridium globose depressed-globose or lentiform, 6/’—24"' in diameter, gen-
erally sessile, white or whitish, echinate with deciduous sometimes crowded
stellate spines or pyramidal warts, when denuded smooth or minutely velvety ;
capillitium and spores dingy-olive, columella present ; spores smooth, .00016/
in deameter. Edible.

Ground in pastures and grassy places. Very common. July—October.

This is another very variable species. The typical form was a small one,
minutely echinate and having the denuded peridium smooth. The plant often
occurs much larger and more coarsely echinate with stout angular spines or
pyramidal warts which fall off and generally leave the surface of the peridium
velvety. This larger form was published in the Twenty-sixth Report of the
N. Y. State Museum under the name Lycoperdon separans, but it is impos-
sible to keep the two forms distinct. The larger ones sometimes have the
denuded peridium smooth and there are other forms intermediate in the size
and roughness of the peridium. I have therefore modified the specific descrip-
tion so as to include both forms.

Another puff-ball occurs which is probably a variety of this species but of
which I have seen only immature specimens. It is of a purer white color and
has the warts or spines tipped with black. For the present I have placed it
with this species as a variety. It is probable that’ ZL. calvescens B. & C., is
merely another form of this species differing simply in having a stem-like
base. The following are the characters of the varieties noticed :

Var. typicum. Small, 6-9” broad, globose, minutely echinate, the warts
quickly falling off and leaving the peridium smooth. (L. Wrightii B. & C.)

Var. separans. Larger, 10''—-24" broad, subglobose or lentiform, echinate
with coarse substellate spines or pyramidal warts which at length fall off and
leave the peridium smooth or velvety. (LL. separans Pk.)

Var. atropunctum. Larger, 10’—15’ broad, subglobose, pure white, warts
or coarse spines brown or blackish at the tips.

This species is generally gregarious, but sometimes it forms tufts of several
individuals closely crowded together. It sometimes occurs in cultivated
grounds and stubble fields. The under surface is occasionally plicate as in
the Long-stemmed puff-ball. In the variety separans the warts or spines are
crowded at their thickened bases and slightly attached to each other so that
they come off at maturity in flakes or patches. When the denuded surface
of the peridium is velvety it is usually of a darker color than when smooth,
being subcinnamon, reddish-brown or dark-brown.

68 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

LyYcoOPERDON PEDICELLATUM Pk. PEDICEL-SPORED PUFF-BALL.

Peridium 10’—18’’ in diameter, globose or depressed-globose, sessile or
narrowed below into a stem-like base, whitish or cinereous, becoming dingy
or smoky-brown with age, echinate with rather dense spines which are either
straight curved or stellately united and which at length fall off and leave
impressions or obscure reticulations on the surface; capillitium. and spores
greenish-yellow, then dingy-olive, columella present ; spores smooth, pedicel-
late, .00016/—.00018' in diameter, the pedicel three to five times as long.

Ground and decaying wood in woods and bushy places. Croghan, Center,
Brewerton and Catskill Mountains. Autumn. Oneida, Warne.

The pedicellate spores constitute the peculiar feature of this species. It is
one which suggests the name and which enables the species to be easily dis-
tinguished from all its allies. The spore is terminally and persistently
attached to the pedicel, as in some species of Bovista. The plant is sometimes
sessile, but usually it is narrowed below into a stem-like base. In the imma-
ture state it has a rough, shaggy appearance, but the spines shrivel with age
so that it appears less rough when old. The pitted surface of the denuded
peridium affords a mark of distinction from the next species. L. pulcher-
vimum B. & C. is evidently the same Specter; but the name here adopted has
priority of publication.

LYCOPERDON ECHINATUM Pers. EcHINATE PUFF-BALL.

Peridium 10'’-18" broad, subglobose, generally narrowed below into a
short stem-like base, whitish brownish or pinkish-brown, echinate above —
with rather stout spines, which at length fall off and leave the surface smooth ;
towards the base spinulose or furfuraceous ; capillitium and spores dingy-olive ;
spores minutely rough, .00016’ in diameter.

Ground and decaying wood in woods. Albany, Forestburgh and Adiron-
dack Mountains. August—October. |

Fries, in the Systema Mycologicum, refers this species to L. gemmatum
as a variety; but it seems to me to be worthy of specific distinction, both on
account of the different character of its warts, its much more echinate appear-
ance, and its smooth, denuded peridium. He also gives as synonyms /.. can-
didum Pers., and L. muricatum Willd.

The whole plant is generally obovate, pyriform or turbinate, and the spines
are larger and more or less curved at and near the apex, diminishing i in size
toward the base where they are more persistent. In the immature condition
it is difficult to distinguish it from the preceding species; but when mature
its smooth peridium and spores destitute of pedicels separate it. It grows
chiefly in woods among fallen leaves, and on decaying vegetable matter.

b. Plant not shaggy.
LYCOPERDON GEMMATUM Batsch. STUDDED PUFF-BALL. '
Peridium 10!'-18” in diameter, globose or depressed-globose, generally nar-
rowed below into a stem-like base, scattered or czespitose, subumbonate, whitish
or cinereous, often tinged with yellow pinkish or brown, warts generally un-
equal, the larger mostly gemmate or papilla-like, pointed at the apex, scattered
among smaller granular and more persistent ones, at length falling off and

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 69

leaving the surface areolate-dotted or reticulate with a network of fine dotted
lines; capillitium and spores greenish-yellow, then dingy-olive or brown,
caiumella present; spores smooth or very minutely rough, .00016/in diameter,
Edible, but not pleasant flavored.

Ground and decaying wood in woods and fields. Very common. July—
October.

This is one of the most common and, at the same time, one of the most
variable species. It is, therefore, more difficult to describe than to recognize
after its peculiar appearance is familiar. The most available marks of dis-
tinction are the larger, erect, pointed warts or spinules, scattered among the
minute ones, and giving the surface an appearance somewhai, as if studded
with gems, and, when these have fallen, the little smooth dots or impressions
which they leave on the peridium. These are surrounded by the smaller and
more persistent warts, which usually form fine reticulating dotted Jines, and
render the denuded peridium scabrous. In some instances, the warts on the
upper part of the peridium are more crowded than usual, and nearly uniform
in size; but when they fall they leave the usual smooth dots or impressions
where they had stood. The denuded peridium is generally cinerous or
grayish and opake. The stem varies very much in thickness and length. In
some instances, it is almost or entirely wanting; in others, it is elongated
nearly as much as in the Long-stemmed puff-ball. It is cylindrical or nar-
rowed downwards, and it may be nearly equal to the peridium in diameter,
or very much thinner. As in the preceding species, the larger warts gener-
ally occur on the upper part of the peridium and near the apex. When these
are close and nearly uniform in size, they give the plant a coarsely papillose
appearance, and if, at the same time, the stem is wanting, the plant becomes
the variety called papillatuin, or L. papillatum Scheeff. Such forms
occur both with and without the stem, and cannot easily be kept distinct
from the ordinary forms. In the variety hirtuwm, or L. hirtwm Mart.,
the larger warts are reduced to slender bristle-like spinules, which are

often blackish in color; but they have an expanded base, and when they

fall off they leave the usual dot-like impressions and reticulations. This
form is rare with us. LL. excipuliforme Pers., which is regarded by Fries as
a variety of this species, either does not occur with us or else I have confused
it with the ordinary forms of the species. It is characterized by its elongated
stem with a subplicate base, and its scattered subspinulose warts. Some-
times the larger warts are blackish, or tipped with black, and occasionally
they manifest a tendency to group themselves in a stellate manner. When |
the plant is czespitose, it sometimes forms tufts of considerable extent. Such
tufts, fully two feet in diameter, and containing scores of plants crowded
together so compactly that their usual rounded form was lost, have fallen
under my observation.

The following are the characters of the two varieties mentioned as they are ©
given in Systema Mycologicum :

Var. hirtwm. Turbinate, subsessile, hairy with soft slender warts which
generally become blackish.

Var. papillatum. Subrotund, sessile, papillose, furfuraceous-pulverulent,

LycoPERDON MOLLE Pers. Sort PurFF-BALL.

Peridium 6’’-16’' broad, globose or depressed-globose, narrowed below into
a stem-like base, furfuraceous with nearly uniform persistent minute weak
spinules or granular warts, sometimes with a few larger papilliform ones

70 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

toward the apex, whitish, sometimes tinged with yellow, when mature brown-
ish or olive-brown, nearly smooth, subshining; capillitium and spores dingy-
olive, columella present ; spores minutely rovgh, .00016/—.00018 in diameter.

Among mosses, especially Polytrichum, in old meadows and pastures.
Albany, Summit and South Corinth. Autumn.

This puff-ball closely resembles the ordinary forms of the preceding species
in the size, shape and color of the immature plant, and by Fries was referred
to it as a variety. There may be connecting forms, but if so, I have not
observed them, and for the present prefer to keep the two distinct. In this
plant, the warts or spinules are very small and weak, so that it has a smooth-
ish, soft and delicate appearance, much like that of LZ. saccatwin. They are
mostly persistent, but wither or shrivel with age, so that the mature peridium
appears to the naked eye to be nearly smooth and somewhat glossy or shining.
In this respect it differs essentially from the Studded puff-ball. I have never
seen it with the dotted and reticulate surface of that species. From the
Long-stemmed puff-ball it is with difficulty separated in its immature state,
but when mature, the different manner in which the peridium of the two
species ruptures will at once distinguish them. From its habit of growing
among mosses, the stem is often elongated, and is sometimes very slender in |
proportion to the size of the peridium. In wet weather the peridium of this
and the preceding species manifests a tendency to crack in areas.

LYCoPERDON PYRIFORME Scheff. PEAR-SHAPED PUFF-BALL.

Plant 6//-15"” broad, 10’-20" high, generally ceespitose, obovate, pyriform
or turbinate, sessile or with a short stem-like base, radicating with white branch-
ing and creeping root-like fibres, subumbonate, covered with very minute sub-
persistent nearly uniform warts or scales, often with a few slender scattered
deciduous spinules intermingled, pallid dingy-whitish or brownish ; capilli-
tium and spores greenish-yellow, then dingy-olivaceous, columella present ;
spores smooth, .00016’ in diameter. Edible, but not well-flavored.

Decaying wood and ground both in woods and cleared lands Very com-
mon. July—October.

The Pear-shaped puff-ball sometimes approaches LL. gemmatum in size and
shape, but it is not easily mistaken for that species because of the different
character of its warts. ‘They are very numerous, small, nearly uniform in
size, and appear to the naked eye like branny scales. They are often quite
as distinct. on the stem as on the peridium. They are quite persistent, but
sometimes fall from the upper part of the peridium, leaving it smooth and
whitish or cinerous. The peridium frequently cracks in areas, especially in
wet weather. One form occurs with the peridium abruptly narrowed into a
small, but distinctly scaly stem; another is of a very pale color and almost
smooth, the warts being scarcely visible to the naked eye. In mountainous
forests, patches of this puff-ball which are several feet in length frequently
occur on old prostrate mossy trunks. Whole clusters of young plants may
sometimes be obtained attached together by their creeping radicular fibres.

LYCOPERDON SUBINCARNATUM Pk. PINKISH PUFF-BALL.

Peridium 6''-12” broad, globose, rarely either depressed or obovate, gre-
garious or ceespitose, sessile, with but little cellular tissue at the base, covered
with minute nearly uniform pyramidal or subspinulose at length deciduous

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 11

warts, pinkish-brown, the denuded peridium whitish or cinereous, minutely
reticulate-pitted ; capillitium and spores greenish-yellow, then dingy-oliva
ceous, columella present; spores minutely roughened, .00016-.00018' in
diameter.

Prostrate trunks, old stumps, etc.,in woods. Common. August—October.

This is a very distinct species not likely to be confused with any other.
lts peculiar color is quite constant, and this, with its minute, uniform warts,
czespitose habit, sessile charactcr, and pitted, denuded peridium, easily dis-
tinguishes it from all allied species. It rarely exceeds an inch in diameter, and
I have never found it growing on the ground, nor in cleared lands. It often
has white, creeping, radicular fibres, similar to those of L. pyriforme, and
it sometimes forms patches equal in extent to those of that species. The little
pits or depressions in the denuded peridium are left by the deciduous warts.
They are smaller and deeper than the similar impressions of L. gemmatum,
and are not surrounded by dotted lines.

LyYcoPpexDoN PusitLuM F#’r. Lirrite Purr-BALL.
Peridium 3'—-12” broad, globose, scattered or ceespitose, sessile, radicating,
with but little cellular tissue at the base, white or whitish, brownish when
_ old, rimose-squamulose or slightly roughened with minute floccose or furfu-
raceous persistent warts; capillitium and spores greenish-yellow, then dingy-
olivaceous ; spores smooth, .00016’ in diameter.

Ground in grassy places and pastures. Common. June—October.

This puff-ball is generally about a half an inch in diameter; but specimens
sometimes occur that are scarcely larger than a pea, and others that are fully
an inch across. It grows in open ground, either on naked soil or among short
grass, and is sometimes crowded together in tufts. Its surface is often
cracked in areas which are sometimes quite minute, giving the surface a scaly
appearance. Rarely the warts are in the form of minute, branny spinules or
stellate hairs. They are generally persistent, but in the mature plant they
are so shriveled that they are scarcely noticeable. It occurs throughout the
season, sometimes appearing as early as June. Its smoother surface will
readily distinguish it from small forms of L. Wrightii and L. gemmatum,
var. papillaium.

LYcoPERDON COLORATUM Pk. CoLoRED PUFF-BALL.

Peridium 5/’-10" broad, globose or obovate, subsessile, radicating, yellow
or reddish-yellow, brownish when old, slightly roughened with minute gran-
ular or furfuraceous persistent warts; capillitium and spores at first pale,
inclining to sulphur-color, then dingy-olive ; spores subglobose, smooth, about -
.00016/ in diameter.

Ground in thin woods and bushy places. Sandlake and Catskill Moun-
tains. July and August.

This delicate little puff-ball is quite rare. It is generally about a half an
inch broad and nearly globose, though sometimes it is narrowed toward the
base, where it is usually furnished with a few delicate, white, radicular fibres.
The color of the immature plant is yellowish and quite conspicuous ; but when
old it so closely resembles the dead, brown color of the fallen leaves among
which the plant grows, that it is difficult to detect it. But few individuals

a

12 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MuseEum.

are found in one place. ‘The warts are very minute, and easily overlooked.
They have a granular or almost mealy appearance, and, when old, usually
become blackish. At first the capillitium and spores appear to have a sul-
phur-yellow color ; but when fully mature, if the capillitium is cleared of the
spores, it is seen to be much darker. ‘There appears to bea slight depression
in one side of the spore, so that, when viewed in a particular direction, it
appears flattened or depressed on one side, although viewed in a different
direction it may appear globose.

LYCOPERDON CALYPTRIFORME Berk. ConicAL PUFF-BALL.

Peridium about 6” high, 3’—4"’ broad, ovate or subconical, sessile, whitish,
furfuraceous with minute warts or sipinules; capillitium and spores olivaceous
or yellowish-olivaceous ; spores smooth, .00U16' in diameter.

Moss-covered rocks. Very rare. Adirondack Mountains. August.

I have met with this very small and rare species but once, and then but
two specimens were found. In these the apex was compressed or laterally
flattened, instead of papilliform, as required by the original description of
the species; but in all other respects they agree well with the specific charac-
ters. The plant is very distinct from all our other species by its small size
and ovate or conical shape.

In closing this report, grateful acknowledgments are rendered to those bot-
anists whose names already appear in the preceding pages, for their kind codp-
eration in the investigation of our flora, and for their generous contributions of
specimens. ae

When no name is added to the station or stations herein given, the plant has —
been found therein by the writer. Dates signify the time when the specimens
were collected or the plants observed.

Respectfully submitted,
CHAS. H. PECK.

ALBANY, January 4, 1879.

; MOSSES OF CALEDONIA CREEK. 73

[From the Tenth Report of the New York Commissioners ot Fisheries. ]

THE MOSSES OF CALEDONIA CREEK.
By CHARLES H. PECK.

The plants received from Caledonia creek (the fish-hatching station), are a
water-cress, a chara, and four mosses. The latter grow in tufts or patches more
or less dense, either in wet places or submerged in water. When growing in
or under water, they afford a place of refuge or a habitation, and probably food, .
also, to various water insects and their larvee, small mollusks and crustaceans.
The mosses received had an abundance of these small animals among their
branches. I have before observed inhabitants of similar character in tufts of
moss in swamps and mountain rivulets, but never before have I seen them so
various and so numerous. Whether this abundance is due chiefly to the char-
acter of the stream whence the specimens were taken, or to the character and
plenteousness of the food it affords them, or to both combined, may be a ques-
tion. But one thing is evident. There cannot long be an abundance of con-
sumers without an abundance of food to be consumed. The abundance of ani-
mal life in Caledonia creek implies an abundance of food on which these organ-
isms exist, and, if we wish to perpetuate or increase this abundance, we must
preserve or increase the necessary supply of food.

There is, among the mosses of that locality, one of special interest, both
because of its rare occurrence, and because of the noticeable coincidence between
its abundant growth there, and the abundance of animal life that accompanies
it. It is possible that this coincidence is purely accidental, and yet, on the
other hand, it is not wholly improbable that there is some important connection
between the two facts, which would render a brief account of the moss desirable.

It is known to botanists by the name Hypnum noterophilum, or Moisture-
loving moss, under which name it was described by Messrs. Sullivant and
Lesquereux.?

Franklin and Lancaster counties, Pennsylvania, are its previously reported
localities, given on the authority of Prof. T. C. Porter. In those localities it
is said to grow in limestone springs., It was discovered in the Caledonia locality,
several years ago, by Hon. G. W. Clinton, but up to the present time this
remains its only known locality in our State. It is quite evident, therefore,
that it is a moss of very rare occurrence in our State, although it occurs in
abundance in this single locality. At Caledonia it grows (according to my
information) in shallow, mostly quiet or slowly flowing water, attached to peb-
bles and rocks, and forms quite extensive patches of a dark-green or blackish-
green color. The stems are generally two to four inches long, though smaller
forms sometimes occur. They are irregularly branched, the branches being
rather long, and ascending or nearly erect, so that the moss has a somewhat
stiff or rigid aspect. The narrow, nearly erect leaves, also add to this peculiar
appearance. ‘They are furnished with a stout, thick midrib, which extends
through the leaf and projects a little beyond its apex. Insome of the specimens
nothing remained of many of the lower leaves except this thick midrib. Whether
the blade of these leaves had been eaten away by the crustaceans and insect
larve that hide everywhere among the branches, or whether it had gradually

14 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE Museum,

fallen away by decay. is uncertain. The principal features of the moss are rep-
resented in the accompanying illustration (Plate 3).

I have never seen the moss in fruit, and am of the opinion that it rarely, if
ever, fruits in submerged situations. It is a noticeable fact, that it has occurred
in limestone regions only, and in water in which more or Jess lime is held in
solution. Any experiments in transplanting it in other waters would be more
likely to be successful, if this fact be kept in view; still it is possible that it
might thrive in other waters. One of the mosses associated with it, at Caledo-
nia, frequently occurs in water free from lime. The pebbles and small stones
could be easily removed by taking them up bodily with the attached moss and
its occupants, and transporting them to the desired localities. If planted in
large streams, care should be taken to place them in still, shallow water, for in
streams of strong current and large volume, the smaller stones are rolled about
by the force of the current, so that mosses seldom acquire or retain a foot-hold
in such situations. , mt |

The three other mosses associated with the preceding one, are Hypnwum rus-
ciforme, the Ruscus-like moss, Hypnum filicinum, the fern-branched moss,
and Hypnum riparium, the river-bank moss. The first one has occurred in
our State, in rivulets in the Catskill and Shawangunk Mountains. The second
has been found in many localities, but it prefers springy places and dripping
rocks in limestone districts. The third occurs everywhere, in swamps, water-
holes, and sluggish streams. The specimens of these were less in quantity than
of the other, from which [ infer that they are not in unusual abundance there,
and probably their occurrence is of no special significance. }

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREEK.

a |
Or

[From the Tenth Report of the New York Commissioners of Fisheries. ]

THE INSECTS AND OTHER Au iMAL FORMS OF CALEDONIA CREEK, N.Y.

By J. A. LINTNER.

To the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of New York:

GentTLEMEN—In March, 1877, I received a communication from the Chair-
man of your Honorable Board calling my attention to the remarkable abundance
of trout in Caledonia creek, upon which the State Hatching-house is located,
abounding there, it was believed, as in no other natural locality in the United
States. It had also been noticed by the Commissioners, that the mosses and
other aquatic plants of the stream contained an unusual number of insects, and
it was thought that their abundant presence might be the principal cause of the
great. abundance of trout. If this surmise should prove to be well-founded,
then, the question was raised, would it not be desirable, and was it not pr acti-
cable, to transport these insects and accompanying plants to other streams within
the State, and thereby add, in all probability, to their waters, forms of eid
life, and appropriate shelter not at present occurring in them.

By the direction of your chairman, a large can, containing, in water, mosses
and other plants from Caledonia creek, and their living occupants, was sent to
the State Museum or Natural History, in the month of March, for the examin-
ation of the State Botanist and myself. The result of the examination of the
-‘mosses by the botanist has been presented to your board.

I found the mosses and plants swarming with insect forms, crustaceans, etc.,
to such an extent as I had never seen before, and which I could not believe to
be a fair representation of the fauna of Caledonia creek. I accordingly
addressed a letter to Mr. Seth Green, under whose supervision the can and its
contents had been forwarded, making the inquiry whether the animal life con-
tained in the can was only that which belonged to the accompanying plants, or
if it embraced collections from other sources. The answer was returned that
no other living forms had been placed in the can, except those contained in the ©
plants when gathered.

The most abundant form was that of a small crustacean— Gammarus fascia-
tus Say. It was so numerous that no one could have carelessly raised a handful
of the moss without noticing the very large number of these creatures present.
A representation of it, of twice the natural size, is given in plate 4, fig. 12.

The Gammaride, commonly known as shrimps, belong to the order of -
Amphipoda, one of the higher groups of the Crustacea, found in both fresh
water and salt. Three species of Gammarus are known to occur in our ponds,
brooks, rivers or lakes, viz.: G'. limneus Smith, G. fasciatus Say, and 2 G.
minus Say. Of the salt-water forms, five species are Benet in Verrill’s
Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound,* viz.: G. ornatus
Edw., G. annulatus Smith, G. natator Smith, G. marinus ener and G.
mucronatus Say. They are ‘all comparatively small forms—the largest measur-
ing considerably less than an inch in length.

* U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Report 1871-72, pp. 557-559.

76 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Gammarus fasciatus has quite a wide distribution, probably occurring
throughout most of the Northern States, as it is reported from Maine, Connecti-
cut, several localities in New York, from Pennsylvania, Michigan, Illinois and
Wisconsin. Its habits of life admit of its existence in the standing water of
ponds, as well as in the running water of streams. Of its life-history very little
is known; or, indeed, of any of the species of the Gammaride. Our knowl-
edge of them scarcely extends beyond descriptions of the several species, except
that the embryology of some of the Huropean forms has been studied and pub-
lished. All the Gammaride are eagerly devoured by fishes.

The mosses contained a large number of the cases of caddis-worms—Neurop-
terous insects of the family of Phryganide. A reference to these cases and
their occupants will be made hereafter.

So few of these insects have been reared from their larvee, that it is scarcely
possible to identify a species from the examination of its case or its larva—not
that they do not afford reliable specific features, but simply because these fea-
tures have not been connected with the perfect forms. Had this been done, the
caddis-case would, in all probability, indicate its imago as readily as does the
cocoon its moth, or the gall its gall-fly.

The cases contained in the moss were apparently of only two forms. These,
together with the larve taken from.them, were submitted to Dr. Hagen, of the -
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, at Cambridge, Mass.—our highest authority
in the Neuroptera.

One of these forms, composed of bits of wood and bark cemented together,
and represented in fig. 7 of plate 5, was found by Dr. Hagen to belong to the
Limnophilide—a family comprising the two great genera of Limnophilus and
Hallesus. The larva had not been seen by him before, and could, therefore,
from its general characters, only be referred with doubt to Hallesus.

The other form, consisting of small pieces of stone united in a somewhat flat-
tened cylindrical case, was referred to the Sericostomide, and might possibly
be that of Dasystoma numerosum ; but the larvee of these groups are so im-
perfectly known, that nothing definite could be affirmed of this case.

The pup of a species of Cloé—one of the Hphemeride, were quite abundant
in the moss, and actively darting about in the water. Of this genus five species
are described in Hagen’s Synopsis of the Neuroptera of North America.
They are of small size, measuring, in expanse of wings, from one-fourth (C.
pygmea) to three-fourths of an inch.

The Hphemeride are commonly known as May-flies, and from their brief life
in their winged state—usually represented as of but a few hours’ duration—are
sometimes spoken of as Ephemera. Mr. B. D. Walsh, however, has retained
living examples of Palingenia bilineata (Say) in his breeding cages, for nearly
a week.”

De Geer has kept Hphemera vespertina alive for eight days, and Stephens
mentions having kept specimens of Clocon dipterwm alive for more than three
weeks.j These insects often occur in such immense numbers, that they have
been observed “stranded in winrows along the borders of our lakes.” The
swarms of a Huropean species with white wings (H. albipennis) has been com-
pared to a snow storm; whilst in some parts of Hurope where they abound, it
is the custom to collect their dead bodies into heaps and use them for manure.
The fishes at such times eagerly wait for them; and so great are the numbers -
which fall into the water that the fishermen call them manna. (Westwood, loc.
cit., p. 29.)

* Practical Entomologist. Vol. ii, p.95. 1867.
+ Westwood’s Introduction to the Classification of Insects. Vol. hea OM?

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREEK. ry |

The distinguished naturalist Reaumur gives so interesting and wonderful an
account of the appearance of these insects on one occasion, near the river Marne,
in France, that we transcribe it here: The myriads of Ephemere which filled
the air over the current of the river, and over the bank on which I-stood, are
neither to be expressed nor conceived. When the snow falls with the largest
flakes and with the least interval between them, the air is not so full of them
as that which surrounded us was with Ephemeree. Scarcely had I remained in
one place a few minutes, when the step on which I stood was quite concealed
with a layer of them from two to four inches in depth. Near the lowest step,
a surface of water, of five or six feet dimensions every way, was entirely and
thickly covered by them, and what the current carried off was continually
replaced. Many times I was obliged to abandon my station, not being able to
bear the shower of Ephemere, which, falling with an obliquity less constant
than that of an ordinary shower, struck continually, and in a manner extremely
uncomfortable, every part of my face,—eyes, mouth and nostrils were filled with
them.”’ *

From their number, habit of flight over the surface of the water, and liability
to be blown therein, the Ephemeride constitute an important part of the food
of many of our fishes; consequently their frail forms are often imitated by the
fly-fishermen, by which to lure the trout from his retreat. Of the forty-four
species of insects given by Ronald in his Py-fishers’ Hntomology, eighteen
belong to this family.

Some of the Hphemeride, in their preparatory stages, live in burrows in the
mud of the banks, ‘‘ divided internally into two canals, each having a separate
opening externally, and uniting internally at the extremity, so that the insect
can crawl in at one hole and out of the other, without being obliged to make
the awkward turn it would have to do in a straight hole’ (Westwood, loc cit.,
p- 29). Others of the family, which are of a stronger build, live at large in the
water, and are quite active in their movements.

To illustrate this interesting family, in fig. 6 of plate 5, Hexagenia bilineata
(Say) is given. This is the Palingenia bilineata of Hagen’s Synopsis of the
Neuroptera of North America, p. 41, where its habitat is given as British
North America, Penn., Md., Dist. Colum. and Mo. The example figured was
captured at Schenectady, N. Y., in the month of June.

I was unable to comply with the request of your board, that I would visit
Caledonia and make an examination of the fauna of the creek, during the sum-
mer, when the insect life would be at its height, and the mature forms easy to
be collected for their identification.

On the first of December, I visited the State Hatching-house, and examined
the ponds and the portion of the creek in the immediate vicinity. The season
was too far advanced for an abundant insect fauna, and the weather, unfortu-
nately, proved very unfavorable for the collection of such forms as were present.
In the afternoon of my arrival, I noticed three species of Neuroptera on the
wing, much to my surprise. One of these, a Phryganid, Chilostigma coagulaia,
kindly determined by Dr. Hagen, was quite abundant, flitting about in the

occasional sunshine, although the temperature was but a few degrees above the
freezing point. A pair of these was taken in copula; the other two species will
be noticed hereafter. A species of Diptera, somewhat smaller than the common
housefly, was also captured on the wing (see page 81).

The following day, December second, proved exceedingly unfavorable for my
examinations ; a severe snow storm, continuing throughout the day, with the

* Introduction to Entomology : Kirby and Spence. Phila., 1846, p. 197.

78 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE’ STATE MUSEUM.

high wind accompanying it, frequently compelled me, although incased in india-
rubber, to seek the shelter of the Hatching-house. My explorations were con-
fined to the mosses and other plants upon and near the borders of the principal
pond (formed by a dam thrown across the sane to pieces of timber floating in
it, and to the bed of the stream.

The following forms were collected during eS brief stay :

FISHES.

Among the water-plants, drawn with the aid of a rake to the bank of the
pond, for the examination of their contents, were a number of specimens of the
little fish, commonly known as Millers’ Thumbs. Often unobserved at first,
after the plants had lain upon the ground for several minutes, upon raising them
up, the fishes would be discovered lying quietly on the surface of the ground
beneath. Both the locality and quiet habit are strikingly at variance with
what is related of the Cottoids. Girard, in his Monograph of the P'resh-water
Cottoids of North America,* says of them: ‘Clear and limpid waters. are the
places most preferred by these fishes. The small rivulets of cold water descending
along the slopes of mountains, are often their favorite residence. ** * * * *
They keep sheltered under stones, which must be removed when in search of
them. When uncovered, they sometimes dart away with great rapidity, in search
of another hiding-place ; and sometimes they wait motionless until started.”

For nearly a century, all the fresh-water Cottoids, both in this country and
in Kurope, were supposed to constitute but a single species—the Cottus gobio
Linn. Subsequently, more critical observation has largely added to the num-
ber of the species, Girard citing seven in Hurope, and fifteen in North America;
of these latter, he refers thirteen to Cottws, and one each to Cottopsis and
Triglopsis. Jordan and Copeland, in their “ Check List of the Fresh-water
Fishes of North America,”’+ arrange the Cottoids under the four genera of
Pegedichthys Raf., Uranidea Dekay, Cottopsis Girard, and Triglopsis Girard,
having respectively 13, 9, 8 and 1 species—Nos. 106-127 of Check List. Of
these, but a single species, the Cottws gracilis of Heckel (Uranidea quiescens
of Dekay) i is credited to New York.

From the difficulty attendant upon the determination of these closely allied
species, I have not attempted to name the Caledonia examples, but have sub-
mitted them to Prof. Putnam, of Cambridge, Mass., who has made special study
of this interesting group.

In the last sending from Caledonia, a large number of ‘ stickle-backs ”’ were
recelved—beautiful little creatures—varying in length from one inch to one inch
and seven-eighths, with silvery sides, their upper portion marbled in shades of
green, and with five or six dorsal spines from which they derive their name.
They belong to the family of G'asterosteide, which, in the Check List above
quoted, are arranged in the genera Grasterosteus Linn., Pygostews Brevoort,
Apeltes Dekay, and Hucalia Jordan. ‘Two only of the contained species, viz. :
Apeltes quadracus and Hucalia Cayuga, are ascribed to New York.

The Caledonia examples do not, apparently, belong to either of these species.
They have, therefore, been submitted to Prof. Putnam’s study, in company with
the forms above mentioned si

The stickle-backs are noted for the singular habit which pertains to all we
species; of constructing nests for the reception of their eggs.

* Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 1852. Vol. iii, No. 30.

+ Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natur ‘al Science. Vol. ili, pp. 138-164.

+ Prof. Putnam, having examined the specimens, refers the ‘« millers’ thumbs ” to Cottus gra-
cilis Heckel, and the stickle-backs toGasterosteus inconstans Kirtland (Eucalia inconstans of
Jordan).

\ \
INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREEK. | 79

Their nests are not very elaborate structures, as they are composed of such
material as is accessible to the pair within the narrow limits near the bank of
the stream, which they have selected as their special domain, and from which
every venturesome intruder is at once driven away. Pieces of straw or of dried
grasses blown into the water are appropriated for the purpose and interwoven
among the vegetation of the stream in such a manner as to harmonize with the
surrounding objects, and with difficulty to be detected by one walking upon the
bank. When removed from the water, their delicate structure causes them to
fall together into a shapeless mass. When the female has deposited her eggs
in the nest, they are guarded with ceaseless vigilance. The boldness of the
male, in their defense, is remarkable: ‘‘ He will dash at a fish of ten times his
size, and by dint of his fierce onset and his bristling spears, drive, the enemy
away. Hven ifa stick be placed within the sacred circle, he will dart at it,
repeating the assault as often as the stick may trespass upon his domains.”’

REPTILES.

At the time of my December visit, lizards were quite abundant in the mosses
at the water’s edge. A number of examples were brought with me on my return,
but unfortunately they died, and decomposition ensued to the extent of destroy-
ing their characteristic features, before they were determined. They were,
apparently, of three species. |

In the month of February following, diligent search, at my request, was made
for additional examples, but only one individual could be found. This proved |
to be the gray-spotted Triton— Triton porphyriticus (Green) of Dekay,—the
Gyrinophila porphyriticus of Cope’s Check List of North America Batrachia
and Reptilia.* Its range is from New York to Alabama (Cope).

CRUSTACHANS.

Two examples of the craw-fish, Cambarus Bartonii (Fabr.), were among the
collections.t This species is probably the most common of our Northern forms,
in ponds, creeks and rivers, beneath stones, or burrowing into banks It extends
southward into Maryland and Kentucky.

The shrimp, Gammarus fasciatus Say, previously noticed, was very abundant
among the mosses and the water plants.

In the aquarium to which the water of the can containing the collections, was
transferred, numerous examples of the minute crustacean, Cyclops 2 were
observed, resting against the glass sides, or darting swiftly through the water,
very many of the females bearing on each side of them, the ovoid sac of eggs,
which forms so conspicuous a feature in their appearance during this period of
their existence.

These small crustaceans are often spoken of as water-fleas. They occur in
both fresh water and salt—in the latter so abundantly that, notwithstanding
their insignificant size, they constitute, it is said, a material portion of the food.
of whales.

INSECTS.
COLEOPTERA.

_ The following species of water beetles were obtained from the plants at the
time of their collection, or subsequently from the aquarium in which they were
placed on my return to Albany:

_ * Bulletin of the United States National Museum. No.1. 1875.

ft Prot. Uhler finds these examples representative of the Northern type, but to differ, in details
of mouth-organs and proportions of body, from the Montana forms.

+ For an outline figure of Cyclops quadricornis, see American Naturalist, vol. ix, p. 586.

80 THIRTY-SECOND Reporr on THE STATE Moseoum.

Laccophilus maculosus: ‘Germ, 2. .2).\3 's.s'slehiy sales Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., IV, p. 399.
Acthusrsemisuleatus (Mabe: ert Siac soe Sees , Ib. p. 401.
FAY ATY NOTUS? OPPOSTIALSMS AW. > sg. Ms aia Ib. p. 393.
FLY APOPOTUWS GTLNTS SAV Ne Fe! Siac e's oh HIRES es eee Ib. p. 391.
Duyliscis Torrisi Mminbyey aac 3. ke Eee Ib. p. 407.
Paccobits Ggiis range way 4 Lh2 St ae eee Bost. Journ. Nat. Sci., Il, p. 19.
PiU ArUS NEDULOSUS SAY osc ee ine ese he ae nates Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., I, p. 250.
Phithydrus refiexipennis Zimm'. 2.60 Ss lee wae ee Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., I, p. 250.
AYATOOLUS SUOCUPTEUS (SAY) dane TG eee Journ. Acad. NiS: Phi Wipe aes
HHydrobiwedespectus Wee Uo ene Geass see als New Sp. N. A. Coleop., p. 25.
LLY OREO SIO LOOOSUS SAY o:8s ais) le wa hs tele ed aes eee ates Long’s Expedition, II, p. 276.

They are all strictly aquatic species, belonging to the families of Dytiscide
(the first five mentioned) and Hydrophilide (the last six). For their deter-
mination, I am indebted to the kind services of Dr. Le Conte, of Philadelphia.

The Dytiscide have an extensive distribution, being found in all quarters of
the globe. The peculiar structure of their posterior and middle pair of legs,
which are flattened and edged with a row of dense cilia, permit of their swim-
ming with great agility, readily ascending to the surface of the water for air,
and again diving to the bottom (whence the derivation of their name, meaning a
diver), with the greatest ease. In swimming, their hind legs move together,
_ like those of a frog, and by observing this motion, they may be distinguished
from the Hydrophilide, in which they act alternately. They are carnivorous
in their habits in both their larval and perfect states, like the mature forms of
the predaceous land-beetles—the Carabidae, which they closely resemble in
structure, except in their legs. Occasionally they leave the water, climbing up
the stem of a water-plant in the evening, whence they take wing, rising almost
perpendicularly in the air, and dropping after their flight upon the surface of
water, and at times upon sashes of glass, as glazed garden frames, etc., which
they mistake for water. Their locomotion on land is quite limited, from their
hind legs being capable only of a horizontal movement. The species of Lac-
cophilus, however, are able to spring a considerable distance. The hybernation
of many of the species is beneath moss and lichens, from which they occasionally
venture forth, being sometimes seen swimming under the ice; others maintain
a torpid state, buried in the mud.

In illustration of this family, two of the species mentioned above as occurring
in Caledonia creek, are figured, viz., Dytiscus Harrisii Kirby (fig. 2, plate 4),
one of the largest of our species, and of common occurrence, and ciliuws semi-
sulcatus (fig. 7, plate 4), a more unusual form. Figure 1, plate 4, represents a
larva belonging to this family, believed by Dr. Le Conte, from an inspection of
the original drawing, to belong to the genus Gaurodytes. Several examples of
it occurred in the Caledonia collections. |

The larve of these beetles have been called water-tigers, from their preda-
ceous habits. They are ‘ong, cylindrical, usually with contracted necks, and a
flat head, armed with powerful jaws, which they use expertly in seizing and
devouring other insects. Comparatively few of the larve of our species are
known. The larva of Aciliws semisulcatus may be presumed to resemble that
of the European A. sulcatus, shown in fig. 4, plate 4, from an outline figure by
Westwood. Of this larva, it is said: ‘It is extremely insidious in its attacks ;
the downward bending of its neck, and the upward turning of its head, inducing
it to seize objects above rather than in front of it; so that when an object is
perceived floating on the surface of the water, the larva rises very cautiously
until it has nearly reached it, when, by a sudden jerk of the neck, it seizes the

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA OREEK. QS]

object with its jaws, and immediately drags it under water ; if it still struggles,
the larva endeavors to despatch it by repeated jerkings of the head. When in
the water they may constantly be seen jerking themselves in every direction,
probably for the purpose of seizing upon other minute insects.” (Westwood,
loc. cit., I, p. 102.)

Another species of this genus — Acilius mediatus of Say — will probably be
found at Caledonia, as it is quite a common species.

Of the genus Hydroporus, of which two species were taken at Caledonia,
seventy-seven species are described from the United States.* The individuals
of the several species are also usually quite abundant. .

The family of Hydrophilide is named from the principal genus, Hydrophilus
—the name from the Greek, meaning a lover of water. The larve are preda-
ceous, eagerly catching and devouring other insects. In their perfect form, as
beetles, they live almost wholly on vegetable food, and are, therefore, valuable
agents in the purification of our waters, from their feeding on refuse and decay-
ing vegetable matter. Their legs are similar to those of the preceding family,
but they do not swim with the same facility.

An interesting feature of some of the species of Hydrophilide is the cocoon-
like envelop which the female spins for her eggs—fifty or sixty in number. It
is composed of silk, proceeding from two large silk glands, like those of many of
the Lepidoptera, through a pair of external spinnarets. The cocoon has been
compared in shape with a turnip, having a horny projection which serves as a
respiratory channel for the young larve after they are hatched. In some spe-
cies, the cocoon is attached to aquatic plants, and in others it is borne about by
the beetle, upon the under surface of the abdomen. In fig. 5, plate 4, the form
of the cocoon or egg-envelop of Hydrophilus piceus Linn., a Kuropean species,
is shown: figure 6 is the same cut open to show the arrangement of the eggs
contained within. ‘The figures are copied from drawings by Riley, given in Le
Barows Fourth Annual Report on the Insects of Illinois.

Hydrophilus triangularis Say — one of our common species and of frequent
occurrence in ponds, is represented in figure 9, of plate 4, in illustration of this
family. The figure is from the same source as above cited.

While all the species of these two families, in both their larval and perfect
stages, furnish desirable food for fishes, it is proper to state that many of their
larve also prey upon very young fishes. It is not probable, however, that in
pisciculture serious evil need be apprehended from the presence, unless in very
unusual number, of predaceous larvee. From the rule of general antagonism
prevailing throughout nature—of devouring and being devoured in turn—final
good undoubtedly results, in the succumbing of the weaker forms, and the sur-
vival of those best fitted to accomplish the objects of their creation.

DIPTERA.

The larvze of two species of smail flies, allied to the musquitos and gnats, were
abundant in the plants collected at Caledonia in March, 1877, and very abun-—
dant in a package containing additional material, from the same source, received
in February, 1578. They are, to all appearance, congeneric with the larvee
figured by Packard, Smith, Glover and others, as those of Chironomus.

The perfect insects of this genus are musquito-like in appearance, having
beautifully feathered, usually triangular, antennze, a large thorax, small abdo-
men and wings, and long, delicate legs. A large number of North American
Species are embraced in the genus, so that it would not be proper, with our

* Crotch: Revision of the Dytiscidx of the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., iv, p. 383.

6

89 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MusEevm.

present knowledge, and without observing the transformations, to make a specific
reference to any of the larvae. A species is described by Dr. Fitch, in his
Winter Insects of Eastern New York as Chironomus nivoriundus—the snow-
born midge.* It is said of it: ‘It is a very common species, appearing upon
the snow in the winter season, and upon fences, windows, etc., in the forepart
of spring, the males and the females being about equally numerous. The
beautiful plumose antennz of the former distinguish them at a glance from all
other insects abroad at this season. At times they may be met with in immense
swarms. April 27, 1846, in a forest, for the distance of a quarter of a mile,
they appeared in such countless myriads as to prove no small annoyance to the
passer, getting into his mouth, nostrils and ears at every step, and literally cov-
ering his clothing. These had probably hatched from the marshy border of an —
adjoining lake.” On one occasion, a species of Chironomus, believed by Walsh

to have been the stigmaterus of Say, appeared in such a swarm, on Long Island,

as to have been mistaken by the observer for smoke coming from a hay-stack

half a mile distant.t

One of the two forms of the larvee above mentioned, represented in fig. 18
of plate 4, was so numerous in the package of Chara vulgaris—a very common
plant in a large pond near the hatching-house—that, on taking up little patches
of it from the bottom of the box in which it was packed, they would be found
almost covered with the larve. They evidently had a fondness for the fishes
which had died in the Chara while in transit, for from the body of a small
Cottus twenty individuals were removed, and nearly as many from a quite small
Gasterosteus. The abundance of this form, associated with a plant simply
taken from the water for the purpose of packing, would indicate an exceedingly
prolific species, and also the _ possibility that it might be the form which origi-
nates the ‘‘immense swarms” of Chironomus nivoriundus, like that observed
by Dr. Fitch.

The other species of larva, much less abundant, was more elongate, with
longer joints proportionately, and of a blood-red color. It is also, by writers,
referred to the genus Chironomus.

The fly captured upon the wing (before mentioned) has been referred by Mr.
Burgess, of ‘the Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., who is paying special study to our
Diptera, to the family of Hphydrinida, and probably to the genus of Scaitel/a ;
but, in the absence of its antenne, it cannot be positively placed. Most of the
larvee of this family are aquatic, and many of them possess particular interest,
from their occurrence in the graduating houses of salt-works, and very numer-
ously in some of the western salt lakes.

The tribe of Ephydrina, to which Scatel/a belongs, have, as a prominent
characteristic feature, naked eyes. On submitting the above example to a high
magnifying power, traccs of hairs are discoverable, from which it is almost
evident that the hairy clothing of the eyes has been removed through the
extremely rough handling which I had unfortunately given the insect. If this
should prove correct, then it is not improbable that the species should be
referred to the closely allied Hydrellina, and perhaps to the genus Hydriillia,
near to H. hypoleuca Loew.t In that species, the first jomt of the hind tarsi
is red; in the Caledonia example, black.

HEMIPTERA.

eee: of Gerris remiges Say —shown in fig. 10, plate 4, were found
abundantly, skipping over the surface of some quiet water. These insects,

* American Journal of Agriculture and Science. Vol. v, p. 282. 1846.
+The Practical Entomologist. Vol. ii, p. 10. 1866-67.
t Monographs of the Diptera of North America, by H. Loew. PartI, p. 151. 1862.

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREER. 83

from their six long legs branching out from their small bodies, and their peculiar
motion, in jerking over the surface of the water of ponds and the more quiet
portions of our streams, are familiar to all. The popular name of water-boat-
men is sometimes applied to them. They are extremely active creatures, skim-
ming about with great velocity, and quickly turning in any direction. West-
wood states that their hind feet -act conjointly as a rudder, while the longer
middle feet, placed at the middle of the sides of the body, are used somewhat
as oars; they are not, however, dipped into, but merely brush along, the surface
of the water. With their shorter fore-legs they seize and hold the small insects
upon which they prey, while devouring them. The under-side of the body is
covered with a plush-like coating to repel the water.

They belong to the family of Hydrometride, and are placed by Latreille in
the section of Ploteres—not very appropriately named, as Westwood remarks,
for their motion is not that of swimming. For a long time the generic name of
Gerris has been applied to them, but they have been recently referred to new
genera by Stal. Professor Glover™ cites six species, viz.; G. caniculatus Say
(Georgia), G. conformis Uhler (Md.), G. lacustris Fabr. (Md. ), G. marginata
Say (U.S.), G. remiges Say (U. S. generally), and G. rufoscutellata Latr.
ri S.). The last three species have a broad distribution, they having been
collected by Prof. Uhler and Dr. Packard, in Colorado.t Of G. remiges,
Prof. Uhler writes, loc. cit.: “Collected by Dr. Packard, on July 10, in
Denver; at Boulder, June 20; and at Manitou, July 15. It was found, also,
by myself on the still water along the margins of Sloan’s lake, and it was very
abundant also on the surface of the irrigating canal proceeding from the cafion
of the Arkansas, in August.”” Prof. Uhler, to whom I owe the authoritative
determination of this species, refers it to the genus Hygrotrechus of Stal.

Numerous examples of another form of ‘‘ water boatman,” of the family of
Notonectide, and of the genus Corina, were contained in the box of Chara
received from Caledonia in February. They are apparently of two species—
the larger measuring three-eighths of an inch in length of abdomen, and the
smaller about one-half so long. They were submitted to Prof. Uhler, who
informs me that ‘the species does conform to any published description, and
is, therefore, probably undescribed.”” From an accompanying pen-and-ink
sketch, the larger form shown in fig. 11 of plate 4,is undoubtedly the one re-
ferred to, the smaller one having probably escaped from the box in which they
were sent alive.

Large companies of these insects are often seen floating on the surface of the
water, frequently with their back downward. When disturbed, they dive to
the bottom with a quick, paddling motion. ‘Their hind legs have the two tarsal
joints very long, broad, and fringed with cilia, admirably adapting them for
swimming purposes. The fore-legs are partly prehensile, armed with a single
claw—these legs not seen when at rest. The middle legs are comparatively
slight, terminating in a long and slender claw; when floating on the surface,
these are bent backward, while the hinder legs are thrown forward as balancers,
as shown in the figure, apparently reversing their true position.

A species of this genus, C. mercenaria Say, is said, by Say, to be largely
used in Mexico as food.

In figure 8 of plate 4, the family of Belostomide is represented, in Belostoma
Americanum Leidy ; the specimen figured is not of the maximum size. The
largest of the Caledonia examples measured two and a quarter inches’in length of

* Manuscript Notes from my Journal. Order Hemiptera. By Townend Glover, p. 39. 1876.
7 Bulletin of the U. S. Geolog. and Geograph. Survey of the Terr. Vol. iii, No. 2, p. 453. 1877.

84 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

abdomen, while in the Practical Entomologist, vol. i, p. 249, a figure of the
species is given (erroneously referred to the South American B. grandis,) which
measures two and one-half inches in length. Another species, the B. grisea,
occurring in several of the seaboard States, is said to attain the length of three
and a half inches. ‘

The principal features of this insect—its strong prehensile fore-legs, its flat-
tened body, and its broad hind legs, are well shown in the figure. It is an
aquatic species, but occasionally takes flight for short distances. Its popular
name is the ‘‘ gigantic water-bug.”’

The Belostome are predaceous, feeding on many of the smaller aquatic in-
sects, and on fishes and their eggs. Their presence, therefore, is to be dreaded,
in waters devoted to pisciculture. Prof. Glover states (loc. cit., p. 26), that a
small goldfish in the aquarium of the Department of Agriculture, at Washing-
ton, which had been left over night with a specimen of the B. Americanum,
was found the following morning to have been killed by it.

This species occurs in Texas and throughout the Atlantic region, from Maine
to Florida (Uhler).

NEUROPTERA.

Perlide.—One of the two species of Neuroptera, previously reterred to,
(page 77) as having been captured on the wing at Caledonia, on the first of
December, is a species of Leuctra, and, as I am informed by Dr. Hagen, to
whom it was submitted, probably undescribed. Of the two known North
American species, viz., L. ferruginea and LL. tenuis, it is nearer to the latter,
and possibly more abundant material (only two examples were taken) and in
better condition, might show it to be identical. Dr. Fitch, in his Winter Jn-
sects, (loc. cit.) describes two other species, as Perla nivicola and Nemoura
nivalis, which are different from this species. In remarking upon the abun-
dance of the two forms, Dr. Fitch says: ‘‘One of the purposes served by these
prolific insects in the economy of nature, doubtless is, to supply with food the
fish of our streams at this early period of the year’”’ (in the latter half of winter,
upon the snow).

Ephemeride.—The third species captured on the wing (see page 77) was in
so broken a condition when received by Dr. Hagen, having lost its legs and
other appendages, that it could only be referred with doubt to the genus Baétis,
not far from B. alternata Say. It might possibly belong to the genus Pota-
manthus. From its being in the subimago state, determimation was rendered
more difficult.

Odonata.—The pupal skin of a large species of dragon-fly was picked up
among the dried grasses on the bank of the stream, which Dr. Hagen, from his
extensive acquaintance with these forms in their several stages, is able to refer
to Ana Junius of Drury. The imago measures four and a half inches in
expanse of wings, is of a green color, spotted with blue and fuscous, and with a
yellow head. Its larva is correspondingly large and powerful, and from the
known habit of most of the Odonata, must be particularly injurious to the cul-
ture of fishes. This species has a remarkable distribution, extending across the
entire continent from New York to San Francisco, and southwardly into Texas,
Mexico and Cuba. It occurs also in the Sandwich Islands, Kamtschatka and
China (Hagen).

In the later February collections, there were contained several living pupz
of Aischna verticalis Hagen, shown in figure 10 of plate 5. This is a smaller
species than the above, having an expanse of wings of but three and three-fourth
inches. Its only assigned habitats are New York State and Washington, D. C.

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREEK. 85

The above family will undoubtedly be found very largely represented at Cal-
edonia — usually abounding in and about waters which have an abundant insect
fauna. It is quite desirable that full collections of them should be made during
the season when they occur most numerously—in the months of July and August.
In their larval and pupal forms, they are the terror of the inhabitants of the
water, and in their perfect form, they are the hawks and eagles of the insect
world, persistently chasing and devouring other smaller insects. Their habits,
in all their stages, are exceedingly interesting, but it would occupy too much
space to present them here.

Phryganide.—The second species, before referred to, of which many indivi-
duals were observed at Caledonia, alighting after short flights on the whitened,
dead Chara, strewing the shore of a pond, is Chilostigma coagulata Say MS.— -
the name in Say’s handwriting being attached to a specimen in the Harris Col-
lection at Boston. It is mentioned in Hitchcock’s Report, 2d edition, p. 582, and
by Dr. Hagen in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xv, p. 296, as Platyphylas
coagulata. Dr. Hagen writes me farther in relation to it: ‘The genus Chil-
ostigma was established by McLachlan, in 1876, for a European species, C.
Sieboldii, which is nearly related to C. coagulata, differing by characters which
are probably only of specific value, viz.: the apical joint of the labial palpi in the
North American species, is egg-shaped ; the length of the joints of the maxillary
palpi of the female is slightly different in their proportions, and the areolus in
the interior wings is straight and unbroken. I would not deem it advisable,
for the present, to establish a new genus for the N. A. species, of which three
are described by Walker, as Limnephilus, and in the Synopsis of North
American Neuroptera as Hnoicyla, because all have 1, 2, 2, spurs. The
species are : 7

“1. OC. coagulata Say. Dublin and Mt. Monadnox, N. H.

“2. C. difficilis Walk. Mt. Monadnox, N. H. This species are much like
the first, but a little larger, and the male and female have different genital parts.

“3. CO. preterita Walk. Arctic America, Slave River.

“4. C. interscisa Walk.—Phr. irrorata F'abr. (teste McLach.). Hudson’s
Bay Territory. This species differs from the others by much more elongate wings.

“« Chilostigma is a northern, probably an Arctic genus. The species are
nearly the latest Neuroptera in their appearance in their imago state. Their
nymphe swim in the water in undergoing their last metamorphosis, when they
fall an easy prey to fishes.”

As C. coagulata has not, to the present, been described, a figure enlarged to
two diameters, is given of it. (Fig. 2, plate 5.)

The Phryganide, in many of their species, bear so strong a resemblance to
some of the moths of the Order of Lepidoptera, in the shape of their wings and
in the hairs with which they are overspread, that they are sometimes designated
by the name of water-moths. In their larvai stage, passed in the water, they
are known as case-worms, or caddis-worms. ‘They live in cases, which, by the
aid of a silk which they spin, they build about themselves, composed of various
substances, such as portions of leaves or stems of plants, pieces of wood or bark,
the shells of the smaller species of Helix, Planorbis, Limnea, etc., gravel,
fragments of stone, seeds of plants, and of almost any small body which may
occur in their locality.*

*In two examples contained in the material recently received by me from Caledonia, the
larvez, which were of large size, with the object no doubt of avoiding the labor attending the
construction of a new case, necessitated by their growth, had availed themselves of the hollow
stem of some sileceous-coated aquatic plant of a suitable diameter (one-fourth inch), a section
of which two inches in length, afforded them a strong, agreeable, and easily transported habi-
tation.

86 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

These cases are of various forms and proportions, sometimes being of an oval —
shape, and attached by the rim to the under surface of a stone, but more gen-
erally of an elongated, cylindrical form. These latter are closed at one end,
with the other remaining open to admit of the extrusion of the head and thoracic
segments of the larva, for the purpose of locomotion or taking its food. It retains
its position within the case by means of some hooks at its posterior extremity,
and three mammiform protuberances on its first abdominal segment (shown in
fig. 9, plate 5), adhering so strongly that considerable force is required for its
dislodgment.

Sub-fam. Rhyacophilide.—In fig. 1, plate 5, one of the oviform, attached
cases, above referred to, and quite common at Caledonia, is represented. They
are usually considerably longer than broad, as I recall them in place —the
examples at hand having evidently been distorted in their careless removal from
the stone. They belong, as Dr. Hagen informs me, ‘‘to the sub-family of
Rhyacophilide. There are only eight North American species described, but
a number of others are known. From the small size of the examples sent, they
probably do not belong to Rhyacophila proper, but to some other genus yet to
be established. The cases of these larve are composed of pieces of stone, or
other rough material, and are attached to the surface of stones. The larva is
not confined to its case, but passes in and out of it through an aperture. Most
of the species of Rhyacophila build for the nympha, a brown, membranaceous
cocoon, which is wanting in these examples.”’

Westwood, loc. cit., vol. ii, p. 62, fig. 68.6, represents a case somewhat simi-
lar to this, but more elongate, and composed of finer material, which he refers
to Hydropsyche senex Pictet. He says of the larvee: ‘‘ They are compelled to
quit their retreat whilst searching for food, in a naked state, and they are accord-
ingly better fitted for such a kind of life, by having the abdomen of a firmer
consistence. Their pupz are inclosed in a single silky envelop, to which various
materials are attached.”

Hydroptile.—In fig. 4, plate 5, a case of one of the Hydroptile (natural
size’, is shown. Dr. Hagen writes of it: “It is probably of the genus Phria-
ocoma Haton. Of the Hydroptile cases very little is known. I have worked
much at them, but have not yet published. The shape and manner of living
are similar for all, but some cases consist only of silk and fibres of Chara, very
neatly arranged. A full account of one is given in the “London Quarterly
Journal of the Microscopical Society, 1857, New Series, Vol. VII, No. xxv,
p- 83; and we have found a similar one here.”

Westwood (loc. cit.), fig. 68.5, figures the case of the Huropean Aydroptila
pulchricornis Pictet —‘‘a small, flattened, kidney-shaped case, opened by a
slit at each end.” These cases resemble somewhat the interior cases of Rhya-
cophila, but differ from them in their not being inclosed in an additional outer
case, and in their swimming freely in the water.

Sub-fam. Sericostomide.—The cases constructed by the larve of this group
are represented in fig. 5, plate 5, given in twice the natural size. They are sub-
cylindrical, being somewhat flattened, and usually larger at their open end.
They are composed of grains of sand, bits of stone, or other hard material, and
occasionally a small shell is worked in. Often a larger stone is attached to each
side, as shown in the figure, to give them, it is supposed, additional weight.
But few of the species have been described. Dr. Hagen refers the species here-
with figured to Silo, or some nearly related genus. Quite a number of these
cases, when collected, were slightly fastened at one extremity to stones, indi-
cating the readiness of the occupants for their pupal change, or in the examples
where the cases were closed, their having already entered upon that stage. In
their early state, they are numbered among the unattached forms, moving freely —
in the water.

INSECTS, ETC:, OF CALEDONIA CREEK. 87

Sub-fam. Limnophilide.—An interesting ease of this group is shown in fig. 8,
plate 5. It consists mainly of pieces of charcoal interspersed with sand, frag-
ments of stone, seeds of a raspberry, a number of the shells of Planorbis (Gy-
raulus) parvus Say, anda few valves of a species of Spheriwm. It obviously
belongs to a genus near to Hallesws, and may possibly pertain to the Chilostig-
ma coagulata, shown in fig. 2, plate 5. . :

Another of the same group is given in fig. 3, plate 5. From the entirely dif-
ferent material of which it is constructed, as well as the manner of its construc-
tion, it is probably of a different species, and perhaps of a different genus, but
not far removed from Hallesus. It is composed principally of small pieces of
stone and marl, with here and there a minute shell and a hard seed. Before
its open end was closed with its silken grating. the larva, as an additional pro-
tection, had attached to it a stone, nearly covering and projecting over it at an
angle of 60°; the angle is not represented in the figure.

Fig. 9, plate 5, represents a Phryganid larval form, of which hundreds of ex-
amples were found in the box of Chara, much the larger number being without
ceases, although similar in appearance to other encased ones. The vacant cases
observed seemed by far too few to have accommodated the large number of
naked forms present. Many of these latter were placed in the aquarium, but
nearly all were found to be dead the following day, either from injuries sustained
from the Mollusca, or from an unsuitable condition of the water.

It will readily be seen that, in an aquatic form, in which the size of the abdo-:
men is so disproportionate to the locomotive organs, some protection, like that
afforded by a case, is indispensable to prevent its extermination by its natural
enemies. Hven when wholly withdrawn within its retreat, as is its condition
under the slightest alarm, it is not exempt from attack and destruction. Some
of the species of water snails as Limnaa and others, have been seen to attach
themselves to the Phryganid cases, penetrate the walls, and devour the insects -
within, wholly powerless to defend themselves against this artful approach. This.
procedure has been observed by Dr. Hagen, who, on one occasion, in this man-
ner, lost nearly the entire brood of a rare species which he was rearing in an
aquarium in which Limnea and allied forms were present.

When ready for their pupal change, these tubular-cased Phryganide partially
close the opening to their dwelling by spinning across it a silken network,
excluding enemies, but permitting the entrance of water. The meshes are sey-
ered as the final transformation approaches, when the insect comes to the surface
of the water, and from its case, or the stem of a water-plant on which it hag
climbed, it withdraws itself, expands its wings, and betakes itself to its new
element.

VERMES.

Quite a number of earth worms were observed in jars to which some of the
mosses had been transferred. As they were not noticed at first, it is believed
that they were developed from ova. ‘Their rapid increase in size was a matter
of no little surprise. |
A leech, brought from the stream, is at present lurking among the mosses of
the aquarium, having, since its first discovery, been successful in eluding recap-
ture. From the glimpses had of it, it is probably the common blood-sucking
species of the Northern States, the Macrobdella decora (Say).*
The leeches, as a class, are not of service to the fish-culturist. Some of the
species have been found in the stomach of the lake white-fish (Corregonus albus

_ *In a can received from Caledonia, while these pages are passing through the press (August),
in answer to a request for shrimps only, at least forty specimens of leeches, of two species, were
contained in the accompanying water plants.

88 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.
Lesu.), but the larger number are injurious to fishes, in attaching themselves to
them and sucking their blood; in being, by nature, parasitic upon them, and by
destroying insect larvee and mollusks which constitute so large a proportion of
fish food. They at times occur in almost incredible numbers, as related by J

W. Milner,* when, on one occasion, in the month of April, as some fishermen
were lifting their nets from about fifty fathoms, some fifteen miles out from
Kenosha, Wis., a species of Ichthyobdella [? Milneri of Verrill] so thickly cov-
ered the fishes (trout, white-fish and cisco) and the nets, that they fell to the

deck in such numbers that it became slippery, and an old coat was thrown down

for the man to stand upon who was lifting the gang.

~*~ MOLLUSCA.

No special effort was made to collect the Mollusca of the waters. Two
species, Physa heterostropha and Limnea desidiosa were observed abundantly
on sticks and pieces of timber in the water. In the bed of a small stream near
the hatching-house, where the current was interrupted by scattered blocks of
stone, a mar]-like deposit occurred, consisting almost entirely of small shells and
comminuted larger ones, into which the hand could be thrust to the depth of
several inches. Specimens of this deposit were brought with me, and its exam-
ination disclosed the following species—authoritatively determined by Dr. James
Lewis, of Mohawk, N. Y.:

Hlelodiscus lineatus Say, Limnea catoscopium Say, -
Feliz albolabris Say, Limneea desidiosa Say, ‘
Helix alternata Say, Limnea humilis Say,
Pupa corticaria Say, Physa heterostropha Say,
Succinea ovalis Gould, Gyraulus parvus Say,
Zonites nitidus Miller, Bythinella obtusa Lea,
' Zonites arborea Say, Spherium sp. ?,
Carychiun exiguum Say, Pisidium abditum Hald.

None of the above species are of special rarity, but are such as occur in

various limestone regions throughout the State.

The Physa heterostropha and Limnea desidiosa, which were taken from the
waters in their living state, were brought to Albany and placed in a small aqua-
rium. From that time (early in December) to the present, clusters of eggs
have been deposited on the surface of some thin pieces of wood floating on the
water, and occasionally on the glass sides of the aquarium just at the surface of
the water. From these eggs, many hundreds of young have been produced,
during the past three months. The clusters, which are believed to be of both
species, are transparent, gelatinous masses of about one-half of an inch long, with
a breadth of from one-third to one-half their length, enveloping the transparent
eggs, which show distinctly, at first, the milk white interior nucleus.

Having, in the preceding pages, referred to the various forms of animal life
populating the waters of Caledonia creek, and, in addition, presented brief state-
ments of their appearance, habits, transformations and classification, to aid in
their recognition, and with a view of lending additional interest to their study,
it may be proper to devote a few pages to a consideration of the economic value
of the several classes in their connection with fish-culture.

CRUSTACEANS AS FOOD FOR FISHES.

It is almost unnecessary to state the fact that the appearance, condition and
quality of fish are greatly influenced by the nature of their food. One of your

* Report U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, 1872-73, p. 64.

Ee

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREEK. 89

board writes: “It is a well-known fact among fish-culturists, that the growth,
flavor and color of trout are largely affected by the food which they obtain.
To merely state the two extremes, trout fattened for market on liver are almost
worthless for the table, while those that visit the salt water, and obtain shrimp
and other similar food, are nearly equal to salmon.”’

Visitors to the State Hatching-house, at Caledonia, who happen to be ignorant
or forgetful of this close connection between food and quality, as they make the
_ tour of the grounds, and feast their eyes upon the rare sight presented in the
thirty spacious preserves, each swarming with its hundreds or thousands of
brook trout, California salmon and salmon trout (some of the last. two feet in
length and ten pounds in weight), would naturally picture the table of those
engaged in the culture and care of those creatures as constantly supplied from
so desirable and convenient a source. They are surprised to learn that none of
these fish are ever placed upon the table, the flavor of their flesh being but a
few degrees removed from that of the liver on which they are fed.

In reference to the influence of the food of fishes upon their color, Mr.
Charles Lanman states: ‘‘ One principal cause for the great variety in the color
of the brook trout, is the difference of food; such as live upon fresh-water
shrimps and other crustacea are the brightest ; those which feed upon May-flies
and other common aquatic insects are the next; and those which feed upon
worms are the dullest ofall. * * * * Trout that frequent clear and cold
waters, and feed much on larve [Phryganid] and their cases, are not only red
in flesh, but they become golden in hue, and the red spots increase and out-
number the black ones. * * * * The peculiarity of feeding on shell-fish
produced the gillaroo trout, a remarkable variety, found only in the Irish lakes.”’

According to a statement of Professor Agassiz, ‘‘the most beautiful salmon
trout are found in waters which abound in Crustacea, direct exferiments having
shown that the intensity of the red colors of their flesh depends upon the quan-
tity of Gammaride which they have devoured.

The improvement capable of being made to the natura] flavor of fish seems
to have been known to the Romans, for it is said of them: ‘‘ The art of breed-
ing and fattening fish was well known to the luxurious Romans, and many
stories are related about the fanciful flavors which were imparted to such pet
fishes as were chosen for the sumptuous banquets of Lucullus, Sergius Orata,
and others.”’

The fondness and even preference, shown by many of our fishes for crusta-
cean food, is well established. Prof. Verrill, in his Report wpon the Inverte-
brate Animals of Vineyard Sound,* says: ‘‘ These small crustacea [Amphi-
pods| are of great importance in connection with our fisheries, for we have
found that they, together with the shrimps, constitute a very large part of the
Sood of our more valuable, edible fishes, both of fresh and salt waters. * * * *
Even the smallest of them are by no means despised or overlooked, even by
large and powerful fishes, that could easily capture larger game. Even the
voracious blue-fish will feed upon these small crustaceans, where they can be .
easily obtained, even when menhaden and other fishes are plenty in the same
locality. They are also the favorite food of trout, lake white-fish, shad, etc.”’

Crustaceans constitute almost the entire food of the herring (Clupea species),
a fish which, from its number and large consumption, is of so much value in the
fisheries of both hemispheres. According to a theory recently advanced by
Sars, the migrations of the herring, for a long time unexplained, are controlled
by the presence of their crustacean food. He affirms that a rich summer her-
ring fishery depends exclusively on the accidental occurrence of small crusta-

*U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries. leport for 1871-72, pp. 295-778, plates 38.

90 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE: STATE MUSEUM.

ceans, and their accidental accumulation in certain places favorable to the

fisheries. During some years, the sea, near the western coast of Norway,
throughout the whole summer, has been filled with great masses of different

crustaceans. At such time the fishermen expect to be favored with the pres-.

ence on their coast of the ‘‘herring-mountain’’—a high, deep, and closely-
packed mass of herrings.

The shad (Alawsa sapidissima) eagerly devours crustaceans when they can
be obtained. During their presence in our rivers for the purpose of spawning,
they partake of no food. A microscopic examination of the stomachs of twenty
shad (Alausa vulgaris of Europe), made at their advent into fresh water,
revealed the tarsi, antenne, etc., of microscopic Hntomostraceans and other
small crustaceans. Nothing else could be recognized.

The white-fish (Corregonus albus) was tor a long time believed to feed on
alge and aquatic plants; but it was ascertained by Dr. Hoy, of Racine, Wis.,
through a careful examination of the partially digested contents of their stomachs,
that they fed mainly on a small crustacean, whose presence in the lake had not been
suspected. *

Similar examinations, instituted by Mr. J. W. Milner, of the stomachs of
white-fish from various localities in Lake Michigan, confirmed the statement of
Dr. Hoy, that the Crustacea constituted by far the larger proportion of their
food, namely, species of the Gammaride and Myside. Associated with these
were Molluscan species of Pisidiwm and other genera, together with Phryganid
insects. At Sault Sainte Marie the white-fish has been taken with a hook
baited with a May-fly.

The favorite food of the black bass (Micropterus nigricans) is the craw-fish—
species of Cambgrus and Astacus, when they can be procured.

The lake-herring (Argyrosomus clupeiformis) feeds upon the Gammaride
and insects. .

Mr. Seth Green informs me, that it is believed that the peculiar richness of
the Otsego lake bass (Corregonus 2O0tsego)—its superiority over that of the
white-fish of the lakes, of which it is thought, by many, to be but a local variety,
is the result of its feeding largely on a small crustacean, which is remarkably
abundant in Otsego lake.

The food of the salmon (Salmo salar), previous to its entering fresh water
for spawning, during which period, like the shad, it partakes of no food, consists
principally of Crustacea, “this rich aliment giving the color and flavor for
which its flesh is so highly prized.”

The American smelt (Osmerus mordax)—one of the salmon family—feeds.

largely on the shrimp. They are readily taken with a hook, baited with any of
the smaller crustaceans, or pieces of the larger species.

Nearly all our salt-water fishes feed upon crustaceans, from the minute Hnto-.

mostraca to the large crabs and lobster. Prof. Verrill, loc. cit., pp. 514-521,
gives a list of thirty-two species, in the stomachs of which crustaceans, as the
principal portion of their food, were found.

* Mysis relicta Loven. The detection of this species in the waters of lakes Michigan and Supe-
rior was a very interesting discovery, not only from its first having been brought to notice in
this country, in the stomach of a white-fish, but also from its identity with the species previously
known as existing, under similar conditions, in the fresh-water lakes of Sweden and Norway.
Dr. Sars had found it in Wener and Wetter, and eight other lakes in Sweden, and in one lake
in Norway. Dyr.S. regards it as specifically identical with the salt-water form occurring off the
coasts of Labrador and Greenland—WMysis oculata; the varietal differences which he finds, he
regards as resulting from the interruption of its former salt-water communication. He accord-
ingly designates it as M. oculata, var. relicta.—(Smith’s Fresh-water Crustacea of the United
States; U. S. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries, pt. ii, for 1872-73.)

\
INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREER. 9]

‘Tt can scarcely fail of being observed, from the above statements, that nearly
all the fishes which are most highly prized for richness and delicacy of flavor—
the shad, the salmon, the trout, the white-fish, and the Otsego lake bass—are
those whose diet is, to a great extent, crustacean. Hence, the inference is a
natural one, that the Crustacea are the best food upon which fishes can feed.

INSECTS AS FOOD FOR FISHES.

Insects, in either their larval or perfect stages, form a portion of the food of
nearly all our fresh-water fishes, and a very large proportion of the food of most
of the species.

Sir Humphry Davy remarks: ‘‘As a great proportion of the insects that fly,
walk, or crawl, are the food of fishes, a dissertation or discourse on this subject
_ would be almost a general view of natural history.”*

The art of fly-fishing, which has given to our libraries the delightful volumes

of Walton, Davy, and others, and contributed so many hours of unalloyed hap-
piness to the angler and the naturalist, is an enduring attestation to the love of
fishes for insect food.

The trout is preéminently an insect-loving fish. The facility with which it is
enticed by the artificial fly is known to all, and its leaps from the water to cap-
ture the insect floating on the surface or winging its way above it,t are familiar
to those who have had the privilege of making its acquaintance in the more
secluded lakes and streams of the Adirondack wilderness. The range and ex-
tent of its insect diet may be best shown by some extracts from a paper on
“ The food of the Salmon, the Trout, and the Shad,” prepared by D. Bar-
futh, of the University of Bonn.+

An examination of the digestive organs (from the cesophagus to the anus) of
twenty-one specimens of the common trout of Europe (Salmo fario) obtained,
November 25, 1873, gave as follows:

1. Twenty-one wings of insects—mostly Neuroptera.

2. Twenty-six parts of integuments, heads and wings of Coleoptera and
Orthoptera, as well as Crustaceans and Myriopods.

3. Thirty-five tarsi and other portions of the legs of the same insects.

4, Thirty-six larve of Phryganide and their cases composed of particles of
quartz and plants.

No remains of fish were discovered. In some stomachs, the tolerably well-
preserved larvee of Sialis /uiaria were found. On one occasion I found six
cases of Phryganide in a fish, and several times three or four were packed
closely together, so that they extended the stomach, and could be seen from the
outside. In some instances the larvee of these cases were well preserved.”

A later examination (20th June, 1874), of the stomachs and entrails of six
trout, caught in the Kyll, near Gerolstein, gave the following results :

‘Tn the first, I found four cases of Phryganide ; in the second, I found one
hundred and thirty-six cases, one insect, one dragon-fly’s wing, and the remains _
of a fish; in the third, five hundred and eighty-five (?) cases, one insect, and the
scale of a fish; in the fourth, one hundred and sixteen cases, one insect and the

* Salmonia and Consolation in Travel. London, 1840. Vol. ix, p. 152.

+ The capture of insects upon the wing by trout has been questioned ; but, in confirmation of
the assertion, Mr. W. W. Hill, of Albany—a gentleman who has had much experience in fly-
fishing, and with the eye of a thorough naturalist, has carefully studied the habits of the trout,
makes the following statement : ‘‘ From personal observation, I am able to state, that it is a very
common occurrence for the speckled trout (Salmo fontinalis), during the months of June, July and
August, in the Adirondack region, to spring from the water and catch moths, dragon- flies,
ephemera, caddis-flies, and other insects flying near the surface.”

+ U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part iii. Report for 1873-74 and 1874-75, p. 735.

99 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM

remains of a fish; in the fifth, one hundred and eighty-six cases, and the flower
of a graminaceous plant; in the sixth, one hundred and fifteen cases, a small
caterpillar, a number of fish-eggs, and one-half of a small fish. The cases of
Phryganide were found in all the stomachs, and also in the entrails; in one,
the intestinal canal, as far as the anus, was completely stuffed with the cases.”

Similar examinations of the stomachs of the brook-trout (S. fontinalis) made
in this country have shown the presence of numerous Phryganid larve, with
the cases of various species of both slight and strong construction.

The contents of the stomachs of some white-fish, examined by Prof. 8S. I.
Smith, gave the following insect remains: Chironomus larvee and pupze; the
imagos of two species of Diptera; larve and pups of Hphemeride ; larve,
pup and subimagos of Hyprophsyche and of another Phryganid ; the legs and
scales of a Lepidopterous insect. oe.

In an excellent paper ‘‘ On the Benefit and Damage of the Tr ichoptera,”

(a division of the Neuroptera including the Phryganide), contributed to the
Stettiner Hntomologische Zeitung, 1848, Vol. ix, pp. 50-52, by Dr. Kolenat,
the writer asserts that Phryganids are a first-class food for fishes. Not only
are they very desirable for food, but they are valuable also as indicating the
character of the water—the nature of their cases indicating clearly the chemical
composition of the water, and its adaptation to fish-culture. No pond or stream
should ever be selected for pisciculture, unless the Phryganide are abundant
in them.

With the above attestations to the high character of insect food for the use
of fishes, and in consideration of a very prevalent belief that many insects were
specially created to serve as fish-food, it will be unnecessary to multiply details, ~
at the present, of the peculiar fondness of fishes for this diet, or of certain species
for particular classes of insects. It may suffice to say, that the entomologist can
corroborate the statement of Sir Humphry Davy (loc. cit., p. 159),—“ there is
hardly any insect that flies, including the wasp, the hornet, the bee and the
butterfly, that does not become, at some time, the prey of fishes.”

MOLLUSCA AS FOOD FOR FISHES.

The food of the Lake sturgeon, Acipenser rubicundus Lesu., consists almost
entirely of the shell-fish of the lakes, principally Gasteropods—the thinner
shelled kinds of the genera Physa, Planorbis and Valvata, being found broken
in the stomachs, while Limnewa and Melantho remain whole (J. W. Milner).
At Sand Island, Lake Superior, a specimen contained a few bones of some fish
and numerous shells, among which were the following: Valvata tricarinata, V.
sincera, Limnea catascopium, Physa sp. 2, Planorbis bicarinatus and Sphee-
cium striatinum (S. 1. Smith).

The stomachs of some white-fish from Sault Sainte Marie contained scarcely
anything but small shells. Among these, Valvata tricarinata, V. sincera, Am-
nicola generosa, A. pallida (2), Gyraulus parvus, and a species of Lymnea
were in abundance ; there were fewer specimens of G'oniabasis livescens, Physa
vinosa (2), Spherium striatinum and Pisidium compressum (S. I. Smith).

I have no accessible data showing the extent to which the trout, salmon trout
and other of our fresh-water fishes, feed upon the Mollusca, but there is every
reason to believe that they form a portion of the food of many of the species,
and that the molluscan ova are readily eaten by their young.

A large number of our salt-water fishes are recorded by Prof. Verrill as
feeding on Mollusca—as, for example, the porgee, black-fish, cod (twenty-six
species of shells are mentioned as having been found in its stomach), haddock,

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREER. 93

flounder, minnow, blue-shark, tiger-shark, skate, sting-ray, and the long-tailed
sting-ray.

PLANTS AS FOOD FOR FISHES.

In Europe, the common carp (Cyprinus carpio) has long been cultivated,
from the ease and economy with which it is reared on aquatic vegetation, and
“on all vegetable and animal kitchen-refuse, agricultural products of little
value, ete., which supply a wholesome food for them, if it is given to them in
small pieces, so that they can easily grasp it with their toothless mouth and
swallow it.” Others of the carp family—the tench (inca vulgaris), the barbel
(Barbus fluviatilis), the bream (Abramis brama), and the bleak HNann es
lucidus), are represented as vegetable feeders.

The gourami (Osphromenus olfax), of Hastern Asia, famed for its excellence
as food, is also largely a vegetable eater. Prof. Gill, in his ‘*‘ Vatural and
Economical History of the Gourami,’* furnishes the following interesting
account of its food: |

“The gourami is omniverous in its. appetite, taking at times fish, ‘frogs,
insects, worms, and many kinds of vegetables; it is, however, essentially a
vegetarian, and its adaptation for this diet is indicated by the extremely elon-
gate intestinal canal, which is many times folded on itself. It is said to be |
especially fond of the leaves of several Araceous plants belonging to the genera
Caladium. Arum and Pistia; but it also devours, with not much inferior
relish, cabbage, radish, carrot, turnips and beet-leaves, lettuce, and most of
the wild plants which grow in the water, and it can secure for its use the leaves
of plants that grow on the banks and a slight distance out of the water. It
also takes wild rice, maize, potatoes, arrow-root, manioc, bread and analogous
articles.”’

The attempt is being made to introduce both the carp and the gourami into
this country for cultivation.

An us statement is given by J. Stanton Gould, in a valuable paper
by him on *‘ The Grasses and their Culture,’t of the fondness of the trout for
the seeds of a plant—the Giyceria fluitans. This is a rather common plant,
ranging throughout the United States, from Canada to Louisiana, and also
occurring in Kurope. ‘It is found growing in shallow water, overflowed mead-
ows and wet woods, but will bear cultivation on moderately dry grounds.
Schreber says that it is cultivated in several parts of Germany for the sake of
the seeds, which form the manna-crop of the shops, and are considered a very
great delicacy in soups and gruels. When ground into meal, they make bread
very little inferior to that made from wheat. All gramniverous birds are
exceedingly fond of these seeds. * * * * * *%* ‘Trout, and, indeed, most
fish, are very fond of them; and wherever G'. fluitans grows over the banks of
streams, the trout are always found in Been: numbers waiting to catch every
seed that falls.”

In plate 35 (op. cit.), figs. 104-107, this interesting grass is illustrated.

In proceeding, after the above consideration of the various classes of fish-
food (which I trust will not be regarded by your board as wholly digressive),
to the subject to which my attention was particularly invited, we may consider,
first :

*U.S. Fish Commission—Report 1872-73, pp. 710-728.
7 Trans. N. Y. State Agricul. Soc. Vol. xxix, 1869, pp. 191-402, plate 74.

O4 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

THE DESIRABILITY OF TRANSPLANTING FISH-FOOD.

If, as there is every reason to believe, the great abundance of trout in Cale-
donia creek is owing to two principal causes, viz.: the character of the water,
and the nature of its fauna and flora, then we may draw the following conclu-
sions :

First. In any stream having the same character of water, the addition of a
similar fauna and flora should fit it for an equal abundance of trout.

Second. Streams, ponds, and lakes having a different character of water (as
to current, temperature, snipe n in solution, etc.), by the addition of a simi-
lar fauna and flora, may be fitted for an equal abundance—perhaps greater—of
some species of fish desirable for food.

It is evident that, however well adapted a body of water my be, in the con-
ditions above referred to, and others of the kind, for a fish population, there may
still be wanting the essential requisites of an appropriate and efficient food-supply.

The absence of proper food is not necessarily the consequence of unsuitable
conditions of the water. There are, undoubtedly, in certain waters, conditions
which: are unfavorable to, perhaps inconsistent with, the presence of certain forms
of animal life, or of their abundance. for example, Dr. Kolenat, ut cit., asserts,
that in water containing an excess of lime or oxide of iron, only certain sub-

families of the Phryganide, as the Sericostomides and the Rhyachophilides
' which inhabit sessile cases attached to stones, are to be found, to the exclusion
_ of those subfamilies which occupy cases swimming freely in the water. In such
waters, the writer claims that the propagation of fish cannot be advantageously
conducted.

It should be borne in mind, that throughout nature, conditions are ever chang-
ing. It would be difficult to cite a locality where the conditions of to-day are
those of a century ago; often a decade of years suffices to produce material
modification, especially when human agency lends its powerful aid—always in
the direction of disturbing the harmony in nature which had previously existed.
Forests are felled: the fauna which they harbored—the mammals, birds, reptiles,
insects—perish with it, or are driven elsewhere. The streams which they
sheltered are dried up, or change their character with the season, and the larger
bodies to which they are tributary, are modified in temperature, in their soluble
constitutents, in area, in the flora and geological nature of their bed. Mills
are erected, dams are constructed, and factories discharge their poisonous chem-
icals into the once pure waters. A too ardent pursuit of the pleasures of an-
gling, or an excessive love of gain, may have thoroughly depleted waters which
before had teemed with the animal life natural to it.

With the evidences of such changes wrought, through the operation of known
causes, it would be inexcusable to accept a present unfavorable condition as
unalterable. We find a stream barren of animal life; it has neither fish nor,
apparently, food for fishes. Tradition does not tell us whether it has always lain
thus, or whether it once swarmed with occupants. It may have rested so long
fallow, that it only needs the dropping of the seed to insure a bountiful return ;
or, in addition to the seed, its food-elements may also have to be added.

In view of the valuable results which have attended the labors of your Com-
mission thus far, it would seem to be proper that the attempt should be made
to cultivate every now barren piece of water within our State, particularly as it
may be undertaken with the prospects of success.* I purposely employ the word
cultivate, for its use, I believe, is authorized by the examinations which I have
made in accordance with the request of your board, and heretofore referred to.

*It is asserted that, in China, every body of water of the extent even of a small pond, has
been utilized for fish-culture, and that an’acre of water yields a larger return than an equal
area of land.

_ INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREEK. 95

It is not to be expected that many of our waters will require cultivation, in
order that they shall yield an ample return for the comparatively trifling labor
and expense attendant upon the present system of pisciculture. It is not im-
probable that careful observation, or a series of experiments. may admit of so
judicious a planting in each locality of the species of fish fitted for, and adapted
to, the particular locality, that nothing farther shall be necessary. The food
required may be there already, although not detected by us. The shallow rivulet
may contain its myriads of crustacean and insect forms, so small as to have
escaped the eye. The bottom of the lake may be alive with crustacea, whose
presence is first disclosed to us by the dredge, or in the examination of the
stomach of a bottom-feeding fish.* 3

But it may be desirable that localities already producing largely should
double their product; then, of necessity, cultivation must be resorted to. As
very few of our fields or gardens are so bountifully supplied by nature with all
the elements requisite for an abundant annual harvest, that they do not need a
return to be made of some of the substances entering into the production of the
crops which are taken from them, so we may not expect that our waters are to
be brought up to the standard of their greatest productiveness, without some
provision for the larger draft made uponthem. The food-supply must be in-
creased by successive plantings, as provision for the greater size or increased
numbers of the consumers. |

Again, as there are soils which are wanting in nearly every element, except
moisture, of proper plant-growth, so there are waters, which, from some cause,
may be destitute of fish-food. If desirable to render these productive, the food
must be supplied. Were it necessary that this should be done annually, as with
a barren field, the attempt at reclamation would seem a hopeless one; but the
entomologist, with a knowledge of the prolific nature.of many species, their rapid
development, the successive broods throughout the year, offers the encourage-
ment of the probability that a single planting of insect life, under favoring con-
ditions, would perpetuate itself.

The considerations above advanced, together with others which have pre-
sented themselves to me, lead me to regard the suggestion made by your board,
of super-adding to the planting of fishes that of the planting of fish-food, as one,
which, if it be successfully carried into effect, will mark a new era in pisciculture.
By its means, every body of water, suited by nature for the purpose, could be
made productive, and the productiveness of those already remunerative largely
augmented.

THE PRACTICABILITY OF TRANSPLANTING FISH-FOOD.

The transplanting of food as proposed would be attended with little difficulty.
The insects, crustaceans and other animal forms could be collected from ponds
or streams in which they abound, and, with mosses and aquatic plants placed in
large cans filled with water, such as are employed for the transportationof young
fish. In this manner, they could be sent to any locality within the State, which
could be reached within a reasonable time, accompanied with such instructions
for placing them in the water, as are now sent with the shipments of young fish.
_ A still more convenient method would be to substitute for the cans, as requir-
ing less care in handling, boxes, kegs or barrels, to be lightly filled with the |
plants containing the several forms as collected. Or, when it is desirable to send
larger numbers of the insect and crustaceans, the packages could be filled with
successive layers of aquatic plants or mossess, and animal forms—so lightly packed

*See page 90, for the discovery of Mysis relicta in Lake Michigan.

96 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

as to avoid crushing, and not to interfere with a certain degree of freedom of
motion. During the writing of these pages, a box has been received at the State
Museum, from Caledonia creek, containing in Chara vulgaris, a common water-
plant in that locality, the following forms of animal life: fishes, lizards, craw-
fish, shrimps, beetles, water-bugs, water-boatmen (Grervis and Coraxis), gnats,
shells, leeches, and fhe larve of beetles, caddis-flies, dragon-flies and May-flies.
Although the capacity of the box did not exceed a cubic foot, it contained hun-
dreds of living shrimps, caddis-worms and larve of gnats, and numerous examples
of other forms. So much of the Chara had been placed in the box, that it had
unfortunately crushed out the life from most of the usually hardy ‘“ miller’s
thumbs ”’ (Cottws) and the delicate ‘‘stickle-backs”’ (Grasterosteus) ; still a num-
ber were found, which, being transferred to water, swam as lively as if they had
not been banished from their natural element for twenty hours.

To illustrate the facility with which the above collection could be made at
Caledonia creek, it may be mentioned that in the month of December last I
took from the water’s edge a single bunch of moss resting on a stone in the
water, which gave me a representation of the six following groups :—fishes,
reptiles, crustaceans, insects, worms and mollusks.

In the transplanting of fish-food, if the greatest benefit is to be derived from
it, it would be proper that it be regulated by a knowledge of the particular
localities best adapted for the permanency and increase of the transferred
species. While we are often surprised at the ability of accommodation to
changed circumstances displayed in the animal kingdom,* still the probability
of success is greater when we work in accordance with established laws, than
when we wander in the field of experiment.

Thus, among tho Neuroptera, the larvee of the Mphemeride and the Per lide,
require for their abundant propagation, certain conditions of the bottom and
banks of the streams which they occupy; for the former, a sloping, muddy bank,
in which the larvee reside (see page 77), and for the latter, a bed of stones,
beneath which the larve conceal themselves. Dr. Hagen suggests that the
needed conditions may be artificially provided; as, for example, for the Hphe-
meré the bank may be prepared of loam, sloping at an angle of about forty-five
degrees.

The transplanting of insects need not be confined to the aquatic forms.
There are numerous other species, which, in their larval state, if favorably
placed for the purpose, would contribute largely to the food of fishes. ‘The
larvee of the saw-flies, belonging to the Hymenoptera, often live together in
large companies. Many of these, and other classes of insects, have the habit
of eluding their enemies by dropping from the leaves to the ground, where they
hide until the danger is past. When they have attained maturity they fre-.
quently drop to the ground, perhaps by the aid of a thread spun for the pur-
pose, as the most convenient means of reaching the place of their transforma-
tion. The willows are a favorite food-plant for several species of saw-flies and
other gregarious larva. When these overhang the streams they furnish a large
supply of insect food to the fishes, who are quick to discover the favorable feed-
ing ground. The planting of willows, therefore, together with such other
. shrubs and trees as are known to be favorite food- plants of insects, in position

*Lonce entirely stripped a caddis-worm of its case of bits of leaves and stems of aquatic
plants, and placed it in a vessel containing only some small shells of Helix, Pupa, ete. The fol-
lowing morning it was found to have made for itself anew case composed of these shells, which,
to all appearance, was as well suited to its purpose asits original, consisting of such very differ-
ent material.

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREER. 07

to project over the water, would be a simple method of contributing largely to
the fish-food of our ponds and streams.

The disscussion of the above topics—the practicability and the desirability of
transplanting fish-food, has also suggested another to my mind, equaliy and
perhaps more important, which I beg leave to present for the consideration of
your board, viz. :

THE PROPAGATION OF FISH—FOOD.

The proposition to propagate crustaceans and insects for fish-culture must be
regarded as intimately connected with that of transplantation—perhaps as a
corollary of it. If transplantation be attempted to any great extent, then it
follows that the supply of food must be somewhat commensurate with its need.
Few localities in our State (perhaps none other than Caledonia) are so bounti-
fully provided by nature, that they could contribute, to any great extent, of their
surplus of animal life for the improvement of less favored waters. A single
planting from Caledonia creek to a Long Island trout stream would, in all
probability, add to the latter some forms not previously existing there, which
might be expected to perpetuate themselves; while in a stream not abounding
in fish, and therefore presumably characterized by a scarcity of animal food, a
single planting would naturally be appropriated by the hungry occupants before
the several species could be established. A stream destitute of fish, and equally
devoid of other life, would need the nursing of a term of years, or of several
bountiful plantings. in order to render it profitable for pisciculture.

All these, and other like difficulties, would find their remedy; in a propaga-
tion of fish-food, on such a scale, as seems to the writer within the easy limits
of practicability, The artificial propagation of fish, in its application’ to the
increase of the food-supply of our lakes and rivers, is of recent date, and
already your board are prepared to meet all demands made upon them for
stocking the waters of our State with fish appropriate to them—even our rivu-
lets, with the speckled trout. In view of what has already been accomplished,
it is not unreasonable to predict, that, in the event of these recommendations
meeting the approbation of your board, within a few years, cans of crustaceans
-and insects will be the usual accompaniment of the cans of fishes dispatched
from the State Hatching-house, in response to such requests as, ‘send me five
thousand brook-trout and a hundred thousand shrimps’ Should you raise the
question—‘‘ In our artificial fertilization of ova, are not our results the conse-
quence of aiding and improving upon nature ¢”’—my reply would be, true; but
the ordinary laws of nature give us a prodigality of insect life, almost infinitely
in excess of fish fecundity, even as displayed in the enormous herring-shoals of
the North Atlantic. A fish deposits her spawn but once during the year; but
in the aphis, or plant-louse, in one year there may be twenty generations.
Latreille says that a female aphis produces usually about twenty-five young
each day; and Reaumur proved by experiment, that a single aphis might be
the progenitor of 5,904,900,000 (nearly six billions) descendants during its -
life. The crustacea are, also, remarkably prolific: a naturalist has found
above twenty-one thousand eggs in a lobster, and Leeuwenheck seems to com-
pute four millions in a crab.

In view of such facts, an attempt to stimulate the fecundity of nature in the
production of her insect hosts, must seem a superfluous undertaking. Protec-
tion is all that would be needed.

The propagation of food for fishes is already in practice, in the simple form
of placing over a fish pond the flesh of some animal, so arranged that its decom-

7

98 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

position shall attract flies for the deposition of their eggs, the grubs proceeding
from which will drop into the water to feed the fish. .

A method somewhat allied to this, would be that of obtaining the eggs of
certain species of insects, having the habit before referred to, of dropping to
the ground when alarmed or in readiness for pupation, and placing them upon
their appropriate food-plants projecting over the water—the larve to serve as
fish-food during their growth. It is believed that there would be no insuperable
difficulty in procuring the eggs of some of the species in sufficient quantity for
this purpose, in consideration of the fact, that under the stimulus of the profit
resulting from sericulture, the eggs of the silk-worms are produced in such
quantities, that a freight-car laden entirely with them, recently passed through
Albany, en route from California to Europe.

From the habit inherent to many of the insects and to most of the aquatic
forms of the animal kingdom, of preying upon one another, it would be neces-
sary to propagate most of the species separately. The predaceous water-tigers
could not be reared with the defenceless, herbivorous Phryganids ; the larger
forms of the dragon-flies with the smaller coleopterous larve; the Dysticus
larvee with the shrimps.

It would also be necessary, in order to insure complete protection to such

species as are particularly liable to be preyed upon by other insects, that they
should be reared under cover. If, for example, the Phryganide are to be
propagated, the aquatic plants upon which the larve feed, would require not
only considerable space, but an exposure to light. If an open pond were devoted
to them, freed, if possible, at the outset, from every enemy, their presence, or
even the water-surface and its vegetation, would soon attract hither the dragon-
flies (Odonata) and water-beetles (Dytiscide, etc.), for the deposition of their
eges upon the plants, and the consequent speedy population of the water with
hosts of insect foes.
_ The cover, either of suitable netting or glass, in addition to the protection it
would afford, would also prevent the escape of the insects when they have
attained their winged form; and, furthermore, insure the return of their progeny
to the water devoted to their propagation.

For many forms, properly constructed and arranged aquaria, of a capacity to
admit of the introduction of the requisite vegetation, would be all that would be
needed. They would afford ready means for isolation, and for the confinement
of the perfect insects for securing the eggs.

If the suggestion last advanced—that of the propagation of fish-food, be
regarded as valuable by your board, and as giving promise of aiding materially
in the important work of your Commission, | would, in addition, propose, with —
your approval and coiperation, personally to test the value of some of the sug-
gestions offered. The aquarium of the State Museum (of a capacity of sixty-five
gallons), could be used for the purpose. The State Botanist, Prof. Peck, would
cordially lend his aid in stocking it with such forms of vegetation as would seem
desirable (with the rare Hypnmin noterophilum of Caledonia creek, and other
Caledonia mosses), and in other matters connected with his department.

In view of the superiority of crustacean food, it would be a great achievement,
if the propagation of some of the more desirable species could be successfully
prosecuted. All the efforts thus far made to rear the lobster in confinement
have proved failures. It undergoes during its growth several transformations,
in one of which its abode in deep waters seems essential to its development, and
has also served to conceal from us that portion of its life-history.

INSECTS, ETC., OF CALEDONIA CREEK. 99

The craw-fish, Astacus fluviatilis, under liberal appropriations made by the
government, is, at the present time, extensively cultivated im the rivers and
brooks of France for table use.

The small crustaceans of the family of Gammaride, none in preceding
pages, undergo no metamorphoses after their escape from the egg, and, there-
fore, give promise of less difficulty in their propagation. They have not, how-
ever, been reared from the egg, and we are still without their complete history.
Even their food is somewhat in doubt; but they are believed to be principally
vegetable feeders, although eating animal matter in a decaying state, when con-
venient to them.

Although, under these circumstances, it would be but an experiment, I pro-
pose to undertake the propagation of Gammarus fasciatus—the species so
abundant at Caledonia, and which, therefore, should not prove very difficult to
rear. Prof. 8. I. Smith, of Yale College, New Haven, whose successful study
of the Crustacea has necessitated his frequent citation in these pages, informs
me that this species probably breeds througout the spring and summer, as
females taken at various times, from March to August, are found carrying eggs
or young in various stages of development. From the fact that females with
undeveloped eggs and others with fully developed young, occur together during
_ 80 long a period, while very few are observed without eggs or young ; and further,
that the development of allied species is very rapid, Prof. Smith infers that the
same female breeds several times during the season.

The above is about all that is known of the habits of this species ; but it leads
us to hope that there will be found no insuperable difficulties in its propagation
in confinement, or in its rapid multiplication.

My acknowledgments are due to Mr. Seth Green, and to his brother, Mr.
Monroe A. Green, for the facilities afforded me for my examinations, and for
courtesies extended to me during my visit to Caledonia.

I desire, also, to bear my testimony to the admirable manner in which the
operations at the State Hatching-house are conducted. It is difficult to see in
what direction further improvements can be made. The extreme care displayed
in all the minute details connected with the operations, on the part of each one
of the trained assistants engaged, certainly deserves the remarkable success
whieh has signalized the labors of your Commission.

N. Y. State Museum or N. H.,
March 12, 1878.

ta oh i here ae i
coblvaat BEME gr

i, AEE

_
Hs Oe

Hh ;

TVG ey prt ithale

TO oes
ANTE ts

ANNELIDA CHATOPODA OF NEW JERSEY.

By H. E. WEBSTER.

The Annelida catalogued and described in the following pages, were collected
in June and the first half of July, 1878, by the writer and a number of students
from Union College, forming the usual summer zodlogical party, or “ Natural
History School,” sent out by the college. The locality was Great Egg Harbor,
N. J., our residence and point of departure being Beesley’s Point. The harbor
is quite shallow, with a narrow channel carrying from ten to fifteen feet of water.
Outside of the channel at low water, there is from one to three feet of water, and
the bottom is covered for the most part with a dense growth of grass and sea-
weed. As usual, by far the greater number of species were obtained with the
spade, between tices. In collecting and taking care of the annelids, I was very
much aided by Mr. James HE. Benedict. Mr. Benedict had general charge of
the shore work, giving especial attention to the birds, but managed to find time
for much good work on the annelids. Mr. C. M Culver, relieved me of much
care and responsibility by taking general supervision of the marine invertebrate
collecting and collections ; while Mr. H. H. Dey Ermand, although acting as
Mr. Benedict’s assistant in shore work, did good service in marine collecting,
from time to time. We were very fortunate in our boatman, Mr. Aaron Clark,
of Beesley’s Point, and I can heartily recommend him to hunting, fishing and
collecting parties. During this winter (1878-79), we have received from him a
fine lot of birds in good condition for mounting. I mention this fact, because,
in common with others, I have found it very difficult to find men competent to
collect and care for birds or other natural history objects, except under direct
supervision.

The results of the work on the chetopod annelids may be summarized as
follows :

Sn eenee He RTaREMES MEP T CSET LE 5.5) 2 15:0/2, 5) 00.5 5 ay laiss 00) Vein ovine (edo afte (ed ad ve bareie's 23
tg ots eicte.oiais cic ol panel's octal ale eras myoieie dia daiess.e'etey b wale.'e Shia nes 50
ee eal ain icy ynke wie deletion nidieislisic's co ita cla ta reek shoe ek Om

It was found necessary to establish two new genera STREBLOSPIO and Par-
AXIOTHEA ; of the species fourteen are believed to be new; one genus, GRUBEA,
has not previously been reported from our coast, although the species is probably
not new. ‘The specimens upon which the work is based are in the Museum of
Union College, and a nearly complete series has also been deposited in the New
York State Museum of Natural History.

Fam. POLYNOID A.
LEPIDONOTUS (Leach) Kinberg.

Fregatten Eugenies Resa; Zoloogi, ii, Annulata, p. 13.

~ Leprponorus squamatus Knbg.

Aphrodita squamata Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 655. 1758.
Polynoé squamata Savieny. Syst. des Ann., p. 22. 1820.

102 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MuszEum.

Polynoé squamata Auv. & M. Ep. Littoral de la France, vol. ii, p. 80, pl. i, figs.

10-16. 1834.
Hs « GrusE. Familien der Anneliden, p. 36. 1851.
ee ge Quatr. Hist. Nat. des Ann., vol. i, p. 218. 1865.

<< dasypus Quatr. Hist. Nat. des Ann, vol. i, p. 226. 1865.
Aphrodita punctata ABLpG.’ Zovdl. Danica, vol. iii, p. 25 (non figs. pl. 96). 1789.
*s or O. Fasricius. Fauna Greenlandica, p. 311. 1780.
Lepidonote punctata GArstEp. Ann. Dan. Consp., p. 12, figs. 2, 5, 39, 41, 47, 48.
1843. Gyron. Ann Dors., p.16. 1843.
ce armadillo Letpy. Marine Invert. Fauna, N. J..& R. I., Ex. Jour. Phila.
Aead., series ii, vol. ili, p. 16, pl. xi, fis. 54. 185520)
Lepidonotus squamatus Knge. Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden. Vetens-
kapliga Jakttagelser. Zodlogi, Annulata, p. 18, pl. iv, fig.
15.) 1857. ;
cats 6 Jounston. A Catalogue of the British Non-parasitical
Worms; p. 100 oll viii, tien Ie 1865.5) | ‘
“6 23 MatmeGren. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater; Ofvers. af K. Vet.
Akad. Forh., p. 56. 1865. Annulata Polycheta, p. 130.
1867.
“ 6 Barrp. Linn. Proc. Zodlogy, vol. viii, p. 182. 1865.
“6 30 Mosius. Untersuchung der Ostsee, p. 112. 1873.
me ve VeRRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., in Report
of U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Part I, p,
581. 1874.
ce “e Wesster. Annelida Cheetopoda of the Virginian Coast, in
Trans. Albany Institute, vol. ix, p. 204, pl. i, figs. 1-5.
(Advance copies, Jan. 1879.)

LAGISCA Malmgren.

Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 65. 1865.
Annulata Polycheta, p. 133. 1867.
LAGISCA IMPATIENS 7. sp.
PLATE I, FIGS. 1-7.

Head (fig. 1) broader than long, sides convex, posterior margin concaye,
slightly depressed along the median line.

Hyes large, lateral, remote from each other, black.. :

Antennze covered with minute, cylindrical papille, which are a little swollen
and lobed at the end; median, cylindrical for inner two-thirds, outer third con-
ical, delicate ; basal article large, swollen; in length falling a little short of the
palpi; lateral, about one-half as long as the median, fusiform; basal articles
cylindrical, a little longer than that of the median antenna. ~

Palpi smooth, very changeable in form, at rest a little longer than the median
antenna, tapering uniformly to near the end, where the diameter suddenly
diminishes.

Tentacular cirri with cylindrical basal articles; superior about the length of
median antenna; inferior but little shorter than superior ; these cirri, together
with the dorsal and anal cirri, have the same structure, in all respects, as the
median antenna, but the dorsal cirri are a trifle longer than the superior tentac-
ular cirri, and the anal are a little longer than the dorsal.

Elytra, first pair (fig. 5) nearly circular; the rest (fig. 6) reniform ; covering
the body completely in front, but further back not quite touching along the
middle line, leaving a narrow, naked, median space; when magnified, seen to
be covered with minute granules, around each of which is a circular depression ;

ANNELIDA CHZTOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. 103

outer margin fringed ; from two to seven rather stout, cylindrical papille arising
from the surface, near the posterior margin ; last seven segments without elytra.

Feet (fig. 2) of the usual form, margins of both dorsal and ventral rami with
flattened somewhat triangular prolongations; ventral cirri arising at about the
outer third and projecting a little beyond the foot, sparsely covered with papilla
similar to those found on the superior cirri.

Setze of dorsal ramus quite stout (fig. 4), numerous, about half as long as the
ventral setze, although the longest dorsal are as long as the shortest ventral ; those
of the ventral ramus (fig. 3) long, numerous, ending in a single curved point.
The dorsal setze are usually more numerous than in fig. 2, very nearly concealing
the prolongation of the ramus.

Color. Head, flesh-color; palpi, brown with white tips; antenne and all
superior cirri with one or two black rings at about the outer third; elytra
extremely variable; they may be white, yellow or flesh-color, with markings
varying much both in form and extent, and in color from light brown to very
dark brown; on one specimen the elytra were light orange, with transverse linear
markings of dark brown, on the anterior segments; body usually white above,
without markings, or with transverse lines or spots of black or purple; the last
segments have usually black markings; the ventral surface may be white, or
white tinged with red or purple.

This species is very fragile, readily breaking up and losing their elytra when
disturbed. Middle third widest ; last third tapering rapidly ; first third slightly
tapering.

Length of adult specimens, 25"™; width, 4-6™™.

Common, associated with Lepidonotus sqguamatus, and like that species
abundant on beds of Mytilus edulis.

LEPIDAMETRIA Webster..
Annel. Cheet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 209. 1879.

_LEPIDAMETRIA COMMENSALIS Webster.
L
Op. cit., p. 210, plate iii, figs. 23-31.

Not common ; only three specimens were collected.
Lives in the tube of Amphitrite ornata VERRILL.

Fam. SIGALIONID &.
STHENELAIS Kinberg.

Annulata Nova., etc., Ofvers af Kongl. Vet-Akad-Férh. 1855.
~ STHENELAIS PIcTA Verrill.

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 582. 1874.
Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 213. 1879.

Not common. Dredged.

~-

104 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MuSEUM.

Fam. NEPHTHYDIDA.
NEPHTHYS Cuvier.

Nepurtuys inctsA Malmgren.

Nephthys incisa Mery. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 105, pl. xii, fig. 21. 1865.
Annulata Polych., p. 141. 1867.
Nephthys ingens VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin Sound, etc., pl. xii, figs. 59, 60. 1874.
‘© Wexster. Annel. Chet. of the Vir ginian Coast, p. 213. 1879.
Nephthys incisa Verritt. Check List. 1879. :

Not common. Found in sand and mud; low water to fifteen feet.

Nepuruys prota hlers.

EuLers. Die Borstenwirmer, p. 632, pi. xxiii, figs. 9, 35. 1868.
VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., p. 583, pl. xii, fig. 57. 1874.
WessterR. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 214. °1879.

Fam. PHYLLODOCID A.

ANAITIS Malmgren.
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 94.
ANAITIS SPECIOSA 7. Sp.

PLATE I, FIGS. 8, 9. ,

The outline of the head conforms perfectly to Malmgren’s generic description ;
the middle third of the posterior margin curves suddenly backward, encroaching
upon the anterior margin of the first segment, the sides and front are regularly
rounded, forming a semicircle.

Antenne delicate, conical, length about one-half the width of the head; only
the upper pair can be seen from above ; both pairs arise from the lower surface
of the head, upper also external and pointing outward, lower directed downward.

Hyes large, circular, lateral, posterior: first segment prolonged foram as far
as the front of the eyes, embracing the sides of the head.

Tentacular cirri arise from short, stout basal articles, are stout at base,
regularly and acutely conical; first and second equal, a little shorter than the
third, which reaches back to the front margin of the fourth setigerous segment ;
the fourth cirrus, or cirrus of the second segment, as long as the third.

Dorsal cirri (branchiz) broad heart-shaped (fig. 8), with long basal attachment,
retaining the same form throughout; feet (fig. 8) cylindrical, bilabiate; ventral
cirri with slightly convex lower margin, nearly straight or slightly concave upper
margin; apex bluntly rounded, a little shorter than the feet: anal cirri circular,
a little thicker than the dorsal.

Setze (fig. 9) long, slender, with very long and delicate appendix; the stem
ends in two sharp curved points, one much longer than the other.

Color: head and first two segments white with brown specks ; dorsum generally
dark green; between the segments a narrow spindle-shaped band of umber-
brown; eighth and ninth segments umber-brown, giving a well-defined band

ANNELIDA CHZTOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. 105

of the width of these two segments; dorsal cirri green, not quite so dark as
the dorsum, with a central brown spot, extending to their attachment on the
segments 3-9; after the ninth segment this marking becomes obsolete. Ventral
surface light green, growing darker externally, and with reddish-brown lateral
markings along the posterior third ; feet and ventral cirri dark green at base,
growing lighter further out. Anal segment brown. ‘The general color of the
body in one instance was reddish-yellow ; in another all the markings were very
dark-brown, nearly black, in place of the umber-brown. The transverse band
on the eighth and ninth segments is still visible, after six months’ preservation
in very strong alcohol. Body slightly convex above, flattened below; the first
segment is much wider than the second, but shorter; the sccond is narrower
than the head; the middle third of the body has a uniform width, about double
that at either extremity.
Length of adult specimens, 10-12™™; width, 1.5-2™™.

Found occasionally at low water ; quite common on beds of Mytilus edulis.

PHYLLODOCE (Sav.) Malmgren.

Matmeren. Nord. Hafs-Ann., p. 94.
PHYLLODOCE ARENA 1%. Sp.
PLATE If, FIGS. 10-12.

Head bluntly rounded in front, diameter increasing backward to the middle
line, just back of the middle slightly constricted ; margins behind the constric-
tion straight ; posterior margin with a deep triangular emargination; lateral
lobes broadly rounded.

Antenne short, conical, rather stout, their length about equal to the anterior
diameter of the head.

Eyes situated at posterior third of the head, latero-dorsal, large, circular,
dark brown to black.

Tentacular cirri; first and second equal, reaching some distance beyond the
head; second and third equal, about double the length of the first, reaching back
_ to the ninth or tenth segment, subulate. On the first segment, in the triangular
space between the posterior lobes of the head, there is a small, blunt papilla,
its length about equal to the base of the triangle; this papilla is obvious in fresh
specimens, but is seen with difficulty in alcoholic specimens.

Dorsal cirri of the anterior segments (fig. 10), broad heart-shaped, from the
twenty-fifth segment somewhat quadrangular (fig. 11), and with the inner margin
abruptly turned up, presenting a narrow surface nearly at right angles to the
larger outer part of the cirrus; the line of union of the two surfaces is thickened
and densely covered with long cilia.

Ventral cirri, lower margin convex, upper margin nearly straight in front;
they are rounded externally, pointed behind.

_ Setze numerous, of one kind only (fig. 12), very long with a flexible capillary
termination ; the stem is roughened near the articulation by numerous projecting

106 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

points; the appendix is joined to the stem by a delicate membrane, and is min-
utely denticulated along its thin margin. A

Anal cirri short, conical.

Color: on the dorsum each segment has a dark brown crescent on both its
anterior and posterior margin, while the intervening part is green; thus there
are transverse, hour-glass shaped green markings, alternating with spindle-shaped
brown markings; on the first ten or twelve segments the brown falls a little
short of the outer margins of the segments The dorsal cirri are greenish-white
with a large patch of brown at base, not quite so dark as the brown of the dor-
sum. Back of the middle of the body a second brown spot appears on the outer
central part of each cirrus. The ventral surface is light green with a central
brown spot on each segment, and a similar spot between the bases of the feet.
~The head, antennz and tentacular cirri are white.

Proboscis not seen in full extension, basal portion closely covered with longi-
tudinal series of conical papilla, except a narrow, naked space above.

Body tapers slightly along the posterior third, but is of nearly uniform diam-
ter throughout.

From the twenty-fifth segment the middle (green) part of each oe ig
ciliated. Three specimens were found, two of which were colored as described
above, while the third had white everywhere replacing the green.

Length, 10™"; diameter, 1™™; diameter including feet, 2.5™™.

Found near low-water mark, in sand. -

KUMIDA Malmgren.
Nord. Hafs-Annulater, p. 97. 1865.
/EUMIDA MaAcULOSA Webster. —

Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 215, pl. iv, figs. 38-41. 1879.
Very common on shells, etc., from low-water to fifteen feet.

KULALIA (Sav.) Malingren.
MatmGren. Nord. Hafs-Annulater, p. 98. 1865.
KULALIA? ANNULATA Verviil.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 291. 1874.

A single specimen, having the anterior portion only, was found, which prob-
ably belongs to Verrill’s species.
ETEONE (Sav.) Girsied.
Girstep. Annulatorum Dan. Consp., p. 29. 1848.
ETEONE ALBA 7”. sp.
PLATE II, FIGS. 13-16.
Head longer than broad, wide at base, apex bluntly rounded (fig. 18); a

slight depression just above the bases of the lower antennz, and another similar
depression just back of the upper antenne.

- ANNELIDA CHZTOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. 107

Antenne small, conical; the upper, about equal in length to the width of the
apex; the lower, a trifle longer. On the middle line of the head, just back of
the eyes there is a small papilla, which can be seen only with difficulty in living
forms, and can hardly be demonstrated in alcoholic specimens.

Hyes small, circular, widely separated, situated at about the posterior fourth
of the head; on young specimens, red; on adults, black.

Buccal segment nearly as long as the three following segments taken together.

Tentacular cirri; upper nearly as long as superior antenne, but more delicate ;
lower, three times as long as upper, and stouter, but still very delicate.

Dorsal cirri pretty evenly rounded, quite small on the anterior segments
(fig. 14), growing larger behind (fig. 15). :

Ventral cirri, in front larger than the dorsal, lower margin strongly convex,
upper margin straight, apex acute; further back they are larger than in front
but smaller than the dorsal cirri, their margins slightly convex, apex bluntly
rounded. - |
Anal cirri short, subulate.

_ Setze (fig. 16) numerous, short, stem reaching but little beyond the feet;
appendix also short, rather wide at base, termination capillary, one edge minutely
denticulated.

Body elongated, in front flattened, further back rounded above, flat below;
tapering rapidly along the anterior third, gradually along the posterior third.

Color white, or white with flake-white specks, sometimes with an intestinal
brown line showing through.

Length of largest specimens, 45™™; width with feet, 1.5™™.

Rare; low water to fifteen feet.

ETEONE LIMICOLA Vervrill.

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 294. 1874.
This species, reported by Verrill from Great Ege Harbor, we failed to find.

Fam. HESIONID AL.

PoDARKE LKHhlers.
Die Borstenwurmer, p. 190. 1864.

— PODARKE OBSCURA Vervill.
PLATE II, FIGS. 17, 18.

VerRitt. Invert. An. of Vin. Sound, etc., p. 589, pl., xii, fig. 61. 1874.
Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 216. 1879.

Rare; low water to fifteen feet.

_ (PODARKE LUTEOLA 7. sp.
PLATE II, FIGS. 19, 20.
Head very slightly convex in front, posterior margin slightly concave, and a
little shorter than the front margin, the sides being directed a little inward ;
length to width as 1 to 3; angles all bluntly rounded.

108 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Antenne: median lost; those in pairs delicate, subulate, without basal
articles. Upper pair situated just above the lower, their length about equal
to the width of the head; lower pair a little shorter than upper.

Hyes dark red; anterior pair large, circular, latero-posterior ; posterior pair

a little within the front pair, almost in contact with them ; crescentic, concavity
directed outward and backward.

Tentacular cirri six pairs, arising from short, cylindrical basal articles,
borne on the first three segments, two pairs to each segment; upper cirri as
long as the dorsal cirri, or even a little longer; lower about one-half as long as
the upper. ‘The first four pairs on each side seem to arise from the sides of the
head ; this is due to the fact that the first and second segments are not visible
from above, except as narrow lateral bands extending forward on the head as
far as the anterior eyes; these segments are well defined below; in alcoholic
specimens they cannot be seen from above, and even in living forms the line
of division between the sides of the head and the lateral prolongations of these
segments is not easy to demonstrate. |

Dorsal cirri very long, delicate, tapering uniformly, basal arttales short,
cylindrical (fig. 19).

Feet biramous; upper ramus a stout papilla arising just below the base of
the dorsal cirrus; lower ramus stout, elongated, terminating above in a conical
process, below which the end of the ramus is. bluntly rounded, almost truncate.

Ventral cirri arise from lower outer margin of the ventral ramus, delicate,
conical, about one-sixth as long as the dorsal cirri. |

Setz: dorsal very long, slender, capillary, forming a close-set bundle, aris-
ing from the summit of the dorsal ramus; ventral (fig. 20) of the form usual in
this genus, hardly to be distinguished from the ventral setz of Podarke obscura
VERRILL, except that they are longer, and that the stem has transverse markings,
which I have never been able to see in the setz of that species. The difference
in length between the setz of the two species is due almost entirely to the |
elongation of the stem in the sete of P. /uteola.

Body slightly convex above and below, widest in front, tapering very
gradually. ‘The feet increase in length from the first pair to the middle a little
faster than the body narrows, so that the widest part, including the feet, is in
the middle.

Anal cirri in all respects similar to the dorsal.

Color: reddish-yellow dorsally; feet green or yellow above, green later-
ally; ventral surface a shade lighter than the dorsal; antennz and all cirri
white.

Length, 11™™; width, including feet, 2™™ ; number of segments, 45.

A single specimen was found on an oyster shell at low water.

This species is easily distinguished from Podarke obscura VERRILL (the only
species of this genus previously described from our coast), by the form of the —
head—lack of basal articles for the antennze, apparent origin of the tentacular
cirri of the first two segments, great length, and short basal articles of the
dorsal cirri, etc.

ANNELIDA CHAITOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. 109

Fam. SYLLID AL.
SYLLIS (Sav.) Ehlers.

Exters. Die Borstenwurmer, p. 222. 1864.

_ASYLLIS GRACILIS Grube.

Syllis 9? racilis Gruss. Actinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmer, p. 77. 1840.
CAPAREDE. Glanures Zootomiques parmi les Annélides de Port-Ven-
dres, p. 73, pl. v, fig. 3. 1864. Annélides Chétopodes du Golfe de
Naples, p. 503, pl. xv, fig. 3. 1868.

vad - Marion AND BopretTzky. Annélides du Golfe de Marseille ; in Annales

des Sciences Naturelles, 6th series, vol. ii, p. 23, pl. i, fig. 6. 1875.

ine ila Panceri Catalogo degli Annelide, etc. Atti. Soc. Ital., vol. xviii, p.
520. 1875.

“ = Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 217. 1879.

Only a few examples of this species were taken, it being far less common
than in Virginia.
ODONTOSYLLIS Claparéde.

Glanures Zootomiques, etc., p. 94. 1864.
b. Beobachtungen uber Anatomie, ete. 1863.

‘ODONTOSYLLIS? FULGURANS Clpd.

Odontosyllis fulgurans CuarpAREDE. Glanures Zodtom., etc., p. 95, pl. viii, fig. 1.

ag -- QUATREFAGES. Hist. Nat. des Annel., vol. ii, p. 648. 1865.

ee Se Marion AND Bosprerzky, in Ann. des Sci. Nat., 6th series,
vol. 1, p. 40, pl. iv, fig. 2. 1875.

es as Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 220. 1879.

This species was not common. One very large adult male was taken swim-
ming on the surface. Its length was 22™™"; sexual sete began on the 21st
segment; existed on forty-two segments, followed by thirty-three with the ordi-
nary sete only. Other specimens were taken on sandy and shelly bottom,
10-15 ft. For further notes on this form, see Webster, 1. c., p. 220.

GRUBEA (Quatr.) Claparede.

QUATREFAGES. Histoire Naturelle der Annéles, etc., vol. ii, p. 35. 1865.
CLAPAREDE. Annél. Chét. du Golfe de N Baie p. 516. 1868.

_GRUBEA TENUICIRRATA Clpd.

Spherosyllis tenuicirrata Cupp. Glanures Zootom., etc., p. 87, pl. vi, fig. 2. 1864.
j Grubea tenuicirrata Cupp. Annél. Chét. du Golfe de Naples, p. 517. 1868.

a MARENZELLER. Zur Kentniss der Adriatischen Anneliden. Aus-
dem, Ixix. Bande der Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissench, p.
29. 1874.

In some respects my specimens agree better with Grubea dolichopoda Mar-
ENZELLER (I. ¢., p. 26) than with G. tenwicirrata Cupp. This is especially
the case in the form of the sete and of the pharyngeal tooth. According
to Claparede’s figure, the sete end in a single point, and with the magni-
fying power used by him this does seem to be the case ; ; in reality they are
bidentate, the teeth being very small, and requiring a high power to bring them
out distinctly. On only two specimens was the first dorsal cirrus much longer
than the second.

__ The anal cirri, in the only case where they were seen, were as long as the
dorsal cirri, and somewhat swollen at base.

110 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Body colorless ; stomach white; intestine colorless; eyes very dark reddish-
brown.

The sexual setze begin on the ninth setigerous segment. All the males had
lost the posterior part of the body, but on one specimen the capillary (sexual)
setze existed on nineteen segments. The eggs and young in different stages of
development agree very closely with those described by Claparede as belonging
to Syllis pulligera Kroun (Syllides pulligera Cirp.), Glanures, etc., p. 81,
pl. vi, fig. 6.

Not common ; ten to fifteen feet, on shelly bottom.* —

PH DOPHYLAX Claparéde.
Annél, sae du Golfe de Naples, p. 520. 1868.

rape t aie DISPAR Webster.
Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 230, pl. iv, fic. ay pl. v, figs. 50-55. 1879.
Male.

Capillary setze begin on the eleventh setigerous Matt and are found on all
following segments except the last 2-4. They are delicate, longer than the
width of the “body, including the feet.

The body from the eleventh, or sometimes from the sixth, segment, is pure
white and much swollen.

Female.

Capillary setze as in the males, only a little shorter.
Eggs attached to the ventral surface by a peduncle, two to each segment; at
- first spherical, then becoming elongated ; purple with many black specks.

The constriction dividing the head from the body appears first; at this time
the eyes are apparent, the antennz are mere buds, equal in length, the palpi are
not united along their outer two-thirds.

The young, when detached from the body of the mother, have a well-formed
head with appendages, buccal segment with tentacular cirri, five setigerous seg-
ments with feet and cirri, and anal segment with anal cirri which are relatively
longer than in the adult; otherwise they do not differ from Nie adult except, of
course, In size and number of segments.

Common on shelly bottom, 10-15 feet.

AUTOLYTUS. (Grube) Marenzeller.

MARENZELLER. Zur Kentniss der Adriatischen Amneliden, etc., ay etee Beitrag,
p27. 1875. . &
AUTOLYTUS HESPERIDUM Cleapandae:
CLAPAREDE. Annél. Chét. du Golfe de Naples, p. 520, pl. xiv, fig. 1. 1868.

Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 225. 1879.
Male.

No adult males were found, but in one specimen, though not detached, the
following modifications of structure had occurred: ,

Head slightly convex in front; eyes very large, but not quite in contact ;
lateral antennze arising from the front margin of the head, just before the

* Since writing the above I have had further opportunity of studying this species. I am now
satisfied that our specimens belong to Grubea dolichopoda MARENZELLER. Langerhaus, how-
ever, identifies this with Grubea clavata CLPD. (Zeitschrift fir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, p. 564.
1879.)

ANNELIDA CHZTOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. 111

anterior eyes, bifurcate at their outer third, swollen at base, three times as long
as the head; median antenna arising back of the eyes, near the posterior margin
of the head, one-third longer than the head; buccal segment hardly distinct
from head, bearing two pairs of tentacular cirri, of which the upper had about
the length of the lateral antennze, the lower, of the median; second segment
with ordinary dorsal cirrus ; no sexual sete.

This species was very common from just below water mark to fifteen feet,

living on certain forms of sea-weed. In number of individuals it probably sur-
passed any other species of Annelid found in the harbor.*

Fam. NEREID A.
NEREIS (L.) Cuvier.

NEREIS LIMBATA Hhlers.
PLATE III, FIGS.: 21, DF

Exiers. Die Borstenwutrmer, p. 567. 1868.
VerRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., pp. 318, 590, pl. xi, fig. 51. 1874.
~Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 235, pl. vi, figs. 70-75. 1879.

Male.

The dorsal cirri of the first seven segments have a peculiar form, which seems
to have escaped notice. Near the end they are slightly enlarged (fig. 21),
then suddenly become smaller, ending in a delicate, almost filiform appendix.
‘The dorsal cirri of the middle region have one margin crenulated for nearly
‘their entire eh (fig. 22); the ventral cirri have a few crenulations near their
- outer end.

Found living very near high-water mark, and common everywhere in the
harbor, except in pure sand.

NEREIS CULVERI 7. Sp.
PLATE III, FIGS. 23-30. PLATE IV, FIGS. 31, 32.

Head (fig. 23) emarginate in front; anterior half of lateral margins concave,
posterior half slightly convex; posterior margin straight; from the anterior
emargination, a deep, triangular depression runs backward to the middle line,
so that the front half of the head seems to be divided into two lobes, broadly
rounded in front; length to width as two to three.

Eyes: anterior pair elliptical or elongate-oval, on the middle line, lateral ;
posterior pair circular, a little within the front pair, close to the posterior
margin.

Antennz remote from each other at base, conical, length to length of head as
three to four.

Palpi very stout with long terminal articles, in extension NE beyond the
antenne, in contraction falling much short of them.

Proboscis (fig. 24): it is in the structure of this organ that the chief pecu-
liarities of this species are to be found. There are no spe At the

* Regarded by Prof. Langerhaus as identical with Autolytus prolifer GRUBE. (See Zeitschrift
fir Wissenshaftliche Zoologie, p. 574. 1879.)

119 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

summit of the maxillary ring are bunches of short, conical, pointed papille,
arising from low, marginal elevations, with the arrangement as follows: on
the middle line above, a small bunch of four or five papille; on the latero-
dorsal margin a bunch of ten or twelve arranged in a double series; on the
latero-ventral margin a bunch composed of the same number of papille, but
not arranged in series; a median ventral bunch, six papille in double series;
half way between the last and the latero-ventral, a small bunch, three to five
papillae. The lateral papilla, above and below, are about one-third as long
as the antennze, the others a little shorter.. Aside from these papille, the
surface of the maxillary ring is quite smooth. On the ventral surface of the —
basal ring, near the posterior margin, are five small elliptical elevations or
calluses, a median and two lateral, equally distant from each other. The
notes made on the living forms make mention of a small, median, triangular —
papillee, just in front of the antenne. It cannot be demonstrated in alcoholic
specimens,

Jaws (fig. 25): in color varying from light to dark horn-color; about four-
teen strong, sharp teeth. |

Buccal segment double the length of the second segment, equal to the
fourth.

Tentacular cirri (fig. 23) arise from stout and long basal articles; upper
posterior cirrus longest, reaching back to the middle of the third segment, or
sometimes to its posterior margin; the lower posterior cirrus and the upper an-
terior equal, from one-fourth to one-third shorter than the longest; lower ante-
rior cirrus shortest ; viewed from below, this cirrus is seen to arise much below >
the others.

The first two setigerous segments have no dorsal rami (fig. 26), but the
cirri, lingule, and ventral ramus have nearly the same form as on the seg-
ments following. From the fourth to the twentieth-twenty-fifth segment
(fig. 27), the dorsal ramus is small, conical, distinct from its lingula; the
lingula is longer than the dorsal ramus, broad at base, tapering gradually,
apex bluntly rounded, somewhat compressed; the dorsal ramus has two lips,
anterior and posterior ; anterior small, of uniform diameter, directed upward ;
posterior larger than anterior, shaped much like upper lingula; but smaller,
directed outward ; the lower ramus has also two lips, placed one behind the
other, stout, bluntly conical, anterior turned outward, posterior a little down-
ward; the inferior lingula is a little stouter at base than the lips of the ventral
ramus, otherwise about the same form and size; the ventral cirrus is longer
than the dorsal, fusiform, reaches to the middle of its lmgula, arising some dis-
tance below it. ;

Further back the basal part of the feet gains in length (fig. 28); the dorsal
cirrus becomes shorter; the upper lingula longer, conical, with less diameter ;
the anterior lip of each ramus becomes gradually smaller, and finally disappears;
the lower lingula is greatly reduced in size; the ventral cirrus recedes from its
lingula, becoming minute, conical.

ANNELIDA CHZI0PODA OF NEW JERSEY. 113

On the posterior feet (fig. 29), the dorsal cirrus arises from the base of the
upper lincula ; the remaining (posterior) lip of the upper ramus becomes deli-
cate, conical, reaching beyond the lingula.

The anal segment (fig. 30) has a slightly crenulated margin; its cirri are
delicate, their length more than double that of the longest tentacular cirrus.

Setze of two kinds; one, with long narrow appendix (fig. 31), one edge mi-
nutely denticulated ; ihe other (fig. 82) with short appendix, one margin thick-
ened and rounded, the opposite margin very thin, somewhat coarsely
denticulated ; those of the second form are found only in the lower bundle of
the ventral rami, after the first twenty to thirty segments, from four to six in
each bundle, always accompanied by some of the first form.

Color. light flesh-color to reddish-brown ; dorsal cirri and superior lingulee
pure gleaming white, other parts of the feet also white; head, especially its pos-
terior half, usually darker than the body.

Body elongate, widest at the eighth segment, diminishing rapidly forward,
uniformly but very gradually backward.

This species forms a tough membraneous tube, in color dark reddish-brown,
fitting the body very closely.

Length of one specimen (140 segments) eum, width with feet 4™"; without
feet, 2™™; length of a larger specimen, 75™"; width with feet, 5™™.

Two specimens kept in well-water, not at all brackish, for forty-eight hours,
seemed to be in good condition; while specimens of Nereis limbata EHLERS
treated in the same way stopped all movements in thirty minutes, and in an
hour the blood ceased to circulate ; the latter were taken at a higher station
than that in which the former lived, and where they must often have been ex-
posed to the action of brackish water.

The only place in which this species was found was a few rods above the old
wharf, in front of the hotel at Beesley’s Point, in coarse sand and gravel, at

about half-tide. We looked for them carefully in many other places, where the
conditions seemed to be the same, but without success.

Sexual Forms.

Many males and females, apparently adult, were taken, in which no structural
changes had occurred except that the eyes had become a little larger; the ante-
rior pair crescentic ; the posterior oval; the body and feet being swollen by the
contained sexual products.

The color of the female was unchanged ; immature males were bright green ;
adult males greenish white.

This species was first found by Mr. C. L. Culver, at Beaufort, N. C., in the
summer of 1877. Mr. Culver was at that time a student in Union Coliege, and |
attached to the usual summer zovlogical expedition of the college. He brought
in two specimens with a lot of Nereis libata Humps, taken at low water.
The exact station was not known, and thoug: we searched diligently and fre-
quently for additional specimens, none were » found.

NEREIS TRIDENTATA 7%. Sp.
PLATE IV, FIGS. 33-40.
Head (fig. 33) deeply emarginate in front, and with a well defined depression
carried back to the middle line ; behind the middle line the sides are convex;

8

114 © Tarrry-SECOND R&PORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

in front of it, strongly concave ; posterior margin slightly convex; anterior mar-

gin interrupted by the emargination which divides the apex into two bluntly -

rounded lobes; length to width as two to three.

Antenne widely separated at origin, conical, length to length of head as two
to three.

Palpi very stout, with long terminal articles. Hyes circular, lateral; ante-
rior pair quite large, situated just back of the middle line; posterior about
one-half as large as the anterior, and a little within them, very near the poste-
rior margin. |

Buccal segment equal in length to the three following segments taken
together ; much wider than the head.

Tentacular cirri short, tapering but little, arising from stout cylindrical basal
articles ; upper posterior cirrus reaches to the middle of the third segment, or

to the front margin of the fourth ; the lower posterior and upper anterior cirri —

equal, about two-thirds as long as the longest; lower anterior shortest, one-half
as long as the longest. |

Proboscis (fig. 83) without denticles (paragnathi) on the dorsal surface ; my
notes make mention of two minute fleshy papillz situated one on either side
of the middle line of the basal ring, but I cannot find them on the alcoholic
specimens ; ventral surface of maxillary ring also without denticles (fig. 34),
while on the basal ring are three small paragnathi, circulan or elliptical, flat,
corneous, brown. .

The jaws are light horn-color with numerous long sharp teeth.

Feet of the first two setigerous segments without dorsal rami, and with the
ventral cirrus much swollen at base (fig. 35), in other respects similar to the
feet immediately following them. — :

Anterior feet (fig. 56), dorsal cirrus finger-shaped, longer than its lingula ;
lingule and lips of the two rami tapering but little, nearly cylindrical, very
bluntly rounded externally; upper lingula longer than dorsal ramus; dorsal
ramus with anterior and posterior lips, anterior shorter than posterior and above
it; lower ramus with a long posterior, short anterior lip; lower lingula long,
reaching nearly to the outer end of the lower ramus; ventral cirrus delicate,
conical, about one-half as long as its lingula.

After the first third the structure of the feet changes gradually ie. 37); the
upper lingula becomes conical, and further removed from the upper ramus; the
anterior lips of both rami become much smaller; the lower linguia and the ven-
tral cirrus do not change much; on the extreme posterior feet the dorsal cirrus
is longer than elsewhere.

Anal segment simple ; anal cirri as long as the last eight segments, filiform.

Seta of three forms: those of the first form (fig. 88) have the terminal
points of the stem in the same plane, appendix very narrow; this is the only
kind found in the dorsal rami; they also form the greater part of the upper
bundle of the ventral rami, but are not found in the lower bundles; those of
the second form have the terminal points of the stem not in the same plane

ANNELIDA CHZTOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. 115

(fig. 39), appendix short, in other respects like the first form ; found in both
bundles of the ventral rami, but not numerous; those of the third kind (falcate
setz) are short (fig. 40), with a very short appendix, one margin of which is
thickened and rounded, the opposite edge thin, and deficient near the apex; a
few of this form are found in the upper bundle of the ventral rami, and they
form the greater part of the lower bundle.

Body of uniform width along the anterior half, then tapering very slowly.

Color: body light flesh-color; sides of head and bases of antennz and ten-
tacular cirri dark reddish-brown ; one specimen was light orange.

Length of largest specimen, 29™™; greatest width with feet, 3.5™™; number
of segments, 105. Length of a specimen with 70 segments, 12™™.

Very rare: 10 to 15 feet, shelly bottom.

, Fam. EUNICIDA. é
DIOPATRA Aud. and M. Hdw.

AupovInE AnD M. Epwarps. Littoral de la France, vol. ii, Annélides, p. 155. 1834.

DIopaTRA CUPREA Claparéde.

Nereis cuprea Bosc. Hist. Nat. des Vers., vol. i, p. 143. 1802 (teste Claparéde).
Eunice cuprea QUATREFAGES. Hist. Nat. des Annelés, vol. i, p. 331. 1865.
Diopatra cuprea CLAPAREDE. Annél. Chét. du Golfe de Naples, p. 432. . 1868.
<¢ = VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vin. Sound, etc., p. 593, pl. xiii, figs.
67, 68. 1874.
Vg s¢ ~—s Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 236. 1879.

Quite common on the sand flats at low water, and occasionally dredged at
from ten to fifteen feet.
MARPHYSA Quatrefages.
Histoire Nat. des Annelés, vol. i, p. 331. 1865.

MARPHYSA SANGUINEA Quatr.

Nereis sanguinea Montacvu. Linn. Trans., vol. xi, p. 20, pl. ili, fig. 1. 1815.
Leodice opalina Savieny. Systéme des Annélides, p. 51.

Nereidonta sanguinea BuainvitLeE. Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. lvii, p. 447. 1828.

Eunice sanguinea Avup. anv M. Epw. Littoral de la France, vol. ii, Annélides, p

147. 1834.
a a Grouse. Familien der Anneliden, pp. 44, 123. 1851.
ne Bt “s Die Insel Lussin, p. 79. 1864.
ee as se St. Malo and Roscoff pp. 87, 91, 106, 114, 140. 1870.
ey “ Leipy. Marine Invert. Fauna, R. I. and N. ee p. 15. 1855.
ot 2 Jounston. Catalogue of British Worms, p. 134. 1865.

Marphysa sanguinea Quatr. Hist. Nat. des Annel., vol. i, p. 332, pl. x, fig. 1. 1865.
Euurrs. Die Borstenwtrmer, p. 360, pl. xvi, figs. 8-11. 1868.
e ay Bairp. Linn. Proc. Zodlogy, vol. x, p. 352.
oe Mar. anD Bosr. Ann. des Sci. Nat., vol. il, p. 12. 1875.
‘4 Leidii Quatr. Histoire Nat. des Annel., vol. i, p. 337. 1865.
4 Leidyi Verrizu. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., pp. 319, 598, pl. xii, fig.
64. 1874. ;
ee sanguinea WessterR. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 236, pl. vi,
figs. 76-80; pl. vii, figs. 81-83. 1879.
This species is by no means common. Some young specimens taken had one
antenna, others three antennz; eyes, four; branchie, from tenth segment;

palpi hardly apparent.

116 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

DRILONEREIS (Clpd.) Webster.

CLAPAREDE. Annél. Chét. du Golfe de Naples. Supplément, p. 25. 1870.
Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 240. 1879.

_ ADRILONEREIS LONGA Webster.
Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 240, pl. vii, figs. 84-88. 1879.
Common in sand at low water.

LUMBRICONERKIS (Bilv.) Ehlers.
Exuers. Die Borstenwurmer, p. 377. 1868.

LUMBRICONEREIS TENUIS Verrill.

VeERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., pp. 342, 594. 1874.
Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 241. 1879.

Not common; sand, low water.

ARABELLA (Grube) Hhlers.

Grusz. Die Familien der Anneliden, p. 45. 1851. 7
Enters. Die Borstenwirmer, p. 398. 1868. 7). ¢, \
ety x ) iA )

ARABELLA OPALINA Verrill.

Lumbriconereis splendida Luipy. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N. J., p. 10. 1855.

opalina VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., pp. 342,
594, pl. xiii, figs. 69, 70. 1874.
Arabella opalina VeRRILL. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1878, p. 299.
a 4 Weester. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 242. 1879.

Common at low water in sand and mud, and occasionally dredged, ten to :

fifteen feet.
STAUROCEPHALUS (Grube) Ehlers.

GruBe. Archiv fur Naturgesh., p. 97. 1855.
Euters. Die Borstenwurmer, p. 422. 1868.

STAUROCEPHALUS PALLIDUS Vervill.

VerrRitt. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., pp. 348, 595. 1874.
Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 242. 1879.

Only one specimen was found—fifteen feet, sand and shells.

Fam. GLYCERIDA.

RHYNCHOBOLUS ‘Clapareéde.
Annélides Chétopodes du Golfe de Naples, p. 492. 1868.

RHYNCHOBOLUS AMERICANUS Verrill.
Glycera Americana Lzipy. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N. J., p. 15, pl. xi, figs.

49, 50. 1855.
és - EHLERS. Die Borstenwurmer, p. 668, pl. xxiii, figs. 48-46. 13868.
22 ae GruBe. Jahres-Bericht der Schles. Gesell.-fir Vaterlan. Cultur,
p..64..) LSho.
Rhynchobolus Americanus VERRILL. Invert. An. ee Sound, etc., p. 596, pl. x, figs.
45,46. 1874.
és as i Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1878, p. 300.
es ae WessTeR. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 245.
1370:

Common; low water to fifteen feet.

;
|

ANNELIDA CH&TOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. ale;

RHYNCHOBOLUS DIBRANCHIATUS Verrill.

Gilycera dibranchiata Euters. Op. cit., p. 670, pl. xxiv, figs. 1, 10-28. 1868.
GRUBE. Op. cit., p. 64.. 1869.
Ehynchobolus dibranohintus VERRILL. Op. cit., p. 596, pl. x, figs. 48, 44. 1874.
= WEBSTER. Op. cit., p. 245. 1879.

Common; low water to fifteen feet.

GONIADA Aud. and M. Hdw.

: Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xxix, p. 266. 1833.
GONIADA SOLITARIA 72. Sp.
PLATE IV, FIGS. 41, 42. PLATE V, FIGS. 43, 44.

Head as long as the first seven segments taken together, acutely conical,
with minute antennee.

Eyes small, black, circular, lateral, posterior.

Proboscis not seen in complete extension, covered with numerous longitudinal
series of stout hooks; on the dorsal surface three rows of hooks on either side
of a naked median space; on the ventral surface four rows, two on either side of
the median line; one lateral series; ventral and lateral hooks smaller than the
dorsal ; at the base, on the ventral surface, numerous, quite small hooks scat-
tered about irregularly.

The first twenty-flve segments are uniramous; the ramus has two lips
(fig. 41), anterior long and narrow; posterior short and broad; dorsal and
ventral cirri widely divergent, bluntly conical, dorsal a little shorter than ven-
tral. After the twenty-fifth foot a dorsal ramus appears (fig. 42), composed
at first of a broad, thick, squarish plate, with a slight emargination near its upper
margin, indicating its future division into lips; it contains from three to six
straight aciculz or sete, usually concealed, sometimes projecting slightly; the
dorsal cirrus becomes smaller ; the other parts of the foot do not change much ;
further back the dorsal ramus is divided into two bluntly rounded lobes (fig. 43).

Anal cirri long, filiform.

Setze of one kind only; in two bundles, upper and lower ; upper most numer-
ous ; very long and slender; appendix nearly as long as the stem (fig. 44).

Body slightly convex above, flat below, anterior two-thirds of uniform width,
tapering a little along the posterior third.

Color gray, slightly tinged with green.

Length, 25"; width, 1.3™™.

The only specimen taken was a female filled with eggs; low water, mud.

Fam. THELETHUSIDAL.
ARENICOLA Lamarck.

ARENICOLA ? CRISTATA Stimpson.

Stimpson. Proc. Bostcn Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v, p. 114.
QUATREFAGES. Histoire Naturelle des Anneiés, vol. iii, p. 673. 1865.

Only the anterior part of a single specimen was found. Probably belongs to
Stimpson’s species.

118 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE ‘MUSEUM.

Fam. CHLORAMID A.

TROPHONIA (Aud. and M. Hdw.) Claparéde.
CLAPAREDE. Annél. Chét. du Golfe de Naples, p. 105. 1868.
TROPHONIA AFFINIS Vervrill.

Siphonostomum affine Lerpy. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N. J., p. 16. 1855.
Trophonia affinis Verritu. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc , p. 605, pl. xiv, fig. 75. 1874.

This species is reported from Great Egg Harbor by Leidy, from Block Island
and Buzzard’s Bay by Verrill. We failed to find it.

Fam. CHAATOPTERID &.
SPIOCHATOPTERUS (Sars) Webster.

Sars. Fauna Littoralis Norvegiz. Seconde Livraison, p. 7. 1856.
Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 246. 1879.

SPIOCH ETOPTERUS OCULATUS Webster.
Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 247, pl. viii, figs. 98-102. 1879.

Low water, sand; only a few specimens were taken.

Fam. SPIONID A.
NERINE (Johnston) Sars.

NERINE AGILis Verrill.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, ete., p. 600. 1874.

Prof. Verrill reports this species from the outer beach, burrowing in sand at.
low-water mark. We failed to find it.

SCOLECOLEPIS Biv. 1828 (teste Malmgren).
SCOLECOLEPIS ViRIDIS Verrill.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, ete., p. 600. 1874.

Our specimens do not agree in all respects with Verrill’s description, and at
first it seemed necessary to refer them to a new species; comparison with speci-
mens received from him has established their identity. Verrill ascribes four
eyes to S. viridis; our specimens have no eyes, as they were examined in this.
respect in the fresh state; the alcoholic specimens received from Prof. Verrill
have no trace of eyes remaining, whatever their condition may have been while
living. We found but one green specimen; the others were dark brown, or
dark brown with a reddish or greenish tinge. There are from eight to ten anal
papillee (cirri), subulate, three to four times as long as the anal segment.

On one specimen the head and a few of the anterior segments had been lost
and renewed, but the branchie were still wanting.

Common in sand at low water.

ScOLECOLEPIS TENUIS Vervrill.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 601. 1874.

Reported by Verrill from Great Egg Harbor, in sand at low water. We
failed to find it.

ANNELIDA CHATOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. 119

SPIO (0. Fabr.) Girsted.
(ErsTeED. Annulatorum Danicorum Conspectus, p. 39. 1843.

Spro setosa Verrill.

_ Werine coniocephala? A. Aaassiz. Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. of N. Y., vol. viii,
p- 333, pl. x, figs. 39-45. 1866. (See Verrill, op. cit.)
Spio setosa VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 602, pl xiv, fig. 77
(copied from Agassiz.)

Verrill says of this species that the lateral lobes of the head are shorter than
the median ; this is true in alcoholic specimens; the reverse is the case in living
forms. Common in sand at low water.

POLYDORA Bosc.
Histoire Naturelle des Vers, vol. i. 1802.
_PoLypDoRA HAMATA Webster.

Annel. Cheet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 251, pl. viii, figs. 111-116, pl. ix, figs. 117,
Care. 1Os9,

Common, living in galleries in shells. tiga low water to fifteen feet.
PoLYDORA LIGNI 7. sp.
PLATE V, FIGS. 45-47.

Head deeply emarginate in front, lateral lobes bluntly rounded (fig. 45),
pointing forward and outward ; lateral margins, in front and back of the eyes,
concave ; opposite the eyes (middle third) convex ; a rounded carina runs back
to the middle of the fourth segment; at the front margin of the third segment
this carina bears a small conical papilla, aed distinct, even on the smallest
specimens,

Eyes four, black, circular, placed at the angles of a trapezoid; anterior pair
larger than posterior.

Tentacles short, with the usual structure, colorless, without markings.

Dorsal cirri, long and stout on the anterior segments, smaller on those having
branchiz. pve

Branchiz begin on seventh segment, long, finger-shaped, colorless, with red
centre; they are found on all segments after the sixth, except a small but vari-
able number of posterior segments.

Setze of the fifth segment (fig. 46) eight to twelve in number, stout, apex
bluntly rounded and slightly curved; a little below the apex is a small tooth on
the side of the seta, forming a very small angle with the seta ; dorsal setze long,
capillary, longer behind than in front; ventral sete (fig. 47) short, bidentate ;
inner tooth very long, sharp, given off at right angles to the body of the seta;
outer half covered by a membrane. |

Terminal sucker broad, shallow, white; anal penne surrounded by low
papille.

Body colorless, except as colored red or brownish-red by the blood and con-
tents of the intestine; on either side of the carina a brown line, diverging in
front, and passing to the outer base of the tentacles.

Length, 1-4™"; segments numerous.

Found on water-soaked wood, living in crevices, etc.

‘Tubes made of dirt, fragile, constructed with great rapidity.

120 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

STREBLOSPIO n. gen. i
Head conical; proboscis incomplete above, divided below into two lobes

along its anterior part. First segment prolonged laterally and below nearly to —

the front of the head; above carrying one pair of tentacles and one pair of
branchize. Second segment with raised dorsal membrane, forming a pouch.
Dorsal setee capillary. Ventral sete of first six segments like the dorsal, after-
wards both uncinate and capillary. Anal segment simple, without appendages.

STREBLOSPIO BENEDICTI 7. sp.
. PLATE V, FIGS. 48-50.
Head, in extension, pointed, conical; posterior half somewhat compressed,

sharply convex ; anterior half slightly depressed.

Proboscis deficient above, below divided into two lobes for about one-half its
length ; these lobes are triangular at base, but (in extension) terminate, each in
a short, finger-shaped process, covered with numerous long cilia. The first seg-
ment is about the length of the following segments, dorsally ; at the sides and
below it is prolonged, forming a kind of hood for the head. This hood or
sheath originates as a thin, almost membraneous elevation of the sides of -the
segment, just within the dorsal setze, passes forward external to the bases of the

tentacular cirri and branchize, is prolonged to near the apex of the head, then

curves suddenly downward, presenting a thin, free, anterior margin; laterally
it is closely applied to the head, but rises above it, presenting a free, upper

margin on each side; the head projects but very little beyond its hood. Dor-—

sally the anterior margin of the first segment is concave, and carries a minute,
conical, median papilla or cirrus.

Tentacular cirri (tentacles) have the same structure as in PoLyDorA; turned
backward they reach to the eighth or ninth segment.

Branchize behind and a little within the tentacies ; reach back to the seventh
or eighth segment; widest in the middle, tapering uniformly in both directions,
except that near the top they are suddenly constricted, ending in a short cylin-
drical process; they are flattened below, carinate above, giving a triangular
cross section for most of their length; edges thin, and thrown into deep,
rounded folds or scollops. Both tentacles and branchiz are densely covered

with long cilia; turned forward they completely cover the head; the sete of |

the first segment, both dorsal and ventral, are similar to those of the next five,
but are a little shorter.

Second segment, covered dorsally by a raised membrane, forming a pouch ;
the free anterior margin of this pouch is deeply concave; its elevation above
the dorsum equal to. the thickness of the body ; at the sides it passes into the
dorsal cirri (lobes). é

Dorsal cirri: back of each fascicle of dorsal sete, on the first ten segments,
is a broad, rounded plate or lobe ; back of the tenth segment’ this plate gradu-
ally becomes narrower, until it is changed into a short, conical cirrus, which
remains to the end. |

Ventral cirri: on the first six segments behind each bunch of ventral setze is a
lobe similar to the dorsal lobe, but smaller; at the seventh segment it disappears.

»
ANNELIDA CHATOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. 124

Dorsal setz, capillary ; those on the anterior segments (fig. 48) wider and
shorter than those further back (fig. 49); ten to fifteen in each fascicle in front,
' gradually decreasing in number till only four or five are found on the posterior
segments ; they are arranged along the lateral line of the dorsum, and point up-
ward ; the ventral setz of the first six segments are similar to the dorsal, but
less numerous, and a little shorter; back of the sixth segment the capillary setze
are nearly replaced by uncinate setee—a few, however, remaining in the lower
part of each series, even to the end; the uncini (fig. 50) are arranged in a single,
transverse series, three to five in number, quite short, hardly projecting beyond
the surface ; they become gradually more numerous, each series having from
eight to twelve on the posterior segments, at the same time growing a little
longer ; they have four terminal teeth, the outer one being shortest (fig. 50), and
are covered by a delicate membrane.

Anal segment with slightly thickened, rounded margin; no appendages.

Body slightly convex above, flattened below.

Color: tentacles colorless; branchize dark green, with transverse bands of
light green or yellowish-green ; body colorless or light flesh-color ; a few speci-
mens with the first eight segments dark green.

Length of adult, 6"; with, 0.6™"; number of segments, 70.

“ Found in great numbers on beds of MWytilis edulis; also in ditches to which
the tide-water had access, very near high-water mark; the only other annelid
found under the same circumstances being Nereis dimbata EKuurrs; the first
specimen taken was on a shell, dredged. This species lives in dirt tubes, which
they leave very readily when disturbed, and move about rapidly with quick,
jerking motions of the body; they soon settle to the bottom, and immediately
construct a new tube of any loose dirt that may be at hand.

The first part of the generic name is intended to recall their peculiar method
of locomotion. The specific name is given in recognition of Mr. James H. Ben-
edict, a sound and enthusiastic naturalist—my associate for the past two years
in zoiilogical work, who not only discovered the species in New J ersey, but has
since found it at South Norwalk, Conn.

Female.

On one specimen the middle third of the dorsum was covered by a very thin,
transparent, raised membrane. Unfortunately no figures of the young were
made, and the notes are not full. They were broadly rounded in front and be-
hind; sides convex; two small red eyes on the anterior margin of the head;
lateral depressions indicating three segments ; two circles of cilia, one just back
of the head, the other near the posterior end.

Fam. ARICIID AA.

ANTHOSTOMA WSchmarda.
Neue Wirbellose Thiere, vol. i, part ii, p. 61. 1861.
ANTHOSTOMA FRAGILE Vervill.

VeRRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 598. 1874.
Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 258. 1879.

The branchiz may begin on any segment from the thirteenth to the twenty-
first, according to the size of the specimen.

Common in sand at low water.

199 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Fam. CIRRATULID.

~ CIRRATULUS Lamarck.
Hist. Nat. des Animaux sans Vertebres, vol. v, p. 300. 18388.

CIRRATULUS GRANDIS Vervill.

VerrRitL. Invert, An. Vin. Sound, etc.. p. 606, pl. xv, figs. 80, 81. 1874.
Wesstrer. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 258. 1879.

Rare; only one specimen was taken.

CIRRHINEREIS Quatrefages.
Histoire Naturelle des Annelés, vol. i, p. 462. 1865.

CIRRHINEREIS FRAGILIS Qir/g.

Cirrhatulus fragilis Lurpy. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I, and N. J., p. 15, pl. xi,
figs. 39-43. 1855.
Cirrhinereis fragilis QUATREFAGES. Op. cit., vol. i, p. 464. 1865.
a VERRILL. Op. cit., p. 607. 1874.

Rare ; a single injured specimen was found which probably belongs to this
species.

Fam. CAPITELLID.

NOTOMASTUS Sars.

Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken, p.199. 1850.
Fauna Littoralis Norwegia, p. 12. 1856.

I have referred the following species to Noromastus Sars, although some-
what in doubt as to what constitutes a Noromasrus. ‘The following species of
this genus and of the allied or identical genus ANcIsTRIA have been reported
from our coast: Notomastus luridus VERRILL, Notomastus filiformis VER-
RILL, Ancistria acuta VERRILL, Ancistria capillaris VERRILL and Ancistria
minima QUATREFAGES (reported by Webster). It is quite certain that these
five species belong to the same genus, but to what genus? Certainly to Ancis-
TRIA Quatr., if it is a good genus. But Claparéde says’ that ANcISTRIA
is a synonym of CAPITELLA. But so far no one has seen the peculiar male
sexual organs and setz upon which so much stress is laid as characteristic of
CaPITELLA. Prof. Verrill writes that he has never found them; I have never
let a specimen pass without looking for these organs, but to no purpose. Ac-
cordingly, while our specimens belong to Ancistria, they do not belong to
CaPITELLA. It will be noticed that two of our species have been referred to
Noromastvs ; and in fact they cannot be said to differ from NoroMAsTUS ex-
cept in the length, and number of setz, of the ventral rami. But Claparede,
speaking of the ‘“‘tores hamiferes ventraux,” says (Glanures, p. 58): “‘ Le dé-
veloppement extraordinaire des tores ventraux du coté dorsal est méme le carac-
tere essentiel des Notomastus,”’ according to which dictum not one of our species
is a NoroMastus, as they have not the elongated ventral rami and numerous
setze of the type species, Notomastus latericeus Sars. In regard to ARENIA
Quatr., Claparéde (Annel. Chét. du Golfe de N., p. 18) claims that is a No-
TOMASTUS, and that the type species, A. cruenta QuaATR., is Capitella (Noto-
mastus) rubicunda Kererstxin. In this case one must believe that Quatre-
fages entirely mistook the character of the posterior dorsal setz, since bg
describes and figures them as capillary.

ANNELIDA CuwroPova oF NEW JERSEY. - 123
flan TT wA0s7 wha y tA
vames Grae eerae FILIFORMIS Verriil.**
, PLATE V, FIGS. 51-54.
Invert. An. Vin. Sound, ete., p. 611. 1874.

Head very small, pointed, conical.

Proboscis apparantly smooth; when magnified seen to be covered with minute
papille.

First five setigerous segments with capillary setze in both rami, not differing
from each other, arranged in each ramus in a single transverse series, contain-
ing from eight to twelve sete. After the fifth segment uncini only are found.
At first the uncini are quite long (fig. 51), but few in the dorsal rami, from
eight to twelve in the ventral; they grow progressively shorter backward (figs.
52, 53), and along the posterior third their number is much reduced, there
being one to three in the dorsal rami, three to five in the ventral; a few of the
posterior segments may be without sete. The form of the uncini changes, as
shown in the figures.

The anterior segments are biannulate, afterwards crossed by from three to five
deeply impressed lines.

The anal segment is obliquely svalienttal margin thickened and rounded
(fig. 54); from its lower border projects a fneeplehnped cirrus, which is dis-
tinctly annulated. (A similar cirrus exists on WN. luridus VERR., Ancistria
minima QUATR., and on several as yet unpublished species from Beautort, N. C.
I do not know that this cirrus has been able described as belonging to this
genus, or to any in the Family.)

Color: red to purplish-red in front ; flesh-color to bright red behind.

Length very variable; greatest diameter of largest specimen 1.2™.

Common ; low water to fifteen feet.

/NoToMASTUS LURIDUS Verrill
Invert. Animals of eee d Sound, ete., p. 610. 1874.
Rare ; only one specimen was taken.
| Young forms of Notomastus ?

(a). One specimen, evidently immature, had capillary setz only on the first
four segments, then uncini only; but about the middle of the body the dorsal
uncini were replaced by capillary setze. Posterior segments lost.

(b). Another form, of which several specimens were found, had capillary setze
in all the dorsal rami, uncini in all the ventral. Length of (a) and (b) 10-20".
Found in shells bored by sponge ; low water to fifteen feet.

Fam. MALDANIDA.

CLYMENELLA. Verviii. .
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, p. 607. 1874.
CLYMENELLA TORQUATA Verrill.

Clymene torquata Leipy. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N. J., p. 14. 1855.
Clymenella torquata VERRILL. Op. Cit. p. 608, pl. xiv, figs. 71-73. 1874.
- Weester. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 258. 1879.

Very common in sand at low water.
*T regarded this as a new species, and gave it the specific name of levis ; but on subm1 ting

specimens of the same form, taken at Provincetown, Mass., to Prof. Verrill, he referred them
to his NV. Siliformis.

124 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

MALDANE (Grube) Malmgren.

Gruse. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 1860.
MatmGren. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 186. 1865.

MALDANE ELONGATA Vervill.

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 609. 1874.
WesstTer. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 259. 1879.

Rare; only one specimen was taken.

PRAXILLA Malmgren.
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 191. 1865.
In characterizing the genus Praxitta Malmgren assigns to it twenty-six
segments, of which nineteen are setigerous, and five ante-anal without sete. The

following species belongs to Praxilla in all other respects, but has more than
twenty-six segments, and less than five nude anti-anal segments.

/PRAXILLA ELONGATA 7. Sp.
PLATE VI, FIGS. 55-59.

Buccal segment (fig. 55) with a projecting margin, slightly emarginate in the
middle line above, and with a very narrow, hardly perceptible incision on each
side, a little back of the middle. The cephalic plate has a well defined, median
carina, widest in front, and with a flattened, slightly projecting portion, broadly
rounded at the apex. 3

After the fifth segment the diameter increases gradually to the tenth ; remains
unchanged to the thirteenth; decreases gradually to the sixteenth ; then falls off
suddenly to about one-half the previous diameter, after which it remains
unchanged.

Segments one, two, four, five and six have about ihe same length ; ieee
seven, eight and nine are a little longer than the preceding; ten to fitteen about
double the ninth; sixteen to thirty-six a little-shorter than the fifteenth; last
three equal to each other—together equal to the thirty-sixth (fig. 56).

The anterior margin of the fifth segment is raised and rounded, embracing the
posterior end of the fourth. The first fifteen segments are nearly cylindrical,
segmentation distinct, and crossed by numerous impressed lines; after the fit-
teenth the form suddenly changes, the anterior end being narrow, diameter
increasing regularly to near the posterior end, then somewhat suddenly decreas-—
ing; the posterior margin of the ante-anal segment is raised, rounded, forming a
sheath for the anterior end of the anal segment.

‘The anal segment is funnel-shaped ; margin surrounded by a circle of conical
or finger-shaped papillee ; very similar to the anal segment of Clymenella tor-
guata V BRRILL.

Setee ; dorsal (capillary) numerous, long, delicate, bilimbate (fig. 57); after .
the fifth segment there is a distinct, rounded papilla, or dorsal ramus, from
which the setz arise ; ventral (uncini), on the first three setigerous segments
only one, or occasionally two, to each ramus; these end in three sharp teeth —

ANNELIDA CHZTOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. Eos

(fig. 58), of which two are very small; along the inner two-thirds are numerous
longitudinal strize, interrupted by transverse strie, unequally distant from each
other ; at the fourth setigerous segment the number of uncini increases suddenly
to ten or fifteen in each series, and the form also changes (fig 59); they have
now five terminal teeth, a short, external part is quite narrow, and divided from
the stouter, internal part by a deep constriction, simulating a compound seta ;
the thirty-seventh segment has only the dorsal sete ; to the tenth segment the
setze are found in the middle of each segment; after the tenth they suddenly
recede to near the posterior end.

Three specimens were collected—one perfect, the others with anterior part only ;
and of these only one, having the ten anterior segments, was observed while
living; its general color was yellowish-white, with narrow, red bands on the
posterior part of each segment after the fourth, increasing gradually in width so
as to occupy one-half the length of the tenth segment ; indications of similar bands |
ean be traced on the entire specimen, in alcohol, but not after the tenth segment.

Length of entire specimen, 95™” ; a diameter, 3"; diameter of buccal
segment, 2™™.

Number of segments, 39; buccal (coalesced with the cephalic), 1 ; setigerous,
36; ante-anal, nude, 1; anal, 1.

Rare; found in sand at low water, associated with Clymenella torquata

VERRILL.
PRAXILLA ELONGATA var. BENEDICTI Webs.
PLATE VI, FIGS. 60, 61.
Mr. J. E. Benedict found at south Norwalk, Conn., a variety of this species,

differing from the form just described in the following particulars :

First two segments short (fig. 60), together about equal to the third; after
the fifteenth segment the diameter suddenly becomes less, segments short, and,
except the last four, equal. (Compare the first segment of fig. 61 with the first
of fig. 56.) The ante-anal segments (fig. 61), quite short, together equal to the ~
anal; anal cirri longer than in the New Jersey form.

Length of an entire specimen, 20"; number of segments, 37.

A young specimen had twenty-six segments, with a length of 37”.

PARAXIOTHEA x. gen.

No cephalic plate.

Anterior margin of first segment prolonged as a thin membrane, emarginate
above, and with a slightly projecting conical process in the middle line below.

Mouth situated on the lower surface of a conical process, arising from the
bottom of the cylindrical cavity enclosed by the frontal membrane, not reaching
to the front margin of the membrane. First segment with capillary and un-
cinate setze, similar to those on the remaining segments.

Anal segment funnel-shaped ; margin digitate.

PARAXIOTHEA LATENS 7. sp.
PLATE VII, FIGS. 62-66.

Frontal membrane (figs. 62, 63) forming one-half the length of the first seg-

ment; anterior margin slightly reflexed, lobed or scolloped by shallow incisions,

126 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE Museum.

which are continued as impressed lines for some distance, on both the outer and
inner surface of the membrane ; superior emargination broad but shallow.

First segment a little longer than the second, about equal to the sixth;
second, third and fourth equal; fifth a little shorter; segments six to ten grow
progressively longer, but so gradually that the change is hardly perceptible ;
eleven to thirteen also gain in length progressively, but rapidly, the thirteenth
having double the length of the tenth; fourteenth, fifteenth and sixteenth about
equal to the tenth; seventeenth and eighteenth short, equal, together about —
equal to the sixteenth, a trifle longer than the anal.

Diameter of first segment a little less than that of the second; uniform from
second to tenth inclusive ; falling off about one-third et the eleventh, after which
the decrease is very slight. .

One ante-anal nude segment (fig. 64) with thickened, rounded, posterior
margin, forming a collar around the front end of the anal segment.

Anal segment with numerous, short, unequal cirri or digitations, quite similar
to Clymenella torquata VERRILL, or Prawilla elongata WEBSTER.

The dorsal (capillary) sete (fig. 65) are long, delicate, numerous, with a
single thin margin. The uncini have the same form on all the segments (fig.
66); they have five sharp terminal teeth, of which three are small and equal;
the fourth longer and larger than the third; the fifth, double the size of the
fourth. On the first three segments there are from fifteen to twenty uncini in
each series ; after the third, from twenty to twenty-five, except on a few of the
posterior segments, where there is a smaller number. The first five segments
have the setze on the middle line, and a deeply impressed ventral line connects
the series of uncini on each segment. After the fifth segment the sete are near
the posterior end, and after the tenth the dorsal rami (tori wncinigeri) are quite
large, making the segments somewhat club-shaped. :

Number of segments, 19; of these 17 are setigerous; one ante-anal, nude;
one anal. Bs

Color (in alcohol) yellowish-white ; on one specimen broad bands of umber-
brown cross the ventral surface, dividing at the uncini, giving a narrow band
on eacn side of each series of uncini after the fifth.

At Great Egg Harbor we obtained two specimens, both of which had lost
their posterior segments. The longest has fifteen segments, with a length of
65™"; greatest diameter 3™™. The description was completed from a single
perfect specimen, collected by Mr. James EH. Benedict at South Norwalk, Conn.,
during the same summer.

Length of entire specimen, 46™™; greatest diameter, 5™™.

Found at low water in sand, associated with Clymenella torquata V ER2ILL.

Fam. HERMELLID A.
SABELLARIA Lamarck.

SABELLARIA VARIANS Webster.

Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 259, pl. ix, figs. 133-136; pl. x, figs.
137-139. 1879.
Prof. Verrill has described a species of SABELLARIA (S. vulgaris) from
Great Ege Harbor, and in the proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences

ANNELIDA CHZATOPODA OF NEW JERSEY. para

of Phila. for 1878, p. 300, mentions that he has also received the same form from
Beaufort, N. C. After careful comparison of numerous specimens from New
Jersey, Virginia, and North Carolina, I have found it impossible to refer any
of them to his species. It will be necessary to compare type specimens of the ©
two forms.

Fam. AMPHICTENID.

CISTENIDES Malingren.
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 358. 1865.
CisTENIDES GouLtpu Vervill.

Pectinaria Belgica Goutp. Invertebrata of Mass., Isted., p. 7, pl. i, fig. 1. 1841.

Pectinaria auricoma Leipy. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N. J., p. 14. 1855.

Cistenides Gouldii VerRity. Invert. An. of Vineyard Sound, etc., Pe 012, pl. xvii,
figs. 87, 87a. 1874.

Common at low water. One very large specimen was taken; length, 50™™ ;
diameter, 9"; length of tube, 80™™. The color of all our specimens was
yellowish-white, save as colored red by the blood showing through.

Fam. AMPHARETIDA.
SABELLIDES (M/. Edw.) Malmgren.

The following species agree with SABELLIDES Mgrn., except that the uncini
begin on the third setigerous segment instead of the fourth, and that the first
ramus, peneh smaller than the second, is not very small:

we ee arent OCULATA 7. sp.
PLATE VII, FIGS. 67-69.

On the middle line of the head two minute eye specks, black, lateral.

Cirri numerous, light flesh-color.

Anal cirri short, obtuse.

Branchiz delicate, reaching back to the ninth or tenth segment.

Capillary sete, some (fig. 67), with a single, narrow margin; others (fig. 68)
bilimbate. Uncini begin on the third setigerous segment; fourteen posterior
segments with uncini only ; they have five sharp teeth (fig. 69).

Branchie green with dark green center; head white ; body flesh-color.

Length, 18-20",

Dredged, fifteen feet, shelly bottom.

Fam. TEREBELLID A.

AMPHITRITE (Miiller) Malmgren.
Maumeren. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 374. 1865.

AMPHITRITE ORNATA Vervill. °

Terebella ornata Letpy. Marine Invert. Fauna, R. I. and N. J., p, 14, pl. xi, figs:
44,45. 1855.
Amphitrite ornata VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, p. 613, pl. xvi, fig. 82. 1874.
« ~—SsWesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 262. 1879.

Very abundant at low water; sand and mud:

TRS THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

SCIONOPSIS Verriii.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, p. 614. ©1874.

ScIONOPSIS PALMATA Vervrill.

VERRILL.. Op. cit., p. 614. 1874.
WeBsTER. Op. cit., Pp. 202.) S70:

Common ; dredged ten to fifteen feet.

POLYCIRRUS (Grube) Matmgren.
Matmarey. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 393. 1865.

POLYCIRRUS EXIMIUS Verrill.

Torquea extmea, Leipy. Marine Invert. Fauua of R. I. and N. J., p. 14, pl. xi, Ba
DIL O2N Sap.
Polycirrus eximius VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, p. 616, pl. xvi, fig. 85, 1874.
oe as Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 263. 1879.

Common on shells, etc. ; dredged.

Fam. SABELLID.

SABELLA (L.) Malmgren.
Matmeren. Nordiska Hafs—Annulater, p. 398. 1865.

SABELLA MICROPHTHALMA Vervill.-

VERRILL. Op. cit., p. 618. 1874.
WEBSTER. Op. cit., p. 265. 1879.

Quite common. 7

Fam. SERPULIDA.

,
HYDROIDES Gunnerus. (1768.) ‘

HyYpRoIDES DIANTHUS Verrill. | he

Serpula dianthus VeRRILL. Op. cit., p. 620. 1874. |
Hydroides dianthus VERRILL. Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci., Phila. for 1878, p. 300. .
Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 266. 1879. |

‘

Common on rocks and shells, from low water to fifteen feet.

Union CoLLecr, Scoenrctapy, N. Y.,
December, 1878.

DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES OF FOSSILS
FROM THE CALCIFEROUS FORMATION.

By, C. D. WALCOTT.

PLATYCERAS Conrad, 1840.
- PLATYCERAS MINUTISSIMUM Walcott.

Shell small, subspiral, regularly arcuate from near the aperture to the apex,
making nearly three-fourths of one volution; section subelliptical, somewhat
carinate upon the dorsum. ‘Two transverse depressions upon the sides, give a
slight undulation to the body of the shell.

Surface marked by faint longitudinal strie.

Formation and locality. Calciferous formation, Saratoga Co., N. Y.

METOPTOMA Phillips, 1836.
_ METOPTOMA CORNUTAFORME Walcott.

Oval, subconical; apex incurved, depressed, extending beyond the anterior
margin ; distance from the posterior margin to the apex twice the width. The
most elevated point is about two-thirds the distance from the posterior margin
to the apex; from this point the outline curves regularly to the posterior margin
and anteriorly to the apex. Outline from the apex to the anterior margin con-
vex. Length, nine lines; width, four and one-half lines.

Surface, with narrow concentric ribs, one-half a line apart; finely striate
vertically. |

Formation and locality. Calciferous formation, Saratoga Co., N. Y.

CONOCEPHALITES Zenker, 1833.
CoNOCEPHALITES CALCIFEROUS Walcott.

Head semicircular, convex. Glabella truncato-conical, moderately convex ;
width at the base nearly equal to the length; anterior margin straight, abruptly
rounded at the angles; sides straight and regularly converging; the posterior
and middle glabellar furrows oblique and well marked, the anterior furrow
indicated by a smooth line upon the granulose outer shell, and a slight depres-
sion when the outer shell is removed. Occipital furrow broad and well
impressed. Occipital ring narrow at the sides, widening at the centre to form
the base of a strong slightly curved spine, which extends obliquely backward ;

* Advance copies of this paper were printed January 3, 1879.

9

130 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

the length of the spine in large individuals equals the length of the head.
The glabella in very young individuals is more convex, the glabellar furrows
more strongly impressed, and the spine projecting from the occipital ring shorter _
and less obliquely inclined backward. Dorsal furrows equally impressed at
the sides and front of the glabella. Facial suture, curving slightly outward
from the frontal margin, passes directly to the anterior angles of the palpebral —
lobe opposite the anterior glabellar furrow, thence curving to the posterior angle
of the palpebral lobe, it extends obliquely outward to the lateral margin of the
posterior limb.

Fixed cheeks narrow; frontal limb extending equal to one-half the length of
the glabella, sloping somewhat abruptly to a comparatively broad, thickened
margin ; posterior limb narrow, elongate, with a strongly defined furrow along
the center. Palpebral lobe separated from the fixed cheeks by a sigmoid
groove, which unites anteriorly with the dorsal furrow. Surface of glabella and
fixed cheeks granulose ; on the frontal limb the granules are so arranged as to
give the appearance of lines running from the dorsal furrow to the broad mar-
gin, which has lamellose strize subparallel to the margin. The largest head
obtained of this species is ten lines in length, with a spine of equal length pro-
jecting from the occipital ring.

Formation and locality. Calciferous formation, Saratoga Co., N. Y.

, ConocEePHALITES Hartrri Walcott.
Glabella truncato-conical, moderately convex; width at base, excluding occip- —
ital segment, equal to the length ; slightly rounded in front, with anterior lateral
angles abruptly rounded; posterior glabellar furrow extends obliquely in about
one-third the distance across the glabella from each side, where it is united by
a transverse furrow ; middle furrow extends obliquely in from each side, but is
not united at the center; anterior furrow obscurely defined opposite the anterior
angle of the palpebral lobe. Occipital furrow broad and not deeply impressed.
Occipital ring broad and slightly convex. Dorsal furrow well defined at the
sides and front.

Facial suture curves slightly outward from the frontal margin, thence curving
in to the anterior angle of the palpebral lobe, passes to the posterior angle of
the palpebral lobe, and thence obliquely outward to the margin of the posterior
limb. |

Fixed cheeks comparatively broad; frontal limb about one-fifth the length of
the head, curving gently from the dorsal furrow to the anterior margin; poste-
rior limb elongate, with a strong furrow from the dorsal furrow to its extremity.
Palpebral lobe elongate, separated from the fixed cheeks by a groove within the
margin; surface covered with fine lamellose striz.

This species is much larger than C. calciferus ; the head described measures

seventeen lines in length by twenty-eight lines in breadth at the extremities of
the posterior limb.

Formation and locality. Calciferous formation, Saratoga Co., N. Y.

DeEscripTion oF NEW SPECIES OF FOSSILS. 131

PTYCHASPIS Hall, 1863.

PTYCHASPIS SPECIOSUS Walcott.

Glabella large, very convex, almost subcylindrical, width a little less than
the length, nearly straight in front; the lateral angles rounded, sides straight
and nearly parallel; posterior glabellar furrow extending deeply and obliquely
about one-third across the glabella and eonnected by a straight transverse
furrow; the middle glabellar furrow is less deeply impressed and extends
across the glabella subparallel to the posterior furrow ; the anterior furrow is
indicated by a very obscure line opposite the anterior angle of the palpebral
lobe. The occipital furrow is deeply impressed throughout its length. The
occipital ring is strong and prominent, but not elevated above the general
surface of the glabella. Dorsal furrow deeply excavated at the sides and well
defined in front. |

Facial suture, cutting the frontal margin on a line with the outer edge of
the palpebral lobe, curves slightly outward, and passes directly to the anterior
angle of the palpebral lobe, curving around this it passes obliquely outward
to the margin of the posterior limb.

Fixed cheeks of medium width ; the frontal limb is impressed with a groove
midway between the dorsal furrow and its anterior margin; the posterior
limb is subtriangular, with a furrow extending from the dorsal furrow to its
lateral margin; the palpebral lobe is large and separated from the fixed
cheeks by a deep sigmoid furrow. Surface granulose with waving striz on
the central portion of the fixed cheeks opposite the palpebral lobes.

This species is referred to the genus Prycuaspis from its strongly furrowed
subeylindrical glabella and the direction of the facial suture. The largest
specimen obtained of the head has a length of six lines, with a breadth of seven
lines at the palpebral lobes.

Formation and locality. Calciferous formation, Saratoga Co., N. Y.

Bartuyuras armatus Billings.

_ Mr. Billings described* the type of this species from the Levis formation
of the Quebec group. A form closely related occurs in the Calciferous forma-
tion of Saratoga county, and may prove to be the same. A comparison with
the type will be necessary to separate them, as the specimen figured was in
poor condition and not well illustrated, if the description was taken from it.

The above described species are associated with Stromatopora sp.?, Lingula
acuminata, Metoptoma simplex, Murchisonia sp.?, a lamellibranchiate shell,
and two forms too imperfect for determination.

The occurrence of a species of the genus Prycuaspis associated with Con-
ocephalites calciferous and C. Hartti—species related to C. Wisconsenensis and
C. Iowensis of the Potsdam fauna of Iowa and Wisconsin, relates the fauna
of the Calciferous formation of New York with that of the Potsdam sandstone
of Iowa and Wisconsin.

* Palxozoic Fossils, vol. i, p. 411.

‘ “tT

eect. age
on ist piece

Be: HR she the ins Bi, Ae
halen na ‘ants

iar ie

PE iy vy i eh

sf

7
FOES,
es ieabiaile

LAURENTIAN MAGNETIC IRON ORE DEPOSITS
IN NORTHERN NEW YORK.

To Prof. James Hatt, Director of the New York State Museum of Natural
History, Albany, N. Y.:

Sir—For several years past the subject of the Laurentian Magnetic Iron Ore
Deposits in Northern New York has occupied my attention. My intention in
the following pages is merely to state a few facts which have come to my notice,
and for the present reserve a longer and more detailed report.

I have not been able, from any of the reports on the geology of New York,
to draw any general conclusions with reference to the geological structure of the
district under consideration ; indeed, this seems still to be an exceedingly com-
plicated question. I shall endeavor to explain what I have seen, and possibly
aid others in their researches.

The Laurentian of' Canada has been divided by Sir W. EH. Logan into the
Lower Laurentian, and the Upper Laurentian or Labrador Series. In the
Canadian reports we find that the Upper Laurentian is acknowledged to rest
uncomformably upon the Lower Laurentian. We have in Northern New York
these two groups of rocks characterized by their mineralogical peculiarities, and
we have proof of their unconformity. There are, however, several series of
rocks in the eastern portion of the Adirondack region, or that portion bordering
Lake Champlain, in the townships of Moriah, Crown Point, and Ticonderoga,
which undoubtedly deserve separate consideration. —

The Lower Laurentian, or that series containing the workable beds of mag-
netic ore, is without doubt the lowest of the series exposed in this region. Its
area and distribution I have, from the first of my work, endeavored to trace, as
it is of the utmost economic value. My data for the present are based on
limited observations at various times during the last four years, and not extend-
ing over any very great area, being confined to Kssex county, and particularly
to a few of the townships of that county. Some facts which I have been able
to establish may, in time, lead to the completion of a geolugical map and a
solution of the geological structure.

The mountains throughout the eastern portion of Essex county lie in ranges
extending in a northeast and southwest direction, and indicate lines of upheaval.

The following streams indicate in a general manner the direction of the
uplifts: the east and west branches of the Ausable river and Boquet, the Black
river, draining to the northeast, and the Upper Hudson river, Boreas river,
Schroon river, , flowing to the south.

These streams may be divided in the following manner: the west branch of
the Ausable river, from Wilmington southwestward through North Elba and its
head waters into the Indian Pass, forms a general northeast and southwest line
with the course of the Upper Hudson, originating in the Indian Pass and flow-
ing southward through Lake Henderson, Lake Sanford, and continuing in an
almost due-southward direction as far as Tahawus. Along this line are the
abrupt mountains, ‘‘ White Face ”’ and ‘‘ Wall Face.”

The eastern branch of the Ausable extends from Ausable Forks southward
and a little west through Upper Jay, Keene, Keene Flats, and southward by

ae

134 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

way of Gill brook to the neighborhood of Nipple Top mountain, where the —
head-waters of the west branch of the Schroon river have their “origin, north of
Elk lake or “ Mud pond.” This west branch of the Schroon river flows south-
ward to the neighborhood of the old cord-du-roi road leading from Root’s or.
Schroon River post-oflice, to Tahawus, where it takes an easterly course.

From the neighborhood of Clintonville, on the Ausable river, the road leads
southward through Lewis to Elizabethtown, along the line of a northeast and
southwest valley, which is continuous with the valley of the Boquet river,
extending nearly on a line with the above road, from Hlizabethtown southward
to Kuba Mills.

The course of the valley of the Black river from its confluence with the Boquet
to its head-waters at Lincoln pond, is in general that of the Boquet from Hliza-
bethtown to Kuba Mills, and is in direct line with the valley of the Schroon
river and Schroon lake.

There is also the valley now occupied by Lake George, entering only in part
into this country, which has the same general course as the above valleys.

There are many other smaller and less important valleys which are similarly
arranged. I find that these valleys are along thc lines of general upheaval.
The valleys are anticlinal and monoclinal escarpments, undoubtedly in some
cases accompanied by faults. The structure of the western portion of Essex
county, [I have not been able to study; the rocks there, however, belong
principally to the Labrador Series.

The river courses do not necessarily cut down to the lupeed Laurentian rocks -
along the deep valleys, but they do expose them along portions of their courses
in many places. In the eastern portion of the county, the Lower Laurentian
or Magnetic ore-bearing series forms high ground, though I have not yet proved
that it forms the highest mountain ranges east of the Schroon and Boquet rivers. —
I am at present inclined to think that other measures cap them. The main mass
of higher mountains west of these two rivers is formed by the Upper Laurentian
or Labradorite series in which the Titanic Iron Ore abounds. ‘These measures
extend eastward through the northern half of Klizabethtown, flanking the lower
rocks on the east in the township of Westport, forming the lake range the entire
length of the township, as well as the lower range of Split Rock mountain.

The Lower Laurentian occupies a portion of the southwestern edge of the
township of Westport. The southeast portion of Hlizabethtown, lying south
and east of a line drawn from the Kingdom Forges to New Russia and thence
to Kuba Mills, is occupied by the Lower Laurentian, extending into and occupy-
ing the northern half of the township of Moriah. There is a belt of rocks in
the southern and southeastern portion of Moriah and northern part of Crown
Point, the geological relations of which are not determined, but belong in the
group of Lower Laurentian.

The northwestern portion of Crown Point is occupied by the Lower Lauren-
tian, in the midst of which are located the Hammond mines at Hammondyville.

In the northern portion of the township of Moriah are the enormous mines of
the Port Henry Iron Ore Co., and Witherbee, Sherman & Co., at Mineville
and vicinity. The belt of rocks occupying the southern part of the township of
Moriah and eastern portion of Crown Point, extends southward into Ticonderoga,
occupying the greater part of this township, and belongs to a subdivision in which
the sulphur ores abound. This subdivision is one of the Lower Laurentian, but
its relation to the Magnetite series is still doubtful. It is characterized by light
weathering garnetiferous gneisses with their beds of magnetite, containing often
a large percentage of sulphur, and thinly bedded quartzites. Some of the
crystalline limestones undoubtedly belong in this group, and it may be that
they will all be proven to be a portion of this series.

LAURENTIAN MAGNETIC IRON ORE DEPOSITS. 135

There is undoubtedly a non-conformity of the limestones with the magnetic
ore series or lower members of the Laurentian, but the relation of the Labrador
series to this limestone is by no means clear.

We have, therefore, the following groups in ascending order:

The Lower Laurentian Magnetic Iron Ore series.

The Laurentian Sulphur Ore series.

The limestones (verd antique marbles, plumbago, etc.), and the Labrador
series, or Upper Laurentian with its Titanic Iron Ores.

The Laurentian Magnetite group is the lowest and the Labrador series the
highest, but the precise relations of the Sulphur Ore and Limestone series are
still undetermined. |

Tue Lower Group oF THE LOWER LAURENTIAN. »

This series of quartzites, Hornblendic gneisses and micaceous, garnetiferous
gneisses, with its beds of rich magnetite, occupies a comparatively limited area
as compared to that occupied by the other groups of the series.

The mines at Mineville, in the township of Moriah, are located about 1,200
feet above the lake level, which is about 100 feet above the level of the sea.
These mines are located on two distinct horizons. The beds located on the
upper horizon are the ‘‘ New Bed,” ‘“ Barton Hill” and ‘“ Fisher Hill” mines.
Those of the lower horizon are the “21,” the ‘Old Bed” and ‘ Cook’s Shaft ”’
mines,

The general pitch of the ore beds is to the west and northwest, where the
structure has not been complicated by folds, contortions or faults.

It is, in many cases, scarcely possible to determine the direction in which the
beds pitch, but from all I can learn from careful observation, the deposits at the
lower horizon, or those of ‘‘21 ” and the ‘‘Old Bed”’ mine, are on a line of an
anticlinal fold, which has been complicated by faults.

At the Cook Shaft we have clearly a monoclinal, pitching to the westward, as
we have in the upper workings of the New Bed, Barton Hill and Fisher Hill

mines.

The only mines of note near the lake shore are the ‘‘ Cheever’ mine and the
continuation of the same bed in the Champlain and Essex Company’s works,
located a little to the south of east from Mineville and north of Port Henry.
The geological connection between these deposits is not established, as there are
no large developments between these points. I am inclined to think, however,
that, from the saucer-shaped structure at the Cheever mine, there is a fault which
cuts off its connection with the geology to the west. The rocks between the Cheever
mine, which is at the lake shore, and Mineville, have in general a westward pitch.
This is demonstrated in the intermediate workings, as at Pilfershire (Lot 25,
Small’s patent), and in some few other places where openings have been made.
Undoubtedly there are more iron ore horizons than these of Mineville and the
Cheever, as it may be found in any position within the limits of the Lower Lau-
rentian series ; but whether there is more than this horizon known within this
northeastern quarter of the township of Moriah, is still an open question.

I am at present of the opinion that the horizons of the Mineville deposit are
repeated again by a fold or step fault, or by both, and reappear at and in the
vicinity of Pilfershire, and along the line of the outlet of Barton pond, which
flows into Mill brook.

The region east and south of Mineville is so completely covered by glacial
drift, that it is impossible to trace the succession of rocks with precision.

We have the Lower Laurentian rocks in some workings with a pitch to the
eastward and southward, overlaid with glacial debris, and, therefore, beyond
these workings we have no data.

136 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE Museum.

South of the mines along the line of Mill brook, extending from Port Henry ©
to the neighborhood of Ensign pond, we find the Laurentian limestone group
with its rusty, decomposing, syenitic rocks and some sulphury ores. This lime-
stone is undoubtedly a newer series than that of the Mineville rocks, being
clearly proven to rest unconformably upon the Lower Laurentian rocks of the —
Cheever Ore Bed, from which neighborhood it extends along the lake to
Port Henry, thence westward to vicinity of Ensign pond. It encircles the end
of the lake range, of which Bald Peak is the highest mountain, north of Port
Henry.

The dips of the limestone group are more gentle, as a rule, than in the lower
division, and, as a whole, it has the appearance of having been deposited second-
ary to the Lower Laurentian, and unconformably upon it.

The southern and southwestern portions of the township of Moriah are occu-
pied by a series which bears a doubtful relation to the magnetic ore ranges, but
is apparently intimately in connection with the limestone group. In some por-
tions it resembles the quartzites of the Lower Laurentian, and in others it re-
sembles more closely the light-colored garnetiferous rocks, which form a portion
of the lake range in the southern and eastern quarters of the township of West-
port, and belong to the Labrador series. The succession is, however, very dif-
ferent, and it is therefore impossible to identify them as the same. This group
is undoubtedly a continuation of the thinly bedded quartzites and syenitic rocks’
which extend southward through Crown Point into Ticonderoga, where there are
numerous deposits of sulphury iron ores and plumbago.

This group is characterized by its numerous Trap Dykes, apparently more
frequent in the vicinity of the limestone, though this frequency may be due to
the contrast in the rate of disintegration—the limestone leaving the trap rock
more boldly exposed.

The line of junction between the two groups—the Lower Laurentian con-
taining the large deposits of magnetic iron ore, and the crystalline limestones —
with the succession of quartzose rocks and garnetiferous gneisses—is not
clearly seen at any point. The reason of this is that along such lines of junc-
tion the action of the weather has had fuller force, and the decomposition and
disintegration has been more rapid, thus forming deep depressions and valleys
which have recently been filled by the glacial debris swept into them by the
moving ice. ees

The limestone group, with its various associated rocks, may be said to occupy
the entire southern half of the township of Moriah, extending northward to the
general line of Mill brook from Ensign pond to Moriah Center, and from thence
in an easterly direction to the lake, and bordering the lake as far north as the
Cheever Ore Bed. . .

The limestone is overlaid in many places along the lake by the Potsdam
sandstone, which is well exposed at and above Port Henry; there are also fine
exposures of it in the northeastern corner of the township.

The actual junction or overlapping of the Potsdam sandstone or quartzite on
the gneiss and limestone is nowhere to be seen. The reason is that the lime-
stones disintegrates so rapidly that the sandstone becomes undermined, and
breaking off, covers up the junction. |

The limestone along the lake extends westward to the base of the high range
which rises about 3,00 feet, in Bald Peak mountain, above the lake. The
rocks of this range, as far as my observations carry me, pitch to the westward
within this township, and probably belong to the Lower Laurentian, though they
have not been proven to contain any large deposits of magnetic ore.

I would remark here that this range has never been carefully studied ; but I
hope to complete the township map now in progress, and prove the relations of

LAURENTIAN MAGNETIC IRON ORE DEPOSITS. Vay

this range to the Labradorite series which forms the lake range in the township
of Westport (north of Moriah), and probably extends to the line of Mullen
brook, which cuts through a marked depression just north of Bald Peak moun-
tain. This depression extends around the northern boundary of this mountain
to the neighborhood of Barton pond.

There is a large area extending from the vicinity of Barton pond southward
to Moriah Corners and south of this point, which is covered principally with
glacial debris, varying from fifty to three hundred feet in depth.

Bald Peak mountain, together with the range of iron-ore-bearing rocks at and
about Mineville, seem to have been brought up by faults.

The northern portion of the township of Moriah is occupied by the Lower
Laurentian rocks, containing large deposits at various places of magnetite iron
ore. The central portion of the township along the line of Mill brook is
occupied by the limestones of the Laurentian, deposited unconformably on the
Lower Laurentian, and the entire southern portion is occupied by the garnet-
iferous micaceous gneisses and quartzites, with numerous beds of sulphury and
lean iron ores.

ELIZABETHTOWN.

Lower LAURENTIAN.

The Lower Laurentian rocks of this township probably extend across the
entire southern end, at least as far as the Boquet river, and thence to the ncighbor-
hood of New Russia and across in an easterly direction to the township of West-
port. How far to the westward of the Boquet river this formation extends, I
am as yet unable to say.

The region east and southeast of the Black river is undoubtedly a monoclinal
pitching to the westward. As yet I have no evidence of a synclinal structure.
There are no developments of iron ore beds through this region, though there are
beds of Magnetite in the neighborhood of Long pond. which may be in close
geological proximity to those of the Fisher Hill mines.

The region between the Black and Bouquet rivers has been proven to be
synelinal ; along the Black river the rocks and ore beds pitch to the westward
and northwest, and along the right bank of the Boquet the rocks pitch to the
eastward. It is highly probable that the same lower rocks pitch to the west-
ward west of the Boquet river overlaid by the Labradorites, reappearing again
in an anticlinal fold along which the Ausable river flows through Keene.

It is, therefore, probable that nearly all of the territory west of the Boquet
river in this township belongs to the Labradorite series. That the portion of
the township lying north of an east and west line from the neighborhood of the
Kingdom Forges to the Boquet river belongs to this upper series, is beyond a
doubt.

‘In lot 209 of the ‘Iron Ore Tract,” situated southeast of the town of
Elizabethtown, there has been developed a bed of Titaniferous iron ore, which
is characteristic of the Upper Laurentian or Labradorite series. The true line
of junction of the Labradorite series with the Lower Laurentian rocks is pro- —
bably not far south of this point, and the outlet of Little pond flowing westward
to the Boquet river may be the true line of junction. The general structure
here is an eroded synclinal with northeast and southwest axis overlapped by the
Labradorite series pitching westward.

WESTPORT.
LoweER LAURENTIAN.

The Magnetite range of the township of Moriah and Elizabethtown continues
across the township lines and extends into the township of Westport, occupying

—

138 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE Museum.

probably the entire southwestern corner of the township—that is to say, an area
commencing at the southwest corner near or at Fletcherville east to the line of
Mullen brook, thence northward to the north of Nichols’ pond and west to the
township line. The old workings of Campbell Hill are located in the vicinity
of this pond on lots 168 and 166. With the exception of this area and probably
a small area south of Mullen brook, Westport is occupied by the Labradorite
series, except that portion covered by the Cambrian limestones along the lake.

The entire eastern two-thirds of the “Iron Ore Tract” has been carefully
studied, and nowhere are other rocks to be found than those belonging to the
Labradorite series. The general pitch of these rocks, here forming the lake

range, is to the northward as far as the northern boundary of the tract or a line

east and west through the village of Westport.

The general structure of the northern half of the township is not settled, but
we know that along the northern shore of the Westport bay we have the same
Upper Laurentian series pitching to the southward. A great deal of the northern
portion of this township is concealed by glacial debris and Champlain clays.
Split Rock mountain occupies the northwestern portion of this township, and
extends northwestward into the township of Essex. Titaniferous iron ore has
been mined on this mountain. Along the lake shore, from the village of West-
port to the Moriah township line, the Cambrian limestones occur everwhere.
They are also exposed in place not far from the eastern boundary of the Iron
Ore Tract, near and at the base of the lake range.

The region between the Iron Ore Tract and the lake is covered by the blue
Champlain clay, which has been deposited principally on the limestones, but
occasionally extending into bays and resting on the gneisses. At the village of
Westport, the Potsdam sandstone makes its appearance in the bed of the brook.
There are beautiful exhibitions of glacial action and glacial moraines in many
parts of this township.

ESSEX, WILLSBOROUGH, LEWIS AND CHESTERFIELD.

These townships I have not been able to study, except in a very superficial
manner. They are, however, occupied principally by the Upper Laurentian
series as far as my observations carry me.

In the southwest corner of Chesterfield township, there is an outcrop of Titan-
iferous iron ore, and also large deposits of crystalline limestone containing much
plumbago. Along the lake shore the Cambrian limestones occur in many
places, capped by the Champlain clays and,sands. At Keeseville, the Ausabie
river cuts through the Potsdam sandstone in a deep gorge or chasm, celebrated
for its picturesque scenery.

CROWN POINT.

Lower LAURENTIAN.

The area occupied by this group is comparatively small. It is situated in the
western part of the township, bounded on the north and west by a stream flow-
ing into Paradox lake; its southern and eastern boundary I have not as yet
determined. Hammondville is probably located about the center of the area.
There are large deposits of magnetic iron ore developed at this point.

The geological structure is exceedingly complicated. The probability is that
it is an uplift cut off on the north and west by a fault, with an eastward pitch
complicated by minor folds, faults and contortions. Crystalline limestone flanks
it on the north and west. To the east it is followed by a series very similar,
and probably identical, with that associated with the limestones of Moriah
township.

LAURENTIAN MaG@netic [ron ORE DEPOSITS. 139

This formation, with its sulphury ore, occupies the major part of the town-
ship Crystalline limestone occurs northwest of Irondale, and the enormous
escarpment extending through the central portion of the township to the lake
may be due to the rapid erosion of limestone beds. This may never be proven,
as the Champlain clays and sands extend a long distance back from the lake,
concealing everything from view. One of the most interesting quartz and feld-
spar veins I have ever seen occurs in the northern-central portion of this town-
ship. Crown Point itself is formed by the Cambrian limestones capped by
Champlain clays.

TICONDEROGA.

There is very little information on this township in my possession. All I can
say at present is, that all the rocks I have seen convince me that the series
belong to that of eastern Crown Point and southern Moriah. I¢ abounds in
beds of sulphury iron ore and large deposits of crystalline limestone with plum-
bago. The rocks are, many of them, thinly bedded quartzites and hornblendic
syenites.

I am indebted to Mr. William H. Case, C. E., of Port Henry, for informa-
tion concerning a deposit of crystalline limestone capped by Potsdam sandstone,
in the west-central part of the township, near Putnam’s pond, lot 179 of
Stoughton and McClellan’s tract; also of a glacial moraine in the same
vicinity. |

The presence of Potsdam sandstone at this elevated point, and so far from the
lakes, would rather indicate that there have been great disturbances since the
deposition of this formation. The Cambrian limestones are to be seen at Fort
Ticonderoga, and also extend along the lake front.

Lake George owes its origin to a dam of glacial debris capped by Champlain
clays, across the northern end of a valley extending into Warren county. It is
possible that the lake is really formed by two valleys—the summit being at the
Thousand Islands—the one having its pre-glacial outlet to the north, the other
to the south. [am informed the Potsdam sandstone occurs in many places
along the lake.

SCHROON AND MINERVA.

I am satisfied that the township of Schroon is occupied by the Labradorites
and the crystalline limestones with the associated gneisses.

The limestone occurs along Paradox lake and extends into the township of
Crown Point, along the line of the brook which forms the north and the west
boundary of the Lower Laurentian rocks of Hammondville. Undoubtedly
this crystalline limestone extends southward further than it has yet been traced.
It occurs just west of the village of Schroon Lake. In the western portion of
the township the rocks have a similar aspect to those in Ticonderoga, and I
have reason for classing them with those of that region. At Schroon Lake vil-
lage the Chazy limestone occurs with fossils. The outcrops are not extensive,
being covered by a sand and clay deposits. The southern portion of Minerva
township is occupied principally by the crystalline limestones with the associated

eisses.

e The lower Laurentian makes its appearance in a bold mountain, in the east-
central portion of the township. The Rosenkranz mine is located here. The
“ Thorn’s survey’ probably includes nearly all of this uplift. It is flanked on
the southeast, south and west by crystalline limestones. As for the western and
northern portion of the township, I have no data, but the rocks belong undoubt-
edly to the Labradorite and the Limestone series.

140 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

NORTH HUDSON AND NEWCOMB.

I have not studied this region, but from the few observations I have made
and facts I have gathered, there is no doubt that the entire region may be con-
sidered as belonging to the Labradorite series, with limestones probably of the
same group as those in Minerva township. The iron ores which have been: de-
veloped in Newcomb are all titaniferous.

As for the remaining townships, I would merely state that there are not facts
enough as yet collected to make it worth while to theorize. Magnetite has been
reported found at many places. Magnetic iron occurs at Long or Hdmond’s
pond, in Keene township. It has also been found in the neighborhood or along
_ the east branch of the Ausable river. Whether this river flows along an eroded
anticlinal fold or not remains to be proved. -

North Elba, St. Armand and Wilmington townships are undoubtedly occu-
pied by the Labrador series.

Since the AHeve was written, | have learned sufficiently of the relations of
the crystalline limestone to state that it rests unconformably upon the Upper
Laurentian rocks; and the entire group of crystalline limestones, with its asso-
ciated decomposing gneisses, will probably be proven to be a newer series of
rocks resting unconformably upon the Lower and Upper Laurentian.

I had hoped to have some maps of the iron-ore mines, but they are not ready
for publication.

The accompanying map is subject to many alterations, and is only prelimin-
ary. Without doubt, further investigation will change the present assumed
areas. |

I am yours very respectfully,

CHARLES EK. HALL,
Assistant to the Second Geological Survey of Penn.
PHILADELPHIA, October —, 1879.

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG GROUP.

By JAMES HALL.

AN ENUMERATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE CORALS AND BRYOZOANS
OF THE LowER HELDERBERG GROUP; WITH REFERENCES TO THE
PLATES AND FIGURES OF SPECIES IN VOL. VI, PALHONTOLOGY OF
New YoRK—UNPUBLISHED.

In the Twenty-siath Report on the New York State Museum of Natural
History, the writer communicated a paper on the ‘“ Bryozoa and Corals of the
Lower Helderberg Group.” This paper was published in pamphlet form, in
May, 1874, and in the full Report in July of the same year. In 1877 it became
necessary to prepare the drawings of these subjects for the Palzontology of
the State. In commencing this work, it soon became apparent that the previous
publication was very incomplete, and that a careful revision would be required
for many of those species already described. After a study of the entire group
of species, with special instruction given to Mr. Simpson, the draughtsman of
the work, I committed them to his care. The species have been critically
studied by him, and the drawings have been made with a knowledge of the
structure and characters of the fossils. The plates have been lithographed in a
very satisfactory manner preparatory to the final publication.

The results of more recent studies made upon the former collections, and
upon others subsequently obtained, have rendered it necessary to modify the
expressions regarding some of the species previously described, and to designate
a considerable number of new species. The revision of the previous paper,
together with the descriptions of the new species here included, give an expres-
sion of our knowledge of these groups of fossils, up to 1878.

In the enumeration of the species, I have considered it advisable to make
reference to the numbers of the plates and figures, as already arranged and
lithographed for the volume of the Paleontology which will contain the final
descriptions.

y » The fossils included in this enumeration are designated as Corals and
Bryozoans—the line of demarcation between the two classes, in the genera
Cuztetes, TREMATOPORA and CaLLopora being at the present time not
satisfactorily determined.

142 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

STREPTHELASMA, Hail.

STREPTELASMA STRICTA.
(PLATE I, FIGS. 1-10.)

Streptelasma (Petraia) stricta, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Museum of
Nat. Hist., p. 114. 1874.

ZAPHRENTIS, Raf.

ZAPHRENTIS RGMERI.
(PLATE I, FIGS. 11-21.)

Zaphrentis Remeri, Epwarps & Hawn. Monog. des Polypiers Fossiles. Paris. 1851.

AULOPORA, Grold/.

AULOPORA SCHOHARIA.
(PLATE II, FIGS. 1-6.)

Aulopora Schoharie, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 110. 1874.

Corallum consisting of elongate, tubular cells, gradually enlarging to the
aperture, transversely corrugated, longitudinally striated ; increasing sometimes |
by one tube budding in a direct line from the basal part of another ; at others two
buds rising at an angle of about 45° from the parent tube. Al the tubes, after
budding, assume an erect position and cease growth. Diameter of cell-tubes, at
apertures, a little more than one mm.; length from five to seven mm.

This species is much smaller than that in the Hamilton group referred to A.
tubaformis Goldf.; it corresponds more nearly in size to A. serpens var. minor
Goldf., in Petref. Grerm., p. 82, pl. 29, fig. 16, but is larger than that figure ;
the extremities of the tubes are more unequal, and the mode of growth and
bifurcations differ.

Formation and localities. In the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
group, at Schoharie and near Clarksville, N. Y.

AULOPORA TUBULA, 7%. sp.
(PLATE II, FIGS. 7, 8.)

Gerailun consisting of comparatively short, tubular cylindrical cells, oradually
Increasing in size to the aperture ; generally two buds from each cell, sometimes
three, two laterally and one from the basal portion nearer to the aperture ;
showing spinules in the interior ; transversely corrugated and strongly striated
longitudinally ; growing in close aggregation from the rapid and repeated bud-
ding. Length of cell-tubes about two mm.; diameter at the apertures a little
more than one mm.; diameter at the base nearly one mm.

This species differs from A. Schoharie in its shorter tubes and proportionally
greater diameter, its more frequent gemmation and closer aggregation of growth.

Formation and locality. Yn the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, Schoharie, N. Y.

CoRALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 143

AULOPORA SUBTENUIS, 7. sp.
(PLATE II, FIGS. 9-18 )

Corallum consisting of elongate, slender, tubular cells, very gradually enlarg-
ing to the aperture, generally only a single budding, but sometimes two, and
very rarely three. Cell-tubes straight to the point of budding, when they
abruptly turn to one side. Length about eight mm. ; diameter at aperture one
mm., at smaller end, .75 mm. Sometimes quite strongly corrugated and lon-
gitudinally striated ; surface in some specimens apparently papillose.

This species may be distinguished from A. Schoharie by its more slender
form, greater length, and by its mode of budding. In A. Schoharie, where
two buds proceed from one tube, they are at about the same-distance from the
aperture, and one on each side of a central line, and the cell ceases to grow
after budding, while in this species the buds are in the centre of the posterior
part of the tube in a direct line, and sometimes two mm. apart. In all the
specimens, so “2 seen, the apertures do not turn upward after budding, but to

one side.
Formation and locality. ower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

AULOPORA ELONGATA, 7. Sp.

(PLATE II, FIGS. 19, 20.)

Corallum consisting of comparatively large, cylindrical, tubular cells, increas-
ing by one or two buds from each cell; when two, they are bilateral. Length
of tubes about eight mm.; diameter at apertures two mm.; corrugated and
striated longitudinally.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

AULOPORA ?;CORNULITES, 2. Sp.
(PLATE II, FIGS. 21, 22.)

Length of tube six mm. ; diameter at the apertures a little less than two mm. ;
surface marked by numerous, comparatively strong transverse annulations, and
by longitudinal striz.

Formation and locality. ower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N: Y.

VERMIPORA, Aail.

VERMIPORA SERPULOIDES.
(PLATE II, FIGS. 24-31.)

Vermipora serpuloides, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 110. 1874,

Corallum ramose, solid, consisting of contiguous, cylindrical tubes, increasing
by interstitial additions. Branches from two to eight mm. in diameter. Tubes

144 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

nearly parallel, sinuous, and marked by transverse lines of growth. Length :

reaching fourteen mm.; diameter at aperture from one-half to nearly one mm,

Dr. Rominger, in his description, speaks of diaphragms and lateral pores,
in a form described by him, but with a careful examination of numerous speci-
mens and transparent sections, I have been unable to find either of these char-
acters in the typical species. — |

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

VERMIPORA ROBUSTA, 7%. Sp.
(PLATE II, FIGS. 32, 33.)

Corallum ramose, tubes from six to eight mm. in length, and two mm, in
diameter at the aperture ; diameter of branch seven mm.; surface marked by
obscure transverse strize and undulations.

This species differs from V. serpudoides in its much larger size and compara-
tively shorter cell-tubes.
Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

VERMIPORA ¢ TORTUOSA, 7. Sp.
(PLATE II, FIG. 23.)

Corallum consisting of elongate cylindrical tubes, increasing by interstitial
additions, Length of single tube four mm.; diameter at mouth .50 mm. ; sur-
face marked by numerous oblique transverse annulations which give to the tube
a twisted appearance.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

STRIATOPORA, Hail.

STRIATOPORA ISSA.
PLATE III, FIGS, 14, 15.)

Striatopora Issa, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 114. 1874.

Corallum ramose, solid ; bifurcations distant ; diameter of the branches about
ten mm. ; cells polygonal, arising from the centre of the branch, rapidly in-
creasing in size, and quite abruptly curving to the surface; diameter of the larger
cells at the aperture about two mm. ; cell-walls thick, strongly striated ; mural
pores large, round.

This is the most robust species of this genus yet noticed, and the cells are
large in proportion ; it is not a common form and is generally found in detached
pleces on the weathered surfaces of blocks of limestone.

Formation and locality. In limestones of the Lower Helderberg group,
Clarksville, N. Y.

2

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 145

MICHELINA, De Koninck.

MICHELINA LENTICULARIS.
(PLATE III, FIGS. 1, 2, 3, 5.)

Michelina lenticularis, Ha... Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
po 1S) 0S TA:

Corallum forming small lenticular bodies, the lower surface the less convex,
and covered with a strongly wrinkled epitheca; cells large and few, broadly
campanulate; partition walls thin, strongly striate longitudinally, with the mar-
gins denticulate—the number of striz and denticulations varying with the size
of the cell.

In a specimen of twenty mm. in diameter, there are about twelve cells, the
larger ones somewhat more than six mm. in diameter. The entire height of the

specimen is about the same as the width. .

This is a very small species, seldom attaining a diameter of more than twenty-
fivemm. This form with the large cells and their strongly granulose-striate
character, are distinctive features.

Formation and localities. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, near Clarksville and Schoharie, N. Y.

FAVOSITES, Lamarck.

Favosites HELDERBERGIA.
hare (PLATES IV, V, VI.)
Favosites Helderbergie, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Pelli 1874. ;

Corallum- growing in large, lenticular, depressed-convex or hemispherical
masses, base covered by a strongly wrinkled epitheca. Cell-tubes polygonal,
averaging about one and one-half mm. in diameter, their inner surface showing
evidence of a few strong longitudinal striz, and more frequently above the
mural pores ; mural pores in one or two ranges, compar&tively large, circular,
with margins distinctly elevated ; cell-walls thin, but greatly increasing by silic-
ification ; transverse partitions strong, numerous, about three in a space equal to
the diameter of the cell-tube.

In many specimens some of the cell-tubes are larger and less angular than
those surrounding them, being a little more than two mm. in diameter, with ©
thicker walls. A single specimen from Coeymans Landing has slightly
larger tubes on one portion, while in all the others the cells have the ordinary
characters.

This species differs from the F'avosites Niagarensis, which it resembles in the
the size of the cells, in having more numerous diaphragms, and in the mural
pores being on the lateral faces instead of at the angles of the cells.

10

146 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Formation and localities. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, near Clarksville, Albany county. It is here found weathered out from
the rock and silicified, frequently i in masses of a foot or more in diameter. It
is also found in several localities in Schoharie county. Smaller specimens of
what appears to be the same or a closely allied form occur at Cole’s quarry,
Herkimer county, N. Y. The species likewise occurs near Cumberland, Md.,
having the cells somewhat smaller than those of New York specimens.

Favositres conics, Hall.
(PLATE III, FIGS. 4, 6, 13.)
Favosites conica, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 112. 1874.

Corallum forming conical masses ; flattened at the base, which is covered with
a strongly wrinkled epitheca. Cells arising from the centre of the base, quite
abruptly curving to the surface, increasing by interstitial additions ; polygonal ;
from four to eight-sided, variable in size, the larger ones being three mm. in
diameter; dividing walls thin; mural-pores comparatively large, circular, with —
distinctly raised margins, in one, two and sometimes three ranges; where two
ranges occur, the pores alternate with each other ; where more than two ranges
occur, the arrangement of the pores is more irregular; transverse partitions closely
arranged, two or three in a distance equal to the diameter of a tube.

The conical form of this species, and the inequality of the cells, distinguish ,
it from every other known Favosites of the New York formations. The speci-
mens are usually from one inch to three inches in diameter. ,

Formation and locality. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FAVOSITES INEXPECTANS.
(PLATE IX, FIGS. 16, 17.)

Chetetes Helderbergie, Haun. Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 110. 1874.
Not Favosites Helderbergia, Haut. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
pill) 1874.

Corallum ramose; diameter of branches, ten mm. ; cell-tubes polygonal, very
long and slender, rising from the centre of the branch and gradually curving to
the surface ; diameter of the cell-apertures from .50—.65 mm.; transverse par-
titions very thin; mural-pores large, one or two series on each face of the tube
walls, which have numerous oblique corrugations.

Formation and localities. In the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
group, at Catskill creek, near Clarksville, and at Schoharie, N. Y.
FAVOSITES SPHARICUS.

Chatetes spherica, Haut. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Museum Nat. Hist.,
p. 113. 1874.

Corallum forming globose or depressed-globose bodies, composed of minute,
radiating cells, about .35 mm. in diameter, having comparatively thick walls,

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 147

which are perforated at regular distances by large pores, distant from each other
less than the diameter of the tube, generally a single series on each face of the
wall; transverse plates rather closely arranged.

From the globular form of this small species, and where the external charac-
ters are obscured by shale, it may be mistaken for the species of AstyLOSPON-
GIA, found in the same rocks. The largest specimens observed are about four
centimetres in diameter. |

ormation and localities. In the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
group, near Clarksville, and Catskill creek, N. Y.

FAVOSITES MINIMUS.
(PLATE VII, FIGS. 1-12.)
FPavosites? minima, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 118. 1874,

Corallum massive, variable in form. Cell-tubes small, polygonal, generally
hexagonal, from two to thirteen mm. or more in length; diameter .25-.35 mm. ;
there are numerous maculz where the cells are larger than the others, being
about .50 mm. in diameter. Cell-walls thin, more or less corrugated and stri-
ated transversely ; septa strong, distant from each other a space equal to two or
three times the diameter of the tube; mural pores minute, comparatively dis-
tant, a single series on each face of the tube.

This species is very variable in its mode of growth, sometimes occurring in
branching forms, with the cell-tubes commencing at the centre, and gradually
curving upward and outward to the surface; others are in hemispherical
masses, with a flat base, the tubes radiating from the centre of the base to the
surface ; increasing by interstitial or lateral additions; sometimes in masses
formed of successive layers as if by interruptions in growth; it is also found
incrusting crinoid stems and other objects, especially the basal portion of
LEPADOCRINUS, occurring in layers of sometimes not more than two mm. in
thickness.

It differs from #. prowinvus in its smaller cell-tubes, the thinner walls, and
the frequent macule of larger cells.

Formation and localities. ower Helderberg group, Schoharie, and near
Clarksville, N. Y.

FAVOSITES PROXIMUS, 1”. sp.
(PLATE VII, FIGS. 13-15.)

Corallum forming irregular masses; cell-tubes polygonal, of nearly uniform
size ; diameter slightly more than .50 mm.; transverse partitions strong, gen-
erally distant from each other a space equal to twice the diameter of the cell-
tubes, though frequently occurring much closer; mural-pores minute, occurring
in one or two series on each face of the tube. :

This species in general appearance is very similar to F’. minimus, but may
be distinguished from that species by its larger cells, thicker and smoother cell-
walls and the absence of macule of larger cells.

Furmation and locality. ower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

148 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE Museum.

5
CHATETES, Fischer.

CHZTETES MONTICULATUS, 7. sp.
(PLATE VIII, FIGS. 5-7.)

Corallum forming spheroidal masses. Cell-tubes small, polygonal, .85 mm.
in diameter at aperture ; cell-walls thin, strongly corrugated ; transverse parti-
tions slightly thinner than the cell-walls, occurring at irregular intervals, varying
from .35 mm. to eight mm, or even more; surface having frequent strongly ele-
vated nodes, with cells of the same size as on other parts of the surface, arranged
in intersecting rows.

This species in general appearance is similar to C. colliculatus, but may be
distinguished from that species by its smaller cell-tubes, more numerous nodes,
spheroidal form and difference in septa.

Pormation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

CHAETETES COLLICULATUS, Nn. sp.
(PLATE VIII, FIGS. 1+4.)

Coralium hemispheric, base flat or concave, covered by a wrinkled epitheca.
Cell-tubes polygonal, nearly .5 mm. in diameter at the aperture ; surface having
frequent strongly elevated nodes, with cells about the same size as the others;
septa thin and infrequent.

This species differs from C. monticulatus in form and in the size of cells.
Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

CHATETES FRUTICOSUS, 7”. sp.
(PLATE IX, FIGS. 1-8.)

Corallum ramose, solid; branches slender, frequent ; diameter generally from
two to two and one-half mm. ; cell-tubes polygonal, arising from the centre of
the branch, and very gradually diverging to the surface ; opening very slightly
oblique to the surface ; five mm. or more in length ; diameter less than .25 mm. ;
cell-tubes thin, apparently slightly corrugated transversely; septa thin, and
very infrequent.

This species can be distinguished from C. abruptus, plate ix, figs. 9-11, by
its more slender branches, which character seems to be constant, but especially
by the manner in which the tubes approach the surface, the thinner and more

iufrequent septa.
Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

CHETETES ABRUPTUS, 2. sp.
(PLATE IX, FIGS. 9-11.) -

Corallum ramose, solid ; branches frequent ; cell-tubes polygonal, small, arising
from the centre of the branch, and gradually diverging till within about two mm.

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 149

from the surface, when they abruptly turn outward, and at this point are gen-
erally constricted, and the cell-walls, previously very thin, become much thicker ;
transverse partitions rare or entirely wanting until after the abrupt turn of the
tubes, when they are numerous ; length of longest cell-tubes six mm.; diameter
at aperture .25 mm.; cells of nearly uniform size, frequently spinulose at the
angles.

This species may be easily recognized, when a longitudinal section can be
seen, by the abrupt turn of the cell-tubes to the surface, in which respect it
differs from any other known species of this formation.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

CHATETES TABULATUS.
(PLATE IX, FIGS. 12-15.)

Chetetes tabulatus, Hav. Illustrations of Devonian Fossils: Corals, plate 37,
fics. 16,19. 1876.

Corallum forming spheroidal or hemispheric masses ; diameter of the largest
specimen seen a little more than four mm. ; tubes arising from the centre of the
base, and increasing by interstitial additions ; diameter at the apertnre about
.50 mm. ; cell-walls thin, transverse ; diaphragms, so far as observed, wanting ;
the cell-walls are strongly and quite regularly corrugated ; the corrugations are
nodose at the angles of the cell-walls; about fifteen in the space of five mm.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

CHZETETES CORTICOSA.

(PLATE X, FIGS. 1-10, AND PLATE XIII, FIG. 4.)

Trematopora corticosa, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Report N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 105. 1874.

Bryozoum ramose, solid ; branches frequent, diverging at an angle of about
ninety degrees; diameter of larger branches five mm. ; cells contiguous, gener-
ally pentagonal, hexagonal or apparently oval from thickening of the margins,
arising from the centre of the branch and gradually curving to the surface, in-
creasing by interstitial additions; septa strong, distant from each other by a
space equal to two or three times the diameter of a cell-tube ; cell-walls thickened
toward the apertures, frequently forming irregular ridges like the miniature
roughened bark of a tree.

This species is easily recognized by its peculiarly roughened surface, and
widely diverging branches.

Formation and locality. 1n the shaly limestones of the Lower, Helderberg
group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

150 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

TREMATOPORA, Hail.

TREMATOPORA} (CHZTETES) DENSA.

(PLATE X, FIGS. 11-13.)

Trematopora densa, Harti. Twenty-sixth Report N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
ip. 205s) SES Ta:

Bryozoum ramose, solid; diameter of larger branches three mm. ; cell-tubes
polygonal, arising from the centre of the branch, and gradually curving to the
surface ; diameter of apertures variable, but averaging about .35 mm. surface,

with occasional macule where the cells are larger, being about .50 mm. On ~

well-preserved specimens the angles are frequently spinose ; septa few and only
occurring near the surface.

Formation and localities. In the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
group, at Catskill creek and near Clarksville, N. Y.

TREMATOPORA [¢] CONSTRICTA.
(PLATE X, FIGS. 14-19.)”

Trematopora constricta, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Report N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 104. 1874.

Bryozoum ramose, hollow, frequently branching ; branches from two to four
mm. in diameter; thickness of bryozoum about .35 mm. ; cell-tubes oval; aper-
tures closely arranged in more or less regular, quincunx order, opening obliquely
upward ; margin of upper part of aperture not elevated, of posterior part strongly
elevated, extending over the lower portion and forming a projecting lip. There
are frequent’macule where the cells are larger than in other places, one of them

being equal in size to two ordinary cells, and frequently radiating ; ; inner sur-.
face of the branch (epitheca) strongly wrmkled transversely, and longitudinally

striated by the recumbent position of the cell-tubes.

Formation and locality. SLower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y. —

TREMATOPORA DISPERSA, 7. Sp.

(PLATE X, FIGs. 20, 21.)

Bryozoum ramose ; branches hollow; diameter about three mm. ; cell-aper-

tures circular, or slightly oval; about .30 mm. in diameter; very irregularly
arranged ; in some parts contiguous, and in other parts there are large spaces
destitute of cells; margins of apertures very distinctly elevated.

This species differs from 7’. constricta in the cells being much less oblique,

and much more irregularly arranged.
Formation and locality. Lower Heidecerc group, near Clarksville, N. Y..

é

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 151

TREMATOPORA REGULARIS.
(PLATE XI, FIGS. 1-8, AND PLATE XIII, FIGS. 1-3.)

Trematopora regularis, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
: p. 106. 1874.

Bryozoum ramose, solid, slender ; branches frequent, widely diverging ;
diameter of larger branches about one mm.; cell-apertures elongate oval,
arranged in longitudinal, parallel lines, alternating, forming a quincunx arrange-
ment; about eighteen in the space of fivé mm. longitudinally ; generally five
rows in the width of a branch, sometimes a short spine at the lower end of
the cell-aperture ; space between the rows of apertures frequently elevated into
a ridge, which in well-preserved specimens has a serrated crest.

This species is easily distinguished by its slender branches and the arrange-
ment of cell-apertures in parallel longitudinal rows, separated by an elevated
ridge.

Formation and locality. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

TREMATOPORA OVATIPORA, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XI, FIGS. 9, 10.)

Bryozoum ramose, solid, slender; diameter of the branch about one mm. ;
cell-apertures ovate, about twice as long as wide, arranged in parallel, longi-
tudinal rows; eight cells in the space of five mm. longitudinally; three rows
in the width of a branch; a short spine at the base of each cell; margins
slightly elevated, granulose.

This species can be distinguished from 7’. regularis by its much larger ovate
cells and coarser appearance generally.
Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

TREMATOPORA CANALICULATA, %. Sp.
(PLATE XI, FIG. 12.)

Bryozoum ramose, solid; diameter one mm.; cell-apertures comparatively
large, oval, distant ; length about .20, and width .10 mm. ; arranged in quincunx
order; space between cell-apertures channeled, leaving their margins elevated.
Always on the margin at the ends of the aperture, and frequently on other parts
of the margin, there is a short, obtuse spine.

This species, in its arrangement of cell-apertures, is very similar to 7. rhom-
bifera, but differs from that species by having the cell-apertures much more
distinctly oval, and more widely separated, the space between the cell-apertures
being channeled.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

152 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. ats

TREMATOPORA PARALLELA, 2. Sp.
(PLATE XI, FIGS. 13, 14.)

Bryozoum ramose, solid; diameter of branches about one mm.; cell-aper-
tures oval, .30 mm. in length, closely arranged in parallel, longitudinal and
oblique transverse rows; margins elevated, ornamented with four or five minute
spinules,

This species differs from 7. regularis in its larger cell-apertures, which are
more closely arranged, and is without the longitudinal ridge dividing the rows
of apertures.

Formation and locality. Luower Helderberg Group, near Clarksville, N.Y. —

TREMATOPORA RHOMBIFERA.
(PLATE XI, FIGS. 15-20.)
Trematopora rhombifera, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 103. 1874.

Bryozoum ramose, solid; diameter of branches from one-half of one mm.
to two mm.; cell-tubes arising from the centre of the branch and quite abruptly
_ curving to the surface ; cell-apertures oval or rhomboidal, numerous, contiguous ;
eighteen in the space of five mm. longitudinally, and twenty-four in the same
space transversely ; arranged spirally around the branch in quincunx order ; cell-
walls thin, but frequently thickened by silicification; in well-preserved speci- —
mens serrated on their edges.

Formation and localities. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, and
at Schoharie, N. Y.

TREMATOPORA CRASSA, 7%. Sp.
(PLATE XI, FIGS. 21, 22.)

Bryozoum forming irregular expansions or hollow branches; cells .25 mm.
in diameter, circular, irregularly and closely arranged ; margins of apertures
thin, but slightly elevated ; surface marked by frequent macule, which are des-
titute of cells.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

CALLOPORA, Hail.

CALLOPORA MACROPORA.
(PLATE XI, FIGS. 23-29.)
Callopora macropora, Hatt. ‘Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 100. 1874. i e
Bryozoum ramose, solid, slender, from one to two mm. in diameter ; branches
comparatively infrequent, widely diverging; cell-apertures elongate, oval, or
polygonal, variable in size, margins elevated, intercellular spaces narrow;
frequently the cells are contiguous, intercellular pits small, angular; generally
only a single range; cell-margins frequently spinulose at the angle. |

CoRALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 153

This is a very distinct and well-marked species, characterized by its large cells
and slender branches. A single branch, apparently belonging to the species,
has been found in the Niagara shale at Lockport.

Formation and localities. In the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
group, at Catskill, Greene county; near Clarksville, and at Schoharie, N. Y.

CALLOPORA MACROPORA, Ud?7. SIGNATA, 7. Va?.

A

(PLATE XI, FIGS. 30, 31.)

Trematopora signata, Hatyt. Twenty-sixth Rep. of the N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 104. 1874.

This variety differs from the usual form of C. macropora in the more dis-
tinctly polygonal cell-apertures, and in having but very few intercellular pits.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

-CALLOPORA HETEROPORA.
(PLATE XI, FIGS. 32, 34, AND PLATE XIII, FIGS. 5-8.)

Callopora heteropora, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. of the N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 102. 1874.

Bryozoum ramose, solid; branches one mm. in diameter ; cell-apertures oval,
about .25 mm. in length, irregularly arranged, distance from each other varying
from contiguity to the length of an aperture; cell-margins elevated, and in
well-preserved specimens spinulose ; intercellular spaces occupied by minute,
angular pits, of about .15 mm. in length.

formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

CALLOPORA UNISPINA.

(PLATE XI, FIGS. 35-39 and ? 40, 41.)

Callopora unispina, Haut. Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. 8t. Mus. Nat. Hist., p.101. 1874.

Bryozoum ramose, solid ; diameter of the larger specimens two mm. ; branches
infrequent, widely diverging ; cell-apertures oval; length about .25 mm ; width
a little more than half the length; distance from each other varying from con-
tiguity to a little more than twice their width; cell margins elevated, and
generally having, at the base of each aperture a comparatively large, obtuse
spine, though this feature is by no means invariable—in some specimens but
few of the cells having spines; intercellular spaces occupied by small polygonal
pits, in from one to three ranges, with sharply elevated margins.

Formation and localities. In the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
group, at Catskill creek, and near Clarksville, N. Y.

154 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

CALLOPORA CELLULOSA, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XII, FIGS. 7-9, AND PLATE XIII, FIG. 9.)

Bryozoum ramose, solid, branching infrequently ; diameter of larger branches
about four mm.; cell-tubes arising from the centre of the branch, gradually
diverging, curving outward to near the surface, when they turn quite abruptly
to the surface; diameter at aperture about .15 mm.; apertures irregularly
arranged, the distance from each other varying from contiguity to two or more
times their diameter; margins elevated ; intercellular spaces occupied by small
polygonal pits, generally in two, occasionally three ranges; margins elevated ;
in well-preserved specimens the margins of both the cells and intercellular pits
have small, short spines.

Formation and locality. In the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
- group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

CALLOPORA FISTULOSA, 7”. Sp.
(PLATE XII, FIGS, 1-6.)

The surface of this species very much resembles Callopora cellulosa, but
differs in having frequent large openings which continue to the centre of the
branch ; the space surrounding the opening being much elevated and strongly
striated. It may be a different mode of growth of the preceding species.

Formation and locality. ower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

CALLOPORA PERELEGANS.
(PLATE XII, FIGS. 10-17.)
Callopora perelegans, Hair. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 102... 1874, | |
Bryozoum ramose, solid; branches very frequent, not widely diverging;
diameter from three to seven mm. ; cell-tubes commencing in the centre of the
branch, gradually enlarging and curving to the surface; length of tubes three
mm.; diameter at aperture nearly .50 mm.; circular, or sometimes slightly
subangular at their junction with the intercellular pits; distance from each
other varying from contiguity to more than their diameter ; cell-margins elevated,
and occasionally, in well-preserved specimens, spinulose; intercellular spaces
occupied by comparatively large, polygonal pits, in from one to three ranges,
variable in size and shape; frequently, where only one range occurs, the length

is more than twice the width; the transverse septa across the intercellular '

spaces are very regular and distinct.

This species is very similar to Callopora elegantula of the Niagara group,
differing from it only in its more marked intercellular pits.

Formation and locality. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

shal

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS GF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 155

CALLOPORA HyYALE.
(PLATE XII, FIGS. 1s, 19.)

Callopora Hyale, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 100. 1874.

Bryozoum ramose, branches hollow; surface marked by comparatively large,
circular, or slightly oval cell-apertures Which are irregularly arranged, with fre-
quent maculee destitute of cells, Intercellular spaces with small:shallow angu-
lar pits, sometimes three or four between the apertures.

- Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

CALLOPORA VENUSTA.
(PLATE XI1, FIGS. 20-24.)
Callopora venusta, Hatt Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 101. 1874.

Bryozoum ramose, hollow ; branches infrequent, widely diverging, from three
to seven mm. in diameter; thickness of bryozoum about .50 mm. ; cell-aper-
tures oval, about .20 mm. in length, width one-half the length; distance from
each other generally equal to the width ; arranged in a more or less regular
quincunx order ; cell-margins elevated; intercellular space channeled, having
generally a single series of angular pits, the margins of which are but slightly
eleyated ; frequently they are so indistinct that the-intercellular space presents
only a smooth, channeled appearance. There are occasional macule destitute
of cells; inner surface of the branches marked by strong, concentric wrinkles,
and by fine, longitudinal lines made by the recumbent portions of the cell-tubes.

This species presents somewhat the appearance of C. cellulosa, but is easily
distinguished from that species by its oval cells, their closer and more regular
arrangement, the single series of intercellular pits and the hollow branches —
that species being solid.

_ Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

CALLOPORA OCULIFERA, 7. sp.

(PLATE XIII, FIG. 10.)

Bryozoum ramose, solid; diameter of branches one mm.; cell-apertures
broadly oval; length about .50 mm., quite regularly arranged in longitudinal
rows, distant from each other less than the length of an aperture ; margins thin ;
the slightly elevated space between the apertures occupied by minute angular
pits, in one or two series, between adjacent apertures.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

156 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

CALLOPORA MACULOSA.
(PLATE XIV, FIGS. 1-8.)

Trematopora ponderosa, Haut. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,

p. 106. 1874.
Trematopora maculosa, Hatu. ‘Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p- 106. 1874.

Bryozoum lamelliform, free or incrusting, generally occurring in masses com-
posed of numerous successive layers of growth; thickness of separate layers
from less than one mm. to three mm. or more; celluliferous on one side ; lower
surface covered by an epitheca, with strong concentric wrinkles and radiating
strize ; cell-tubes round or oval, generally opening at right angles to the sur-
face ; diameter of apertures about .25 mm.; distance from each other a little
less than the diameter of the aperture, with frequent macule destitute of
cell-apertures, the cells around these being larger than the ordinary cells, fre-
quently radiating, and opening obliquely ; cell-margins elevated ; on the thinner
fronds and near the margins of others, the cells open quite obliquely, the poste-
rior margin frequently extending over and constricting the aperture, forming an
elevated, projecting lip, and sometimes presenting very much the appearance
of a CeRAMOPORA. Intercellular spaces channeled, smooth or rugulose from
the intercellular pits; sometimes the pits themselves are visible. In a vertical
section the intercellular spaces are shown to be strongly vesiculose, the trans-
verse septa being arched. |

_ A critical study of numerous specimens has shown that the species originally
described as Trematopora ponderosa and T. maculosa are not distinct, and the
internal structure of both are like typical forms of CALLOPORA.
Formation and localities. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, at Catskill creek, and near Clarksville,,N. Y.

CALLOPORA' PONDEROSA.

(PLATE XIV, FIGS. 9-12.)

Callopora ponderosa, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 103. 1874.

Bryozoum explanate, either free or incrusting, generally growing in large
masses composed of numerous successive layers; thickness of separate layers
two mm. or more; lower surface covered by an epitheca, marked by strong,
concentric wrinkles and radiating striz; cell-apertures round, .25 mm. in
diameter, distance from each other variable, frequently less than their diameter ;
‘cell-margins thin, elevated, having one or more comparatively large spines,
causing the surface of well-preserved specimens to present an echinate appear-
ance ; intercellular spaces occupied by minute polygonal pits, in from one to
three ranges.

Formation and locality. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, at Schoharie, N. Y.

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 157

*~

CALLOPORA PARASITICA, 7%. SD.
(PLATE XIV, FIGS. 13-18.)

Bryozoum foliate, incrusting or free ; width of largest specimen seen, twenty
mm,; thickness .50 mm.; cell-tubes at first oblique, but opening directly
upward ; apertures comparatively large, nearly oval, very slightly angular, about
.20 mm. in length, .15 mm. in width ; cell-margins elevated, frequently spinose
at the angles; distance from each other varying from two to three times their
width ; intercellular spaces occupied by polygonal pits, with distinctly elevated
margins, in from one to three series; lower surface covered with an epitheca
marked by strong, concentric ruge, and by radiating strize formed by the
recumbent portions of the cell-tubes.

Formation and locality. In the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

LICHENALIA, Hail.

LICHENALIA TORTA, 2. sp.
(PLATE XV, FIGS. 1-7, AND PLATE XIII, FIGS. 17, 18.)

Bryozoum a thin lamellose expansion, celluliferous on one side ; lower surface
covered with an epitheca marked by concentric wrinkles and by fine concentric
strie ; cell-tubes comparatively large, radiating from the centre to the margin ;
cylindrical, gradually enlarging to the aperture ; recumbent, and nearly parallel
with the surface for the greater part of their length; near the apertures bending
quite abruptly upward, and opening slightly oblique to the surface; length of
cell-tubes from one to four mm.; diameter at aperture nearly .5 mm., arranged
in intersecting rows; intercellular space channeled ; sometimes a slight ridge
runs from the anterior portion of one cell to the posterior portion of another.
Where the cell-tubes are worn away, the surface is covered by fine, sharp, reg-
ular striz, which become slightly nodose in crossing the concentric lines.
There are frequent nodes on the surface of well-preserved specimens.

A specimen showing the cells well preserved is very rarely found, the usual
condition being with the cells entirely removed, and showing the concentric and
radiating striz.

This species can be distinguished from ZL. distans, plate xv, figs. 8, 9, by its -
larger, circular cell-apertures, and their more regular arrangement.
Formation and localities. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, and

Schoharie, N. Y.
LICHENALIA DISTANS, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XV, FIGS. 8, 9.)

Bryozoum foliate, incrusting or free; about .65 mm. in thickness; cellulif-
erous on one side; lower surface covered by a wrinkled epitheca ; cell-apertures

158 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MuseEvwy.

small, oval, or suboval; margins elevated; length about .50 mm., irregularly
arranged.

This species is very similar, in general appearance, to JL. torta (plate xv,
figs. 1-7), but may be distinguished from that one by its smaller and irregularly

arranged oval pores.
Formation and locality. Luower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N.Y. -

LICHENALIA DISSIMILIS, 7. sp.
(PLATE XV, FIGS. 10-138:)

Bryozoum consisting of large, irregularly undulating, foliate expansions, of
one mm. or more in thickness; width of largest specimen observed 120 mm. ;
celluliferous on one side; lower surface covered by a wrinkled epitheea; cells
arising from the epitheca, and opening very obliquely to the surface, frequently
alternating, arched and imbricating; slightly longer than wide; length ‘about
.65 mm.

This species, in its cell-apertures, is very similar to A1.VEOLITES, and may
possibly belong to that genus,
Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg | group, Schoharie, N. Y.

CERAMOPORA, Hail.

CERAMOPORA LABECULOIDEA, f. Sp.
(PLATE XVI, FIGS. 1, 2

Bryozoum small, circular, very thin; cells commencing in the centre and.
radiating nearly to the margin, comparatively large, cylindrical or nearly so,
very oblique to the surface, .25 mm. in diameter at the aperture; apertures
arched, arranged in alternating and imbricating series. The bryozoum for a
short distance from the margin is free from cells and undulating; lower surface
covered by an epitheca, and concentrically wrinkled.

This species differs from C. macu/ata (plate xvi, figs. 5-11), in being much
thinner, the cells proportionately larger, more oblique and radiating from the
centre to the margin without macule of larger cells. It bears a very close
resemblance to C. labecula of the Niagara group, and may belong to that
species,

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

CERAMOPORA PARVICELLA, 7%. Sp.

(PLATE XVI, FIGS. 3, 4.)

Bryozoum thin, foliate, incrusting, celluliferous on one side. Cells consisting
of very oblique, subcylindrical tubes, opening rectangularly to the plane of the
surface, having frequent macule where the cells are larger than in other por-
tions; diameter of ordinary cell-tubes at aperture .25 mm., of the larger ones
.3 mm.; apertures arched or triangular, arranged in alternating and imbri-

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 159

cating series ; lower surface covered by an epitheca which is strongly wrinkled
concentrically, and having fine, radiating lines formed by the recumbent portion
of the cell-tubes.

This species differs from C. maculata, plate xvi, figs. 5-11, in being incrust-.
o, the frond much thinner, the cells smaller, more oblique and not tng

from a centre.
Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N ara

CERAMOPORA MACULATA.

(PLATE XVI, FiGs. 5-11.)
rey

iwenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,

Ceramopora maculata, HA.
. pe Wee" 1874"

Bryozoum discoidal, flattened or concave on the lower side, covered by an
epitheca having strong concentric wrinkles. Cells polygonal, radiating from the
centre; diameter at aperture one-half of one millimetre; there are fr equent maculze
where the cells are larger—about once and one-half as large as those on other
portions; cell-walls sometimes slightly elevated at the angles, forming low spine-
like projections at the centre of the disc ; the cell-tubes in the central portions
are at right angles to the surface, becoming more oblique as they approach
the margin, where they are nearly rectangular to the central ones; the diame-
ters of the dises vary from six to forty mm. ; thickness of the larger specimens
from two to three mm. |

This species resembles C. imndricata of the Niagara limestone, but differs in
the less distinctly hooded apertures; the macule are more obscure and less
strongly divided and radiate, and it also grows to a much larger size.

Formation and localities. Laower Helderberg group, Clarksville and Scho-
harie, N. Y.

CERAMOPORA (BERENICEA) MAXIMA.
(PLATE. XVI, FIG. 12.)
Ceramopora (Berenicea) inaxima, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat.
Hist., p. 109. 1874.

Bryozoum of a depressed-convex form, composed of cells which radiate from
the centre of the disc, and open laterally, being nearly at right angles to the
plane of the disc at the centre, and becoming more prone as they approach the
margin ; apertures irregularly hexagonal, somewhat elongated from the: projec-
tion of the lower margin ; diameter of aperture about one mm. ; cell-walls thick,
obscurely striate inside ; their margins, at the angles of the cells, prolonged in
a spine-like process ; lower surface unknown.

The single specimen found measures eighteen mm. in diameter; it has
the general features of those Palzozoic species usually referred to BERENICEA,
but is much larger than their usual size. It resembles a MicHELina with very

160 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE M USEUM.

small cells; but on examination its characters are more like those of a Bryozoan,
especially the projections at the angles of the cell-walls.

Formation and locality. n the shaly limestone of the Lower Helderberg
group, at Schoharie, N. H.

PALESCHARA, Hail.

PALESCHARA ? RADIATA, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XVI, FIGS. 13, 14.)

Bryozoum consisting of a thin expansion incrusting other bodies. Cells polyg-
onal, contiguous, oblique; apertures about .25 mm. in diameter; irregularly
arranged, radiating from a central point.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, IN, Ne

PALESCHARA INCRUSTANS.
(PLATE XVI, FIGS. 15-22, ? 24.)

Paleschara incrustans, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
p. 106. 1874.

Bryozoum growing in Flustra-like expansions; incrusting. Cell-apertures
polygonal, about .65 mm. in diameter; occasionally there are macule where
the cells are slightly larger; cell-walls thick, their margins sometimes elevated
at the angles of the apertures into obtuse projections, which are not sufficiently
long to be characterized as spines.

The mode of growth is not dissimilar from that of a recent FLusTRa in its
earlier stages, but the cells are less regularly arranged, and the whole has a
stronger and firmer aspect.

Formation and locality. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
group, near Clarksville, N. Y. aoe

PALESCHARA? BILATERALIS, 7. sp.
(PLATE XVI, FIGS, 22. 23.) |

Bryozoum membraniform ; fronds large, very thin, celluliferous on both sides ;
mesial plate or epitheca wrinkled, and with fine transversely concentric lines.
Cells very slightly elevated, and a little oblique; variable in size, form and
arrangement, from quadrangular to polygonal, generally longer than wide, with
maculze where the cells are larger than in other portions of the frond; length
of the ordinary cell-apertures about .30 mm. ; of the larger ones about .75 mm. ;
sometimes the length is equal to twice the width. .

This is a distinct and very easily recognized species ; the cells have sometimes
a very regular arrangement, proceeding from a certain point in straight rows,
slightly diverging, other similar rows coming in between; when having this
regularity, the sides of the cells are parallel, and the angles nearly rectangular ;

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 161

at other times the arrangement is very irregular, as also the form and size of the
cells. Only two specimens have thus far been found, and both are fragments,
so that the entire form is unknown ; these fragments are each about twelve cen-
timetres long and three centimetres wide.

& Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Clarksville, N. Y.

STICTOPORA, Hall.

STICTOPORA PAPILLOSA, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XIII, FIGS. 12, 13.)

Bryozoum ramose. Branches moderately flattened, transverse section elon-
gate-oval or lenticular in outline ; width of branch two mm. ; thickness at the
middle one mm. Cell-apertures circular, about .20 mm. in diameter, generally
arranged in longitudinal rows; distant from each other less than the diameter
of an aperture ; margins distinctly elevated and sloping.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N.Y.

ESCHAROPORA, Hail.

ESCHAROPORA LIRATA.
(PLATE XVII, FIGS. 1-6.)

Escharopora lirata, Haut. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p.100. 1874.

Bryozoum small, ensiform, graduaily enlarging from an obtusely pointed
striated base, for a short distance, the sides then becoming nearly parallel ;
width from one and a half to two mm.,; transverse section lenticular in form ;
celluliferous on both sides; a thin epitheca dividing the cells of the two sides.
Cell-apertures large, arranged in longitudinal rows—five or six rows on each
side ; apertures elongate-oval; three in the space of one mm. longitudinally, and
five in the same space transversely ; the cells of the two outer rows larger than
the others; longitudinal partitions thick, elevated, granulose ; transverse parti-
tions thin, deeply depressed, widening at the junction with the longitudinal par-
titions, and having a pore on the expanded portion.

This species differs from H. tenwis (plate xvii, figs. 7-13), im its smaller size,
proportionally larger cells, and the peculiar lirate appearance given to it by the
thick elevated walls separating the longitudinal rows of cell-apertures.

Formation and locality. In the upper shaly portions of the limestones of
the Lower Helderberg group, Clarksville, N. Y.

EscHAROPORA TENUIS.
(PLATE XVII, FIGs. 7-13.)
Escharopora tenuis, Haut. ‘Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p.99. 1874.

Bryozoum consisting of thin, elongate, narrow stipes. with a striated base ;

gradually enlarging from an obtuse point to a short distance above the com-
11

162 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

mencement of the celluliferous portion, when the sides become parallel; cellu-
liferous on both sides. Cells arising obliquely from a thin, mesial lamina ; aper-
tures oval, rhomboidal, and occasionally hexagonal; on the central portion of
the stipe the cells are of nearly uniform size, and arranged in longitudinal rows ;
there being fifteen cell-apertures in the space of five mm. longitudinally, and
twenty in the same space transversely ; longitudinal partitions thicker than the
transverse. On the marginal portion the cells are larger, proportionally longer,
more irregularly arranged and oblique to the others.

The transverse partitions widen at their junction with the longitudinal parti-
tions, and frequently have a pore on the expanded portion. A single specimen
has nodes similar to H. nebulosa.

Formation and localities. In the shaly limestones of the Lower Helderberg
groups, Albany and Schoharie counties, N. Y.

EScHAROPORA NEBULOSA.
(PLATE XVII, FIGS. 14-16.)
Escharopora nebulosa, Hatt. Twen‘y-sixth Rep. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 99. 1874.

Bryozoum a thin foliate expansion, having a striated baye ; becoming abruptly
wider and thinner at the commencement of the celluliferous portion; cellulifer-
ous on both sides. Cells arising obliquely from a thin, mesial lamina, arranged
in parallel, longitudinal rows, rarely interrupted by intercalation of new rows,
and then diverging slightly; apertures oval or quadrangular, occasionally hex-
agonal, a little longer than wide ; twelve in the space of five mm. longitudinally,
and eighteen in the same space transversely ; longitudinal partition walls thin,
rounded on the edges ; transverse partitions thinner and depressed ; the surface
is marked by numerous nodes where the cells are larger than on other portions
of the frond; thickness of the frond one and one-half mm.; width of the largest
specimen observed more than fifty mm.

This species differs from H. tenzis, pl. xvii, figs. 7-18, in its greater breadth,
nodulose surface, and the proportionally shorter cell- -apertures.

Formation and localities. Lower Helderberg group, Catskill creek and
Clarksville, N. Y.

ESCHAROPORA ( ? PALESCHARA) BIFOLIATA.

(PLATE XVII, FIGS. 17, 18.)

Paleschara bifoliata, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist , p.107. 1874.

Bryozoum growing in broad, foliate expansions, celluliferous on both sides.
Cells arising obliquely from a mesial lamina; thickness of frond slightly more
than one mm. ; greatest width of an imperfect frond eighty mm. ; cell-apertures
rhomboidal or hexagonal, appearing oval on worn surfaces; diameter of aper-
ture .25 mm.; there are frequent nodes having slightly larger cells than the
other portions; cell-walls thin; cells more or Los regularly arranged in undu-
lating intersecting lines.

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 163

_ This species can be distinguished from H. nebulosa (plate xvi, figs. 14-16),
to which it bears some resemblance, by its rhomboidal or hexagonal cells, with
equally thick walls; equal length and width, and the absence of the regular
longitudinal arrangement of cells, which is characteristic of that species.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

FENESTELLA, Lonsdale.

FENESTELLA COMPACTA, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XVIII, FIGS. 1-3.)

ryozoum cup-shaped. Branches strong; eight and nine in the’ space of five
mm.; on non-poriferous side flattened, obscurely striated and much enlarged
below the bifurcations, which are infrequent.

Dissepiments strong, from one-half to equal thickness of the branches; seven
in the space of five mm., expanding at their junction with the branches; rounded
and depressed on both poriferous and non-poriferous sides.

Fenestrules oval or subquadrangular, width less than that of the branches.

Cell-pores small, round, in two or three ranges; sometimes the third range
extends but a short distance below the bifurcations, occasionally extending nearly
to the next bifurcation below; distance of pores from each other equal to or
greater than the diameter, opening directly upward; margins elevated, and
indenting the boarder of the fenestrule.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA ARTA, 7. Sp.
‘(PLATE XVIII, FIGS. 4-9.)

Bryozoum cup-shaped, undulating. Branches strong, varying in width; from
five to nine in the space of five mm.; on non-poriferous side round, frequently
slightly angular, apparently smooth, enlarging very much below the bifurcations,
being frequently double the width of the branches just above.

Dissepiments from one-half to two-thirds the thickness of the branches imme-
diately above the bifurcations; six in the space of five mm., expanding at their
junction with the branches, angular on non-poriferous side, rounded and slightly
depressed on poriferous side.

Fenestrules small, varying in form from subquadrangular to oval; width from
one-fourth to two-thirds that of the branches, appearing much smaller and fre-
quently scarcely perceptible on poriferous side.

Cell-pores in two and three ranges ; always three ranges immediately below the
bifurcation, the third range sometimes extending but a short distance, at others
nearly to the bifurcation below ; pores small, round, or slightly oval; three in
the space of a fenestrule; distance from each other equal to or greater than
their diameter, opening directly upward; where there are three ranges of pores,
the openings of the two outer ranges are oblique to the axis of the branch;

164 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

cell-margins elevated, and indenting the borders of the fenestrule; space
between ranges of pores strongly striated on well-preserved specimens.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA PAXILLATA, 7%. Sp.
(PLATE XVIII, FIGS. 10-12.)

Bryozoum flabellate or funnel-shaped. Branches, compared with the size of
frond, slender; five or six in the space of five. mm.; bifurcations distant ;
branches on non-poriferous side flattened, striated ; strize fine, from four to seven
on a branch; for a short distance below the bifurcation is a broad, shallow,
groove, extending less distinctly and narrower nearly the whole length of the
branch.

Dissepiments four in the space of six mm.; width about two-thirds that of
the branches, rapidly expanding at their junction with the branches; on non-
poriferous side they are on the same plane as the branches; on poriferous side
depressed.

Fenestrules oval to subquadrangular; a little more than twice as long as
wide ; width slightly more than that of the branches.

Cell-pores in three ranges, except for the distance of about two fenestrules
below the bifurcations, where there are four in this space; the two central
ranges are very close together and alternating, and open directly upward; the
ranges on the sides are distant from the central range or ranges, and open so
directly outward that, in looking perpendicularly upon the specimen, they are
scarcely visible; margin of cells but very little elevated ; six in the space of a
fenestrule.

On account of the distant bifurcations, the branches run ud Heals parallel for
some distance, without increasing in size, which gives to the frond a see
rigid appearance, distinguishing it from any other species.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA COMPRESSA, 7%. Sp.
(PLATE XVIII, FIGS. 14-18.)

Bryozoum funnel-shaped. Branches, five in the space of five mm., much en-
larged near the frequent and irregular bifurcations; on the non-poriferous side
branches round, wiih fine but distinct strie, which are frequently finely granu-
lose; five or six on a branch.

Dissepiments about one-half as wide as the branches, granulose-striate, slightly
expanding at their junction with the branches, occurring at irregular intervals,
averaging about four in the space of five mm.

Fenestrules very variable in shape, from elongate-ovate to broadly oval or
subquadrangular; width about one and one-half greater than that of the
branches; length from two to three times the width.

CoRALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 165

Cell-pores in from two to four ranges; immediately below the bifurcations
there are occasionally four ranges, for the distance of one and one-half or two
fenestrules there are three ranges, and for the remainder of the distance to the
next bifurcation there are two; where three and four ranges occur, the branch
is flattened on the top, and much wider than in the other portion ; the central
range or ranges open directly upward, the others directly outward, so that where
three ranges occur, in looking directly upon the specimen, the two outer ranges
are scarcely perceptible. Pores large, round, closely arranged, five in the space
of a fenestrule; cell-margins thin, but very slightly elevated ; space between
ranges of pores and dissepiments obscurely, tortuously striated.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Chokes Nes

FENnESTELLA (Potypora) Lina.
(PLATE XVIII, FIGS. 19, 20.)

Polypora Lilia, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p.96. 1874.

Bryozoum fan-shaped. Branches moderately strong, seven or eight in the
space of five mm. ; on non-poriferous side rounded, striated ; strize obscure.

Dissepiments one-half the width of the branches, five or six in the space of six
mm., enlarging at their junction with the branches.

Fenestrules subquadrangular to oval; width varying from equal to the branches
to one-half greater; length from two to two and one-half times the width.

Cell-pores in from two to four ranges, large, oval, contiguous, alternating, and
forming on the broader part of the branch, oblique intersecting rows; margins
very slightly elevated; generally, on the dissepiment near the junction with the
branch, there is a single cell-pore, and occasionally the entire dissepiment is
poriferous.

Formation ond localities. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, and near
Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA Evpora, 7. sp.

(PLATE XIX, FIGS. 3-10 and ? 1, 2.)

Bryozoum fan-shaped ; stipe at base nearly one mm. in diameter. Branches
moderately strong near base, becoming more slender above; bifurcations fre-
quent and irregular below, becoming more distant above ; on non-poriferous side,
branches rounded, striated ; striae obscure, from five to seven on a branch; from
eight to ten branches in the space of five mm.

Dissepiments, five in the space of five mm.; width not quite one-half that of
the larger branches, expanding at their junction with the branches ; on porifer-
_ ous side of frond slightly depressed, striated.

Fenestrules quadrangular, variable in width, but generally about as wide
as the branch; the more slender the branch, the narrower the fenestrules;
length from one and one-half to three times the width.

166 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MuUseEom.

Cell-pores in two ranges, broad-oval or round, very closely arranged, opening
slightly obliquely outward, and but very slightly upward; from four to six in
the space of a fenestrule; cell-margins thin, elevated, slightly indenting the
border of the fenestrule ; pores in the opposite ranges alternating ; space between ©
ranges of pores not carinated in some cases, in others very slightly carinated, or
obtusely angular; obscurely striated, and occasionally a line of obscure nodes.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA ANSYLE, 7. sp.
(PLATE XIX, FIGS. 11-13.)

Bryozoum fan-shaped. Branches slender, rapidly diverging; from eight to
ten in the space of five mm., but very slightly enlarging below bifurcations,
which are frequent and irregular. |

Dissepiments slender, from one-half to two-thirds the width of the branches ;
six in the space of five mm., but slightly expanding at their junction with the
branches.

Fenestrules variable in size and shape, generally subquadrangular ; width
varying from once to three times that of the branches ; poriferous side unknown.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville. N. Y.

FENESTELLA I[DOTHEA, 7. sp.
(PLATE XIX, FIGS. 14, 15.)

Polypora elegans? Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p.97. 1874.

Bryozoum palmate. Branches moderately strong, rounded, frequently and
irregularly bifurcating ; non-poriferous side unknown.

Dissepiments slender; width from less than one-half that of the branches to
nearly equal; six in the space of five mm., scarcely expanding at their junc-
tion with the branches.

Fenestrules variable in shape, mostly subquadrangular ; width slightly more
than that of the branches; length from once and one-half to twice the width.

Cell-pores in two alternating ranges, opening nearly directly outward; open-
ings circular or slightly oval; distance from each other equal to their diameter ;
three in space of a fenestrule; margins slightly elevated, scarcely indenting the
borders of the fenestrules ; space between ranges of pores not carinated ; rounded ;
tortuously striated ; dissepiments also striated.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA ALTH@A, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XIX, FIGS. 17-19.)

Bryozoum—only fragments have been so far observed, so that the form of the
whole frond is not certainly known. Branches slender; bifurcations compara-

CoRALS AND BRYOZCANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 167

tively distant, irregular; from seven to nine branches in the space of five mm, ;
on non-poriferous side rounded, striated; striz fine, distinct; from three to
seven on a branch.

Dissepiments slender, frequently oblique to the branch; four in the space of
six mm., expanding at their junction with the branches, the expansion extend-
ing but a very slight distance from the branches.

Fenestrules subquadrangular ; width varying from equal to two or three times
that of the branches.

Cell-pores in two and three ranges; the central range opens directly upward,
the two outer ranges nearly directly outward ; cell-openings oval, five in the
space of a fenestrule ; distance from each other less than the diameter of an
opening ; margins scarcely elevated ; at the junction of a dissepiment and branch
there is frequently a cell-opening on the expanded portion of the dissepiment.

This species has, in some respects, very much the appearance of I’. crebripora,
but is of a much coarser growth, differing also in the number of ranges of pores.
Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Albany county, N. Y.

FENESTELLA CREBRIPORA.

(PLATE XX, FIGS. 1-3.)

Fenestella crebripora, HALL. Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 95. 1874.

Bryozoum, form unknown—this species having been seen only in fragments.
Branches slender, distant; eight in the space of five mm. ; on non-poriferous
side rounded, striated, strie fine, indistinct; bifurcations moderately distant.

Dissepiments very slender, oblique to the branches, six in the space of five mm,

Fenestrules subquadrangular ; width from once and one-half to twice that of
the branches, length frequently double the width.

Cell-pores in two ranges, large, oval, distance from each other less than their
diameter, four in the space of a fenestrule, opening outward obliquely to the axis
of the branch; margins not elevated; at the junction of the dissepiment with
the branch, there is frequently a triangular cell-pore in the expanded portion of
the dissepiment, opening directly upward; space between cell-apertures not
carinated, though sometimes angular ; finely striated ; dissepiments also striated,

Formation and locality. ower Helderberg group, Albany county, N. Y.

FENESTELLA SYLVIA.
(PLATE XX, FIGS. 4-7.)

Fenestella Sylvia, Hart. Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p.96. 1874.

Bryozoum large, funnel-shaped, rapidiy spreading and radiatingly undulating,
Branches very slender, closely arranged, twelve in the space of five mm.; non-
poriferous side rounded, striated, strize distinct, from three to five on a branch;
sometimes the central striation is so large as to give a carinated appearance to
the branch ; bifurcations distant.

168 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

Dissepiments slender, from one-half to two-thirds the width of the branch ;
nine to ten in the space of five mm., expanding at their junction with the branches ;
on non-poriferous side rounded, on poriferous side angular.

Fenestrules small, subquadrangular to oval; width from equal to the branch
to one-half greater ; length from equal to the branch to twice its width.

Cell-pores in two ranges, small, round; opening outward, at an angle of about
45°; three in the space of a fenestrule ; margins elevated, slightly indenting the
borders of the fenestrule ; space between ranges of cell-pores angular, but not
carinated ; striated, and having in the centre a line of nodes.

Formation and locality. Tn upper layers of shaly limestones of the Lower |
Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA PHILIA, 7. sp.
(PLATE XX, FIGS. 9-11.)

Bryozoum fan-shaped, undulating. Branches slender, closely arranged near
base, becoming more distant above; from twelve to sixteen in the space of five
mm. ;.on non-poriferous side rounded or slightly angular, apparently smooth.

Dissepiments from two-thirds to nearly equal the width of branches; nine in
the space of five mm., not enlarging at their junction with the branches ; on non-
poriferous side rounded, and on the same plane as the a ; on pontienou
‘side angular and depr ae ; ;

Fenestrules subquadrangular, variable in width, length from two to two and
one-half times the width. |

Cell-pores in two ranges, small, round or slightly oval; distance from each
other greater than their diameter, three in the space of a fenestrule, opening
nearly directly outward, except when occurring opposite the dissepiment, where
they open nearly directly upward; space between ranges of pores carinated,
carina but little elevated, and having a line of nodes on the top ;- nodes distinct,
sharp, and about equal in number to the cell-pores.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Albany county, N. Y.

HENESTELLA HESTIA, 7. sp.
(PLATE XX, FIGS. 12, 13.)

A species with moderately strong branches and subquadrangular fenestrules.
The non-celluliferous side is distinctly pustulose. The celluliferous side is
unknown.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

HENESTELLA JUNCEUS, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XX, FIGS. 16-18.)

Bryozoum probably cyathiform. Branches slender; from eight to eleven in
the space of five mm., frequently presenting a crowded appearance; on non-

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 169

poriferous side rounded, except just below the bifurcations, where they are flat-
tened ; striated, striz fine, but very distinct, from five to seven on a branch;
bifurcations distant, irregular.

Dissepiments, three in the space of five mm., slender; width one-half that of
the branches, expanding very slightly at their junction with the branches; on
‘non-poriferous side striated, and on plane of the branches; on poriferous side
. depressed. |

Fenestrules subquadrangular, about four times as long as wide; width varying
from one-half to a little more than the width of the branches.

Cell-pores in two ranges, round, distant from each other equal to or greater
than their diameter, six in the space of a fenestrule, opening obliquely outward ;
margins distinctly elevated, and indenting the border of the fenestrule; space
between ranges of pores subcarinate, carina narrow, elevated but slightly above
the branch.

This species is easily recognized by the long, narrow fenestrules, and the

slender and frequently crowded appearance of the branches.
Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA ADRASTE, 7. sp.
(PLATE XX, FIGS. 20-22.)

Bryozoum fan-shaped. Branches moderately strong, eight in the space of
five mm.; on non-poriferous side flattened, striated, from one to three strize on
a branch; where more than one striation occurs, the one nearest the centre of
the branch is much the stronger; very frequently only one striation occurs, in
which case it is very strong, giving to the branch a carinate appearance.

Dissepiments about one-third the width of the branches, six in the space of
five mm., much expanded at their junction with the branches.

- Fenestrules oval, width a little less than that of the branches, length from
two to three times the width.

Cell-pores in two ranges, opening nearly directly upward, three in the space
of a fenestrule ; distance from each other less than the diameter of an opening,
sometimes contiguous ; cell-apertures circular; margins distinctly elevated, and
indenting the borders of the fenestrules ; space between ranges of cells cari-
nated, carina sharp, height above the branch equal to the diameter of the
branch.

This species is easily recognized by the flattened branches on the non-porif-

erous side, with the strong central striation giving a carinate aspect.
_ Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA CLEIA, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XX, FIGS. 14, 15.)

Bryozoum broadly cup-shaped. Branches somewhat rigid in appearance, from
nine to eleven in the space of five mm.; on non-poriferous side subangular near
_the base, flattened above; bifurcations frequent.
y

170 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MusSEuMmM.

Dissepiments very slender, eight in the space of five mm., width from one
third to one-half that of the branches, not expanding at their junction with the
branches.

Fenestrules subquadrangular, about twice as long as wide, width variable, but
averaging a little less than that of the branches.

Cell-pores in two ranges, opening nearly directly upward ; apertures large,
circular, three in the space of a fenestrule, distance from each other equal to or
less than the diameter of an aperture; margins distinctly elevated, but very
slightly indenting the border of the fenestrules, apparently granulose; space
between the ranges of pores occupied by a low, rounded ridge, but slightly ele-
vated above the branch, and frequently a slight groove on each side of the ridge.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA THYENE, 7. sp.
(PLATE XXI, FIGS. 1-5.)

Bryozoum broadly cup-shaped, undulating. Branches strong, nine in the space
of five mm.; non-poriferous side angular or subangular, obscurely striated ;
bifurcations moderately distant, irregular.

Dissepiments eight in the space of five mm., width slightly more than one-
half that of the branches, expanding at their junction with the branches; on
non-poriferous side of frond angular, on poriferous side rounded.

Fenestrules broadly oval or nearly round ; the angularity of the branches and
dissepiments on non-poriferous side give them an appearance more nearly circu-
lar than is really the case; width nearly the same as that of the branches,
slightly longer than wide.

Cell-pores in two ranges, opening obliquely ouew ana cell-openings small,
round, three in the space of a fenestrule, counting those opposite the dissepi-
ment; margins elevated; space between the ranges of pores carinated, carina
comparatively thick, elevated, about two-thirds the thickness of the branch, ex-
panded above.

A single specimen of this species shows, at a distance from the base, the long,
oval fenestrules, and flattened, striated branches.

This species, on the non-poriferous side, bears a close resemblance to F’,
Coronis (plate xxi, figs. 10-13), but is distinguished from that species by its
more compact mode of growth, more slender branches, and smaller fenestrules.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FHENESTELLA IDALIA.
(PLATE XXI, FIGS. 6-9.)

Fenestella Idalia, Haut. Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 95. 1874.

Bryozoum cup-shaped. Branches moderately strong, closely arranged, eleven

in the space of five mm. ; on non-poriferous side rounded, striated, striz very
®

CoRALS AND BRryYoZoANS oF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 17}

distinct ; from four to seven on a branch, frequently granulose; branches much
wider below bifurcations ; frequently four or five contiguous branches bifurcate:
at equal distances from the base.

Dissepiments from one-half to one-third the width of the branches, eight in
the space of five mm., slightly expanding at their junction with the branches ;
on non-poriferous side rounded, on poriferous side angular, and deeply depressed.

Fenestrules small, subquadrangular, from three-fourths to once and one-half
the width of the branches, length twice the width.

Cell-pores in two ranges, opening nearly directly upward ; cell-openings small,
round, three in the space of a fenestrule, distant from each other more than the
diameter of an opening ; margins distinctly elevated, and indenting the border
of the fenestrules ; space between ranges of pores carinated, height of carina nearly
equal to the diameter of a branch; top of carina much expanded, especially
below bifurcations, with a fine, sharp keel along the middle, and on each edge
a row of nodes, which, when worn, present the appearance of minute pores or pits.

This species is distinguished by the compact and closely arranged branches.
Formation and locality. Liower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

FENESTELLA CORONIS, 7. sp.
(PLATE XXI, FIGS. 10-13.)

Bryozoum funnel-shaped, undulating, without fenestrules near the base.
Branches strong, seven in the space of five mm.; on non-poriferous side gener-
ally angular, sometimes rounded, occasionally granulose, not perceptibly stri-
ated.

Dissepiments about two-thirds the thickness of the branches, five in the space
of five mm., slightly expanding at — junction with the branches, angular on
both sides.

Fenestrules variable in shape and size, from quadrangular to oval, and from
equal to double the width of the branches.

Cell-pores in two ranges, openings circular, distant from each other less than
the diameter of an aperture, three in the space of a fenestrule, opening nearly
directly upward, partially concealed by the carina; margins distinctly elevated,
indenting the borders of a fenestrule ; space between the ranges of pores cari-
nated, carina elevated more than the thickness of a branch, hollow, much
expanded above, and having a thin, sharp crest.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

FENESTELLA PRACURSOR.
(PLATE XXI, FIGS. 14-18.)
Fenestella precursor, Hatt. Twenty-sixth Rep. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. p. 94. 1874.

Bryozoum deep, narrow, funnel-form. Branches strong, seven or eight in the
space of five mm.; non-poriferous side generally flattened, gradually enlarging

ee THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. 7
{

to bifurcations, striated, strize coarse, rounded, from two to three on a branch,

frequently entirely concealed by granules, the branch presenting only a granu-
lose surface ; bifurcations few near the base, becoming more frequent and regu-
lar above.

Dissepiments about mecha the thickness of the branches, six or seven in
the space of five mm., expanding at their junction with the brated sometimes
oblique to the branches; on non-poriferous side granulose, on plane with the
branches 7 on poriferous side depressed, not extending above the ranges of pores.

Fenestrules from subquadrangular to oval, width varying from one-half to
equal the width of branches in different fronds, or different parts of the same
frond; length varying from double to little more than double the width.

' Cell-pores in two ranges, opening directly upward or obliquely outward ; open-
ings circular, three in the space of a fenestrule, distant from each other more
than the diameter of an aperture; margins elevated, very slightly indenting
the border of the fenestrules; space between the ranges of pores carinated, car-
ina elevated more than the diameter of a branch, expanded above, and having,
in the middle of the wider portion, a thin, sharp crest, giving to the upper por-
tion of the carina very much the appearance of a branch; the expanded portion
has, on each side, a row of pustules, which when worn, present the appearance
of ranges of minute cell-pores ; occasionally, either on account of the more perfect
condition of the frond or more advanced stage of growth, the pustules of con-
tiguous caring are extended until they unite, forming slender bars connecting
the carinze ; there are five pustules in the space of a fenestrule.

This species, when the pustules are extended into bars, has all the characters
of the genus HrMITRYPA.

Formation and localities. On the surfaces of decomposing shaly limestone of
the Lower Helderberg group, near Catskill and Clarksville, N. Y.

HENESTELLA QUADRULA, 7. sp.
(PLATE XXI, FIGS. 19-22.)

Bryozoum funnel-shaped, rapidly expanding. Branches comparatively broad,
nine in the space of five mm.; non-poriferous side flattened, striated, striae
sharp, distinct, generally three on a branch.

Dissepiments ten in the space of five mm., race slender, not expanding
at their junction with the branches.

Fenestrules quadrangular, width about the same as that of the branches,
~ length but slightly more than the width.

Cell-pores in two ranges, opening nearly directly upward; cell-openings cir-
cular, two in the space of a fenestrule, counting those opposite the dissepiment ;
margin elevated, slightly indenting the border of the fenestrule ; space between
the ranges of pores carinated, carina sharp, strongly elevated, abruptly expand--
ing above, having in the centre of the wider portion a thin, sharp crest, and on
each edge a line of sharp pustules, which frequently have the appearance of
minute cell-pores, of which there are five in the space of a fenestrule.

CORALS AND BRYOZOANS OF THE LOWER HELDERBERG. 173
This is a very distinctly marked species, and is easily recognized by its ex-

tremely slender dissepiments and square fenestrules.
| Formation and locality. ower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N.Y.

.\
FENESTELLA (HemitrypPA) NERVIA.

(PLATE XXII, FIGS. 1-6, AND ? 9, 10.)

| Fenestella Nervia, Harz. Twenty-sixth Rep. N. Y.St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p.93. 1874.
Hemitrypa prima, Hat. as ee we OC p. 98. 1874.
Bryozoum broadly spreading, funnel-shaped, undulating on a line with the
‘branches. Branches closely arranged, nine in the space of five mm.; on non-
/poriferous side rounded, apparently smooth, though better preseved specimens
may show strie ; bifurcations frequent, irregular.

Dissepiments from one half to equal the thickness of branches, six in the space
of five mm., widening at their junction with the branches; on non-poriferous
side on the same plane as the branches, on poriferous side deeply depressed.

_ Fenestrules oval, generally from one-half to two-thirds the width of the
branches, length twice the width.

Cell-pores in two ranges, opening obliquely to the axis of the branch ; openings.
small, oval or circular, three to four in the space of a fenestrule, counting those
opposite the dissepiment, generally one, sometimes two so situated; margins of
upper portion of cell-pores distinctly elevated, of lower portion slightly elevated ;
‘space between ranges of pores carinated, carina sharp, elevated equal to the

thickness of the branch, expanded above ; expanded portion finely striated and
haying in the center a small sharp keel; crests of carinze connected by a series
of narrow, angular and striated bars, about fourteen in the space of five mm.

This species, in the study of more extensive collections, was found to include
the forms previously described as Hemitrypa prima.

Formation and localities. Lower Helderberg group, two miles north of
Clarksville, N. Y., and at Schoharie.

FENESTELLA CLEIS, 7. sp.
(PLATE XXI, FIGS. 7,8.)

Bryozoum broadly cup-shaped. Branches closely arranged, moderately strong,
nine in the space of five mm.; on non-poriferous side somewhat flattened ;
striated, striz granulose, strong, from three to five on a branch; bifurcations
comparatively regular.

Dissepiments six in the space of five mm., expanding at their junction with
the branches, on non-poriferous side on plane of the branches ; on poriferous side
depressed.

Fenestrules small, oval, width from one-half to two-thirds the width of the
branches, length from once and one-half to a little more than twice the width.

* Cell-pores in two ranges, opening obliquely outward ; openings small, round,
three or four in the space of a fenestrule, distance from each other equal to
or greater than their diameter; margins elevated; space between ranges of

7

Wa THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

pores carinate, carina sharp, elevated, slightly thickened above in wellepreserved
specimens. j

This species resembles J”. Nervia (pl. xxii, figs. 1-6), but the branches are
straighter, giving a more rigid appearance to the frond, and so far as observed
the caring are never connected by bars as in that species. |

Formation and locality. In the Lower Helderberg group, near Clarkeyilie:

Saye

FENESTELLA (HeEmITRYPA) NERVIA a7. CONSTRICTA, 2. VAT.
(PLATE XXII, FIGS. 11, 12.)

This form differs from #’. Nervia in the closer arrangement of branches and
much smaller fenestrules, but it is probably only a variety of that species.

FENESTELLA (HEMITRYPA) BISERIALIS, 1. Sp.
(PLATE XXII, FIGS. 13-18.)

Bryozoum funnel-shaped, not rapidly expanding.

Branches ten in the space of five mm.: on non-poriferous side rounded, gran-
ulose, not perceptibly striated ; opposite each dissepiment a node, which is fre-
quently strongly elevated forming a blunt spine.

Dissepiments from one-third to two-thirds the width of the branches, seven or
eight in the space of five mm.; on non-poriferous side slightly angular, on porif-
erous side rounded, on both sides depressed, expanding at their junction with
the branches ; oval or subquadrangular, nearly as wide as the branches ; length
once and one-half to twice the width.

Cell-pores in two ranges opening nearly directly upward; openings small,
circular, three in the space of a fenestrule, counting those opposite the dissepi-
ment; distance from each other equal to or greater than their diameter; mar-
gins elevated indenting the border of the fenestrule ; space between the ranges
of pores carinated, carina sharp, elevated about the diameter of a branch,
expanding above; crests connected with each other by an extension of their
substance in the form of slender bars; the bars of adjacent crests alternate with
each other, forming midway between them a longitudinal ridge of a thickness
equal to that of the bars, and leaving a double range of small fenestrules ;
twenty-three bars in the space of five mm.; top of carina rounded, obscurely
striated.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

ICHTHYORACHIS, McCoy.

IcHTHYORACHIS NEREIS.
(PLATE XXII, FIGS. 19-21.)
Ichthyorachis Nereis, Haut. Twenty-sixth Rep. N Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 98. 1874.

Bryozoum plumose, midrib flattened on non-poriferous side, longitudinally
striate with a groove along the center; lateral branches slender, distance from

; CoRALS AND BrRyYozoaAws oF THR LOWER HELDERBERG. 175

each other equal to the width of the midrib; pores on all specimens seen, indis-
tinct ; two rows on the lateral branches with three or more on the midrib;
length of largest specimen seen, seventeen mm.; width of midrib .5 mm. ;
branches about one-half as wide as the midrib.

This species is very rare and all specimens observed are imperfect and indis-
tinct ; as the specimens seen appear, they have the character of both lorHycra-
CHIS and GLAUCONOME.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, Schoharie, N. Y.

THAMNISCUS, King.

THAMNISCUS VARIOLATA, 7. Sp.
(PLATE XXII, FIGS. 34-46.)

Bryozoum fruticose ; several stems arising from a common base; stems fre-
quently bifurcating and spreading laterally, becoming very much widened be-
fore bifurcation, clavate, celluliferous on one side, smooth on the other or faintly
marked longitudinally from the cell-tubes within.

Cell-tubes cylindrical, diameter at their aperture about .15 mm.; length
three mm, ; for most of the distance nearly parallel with the branches, then
abruptly turning and opening directly outward ; a row on each side of a branch
opens laterally ; in some places, especially just above the bifurcations, they are
arranged in oblique rows—the distance between the rows about equal to the
diameter of an aperture ; the apertures forming the rows are contiguous, but
generally they do not seem to be arranged in any regular order, and are fre-
quently crowded; inosculating; margins much elevated; length of longest
specimen seen, eighteen mm., greatest diameter two mm.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

TuHamniscus Nysa, 2. sp.

(PLATE XXII, FIGS. 47, 48.)

Several stems arising from a common base, frequently bifurcating, cellulifer-
ous on one side, smooth or obscurely striated on ‘the other, expanding but very
slightly below bifurcations ; diameter of largest stem seen, a little more than
one mm.

Cell-tubes cylindrical, opening directly outward, diameter of aperture about
.12 mm., margins distinctly elevated ; regularly arranged in oblique rows across
the branches ; distance between rows equal to the diameter of an aperture ; the
cell-apertures forming the rows are nearly contiguous.

This species can be distinguished from 7’. variolata (pl. xxii, figs. 34-46), by
the more nearly equal size of branches, not much enlarging below the bifurca-
tions, by the smaller cell-apertures and their more regular arrangement.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksyille, N. Y.

176 THIRTY-SECOND REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM.

THamniscus Nysa, var.
(PLATE XXII, FIGS. 31, 32.)§
The specimen has a mode of growth similar to the preceding species. The

cell-apertures are somewhat smaller and not so closely arranged.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarkesville, N. Y.

THAMNISCUS FRUTICELLA, 7”. Sp.
(PLATE XXII, FIG. 38.)

The only specimen observed is a small branching fragment of a frond, which
has a very different mode of growth from the other species. The celluliferous
side has not yet been observed.

Formation and locality. Lower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

THAMNISCUS? CISSEIS, 2. sp.
(PLATE XXII, FIGS. 23-30.)

Bryozoum ramose, solid, celluliferous on one side, striate on the other ; diam-
eter of stem one mm. ; branches numerous, equal in size to the main stem, and
branching frequently, expanding very slightly below bifurcations: non-cellulif-
erous side striated, strize fine, numerous; cell apertures small, round or slightly
polygonal from mutual proximity, their diameter about .25 mm. ; generally four
in the width of a branch, alternating, inosculating, forming very oblique’rows ;
sometimes at the angles having minute spines.

Length of largest specimen seen, twenty-five mm.

Formation and locality. ower Helderberg group, near Clarksville, N. Y.

RENESTELLA

b) 11) e Sp.

(PLATE XVIII, FIGS. 21, 22.)

FENESTELLA

5 Nn. Sp.

(PLATE XIX, FIG. 16.)

STATE OF NEW YORK.

No. 120.

me ASDSHMBLY,

FrBruary 7, 1880.

THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BY THE
REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK.

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW York,
OFFICE OF THE REGENTS,
ALBANY, April 30, 1880.
To the Hon. Grorct H. SHARPE,

Speaker of the Assembly:

Sir —I have the honor to transmit to the Legislature the Thirty-
third Annual Report on the State Museum of Natural History by the
Regents of the University.

Very respectfully,
Your obedient servant,
ERASTUS C. BENEDICT,
Chancellor of the University.

[Assem. Doc. No. 120.] 1

att

ieee . }

1S: Be ae KS a

ona. f

Tauwy ed

‘ er eh ey me bln % kD ey
oe Ve VRE CRL ET Oe PEA TO: Musee
Wit Ue VARS ee ST Batya.

~ a, rt ae a Ae OR OL | ray mae

gen ‘ se
’ i ey ALG al ean eRe i ; eae

Pda ict ammo:

MRS ON Porat al oe
CM 4 oh i ah
Raa ; is ise Bytes { he La

Siesbadeod

ays c ed 2) De ei | phe a} RRS Fey Gi ee, ee me a in, $
EE EO eR ER Te EE np he ae eRe bo taepaet

PTA hasipeesgesy

7a oi Gated Bieta Toy

RHE OR :

To the Honorable the Legislature of the State of New York:

The Regents of the University of the State of New York, as Trus-
tees of the State Museum of Natural History, respectfully submit
their Thirty-third Annual Report. ,

The condition of the State collections, as detailed in the accom-
panying reports of the director and botanist, is highly satisfactory.
Very material additions have been made during the past year in all
departments, partly by the efforts of the scientific staff of the museum,
and partly by contributions by way of exchange.

The preparation and labeling of specimens have been carried for-
ward as rapidly as the number of assistants would permit. The pre-
paring sections of paleontological specimens showing internal struc-
ture has been continued with great success. The same machinery also
has been applied to trimming and shaping large specimens which could
not without injury be trimmed by the hammer alone.

The botanist has, since the date of his last report, placed in the
herbarium of the museum a large number of specimens collected by
himself and contributed by others. Lists of these will be found in
his report.

The assistant in zodlogy has made large additions to the collections
in entomology. The zodlogical department of the museum, although
very valuable and instructive, still requires material additions to render
it a satisfactory representation of the zodlogy of the State.

The want of additional space in which to arrange the collections of
the museum is every year more and more felt. Large numbers of speci-
mens in geology and paleontology are kept in buildings outside of the
museum for want of room. They are, therefore, in a great measure,
valueless for the purposes intended, and the separation of the collec-
tions renders the care and study of them much more difficult and
unsatisfactory. The trustees, therefore, beg to urge the necessity of
providing, at an early day, sufficient space for the rapidly increasing
and invaluable material of the museum.

The trustees have noted with satisfaction the increase in the num-
ber of visitors to the rooms of the museum. Realizing the propriety
of making the State museum, as far as possible, a place of instruction
and interest to the public, they have appointed a special assistant,
whose duty it is to provide information and guidance to those who
wish to visit and study the collections. ,

4 REPORT OF THE CHANCELLOR.

The trustees, in conclusion, desire to express their satisfaction with
the ability as well as the industry and fidelity with which the scientific
staff have fulfilled their duties.

All of which is respectfully submitted.

By order of the Regents,
ERASTUS C. BENEDICT,
Chancellor of the University.
Davip MurRRAY,
Secretary.

See CPE :

ALBANY, January 5, 1880.

To the Honorable the Board of Regents of the University of the State
of New York:

GENTLEMEN —I communicate herewith the Annual Report on the
State Museum of Natural History, giving some account of the condi-
tion of the collections in the several departments, the additions which
haye been made, and the work done in the institution during the
past year. |

I am able to report that the collections of the museum are in good
order, and are arranged for exhibition and study as satisfactorily as
our facilities will admit. The want of room for the increasing collec-
tions is more seriously felt every succeeding year, and it has become
quite impossible to place on exhibition the results of the labor in the
several departments. ‘The want of proper working rooms in connec-
tion with the museum building has long been a serious cause of embar-
rassment, and most of the work of arrangement and prepuration is,
from necessity, done outside of the walls of the museum. This being
already known to the Regents, it is unnecessary for me to offer any
comment, farther than to remark that there are several thousand speci-
mens of fossils already prepared for arrangement in the museum, and
for which we have no available space in the building.

I beg leave to repeat on this occasion what I have said in my report
of last year regarding some parts of the zodlogical collections. I
regard it as very important that the ornithological collection should
be re-arranged and relabeled, in accordance with the more recent
nomenclature, and that the wanting species should be supplied. Be-
yond this we need information regarding the migration and local dis-
tribution, habits, breeding, etc., of many of the species. While so
much attention is being given to this subject in various parts of the
country, the State Museum of New York should not remain behind
_ similar institutions elsewhere. The subject of ornithology has enlisted
so many votaries who have become experts in the science, that it will
not be difficult to secure the services of a competent person, who, for
a moderate compensation, would undertake and complete the work in
a manner creditable to himself and to the State.

In January last I made a special communication to your honorable
body upon this subject; and | beg leave now to call your serious atten-
tion to the matter, with a hope that we may be able to accomplish so
desirable an object, both for the advancement and diffusion of scien-

6 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

tific knowledge among the people of the State, and for the credit and
respectability of the State museum.

With my last report, I made a special communication, accompanied
by a letter from Mr. Andrew Sherwood relative to the completion of
the geological map of the Catskill mountain region ; a map com-
menced in 1873, and nearly completed when Mr. Sherwood entered
the service of the Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, where he has
been occupied until last year. Having been employed in the adjacent
regions of Pennsylvania, which are of similar geological structure, his
experience has given him great advantages, and he will be prepared to
give a more satisfactory result, and to connect the work of New York
with the completed work of the adjoining State. Mr. Sherwood offers
to finish the map for a very moderate cost, and a single season of field
work will render it available for publication. I consider this as very im-
- portant in every respect, and a work that should be no longer neglected.

In order that the reports on the State museum might present evi-
dence of attention to matters of special economic interest, closely con-
nected with the immediate wants of an intelligent people, I communi-
cated, with my report of last year, a paper by Mr. C. HE. Hall, of the
Pennsylvania Geological Survey, upon the geographical and geological

distribution of the iron ores in portions of Northern New York. This

report is still in the hands of the printer.

With a view to a farther exposition of this important subject, I have
made an arrangement with Mr. J. H. Case, civil and mining engineer
at Port Henry, to prepare a correct map of the mining region of that

part of the country, which will be accompanied by some account of |

the history and progress of mining the magnetic ores, and the statis-
tics regarding the present production. I communicate with this report
an outline map upon which the positions of certain ore beds are laid
down. I believe that this work is of great importance, and would be
of general interest to the public, as giving reliable information con-
cerning this most important mineral resource of the State. At the
present time we have no publication which gives any complete account
of these mines, in their character or production. The report of Dr.
Emmons in 1843 was necessarily very incomplete ; the mines had not
been developed; the knowledge then possessed was only from the initia-
tion of enterprises which have subsequently proved of great magnitude
and importance.

The details of the additions to the museum in each of its depart-
ments will be found appended to this report. The donations have not
been as extensive as in some former years.

To the Botanical department there have been thirty contributors of |

an aggregate of one hundred and thirty-two species. The details in
regard to this department will be found in the report of the botanist.

To the Zodlogical department, twenty-six contributors of an aggre-
gate of two hundred and thirty-six species. |

To the Mineralogical, Geological and Paleontological department
there have been seven contributors.

To the Archeological department one contributor is recorded.

To the Library contributions have been received from thirty indi-
viduals and societies of forty-two miscellaneous pamphlets, eighty-
seven serials, and eighteen bound volumes.

STATE MusEumM oF NATURAL HISTORY. ¥

MusEumM PUBLICATIONS.

Museum edition of the Twenty-eighth Heport on the State Museum
of Natural History.

The Thirtieth Report, containing 256 pages and four plates. [Copies
received at the museum April 27th, 1879. |

The Thirty-first Report, containing 78 pages. [Copies received at
the museum September 27th, 1879. ]

The following papers by those engaged in the museum have appeared
in other publications: |

United States species of Lycoperdon. By OC. H. Peck.

Transactions of the Albany Institute, Vol. IX, pp.

Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Calciferous formation.
By C. D. Walcott. Advance of the 32d Report on the State Museum.
of Natural History. Jan. 3d, 1879. 4 pp.

Utica slate, etc. Fossils of the Utica slate and metamorphoses of
Triarthrus Becki. By C. D. Walcott. Transactions of the Albany
Institute, Vol. X, 1879. Also, as a pamphlet, 38 pp. and two plates.

Description of a new species of Anisota. By J. A. Lintner. Cana-
dian Entomologist, Vol. XI, pp. 10--12.

The clover-seed Fly, a new inscct pest. By J. A. Lintner. Jdid.,
Vol. XI, pp. 44, 45. ,

On Cecidomyia leguminicola, n. sp. By J. A. Lintner. Jdid., Vol.
“XI, pp. 121-124. ©

Annual address of the President of the towel ocienl Club of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science. [J. A. Lint-
ner.|
Tbid., Vol. XI, pp. 163-175.

Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Niagara formation,
at Waldron, Indiana. By James Hall.

Transactions of the Albany Institute, Vol. X, pp. 57.

Also, as a pamphlet, 20 pp.

THE WoRK OF THE MUSEUM.

Botany. — The accompanying report of the botanist, Mr. C. H.
Peck, will indicate the work done by himself, the additious to the her-
barium, and the general condition of the department.

ZooLogy.— Owing to the discontinuance for the past few years of
special appropriations for increase in the Zodlogical department, no
large additions have recently been made. A few specimens of birds
have been mounted and placed in the cases. As a source of interest
to visitors, and of instruction to students, and to the agriculturists
and horticulturists of the State, two collections of insects have been
commenced during the past year. A SyYNOPTICAL COLLECTION designed
to illustrate the classification of the insect world, and to readily show
to the student its systematic divisions into orders, families, genera and
species. Five cases have been arranged and areready.* The completed

r, * For list of species, see art. 3 of this report.

8 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

series will probably require about twenty cases for its illustration.
For the BroLoGicaAL COLLECTION, quite an amount of material has
been obtained, which is not yet exhibited. This collection is intended
to represent the entire life-history of our most injurious insects, through-
out, as far as possible, their several stages and transformations, their
architecture, conditions of disease, the parasites attacking them, and
their depredations upon their food-plants or other objects which they
infest or frequent. Such a collection will admit of indefinite exten-
sion ; and its value for instruction and economic uses will be commen-
surate with its use in showing the several phases of the insect depre-
dator whose nature and habits it is important to learn. eo)

GEoLoGy. — The principal work in the arranged collections of this —
department has been to exhibit in some temporary table-cases the series
of rock specimens, two hundred and fifteen in number, collected the
previous summer by J. W. Hall from fifty-one typical localities on the
‘Hudson river, between Rhinebeck and New York. This excellent
series will illustrate, to some extent, the physical characters and the
geographical distribution of the rocks of that part of the Hudson
river valley. The specimens at present bear only the locality number,
the list of localities corresponding being in the director’s office. :

The collections of fossil corals from Western New York have fur-
nished large numbers of fine slabs covered with various species and
genera of corals, which have been weathered into fine relief; or of
masses of a single species, which being silicified have been beautifully
preserved in the weathering and solution of the limestone. These
make most interesting and important additions to the collection, both
for study and exhibition. For the want of a suitable place for their |
display, a few of these slabs only have been placed in the entrance
hall of the museum. ! |

During the past year, studies of the GASTEROPODA, PTEROPEDA,
and CEPHALOPODA have been essentially finished, and the volume con-
taining the descriptions and figures of the species, embracing 492 pages
of letter-press with 120 plates, has been completed and published.

Al] the specimens of Gasteropoda, which had been in use, from the
original collections of the museum, together with others obtained from
later collections, and used for special study, have been placed in the
cases upon the first floor of the museum and properly labeled. The
specimens of Pteropoda and Cephalopoda, which have been used in the
descriptions and illustrations of the volume, will soon be labeled and
arranged in the cases as far as these afford room for the same. In the
last-mentioned class of fossils large accessions have been made to the
collections and to the number of species, and the cases available for
their exhibition are quite inadequate to contain them.

The cleaning, preparation and ticketing of the extensive collections
of 1878, chiefly the Corals and Bryozoa of the Upper Helderberg and
Hamilton groups, have occupied the greater part of the time of Mr.
Geo. B. Simpson, who has made a careful study of the Bryozoans of
this and the previous collections; and has selected and arranged the
materials, critically determining the species. This work has been done
for the museum collections preparatory to making the drawings for
illustrating this portion of the Natural History of the State. The
material has afforded figures for about twenty-five plates, for which
the original drawings are nearly completed. 3

StaTE Museum oF NATURAL HISTORY. 8)

Mr. C. E. Beecher has been occupied for a considerable time upon
the study and arrangement of the Waldron Collections, of which the
museum now possesses a very extensive and well-arranged series. The
latter part of the year has been entirely devoted to the Cephalopoda,
which will soon be arranged in the rooms of the museum.

_In the preparation of the corals, for study and illustration, large
numbers of translucent sections have been made, and also simple cut-
tings with polished surfaces.

The machinery used for cutting sections has also been applied to
trimming and shaping large specimens, which cannot be trimmed with
a hammer without danger of fracturing. A large number of speci-
mens have thus been made available for the museum, which were too
unwieldly or otherwise unfit for arrangement in the cases.

The addition of five hundred drawers during the past year will afford
great relief in the disposition of the accumulated collections. These
will all be occupied by a selected series of corals, arranged for the
special study of this class of fossils, and frum which specimens will
be taken for illustrating the Natural History. A very large number
of specimens of corals will ultimately be available for distribution to
the colleges and normal schools; but this work cannot properly be
done until the final determination of the species, in order that the
collections may be authentically labeled.

During the present year we shall require five hundred additional
drawers for receiving the collections which are now in process of being |
unpacked and prepared for labeling and arrangement. Even with
such accommodation, we shall be obliged to repack in boxes a large
amount of material, after it shall have been cleaned and ticketed.
This course is very unsatisfactory i in every way, since it renders so much
of the collection almost inaccessible.

FIELD COLLECTIONS.

The field collections during the past year have been chiefly limited
to the 'renton Limestone. Dr. J. W. Hall was engaged for two or
three weeks in making collections from that formation along the
shores of Lake Champlain. This collection has furnished specimens
of Bryozoa and other fossils, which are very much needed in the
museum.

REPORTS OF THE MUSEUM.

Desiny the past year, the 28th, 29th, 30th and 31st reports on the
State museum have been published for the use of the Regents and the
museum. ‘The three first named, together with the 27th report, were
especially ordered near the close of the legislative session of 1878,
having been previously ordered printed as legislative documents at: the
time of their presentation. ‘his delay in ordering these reports
printed has operated to the disadvantage of the museum, since it has
not been possible to place before the public evidence of the work done
in the successive years. The printing of so many reports during one
year has required much time and special attention to proof-reading by
persons connected with the museum. Notwithstanding this unusual
interference, the ordinary work of investigation has been very success-
fully carried on, as you will learn from the communications accom-
panying this report.

[Assem. Doc. No. 127. ] 2

10 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT.

The organization of the museum, as existing during the past year,
has been very satisfactory, and the work accomplished, both in the
direction of scientific investigation and in the preparation of the col-
lections for the museum, and for illustration, has been greater than in
any previous year.

I would therefore recommend that the same organization be con-
tinued during the ensuing year.

I am very respectfully,
Your obedient servant,

JAMES HALL,
Director.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST.

S. B. WootwortH, LL. D., Secretary of the Board of Regents of the
University :

Sir — Since the date of my last report, specimens of one hundred
and eighty-three species of plants have’ been mounted and placed in
the herbarium of the State Museum of Natural History, none of which
were before represented therein. A list of the specimens mounted is
marked (1).

Specimens of plants have been collected in the counties of Albany,

Dutchess, Oneida, Onondaga, Orange, Saratoga, Schenectady, Suffolk
and Rensselaer. ‘These represent one hundred and eighty-eight species,
of which one hundred and fifty-one are new tothe herbarium. Sixty-
eight of these are believed to be new or hitherto undescribed species.
A list of the specimens collected is marked (2).
* Specimens of nineteen New York species, new to the herbarium and
not represented by specimens collected by myself, have been contrib-
uted by correspondents. ‘These, added to those collected, make the
whole number of added species one hundred and seventy. ‘There are,
besides, a considerable number of extra-limital contributions. A list
of the contributors and their contributions is marked (3).

Previously unreported species, including new species and their de-
scriptions, are marked (4).

New stations of rare plants, remarks and observations are marked (5).

“Among the Agarics, classified by botanists under the sub-generic
name Amanita, are several species known to be deleterious when used
as food. These are sometimes mistaken, by persons not possessing
sufficient knowledge or ability to distinguish the species, for those that
are harmless and truly edible, and serious accidents are the result.
The published descriptions of the species are generally purely techni-
cal, and scarcely intelligible to any except botanists. It has, therefore,
seemed desirable that a revision of the New York species of this group
should be made, and the descriptions written in such a manner as to give
special prominence to the principal distinctive characters, so that the spe-
cies may be easily and readily recognized. The descriptions of all the
species hitherto observed in our State have, therefore, been rewritten and
supplemented by remarks upon their variations, their peculiar charac-
teristics, and their distinguishing specific features. For the benefit of
students of fungi, the synonyms have to some extent been given, and
the spore characters of each species have been added. ‘The qualities
generally ascribed to the more common species are also noted. Of
the others, they are not yet ascertained. The account of these Agarics
is marked (6).

12 TWENTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

a Tecate male (L.)
Be ee OY PLANTSEMOUNTED.

New to the Herbarium.

Glaucium loteum |... 6.6 a4: Scop. Russula olivascens........... Fr.
Alliaria <ofticingle:, 76.6.5 0% D, C. R. PAWAGA,)~ ccs sjavek ete Frost
Hypericum adpressum........ Bart, Marasmius archyropus....... Fr..
Aster memoralis; 7 205. wscu 8 Ait. Boletus punctipesi)2..s. ce8 died is
Plantago: fugelii. -... 02ers Decaisne. | B. rubinellus. 2)... Nil
Gentiana puberula.........,.. Ma. — B. sensibilis. .cd.25ay ate Pk.
Potamogeton crispus......... i pe B. Roxane. <2. 2.2 eae Frost
liisteravaustralis: : 22.222 65..% Lind. Polyporus parvulus.7-3...e an Ki.
Chantransia violacea......... Kte. Pe simillimus......... P&#.
AVOMeMAs INSI ONE Fac. ism cake =p Hass. P GIICINSLUS wawonp ee I.
Glostrichiat PiSUiM ..)ccasapetea LAUR nal ke cuticularig.”..; 2. ween
Micromitrium Austinii....... Suill. Pp. chrysoloma...ss.5 hue
Agaricublspretus./ 2). 2.02! Pk. Pp: molluseus!:.t% 20 Fr.

A. LIMPOMtOIGES ..0<.-. LH: Trametes. Trogii, 23.22) cnee Berk
AY SUPP ING WSs Woes les ye Bee Hydnum fuscoiitrum......... Rete
A. alboides:....taar - se ok Hi. cinnabarinum....... Schw.
A. patuloides ..... Ce. le LU TACE UNI «olen eee Yip

A. deaibatusi ais $2157 % Sow. Grandinia membranacea..... Pk.

A. OUOTMST Ae AOLE FUEL. Bull Craterellus Cantharellus...... Schw.
A. AMISHVIUS A he fave Pie: C. clawatlis2i 4. seer Pers.
A. leptolomus..«..%:. 4s Ue. Corticium polyporoideum..... B. &C
A. CrEMOLACEUS.\..). ne. | LE C. subrepandum...... B. & Cke,
A hy grophoroides..... Piss Clavaria Tastioiata. 2 oss see Dh.

A. lentinoides? &. 12224 iP Ke. C. formosa. . ATSB ers
A. atratoides.......... Pk. C. cor rugata. 5 [48 RRR IE Karst
A. luteopallens.......... Pk. C. flaccidaict;. . 2s. «ite Fr.

A. CPICDY SUT. os sn nbd Pers. Pterula divaricata........ ee ad)

A. tomentosolus........ Pk. Tremella subcarnosa.... .... Pk.

A. umbrosus: Maes ese. Pers: Dacrymyces conglobatus..... Pk.

A. dysthelest: (ti. .1ot Pk. Melanogaster variegatus...... Tul.

A. WIDTH CAUEUS 2s cones afl Ere Rhizopogon rubescens....... Tul.

A. trechisporus........ Berk. Cynophallus caninus......... Fr.

ON Nod wlOspOrwe. «na -5. Pk. Phallus Ravenelii..... ...... B. dC.
A. eutheloides......... Pk. Clathrus cancellatus......... bp

A. mite lise Ltt Alt a. Pk. Geaster Capensis............5 Thum
A. sapinews:. A rrdsetath = @ Fr. Enerthenema papillata....... Pers.
A. Garboup Mus. 2.5 as Lay Cribraria vulgaris, tnt: Meee Schrad.
iA AQRUATIES ere ne cccpec Fr. Acrospermum album......... ey

A. flavidus. °.)......... Schaef. “Spheeropsis Peckiana.....- .-apaemaee
A. Artemise........... Pass. 8. pulchrispora...... P. & C,
ye\ modestus!) ...81Gi1h Pk. 8. typhina.......... Pk.
Cortinarius cerulescens...... Er: S. - cornina.. oe beige

C: erystallanus 7. on 5, wilt. Depazea Juglandina... goo ae Fr,

C. FW 12 Wa = De Septoria Albaniensis......... Thum
C. OLAS ten te Fr. 8. Camadiensiss: vss. em Pk.

C} biVelie Vea). a4. Ei. Vermicularia compacta....... C.& EH
C. furfurellus....... Pk. Torti larramosais i251. 22a Ph:

C. armeniacus....... Fr. Septosporium velutinum..... C. & LH.
eh LOGES weet oes ts By GAC. | PUCO Masih 2. cr. eee Lk.
Hygrophorus lividoalbus..... Fr. ' |Synchytrium Anemones...... D.C
lactarifis) corrugis? 02S Pk. Protomyces conglomeratus ... Pk.
Russula nigricans : Bah BY Bull, Isaria fulyipes: .c ig oaieen Pk.

R. Geliga. «cls sere aeee Fr. Tubercularia hirtissima...... Ph.

R. COMUPACTO!... Jo Cee Frost. T. _ subdiaphana.... Schw.

State Musrtum or NaruraL. Hisrory.

Periconia albiceps........... Ph
Helminthosporium obovatum, Berk.

Cladosporium compactum.... B. &C.
Heterosporium Ornithogali... 7.
Fusicladium dendriticum..... Wailr.
Cercospora Roszcola......... Pass.
C. Rate les SS. Fres.
‘Peronospora Ficarie...... renee.
P Corydalis......... De By.
PE. gangliformis...... Berk,
Verticillium lateritium....... Ehr.
Polyactis cinerea............. Berk
Penicillium bicolor.......... Fr.
Spendylocladium tenellum... Px.
Oidium destruens............ Pk.
Ramularia effusa ............ Pk.
R. 2 Feckl
R. albomaculata...... Pk.
R. angustata.../...... Pk.
R. Norvegice........ Pk.
R. Peaparia...). 0... Pk.
R. momeore TO OF, Pk.
R. Plantaginis........ Pe
Glomerularia Corni.......... Pk.
Sporotrichum sulfureum..... Grev
vireseens...... Le.
S. alutaceum...... Schi.
8. larvatum....... PR
Acremonium flexuosum...... Pk.
Sepedonium cervinum........ Ditim
Hraoneum::...'.. . PR
Morchella angusticeps.. be ag os
Gyromitra curtipes ....... Fr.
Geoglossum irregulare....... Pk.
Peziza euplecta.............. Che.
melastoma.)...-...... Sow.
P: memninies Se ES Cke.
Pk.

ie tetraonalis.:) se...

PLANTS COLLECTED.

Not new to the Herbarium.

Thalictrum dioicum.......... mi
NIN EG 55's ks win sn oe Bigel
0 Pursh
_ Hypericum mutilum......... Le
Dime Seriatun......... ... Walt
Lespedeza reticulata......... Pers.
Pepea nirteluin............%-- Mz.
Proserpinaca palustris....... L.
Dipsacus sylvestris ......... Mill.
Aster ericoides............. Ty.
A. dumosus......... eer Oe 7
A. OES | a Oe
Solidago altissima........... Li.
Ss. gigantea.:.........,. Ait.
Polymnia Canadensis........ L.
Hieracium venosum......... L.

Peziza humosoides........... ile:
lon@ipila. ....cHemrnn eve
yy CHPUICING | «..2..45.2° A Pk.
Pi PRUNES Cok Geis vais hina pint @ ek.
Ba MGIMICUCR... 62. cence Fr.

rs Pyphewewes. .. <4 oO LE Pk.
Py Spnstella..... 0G Pi é C.
1 enterochroma......... Ph:
Helotium lutescens.......... Fr.
EE fraternum .... See OPK
Ee PaAlustrernins oe, eH, Pk.
H. vibrisseoides ...... Pk,
Patellaria pusilla............ Pk.
Dermatea minuta ........... Pies
Bulgaria® bicolor ¢ ci. e FCN, Pk:
B. deligata.<-. SRNL. Pk:
Hxoaseus’Prumi- ..-... SF) te Fekl.
LTaphring Au nears. eos ers a Tul.
Hypomyces luteovirens....... 7.
Dothidea reticulata.......... Fr.
Hypoxyton udum, :20. Paes. Br.
Diatrype verrucoides ........ Pk.
Valsa pulyviniceps.\°:... tsa Pk.
V. Sorbie 2 6, 9e 44s DOOR, Jihie
Lophiostoma bicuspidata .... Cke.
Spheria 2A ets Pa RP ese J. Sehaw
8. subiculata.. . Schw.
8. intricata. Sarak.
S. SCOP UNA Ses 5 EN OC. & P
S. albidostomial’.’. ..f. 2 Pk:
8. Clavariingd 2227 Cras! Pk.
8. subdenudata........ Pk,
8. ha Vida « «2%, OTSA 13
S. framing’; = 7 ..eeee Pk.
Ss. Inftectoria./...% < Nee Fekl
Spherella Peckii......./ ... Spegaz
S. septorioides........ PE.
Gerardia tenuifolia.......... Vahl
Lycopus Europeus..........
Monarda fistulosa........... I
Lophanthus nepetoides....... Benth
Polygonum Hartwrightii..... Gr.
Potamogeton natans..... aS ae whee

iE. hybridus St. prim sel bart Me.
laa GLAMMINEUS..... . = oy rpaje: apf dy.
Triglochin palustre......... L.
Cyperus dentatus............ Torr.
Eleocharis olivacea.......... Torr.
Carew tentaculatas jj sem) ae Muhi.
C. intumescens........ . Rudge.
C. polytrichoides .:.:)..4¢,- +: Muhil.
C. TOMER: .. 2» eebaxtee- 3 Dew.
Spartina alterniflora.....-... Loisel
Eragrostis capillaris.......... Nees.
Panicum proliferum. ........ Lam.

14
Hordeum vulgare... . mor oF
Equisetum arvense........ he
Woodsia obtusa..........+. Tors
New to the Herbarium.
Lechea racemulosa......... Mx.
0) % tenuifolia.... . 2. <gfies Mz.
Rudbeckia triloba..... .... LL.
Mentha rotundifolia. ...... LL.
Salvia Sclarea. .. 2... 50000 IDR
Potamogeton Robbinsii .... Oakes.
Spiranthes simplex........ Gr.
Glyceria\ obtusa... .. al tfee Trin.
Muhlenbergia sobolifera.... Trin.
Cladonia Boryi......:.%.7ehe _ Tuck.
Vaucheria velutina ....... Oey
Agaricus solitarius......... Bull.
7.0 strobiliformis....... Vite.
zal rhagadiosus......... dan,
A, Mrostianus. -,...aes list. Pk.
A. Candicams.. 2... awh: Pers
ae compressipes.......- Pk.
A. Vilescens...... ae si Ph.
A. crollisatus oss. 4 3. ... Alls,
A. Contlwengejsidaa Ges he Pers.
A. Tia oy Latha ite ee
AX bombycinus Pe tel 93 Scheff.
1X scabrinellus:, . . arden Pk.
A. CUrVIpeS ....-. soe. Fr.
Cortinarius multiformis.... 7.
CG: tophaceus:.: -). citea ps
C. pulchrifolius... tf ekels
Ce: rubrocinereus....... Vide
C. Whe imMosus... varies Berk
C. sericipes.... a
C. ENO CEOCOMUS, ».-< hia. Ta:
C. WaSalis.. . .<dehisinante Pk.
Russula fragilis... 0.520.555 HR
Cantharellus brevipes. .... Pk.
Panne: Wevisy ster tise s Cle wie B. &C
RP. MeaDAtUS! 00.) Wek Berk.
Boletus: Prost, eet. ee Russell
Polyporus hispidioides..... Pk.
PB. benzos teers ees Walla
Pr. EluOMeE US ie ate tots jac
iPS HOCCOSUB. ry hte Aa Ae Fy.
Stereum neglectum.... ... Pk.
Cyphella caricina... ...... Sg
Hymenula hysterioides..... Pk.
Clavaria pyxidata.......... Pers
C. manatee ee Berk
Physarum mirabile........ jg
Cribraria argillacea.-....0.'" Pers.
Phoma Herbarum.......... West.
P. Phytolacce......... Bi dC
He lhigeolatum 2: .*028 Desm.
P. loneipesis aa ieee ae B.&C
Leptothrium ea nae MOB Ae ¢.
Lf dryinum....... . See.
Hendersonia abnormalis.... Ph.
Spheropsis celastrina...... Pik.
8. BOriabus’. Virose Pi.
Sa cerapima fy Pk.
S. puomatella.’. ; 29h: Pk.

TWENTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Spheropsis abundans.... v2

smilgeina.<. bu «sieved Pk.
Septoria pastinacina... .... Fk,
8. hedeomina .......... Pk.
8. Géi.....,.. aceoktenabe Desm
S. Ostry ze... ./.... aesaeed ER
S. igthrina:, 64.0. ose Pk.
8. increscens. . . ay/vaF « Pk.
S. Ludwigie......).+.. Cke.
Ss Mori). ek sie epee Lev.
S. Urtice.: . - 2d seater Desm
8. @ornicola...... >> {gieun Desm
S. atropurpurea........ Pk.
s. ICeris |. )s Hosea Bae B. & Br
Cytispora minuta: . 2. sean Thum.
Gloeosporium Trifolii.. ... Pk.
G. Haportes. . ..sitivigesg Pk.
G. Hepaties, cist yaigedts PR.
G. salicinum.. . oases Vg
Coryneum pustulatum..... Pk,
Asterosporium betulinum .. PA.
Melanconium cerasinum.... Pk.
Torula\uniformis..jjepteee Pk:
Synphragmidium effusum.. Pk.
Gymnosporium variabile,.. Pk.
Puccinia Eillisianasqovuaee Thum
Protomyces fuscus.....J.-- ‘Pk,
Melampsora Hartigii....... Thum
Reestelia Hilisil. ..opyvyer- PK.
Cronartium asclepiadeum.. Fr.
Stilbum pruinosipes....... Pk.
Periconia parasitied, ..jjuqe, Ph,
Tubercularia Celastri...... Schw.
Helminthosporium Pruni... B. & C
Macrosporium Meliloti.... Pk.
Alternaria Chartarum .... Preuss
Helicosporium cinereum ... Pk.
Polyactis Streptothrix...... C.& #
Pyricularia grisea......... Sace.
Peronospora obducens ..... Schret
Oidium irrepulare.. eee Pk,
Cercospora Nympheacea... 0. & #.
CO: ) SSmialacis? Moo oer Thum
C. elongata’... sie% eee Pe
C. Squalidulavey seo neee Pk,
iC. Catlophylliss eee Pe
C. eriseélla. oo. ..).). ERNE TY
C. ZEDTINE "sae ae ee Pass
C. altheeinat Saree Sace
Cr Sanguinarie.../ ...°. 1 6g
Ramularia Armoracie, .... Hekl
R. Dulcamarey eee Pk:
R. Miteties f°" cee eee
Ry Corastric: < .cAhe yee a
Microstroma leucosporum.. MWiessi
Fusisporium Solani.......- Mart
Helvella palustris ....0...% Cpt
Peziza subvernalis. ....... Pt
P. imbeodisca® (10 ie eam Pk:
iP: TM tipuiicta see Pk.
PY: floriformis* <i Sentas bgp
Pp. my copena cs ttre Lillis.
iP. FeSalis, {eee C.& #.
P, Seheuinea, 27 Panes Pers.

1d

State Museum or NatTuRAL History.
Helotium vitigenum....... De Not. Diatrype nigrospora........ Pk.
H. pallescens.... ...... Fr. Valea ‘Garpini, ..,. fdas .| Pers.
H. affinissimum........ Pk. VIRB LTO bo oye a sain co vein = Fk,
Patellaria Hamamelidis... Pk. iV. DAUGISPOLA ..<-.'.. ves ae Pk.
Cenangium Viburni........ Schw. V. comptas Hoa Lig eg. ae Tul.
Caliciopsis pinea........... Pk. V. PRUDICOl A). «eae Pk.
Hysterium gramineum. ... Mi&éN. |V. Rete citt We See roe Fr.
Taphrinaalnitorqua........ Tul. Me Abretis.....- casitass Fr.
Nectria dematiosa......... Schw. V. ACLOCHSLIG: pose «eats Pk.
i ylariavpulboso,.......... B.& Br. | Cucurbitaria longitudinalis. Pk.
Hypoxylon Blakei......... B. &C. Spherella recutita......... Fr.
Kutypa subtecta.......:... Fr. Ss. depressat.. 25. viens Pk.
Diatrype quadrata......... Schw. 8. COMMON. ig kas oi o's ss dle.
D. strumella........... Fr.
(3.)
CONTRIBUTORS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS.

Mrs. 8. M. Rust, Syracuse, N. Y.
Epipactis helleborine v. viridans, Jrm.

Mrs. M. J. Myers, Syracuse, N. Y.
Scolopendrium vulgare, Sm.

Mrs. H. 8. Gifford, Syracuse, N. Y.
Botrychium Lunaria, Sw.

Miss L. G. Barnett, Cannonsburg, Pa.
Secotium Warnei.......... Pk. | Geaster limbatus. .......... Fr.
Mrs. L. A. Millington, South Haven, Mich.

Ascomyces deformans, Berk.

Prof. D. C. Eaton, New Haven, Ct.
Babin Bradleyi, Haton.

Prof. §. A. Forbes, Normal, I11.
Septoria podophyllina...... Ph Septoria laches sscnt ei. ; Pass.
Baus? 1 a Pk. Cellulosporium spherosporum, Px.
C. Atwood, Moravia, N. Y.
Danthonia compressa, Ast.
S. H. Wright, M. D., Penn Yan, N. Y.
Enonymus Americanus y. obovatus, 7. & G.
fH. Crocker, Troy, N. Y-
Trifolium repens, L.
iS F. B. Hine, Silver Cliff, Col.
Bovista subterranea, Pk.
C. W. Irish, Iowa City, Iowa.
Mycenastrum spinulosum.... Pk. | Bovista subterranea........ Pk.
E. Michener, M. D., Toughkenamon, Pa.
Polyporus elongatus........ Berk. | Tuber excavatum........., Vitt.
; Hon. T. M. Peters, Moulton, Ala.

Phallus rubicundus...... Bose. Hypoxylon Petersii... .... B. & 0.

Cenangium platascum..... Pk. Collema callibotrys........ Tuckm.

16 TWENTY-=HIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

E. W. Holway, Decorah, Iowa.

AXcidium Polemonii....... Pk. - | Aicidium albescens ........ Grev.
W. Barbeck, Philadelphia, Pa.
Enerthenema papillata..... Pers. | Chondrioderma floriforme.. Bull.
Prof. W. G. Farlow, Cambridge, Mass.
Uromyces Peckiana........ Far. Ascomyces flavus -A)227 2 Far.
U. Junci v. Spartine, Far. ING deformans v. Po-
Puccinia Epil. v. Proserpin- tentillge 1... 2505 5 eee Far.
AGHA ee ae onan oe Oe! Fan

E. 8. Miller, Wading River, N. Y.

Ranunculus Ficaria........ L. Pogonia verticillata........ Nutt.
Rivmexs maritima. .... 5... Boy ee Marsilia quadrifolia........ L.
Alnus glutinosa........... Gert. ; Cystocionium purpurascens, Kz.
_ W.R. Gerard, New York, N. Y.
Stereum scriblitum........ B. & Cke. | Tuber dryophilum......... Tt ys
Simblum rubescens........ Ger. Spherella spleniata........ OP ee
EK. A. Rau, Bethlehem, Pa.
Gymnosporangium specio- Trichobasis Oxytropi....... Pk.
SIUM ees vee ee ck re rn er Pk. Aicidium monoicum........ Pk.
Puccinia atropuncta ....... P.& @. A. Jamesianum..... Pk.
Lecythea macrosora........ Pk.
Prof. J. Macoun, Belleville, Ont.
Paxillus-hirsutwe::.:.'... Pk. | Polyporus Macouni........ Pk.
C. C. Frost, Brattleborough, Vt.
Lycoperdon Frostii, Pk.
A. P. Morgan, Dayton, Ohio.
Polyporus frondosus....... Fr. Polyporus graveolens ..... Schw.
P Moreanis. ous Frost. Stemonitis Morgani........ Pk.

J.J. Brown, M. D., Sheboygan, Wis.

lycopepdon celatum....... Bull.

Agaricus amabilipes....... Pk.
cyathiforme ... Bose.

Mycenastrum spinulosum.. Pk.

M. EH. Jones, Grinnell, Iowa.

Sorosporium atrum........ Pk, Tricholasis; cauring (9237 on Pk.

: Astragali :...: Mees Aicidium gaurinum,....... ug
Puccinia aberrans, ....... 24 ik. A. Gillies 207 35 Ae ee Pk.
Ps iMbermixta. v4 4 Pk. Ah, intermixtum, -). 0)
ee Phoysalidige. <0... ITH Spherella megastoma...... Pk.
Uromyces hyalinus ....... PR

Prof. D. S; Martin, New York, N. Y:
Reestelia lacerata, 721.

N. L. Britton, New Dorp, N. Y.

Desmodium viridiflorum.... Reck. Quercus Phellos;\. j.4.4 00. ae
Ribes Grossularia...:...... Ti Spiranthes simplex........ Gr.
DiSMI ETE. \cictecysaipecncurs Walt. JUNCUS MATItLIMUS...\f.06 ape
Artemisa cadauta.......... Mx. Cyperus cylindricus (4.7.7. Britton.
Veronica Buxbaumii....... Ten. Scirpus sylvaticus........ yO
Mentha rotundifolia....... Li. Carex exiensa. ...c1siadaee. Good.

Heliotropium Europeum... Z. Muhlenbergia capillacis.... Kunth.

StaTE Museum or NATURAL HISTORY. ay

: Hon. G. W. Clinton, Buffalo, N. Y.
Agaricus bombycinus...... Scheff. Melogramma gyrosum...... Schw.

Clavaria pyxidata......... Pers. Cystopus cubicus.......... Lev.
Pestalozzia Guepini........ Desm. Peziza sanguinea .......... Pers.
Puccinia Ellisiana.......... Thum. Cenangium Viburni........ Schw.

: atropuncta........ Pde): Rhytisma sparsum......... P. &C.
Stilbum erythrocephalum.. Ditim. Diatrype quadrata......... Schw.

Arthur Hollick, Port Richmond, N. Y.
Ranunculus Ficaria........ L. Kclipta procumbens........ Mx.
Portulaca grandiflora....... Hook. PE COUma, PACIGANS, oe. <a + 5 JUSS.
Frayaria Indica ........... Ait. 1 ih NDE a Pi ea Rt aD ib?
Ribes Grossularia.......... LL. Tripsacus dactyloides...... I.
Diodia teres......... he aise Wale.
J. B. Ellis, Newfield, N. J-

Stereum zonatum.. ....... Ht. Ombrophila aurea.......... Ell.
Pestalozzia monocheta..... Desm. O. SWDwUned Se te ss Cke.
Cladosporium fasciculatum. C. & £. O. violacea...... RP Be fh
Macrosporium atrichum.... C. & EZ. Stictis pinophila........... Fil.
M. TRGBIANS...0.%. ¢ «:<>-;3 - C. & H. S. lihearishs «<4 2cbpav Yas C. & EH.
Trichothecium griseum..... Cke. Dothidea petiginosa........ Hit.
Colletotrichum caudatum.... Pk. Dratry pe THUGS... a= “ee oe C. & H.
Fusisporium cyathicolum... ii. Kutypa subtectat. 2°24 20. Fr. .
Peziza acerina:... ........ C. & #. Valsa delicatula............ C. & #.
¥. mauribarba.... .... Hil. Vi: myinda..... , Ants fronts C.& E.
BP. a i re C.& #. Ae Chloradiscs sccm 360d a4 CO. & #.
ry MOMS 40,55. .--.. Del. Sphaeria anguillida.:....., C. & H.
Patellaria clavata....:..... El. S. gubexpertay 2. Se. C. & EH.
Phacidium spheroideum... C. & EZ. Venturia ciliata............ Ell.

(4.)

PLANTS NOT BEFORE REPORTED.

Ranunculus ficaria, Z. Flushing, Long Island, J. Schrenk. Con-
waa by #. S. Miller. Staten Island, Arthur Hollick. Intro-

uced.

Lechea racemnlosa, Mz. Highland Mills, Orange County. July.

Lechea tennifolia, Wz. Wading River, Long Island. Sept.

Portulaca grandiflora, Hook. New Brighton, Staten Island. Hol-
lick. July. Escaped from cultivation.

Lespedeza reticulata, Pers. Long Island. This and its variety, an-
gustifolia, were formerly regarded as varieties of L. violacea, and were
reported as such, but they are now regarded as a distinct species.

Fragaria Indica, Ai#. West Brighton, Staten Island. Aollick.
June—-Sept.

Ribes Grossularia, Z. Princes Bay and New Dorp, Staten Island.
NV. L. Britton and A. Hollick. May. Escaped from cultivation.

Diodia teres, Walt. Rossville and Tottenvilie, Staten Island. Brit-
ton and Hollick. Ang.

Kelipta procumbens, Mz. Streets of New Brighton. Hollick. July.

Rudbeckia triloba, Z. Fishkill, Dutchess county. Sept. ,

Tecoma radicans, Juss. Princes Bay. Hollick. June.

: meg Buxbaumii, Zen. New Dorp. Britton, June. Intro-
uced.

[Assem. Doc.!No, 127.] 3

18 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Mentha rotundifolia, £Z. Richmond, Staten Island. Britton.
Jamesville, Onondaga county. Aug. and Sept. Introduced.

Salvia sclarea, Z. Jamesville. Aug. Introduced.

Heliotropium Europeum, Z. New York city, along Highth aye-_
nue and Harlem railroad. Britton. Oct. Introduced.

Rumex maritimus, Z. Montauk Point. Miller.

Alnus glutinosa, Gert. College Point, Long Island. Schrenk.
Contributed by &. S. Miller. Introduced.

Epipactis helleborine var. viridans, /rm. Woods, near Syracuse.
Mrs. S. M. Rust. July. This is a very interesting and important
addition to our flora. It is at present the only known representative
of the genus in the eastern part of the country as #. gigantea isin the
western part. It is remarkable that it should be limited to a single
- locality, but that locality had already been rendered famous by its pos-
session of two ferns, Botrychium Lunaria and Scolopendrium vulgare,
that, so far as our State is concerned, scarcely pass beyond its limits,
Mrs. M. P. Church, a member of the Syracuse Botanical Club, has
the credit of making this discovery, which has been favorably noticed
by Prof. Gray and Prof. Hooker, and has already been published in
the botanical journals.

Spiranthes simplex, Gray. Wading river, where it had previously
been detected by Mr. Miller. Also Tottenyille. Britton. Aug. and
Sept. It is not probable that this species occurs much to the north of
New York city. ,

Glyceria obtusa, Trin. Riverhead, Long Island. Sept.

Tripsacum dactyloides, Z. Long Bridge, Staten Island. Hollick.
Aug. ;

ote len fh Bradleyi, Haton. Near Newburgh. D.C. Haton. Sept.
This fern was discovered and the specimens collected, in the locality
mentioned, by Prof. Haton, in the year 1864. In September last I
visited the locality and searched carefully for the plant, but without
success. The top of the rocky hill on which the fern had occurred had
recently been cleared and it is possible that its station has already been
destroyed.

Cladonia Boreri, Tuckm. (Cladonia-lacunoso Delise.) Wading River.
ept.

Vaucheria velutina, Ag. Wet springy places. Albany. June.
The specimens are not fertile and are, therefore, to some extent, doubt-
ful.

Agaricus solitarius, Buli. Thin woods and open places, Wading
River. Sept. A form with the bulb and lower part of the stem merely
floccose-squamulose, or clothed with white mealy particles.

Agaricus strobiliformis, Vitt. Open bushy places, Catskill mount-
aing.. Oct... |

Agaricus Frostianus, PZ. Woods and bushy places, Sandlake and
Adirondack mountains.

Agaricus rhagadiosus, #7. Woods. Wading River. Sept.
Agaricus candicans, Pers. Among fallen leaves in woods. Center.

ct.

Agaricus (Clitocybe) compressipes, 7. sp. Pileus thin, convex or
expanded, umbilicate, glabrous, hygrophanous, brownish when moist,
whitish or pale-alutaceous when dry, margin thin; lamellx close,

StaTE MusrEumM oF NATURAL HISTORY. 19

-subarcuate or horizontal, adnate or subdecurrent, whitish; stem firm,
hollow, generally compressed, slightly pruinose ; spores elliptical,
-0002 in. to .00025 in. long, .00016 in. to .00018 in. broad ; flesh white
when dry, odor slight, farinaceous. Plant gregarious, 1 in. to 1.5 in.
high, pileus 6 lines to 16 lines broad, stem 1 line to 2 lines thick.
Grassy places. Albany. July. The moist pileusis sometimes obscurely
zonate. The odor is not always perceptible unless the pileus is moist
or broken. The stem is sometimes compressed at the top only, some-
times at the base only, and rarely it is wholly terete. The species be-
longs to the section Orbiformes.

Agaricus (Clitocybe) vilescens, n. sp. Pileus convex, then plane or
depressed, often irregular, glabrous, slightly pruinose on the involute
margin, brown or grayish-brown, becoming paler with age, often con-
centrically rivulose ; lamellz close, adnate or decurrent, cinereous,
sometimes tinged with dingy yellow; stem short, solid, sometimes com-
pressed, grayish-brown, with a whitish tomentum at the base; spores
subglobose or broadly elliptical, .0002 in. to .00025 in. long; flesh
whitish-gray, odor slight. Plant gregarious, i in. to 2 in. high, pileus
lin. to 1.5 in. broad, stem 1 line to 2 linesthick. Grassy pastures.
Jamesville. Aug. 3

Agaricus trullisatus, #//is. Sandy soil. Long Island. Sept. This
resembles the larger forms of A. laccatus, but it has a stouter habit,
the pileus is more squamulose, the stem is bulbous or thickened at the
base, the mycelium is violet-colored and the spores are oblong.

Agaricus confluens, Pers. Woods. Verona and Jamesville. Aug.

Agaricus iris, Berk. Decaying trunks of trees. Jamesville. Aug.
Our specimens have the edge of the lamelle minutely floccose and the
base of the stem covered with a blue mycelium. ‘The species seems
too near A. marginellus.

Agaricus bombycinus, Scheff. Trunks of maple trees. Buffalo.
Clinton. Kasoag and Catskill mountains. July and Aug.

Agaricus (Eutoloma) scabrinellus, x. sp. Pileus thin, convex or
nearly plane, papillate, minutely scabrous, dark-brown, the thin mar-
gin extending slightly beyond the lamelle ; lamelle broad, ventricose,
rounded behind and slightly attached, floccose on the edge, dingy-
white, then flesh-colored ; stem equal, fibrillose, slightly pruinose at
the apex, paler than the pileus; spores irregular, uninucleate, .0003 in.
to .0004 in. long, .0002 in. to .0003 in. broad. Plant about 1 in. high,
pilens 6 lines to 1@ lines broad, stem 1 line thick. Shaded, gravelly soil
by roadsides. Wading River. Sept. The plants are very regular in
shape, the pileus usually has a small, papilla-like umbo and is some-
what shining. Its roughness is scarcely visible to the naked eye.

Agaricus curvipes, /r. Dead trunks of young trees. Verona.
Aug. Our specimens have the lamelle flocose-crenate on the edge.

Cortinarius multiformis, Fr. Woods. Jamesville. Aug. The
specimens were collected in dry weather and the pileus was not per-
ceptibly viscid except in very young plants. The bulbous base of the
stem is not always distinctly marginate.

Cortinarius tophaceus, /r. Woods. Jamesville. Aug. The spores
in this species are subglobose, rough, uninucleate, .00025 in. to. 0003
in. long, 00025 in. broad. |

Ya! > |
Be neha
+
o

20 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Cortinarins (Inoloma) pulchrifolius, 1. sp. Pileus convex or ex”
panded, obtuse, silky-fibrillose, whitish or reddish-gray, the margin
often whitened by the veil; lamelle broad, subdistant, emarginate,
bright purple or violet-purple ; stem cylindrical, solid, bulbous, silky-
fibrillose, white, often tinged with violet, violaceous within ; spores.
subelliptical, rough, .0004 in. to .0005 in. long, about.0003 im. broad.
Plant 2 in. to4 in. high, pilens 2in. to4in. broad, stem 3lines to 5 lines
thick. Oak woods. Wading River. Sept. This species is easily
known by its pale pileus and. bright-colored lamelle. From the hue
of these the plant might, at first sight, be taken for Agaricus ochro-
purpureus, but when mature the lamelle assume the characteristic
cinnamon color of species of Cortinarius, though it is somewhat darker
than usual. | |

Cortinarius (Inoloma) rubrocinereus, 7. sp. Pileus convex, then
expanded, silky-fibrillose, reddish-cinereus; iamellze subdistant,
rounded behind, emarginate, dingy-violaceous, soon becoming pale-
cinnamon ; stem short, solid, bulbous, silky-fibrillose, whitish tinged
with violet; spores subelliptical, .0004 in. to .0005 in. long, about .0003
n. broad ; veil whitish-cinereus, flesh when young violaceous. Plant
gregarious, about 2 in. high, pileus 2in. to3 in. broad, stem 4 lines to 6
lines thick. Sandy soil in open places. Riverhead. Sept. This species
is closely related to the preceding, from which it is separated by its
darker colered pileus and differently colored lamelle. BR

Cortinarius uliginosus, Berk. In sphagnous bogs. Center. Sept-
The fingers become stained in handling fresh specimens of this plant-

Paper in which they are wrapped is also stained: by them. The spores _

are elliptical-cymbiform, .0004 in. long, .00025 in. broad. The pilens
is sometimes obtusely, sometimes acutely, umbonate, and sometimes
without any umbo.

Cortinarius croceoconus, fr. Woods. Gansevoort. Aug.

Cortinarius (Dermocybe) sericipes, ”. sy. Pileus thin, conical or
subecampanulate, sometimes expanded and umbonate, glabrous, chest-
nut-color, the umbo often darker ; lamellz broad, close, ascending or
ventricose, narrowed behind, whitish, then tawny or tawny-cinnamon,
white on the edge; stem equal, hollow, silky-fibrillose, shining, white,
slightly mealy at the top; spores large, unequally elliptical, pointed
at each end, granular within, .00065 in. long, .00045 in. broad. Plant
gregarious or subceespitose, 1 in. to 3 in. high, pileus 6 lines to 12 lines
broad, steml1lineto 2 lines thick. Damp ground in thin woods. Center.
Oct. :

Cortinarius (Dermocybe) basalis, 2. sp. Pileus thin, convex or ex-
yanded, hairy, tawny ; lamella loose, subventricose, pale tawny when
young, cinnamon color when old; stem short, equal, hollow, fibrillose,
pallid or pale-tawny, usually with a webby annulus near the base ;
spores subelliptical, .0003 in. long, .00018 in. broad ; flesh pallid, odor
none. Plant subcespitose, about 1 in. high, pileusd lines to10 lines
broad, stem 1 line thick. Naked soilin wood. Wading River. Sept. The
noticeable feature in this species is the slight annulus which is placed
below the middle of the stem. ‘The hairy pileus and the lamelle are
nearly alike in color.

Russula fragilis, #7. Woods. Center. Oct.

~

4
:

Strate Museum or NATURAL HISTORY. Q1

Cantharellus brevipes, 7. sp. (Plate 1. figs. 18-20.) Pileus fleshy,
obconic, glabrous, alutaceous or dingy cream-color, the thin margin
erect, often irregular and lobed, tinged with lilac in the young plant ;
folds numerous, nearly straight on the margin, abundantly anastomos- |
ing below, pale umber tinged with lilac; stem short, tomentose-pubes- —
cent, cinereus, solid, often tapering downward ; spores yellowish, ob-
long-elliptical, uninucleate, .0004 in. to .0005 in. long, .0002 in. broad.
Plant 3 in. to 4 in. high, pileus 2 in. to 3 in. broad, stem 4 lines’ to 6
lines thick. Woods. Ballston, Saratoga county. July. This interesting
species is related to the C. floccosus, both by its short stem and its
abundantly anastomosing folds. The two species should. be separated
from the others and constitute a distinet section. The flesh in C. drevi-
_ pes is soft and whitish and the folds are generally thinner than in C.
floccosus. |

Panus levis, B. @ C. Oak stumps. Wading River. Sept. The
margin of the pileus is sometimes marked by small, oblique elevations
or ridges which unite inwardly and thus form, with the edge of
the pileus, small triangular spaces. Sometimes the two elevated lines
which form the sides of a triangle divide near the margin and thus
form two very small additional triangles. The pure white color and
regular, even" pileus make this a very pretty species The color, how.
ever, becomes slightly tinged with yellow in drying.

Poet dealbatus, Berk. Decaying wood of deciduous trees. Verona
ug.

Boletus Frostii, Russell. Thin woods. Wading River and River-
head. Sept. ‘The spores in our specimens are longer than required by
the description, but in other respects the specimens agree with the
published characters of the species.

Polyporus (Anodermei) hispidoides, ». sp. Pileus 4in. to 8 in.
broad, about half an inch thick, sessile, rarely narrowed behind or be-
low into a short, stem-like base,’soft, spongy, fleshy-fibrous, tomentose,
not at all or very obscurely zonate, ferruginous-brown, becoming
darker with age, yellow on the margin when young; pores small, ir-
regular, subrotund, angular or flenxous, greenish-yellow, becoming
brown when bruised or old. the thin dissepiments externally villous ;
spores subglobose or broadly elliptical, about .0002 in. long. Base of
spruce or pine trees. Albany, Burnt hills and Adirondack mountains.
July and Aug. This fungus is closely related to P. hispidus, and
may yet prove to be a mere variety of it. That species is described as
compact, and having minute rotund pores. It is also said to grow on
the trunks of frondose trees, and to have a thick pileus, none of which
characters are applicable to our plant. It occurs only, so far as I have
seen, on trunks of spruce and pine, its pileus is rarely more than half
an inch thick, its substance is soft, even when dry, and the pores are
angular. ‘The thin dissepiments become more or less lacerated when
old, and often retain a yellowish color when dried. The pileus is very
similar in color to Lensites sepiaria.

Polyporus benzoinus, Wallr. Decaying stumpsand trunks of hem-
_ lock trees. Brewerton and Helderberg mountains. Sept. This
crn resembles P. resinosus which occurs on trunks of frondose

rees.

22 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Polyporus chioneus, #r. Decaying wood of frondose trees. Ve-
rona. Aug. | rit

Polyporus floccosus, /r. Decaying wood. Verona. Aug.

Stereum neglectum, 2. sp. Pileus effuso-reflexed, thin, coriaceous,
often laterally confluent, strigose-hairy, concentrically sulcate, gray-
ish or yellowish-gray ; hymenium pallid, becoming purplish, minutely
setulose, the setz short, colorless, rough, stout, .002 in. to .003 in. long;
spores subelliptical, .0005 in. long, .0003 in. broad. Dead trunks and
branches of elm trees. Verona. Aug. This fungus has the general
appearance of such species as S. purpureum, S. vorticosum and S. hir-
sutum, from all of which it may be distinguished by its peculiar hy-.
menium which, to the naked eye, has a pruinose appearance by reason
of the presence of the minute colorless sete. A genus Peniophora has
been proposed for such species, and if accepted our plant will belong to
it. The hymenium is sometimes rendered uneven by the confluence of
several individuals.

Cyphella caricina, n. sp. Cups .5 line to .1 line broad, membrana-
ceous, sessile, white, externally minutely webby-hairy ; hymenium
smooth, in large specimens uneven; spores lanceolate or subclavate.
colorless, .0004 in. to .0005 in. long, about .00016 in. broad. Culms and
leaves of carices. Verona. Aug. : | |

Clavaria miniata, Berk. Damp ground. Burnt hills, Saratoga
county. July. :

Clavaria pyxidata, Pers. Oneida. H. A. Warne. Buffalo. Clinton.
Savannah. Ang.

Hymenula hysterioides, 2. sp. Minute, oblong or elliptical, plane or
slightly convex, amber color, when dry contracted, hysteriiform, black-
ish ; spores numerous, oblong, hyaline, .0003 in. to .00035 in. long.
Wood of red osier, Cornus stolonfera. Center. May. When dry it
looks like some minute Hysterium, but when moist it expands and
reveals the pallid or amber-colored hymenium.

Simblum rubescens. (Ger. in litt. Astoria, Long Island. Sept.
W. Rk. Gerard. This is the only representative of the genus yet found
in this country. It differs from all the other species in its pinkish-red
color. One specimen was found in which the pileus was supported by
two distinct stems arising from one volva.

Physarum mirabile, 2. sp. Sporangium hemispherical or depressed,
nearly plane above, pervious, minutely rough or squamulose,
yellow or tawnv, rupturing irregularly, the basal part adherent to the
top of the stem; capillitium composed of slender pale or yellowish
filaments and yellow, knot-like thickenings of two kinds, one minute
and subglobose, the other elongated, pointed or spine-like, conspicuous
and persistently attached to the inner wall of the sporangium ; stem
equal or slightly tapering upward, reddish-brown, penetrating quite
through the sporangium and forming a hollow, persistent, yellow co-
lumella open at the top; spores globose, smooth, blackish-brown,
.0003 in. in diameter.

Decaying wood and bark. Verona. Aug. This species is remark-
able for the peculiar spine-like thickenings of the capillitium and for |
the singular elongated hollow columella. In a vertical section of the
unruptured sporangium the former may be seen extending from the
walls of the sporangium to the columella. The latter is yellow or

Srate Museum or Naturat History. 23

subochraceous, about as thick as the stem and often a little widened
at the top. Being hollow it causes the unruptured sporangium to ap-
pear deeply umbilicate or pervious. The filaments of the capillitiam
often adhere for a time to the base of the columella asa pale-yellowish
floceulent mass. The exterior surface of the sporangium is scaly, but
the number and size of the scales vary considerably in different speci-
mens. ‘This singular species may hereafter be deemed worthy of ge-
- neric distinction, but for the present it is thought best to refer it to the
genus Physarum.

Cribraria argillacea, Pers. Much decayed wood. Helderberg moun-
tains. July. | |

Phoma herbarum, West. Dead stems of white daisy, Leucanthe-
mum vulgare. Jamesville.

Phoma Phytolacex, B. dc: C. Dead stems of poke weed, Phytolacca
decandra. Verona. Aug. ‘The perithecia are sometimes covered by
the whitened epidermis, sometimes exposed. ‘They occur on both the
exterior and the interior surface of the hollow stems. ‘They are de-
pressed, orbicular, elliptical or oblong, and are furnished with an osti-
olum which pierces the covering epidermis. Sometimes two or more
are confluent in a linear manner. The spores are about .0005 in. long
and contain from four to six nuclei.

* Phoma lineolatum, Desm. Cones of Norway spruce. Albany. May.
Phoma longipes, B. & C. ? Dead grape vines. North Greenbush.
May.

Phoma hysteriellum, P. @ C, n.sp. Perithecia immersed, slightly
prominent, mostly hysteriiform, covered by the epidermis, black, with
a minute papilliform ostiolum ; spores elliptical or subfusiform, color-
less, binucleate, .0003 in. long. Dead stems of herbs. Buffalo. Nov.

G. W. Clinton. |

Leptothyrium punctiforme, 5.&C. Perithecia minute, .0025 in.
to .0042 in. broad, subhemispherical, black, shining, opening by a sub-
circular or irregular aperture, pale within ;. spores subfusiform, curved,
colorless, .0005 in. to .0008 in. long.

Living leaves of duisy fleabane Lrigeron annuwn. Quaker Street.
June. The perithecia are so minute that they are but just visible to
the naked eye. ‘The fungus attacks the lower or basal leaves, which
soon become yellowish in color and wither.

Leptothyrium dryinum, Sacc. Living leaves of white oak. Wad-
ing River. Sept. <j

Hendersonia abnormalis, ». sp. Perithecia numerous, small, sub-
‘conical, surrounding the stem on all sides, seated on smoky-brown spots,
raising small pustules in the bark, at length rupturing the epidermis
and opening by a small round aperture; spores elliptical or oblong,
colored, .0006 in. to .0011 in. long, about .0004 in. broad, three to six-
septate, the cells divided by longitudinal cepta.

Dead stems of bitter-swect, Celastrus scandens. Charlton. July.
This fungus occurred in company with Spheropsis Celastri, from which
it is easily distinguished by the brown discolored spots it occupies.
Colored filaments sometimes surround the perithecia. The ostiola are
usually whitened.

-Hendersonia Colutex, P. & C.,2. sp. Perithecia prominent, erump-
ent, hemispherical or subconical, firm, cellular, ostiola black, papilli-

1

24 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

form ; spores oblong, obtuse, colored, three to five-septate, sometimes
with one or two longitudinal septa, 0008 in. to .001 in. long.

Dead twigs of Colutea arborescens. Buffalo. Clinton. |

Spheeropsis brunneola, P. & C. Dead stems of Smilax hispida.
Buffalo. Clinton. The specimens do not fully accord with the descrip-
tion of the species, but probably belong to it.

Spheropsis phomatella, 7. sp. Perithecia numerous, minute, seated
on indefinite whitish or pallid spots, covered by the epidermis which —
is at length ruptured, black; spores oblong, at first hyaline, then
colored, .0008 in. to .0012 in. long ; sporophores short.

Dead shoots of ash, Praxinus Americana. West Troy. May. The
perithecia are very small and at first sight suggest the idea of a Phoma.

Spheeropsis abundans, 7. sp. Perithecia numerous, erumpent, closely
surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, black; spores very unequal,
elliptical or oblong, at first hyaline and pedicellate, then colored, ob-
tuse, .00065 in. to .0009 in. long, about .0005 in. broad. Dead twigs
and branches of rock chestnut oak. Albany and North Greenbush.
May. The twigs are roughened by the numerous perithecia and they
sometimes have a darker appearance where they are affected by the
Spheeropsis. The epidermis is ruptured veryirregularly. Spheropsis
dryina differs in its smaller colorless spores, and S. dinearis,'in its lmear
arrangement. ‘This last species occurs also on young dead shoots of
hickory, Carya alba.

Spheropsis cerasina, . sp. Perithecia numerous, small, seated on
the inner bark, covered by the slightly elevated epidermis which is at
length pierced or slightly ruptured, black, often cinereous above; spores
at first-hyaline, then colored, ellipticalobovate or oblong, .0008 in. to
.001 in. long; sporophores short. Dead branches of choke cherry,
Prunus Virginiana. West Albany. May.

Spheropsis seriatus, 2. sp. Perithecia hard, crowded or subcxspitose,
arranged in long lines in the chinks of the rough bark, black ; spores
at first pale, then colored, ellipticalo bovate or oblong, .0008 in. to .001
in. long. Dead bark of sassafras, Sassafras officinale. Center. May.
The hard sclerotoid perithecia and the linear arrangement of the
clusters make this a very distinct species.

Spheropsis celastrina, n. sp. Perithecia numerous, small, seated on
the inner bark, covered by the epidermis which is slightly elevated and
at length pierced or slightly ruptured ; spores oblong or oblong-ovate,
colored, .0008 in. to.00L in. long. Dead stems of hitter-sweet, Celastrus
scandens, Charlton. July. This is quite unlike S. propullans in which
the perithecia are much larger and cespitose. The epidermis is usually
whitish or cinereous over each perithecinm and it ruptures slightly,
forming a small aperture.

Spheeropsis : «milacina, 2. sp. Spots-orbicular, 2 lines to’3 lines broad,
arid, whitish with a dark border; perithecia epiphyllous, subhemis-
pherical or depressed, black, often disposed 3 in a circle near the margin
of the spot ; spores oblong or subfusiform, colorless, .0008 in. to .0012
in. long, about .0003 in. broad. Living leaves of greenbrier. Smilax
rotundifolia. Wading River. Sept.

Septoria pastinacina, m. sp. Spots extended, indefinite, brown;
perithecia minute, .005 in. to .006 in. broad, numerous, surrounding
the stem on all sides, covered by the epidermis which is pierced by the

eee ering ewe en ee

State Museum or Natura Hisrory. 25

ostiolum, black; spores filiform, curved or flexuous, .0008 in. to .0012
in. long. Dead stems of parsnip, Pastinaca sativa. Albany. May
It is related to such species as S, Brunandiana, S. nebula, ete.

Septoria hedeomina, ». sp. Spots none; perithecia scattered,
minute, .003 in. to.004 in. broad, inconspicuous, black ; spores filiform,
strongly curved, hyaline, ,0012 in. to .0015 in. long. Dead stems and
calyces of pennyroyal, Hedeoma pulegioides. Sandlake. May.

Septoria Gei, R. & D. Living leaves of GewmVirginianum. Guil-
derland. July. ,

Septoria Ostryex, »..sp. Spots small, suborbicular, reddish-brown ;
perithecia few, generally clustered in the center of the spot, brown or
blackish-brown ;_ spores linear, strongly curved, obscurely three or
four-septate, colorless, .0016 in. to .0024 in. long. Living leaves of
hop hornbeam, Ostrya Virginica. Helderberg mountains. July.

Septoria lythrina, ». sp. Spots suborbicular or irregular, grayish-
brown, often surrounded by a narrow blackish border; perithecia
minute, epiphyllous, rarely amphigenous, blackish; spores filiform,
slightly curved, .0008 in. to .0016 in. Jong. Living leaves of spiked
loosestrife, Lythrum Salicaria. Newburgh. July.

Septoria increscens, ”. sp. Spots at first small, then larger, brown
with an arid center ; perithecia minute, black ; spores filiform, curved
or flexuous, .0012 in. to .0016 in. long. Living leaves of star flower.
Trientalis Americana. Charlton. July. After the leaves are attacked
by this fungus they turn yellow in patches and then brown. These
discolored places increase in size till the whole leaf is dead.

Septoria atropurpurea, 7. sp. Spots suborbicular, sometimes con-
fluent, purplish-brown above, often centrally mottled by small whitish
arid spots, paler below, purplish, with a brown or an. ochraceous-
brown center ; perithecia few, tendrils white; spores filiform, straight
or flexuous, .002 in. to .003 in. long. Living leaves of the large-leaved
aster, Aster macrophyllus. Jamesville. Aug. The perithecia occur
both on the arid central dots and on the colored parts of the spots.
The peculiar character of the spots and the very long spores make
this a very distinct species.

Septoria Aceris, 6. & Br. Living leaves of sugar maple, Acer
saccharinum. Sandlake. Aug. In our specimens the spots are very
small, almost dot-like, arid, with a reddish-brown border and one to
four perithecia. The spores are three-septate and strongly curved,
but this difference is probably only varietal.

Septoria Ludwigize, Che. Living leaves of water purslane, Lud-
wigia palustris. Charlton. July. In our specimens the spots have
a purplish border and the spores are without nucleoli. Dr. Curtis
long ago distributed specimens of this species under the name
Septoria Ludwigie B. & C., but so far as I know the characters of
the species were never published.

Septoria Mori, Zev. Living leaves of white mulberry, Morus alba.
Charlton. July. | |

Septoria Urtice, Desm. Living leaves of wood nettle, Laportea
Canadensis. Charlton. July.

Septoria Cornicola, Desm. Living leaves of red osier and alternate-
leaved dogwood, Cornus stolonifera and C. alternifolia. Jamesville
and Center. Aug. and Oct.

[Assem, Doc. No. 127.] 4

26 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Cytispora minuta, Thum. Dead branches of ash, Fraxinus Ameri-
cana. West Troy. May.

Gleosporium Trifolii, x. sp. Spots suborbicular often concentric-
ally zoned, brown ; spores oblong or cylindrical, obtuse, simple, color-

less, .0006 in. to .0009 in. long, .00016 in. to .00025 in. broad

Living leaves of red clover, Trifoliwm pratense. Albany. July.

Glcosporium salicinum, ». sp. Spots large, irregular, indefinite,
arid, pale; spores elongated, subfusiform, curved or flexuous, ob-
scurely triseptate, each cell usually containing two nuclei, colorless,
-0016 in. to .002 in. long. Living leaves of willow, Salix sericea.
Sandlake. Aug. Usually one end of the spore is more acute than
the other.

Gloeosporium Hepatice, n. sp. Spots large, irregular, often discolor-
ing the whole leaf, blackish-brown; pustules minute, seattered,
epiphyllous, the thick tendrils pinkish when dry; spores oblong or
cylindrical, colorless, obtuse at each end, straight or slightly curved,
0006 in. to .001 in. long, .00025 in. to (0003 in. broad, usually with
two to four nuclei. Living leaves of liverwort, Hepatica acutiloba. Hel-

derberg mountains. July. This species appears to be very destruct-

ive to the leaves it attacks. The discoloration apparently spreads
rapidly and finally involves the whole leaf.

Gleosporium Laporte, n. sp. Spots orbicular, yellowish-green with a
dark-margined arid center ; spores simple, globose or elliptical, color-
less, 00016 in. to .00026 in. long, uninucleate or binucleate, forming
a pallid globule on the upper surface of the spot. Living leaves
of wood nettle, Laportea Canadensis. Charlton. July.

Coryneum pustulatum, 2. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 1-3.) Pustuliform, |

seated on the inner bark, covered by the elevated epidermis which is
at length pierced or slightly ruptured ; spores long, subclavate or sub-
fusiform, colored, five to seven septate, often strongly curved, .0025 in.
to .003 in. long, about .0005 in. broad; sporophores short. Dead
branches of oak or chestnut. Sandlake. May. The spores some-
times ooze out and stain the matrix black. This and its pustulate
form give the fungus the appearance of a Sti/bospora, though the struc-
ture indicates that it isa Corynewm. -

Pestalozzia Guepini Desm. Living leaves of Camellia in conserva-
tories. Buffalo. Clinton.

Asterosporium betulinum, x. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 4-5.) Pustulate,
erumpent, with a black orbicular disk, the stroma flamentous ; spores
three or four-radiate, slightly colored, the rays oblong-ovate or elon-
leate-conical, subacuminate, three to five- -septate, 0008 in. to .0015 in.
ong, .00035 in. to .00048 in. broad in the widest parts, slightly narrowed
at the base, the cells often uninucleate, the terminal one paler. Dead
branches of birch, Betula lutea. Quaker Street. June. Externally
this closely resembles A. Hojfmanni, but in European specimens of
that species the rays are triangular-ovate and widest at the base where
they are .00065 in. broad. In our plant they are paler, narrower,
more elongated and abruptly narrowed at the base. I have been un-
able to detect a perithecium else I should refer our plant to Prosthe-
mium betulinum Kaze.

Melanconium cerasinum, n. sp. Stroma distinct, thin, white;

spores very unequal, globose, ovate, elliptical or oblong, .00065 in. to.001 |

State Mussum oF Naturat History. Q4

in. long, generally containing a single large nucleus. Dead bark of —
choke cherry, Prunus Virginiana. Center. June. This species

is closely related to M@. intermedium, from which it is distinguished by

its paler, smaller spores and especially by its distinct white stroma.

In. M. intermediwm the stroma is obsolete or merely cortical. It also

approaches I. effusum Cd.

orula uniformis, ». spy. (Plate 1, figs. 11-13.) Flocci cespitose,

erect, parallel or slightly diverging, nearly straight and uniform in di-

ameter, .0012 in. to .003 in. long, black or blackish-brown, the articu-

lations subquadrate, uninucleate, not easily separating, about .00016

in. broad and long. Dead bark of maple. Quaker Street. June.

The flocci are slightly united at their bases, and when pressed under
the cover of the microscope slide they separate into groups of two to

six or more, and look then very much like a species of Speira or Syn-

_phragmidium. The species differs from T7.. splendens in its more

slender flocci, which also are not narrowed above.

Synphragmidium effusum, 7. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 6-10.) Effused,
forming a dense velvety black stratum ; strings of spores moniliform,
colored, sometimes paler at the tips, united at their bases into groups
of three or more, either with or without a short common pedicel, at
first laterally adherent throughout their length, .0016 in. to .003 in.
long, .0002 in. to .0003 in. broad, the groups .0005 in. to .0011 in.
broad, the cells about as long as broad. Decaying maple wood.
Verona. Aug.

I have not been able to detect any membrane investing the groups
of spore threads, but its absence may be due to the age of the speci-
mens. In eyery other respect the characters of the genus are present.
The species is readily distinguished from S. Kummeri by its effused
character. The preceding species, Torwla uniformis, strongly re-
sembles this in its spore threads, which are united at the base, but I
find no common pedicel to the groups. It forms a beautiful connect-
ing link between Jorula and Synphragmidiwm.

Gymnosporium variabile, x. sp. Flocci sparse, branched, paler than
the spores; spores abundant, variable, globose, elliptical, oblong or
fusiform, purplish-brown, .0005 in. to .0012 in. long, .0005 in. to
-00055 in. broad, forming effused pulverulent patches. Under sur-
face of decaying wood lying on the ground. Albany. May. . The
species is related to G. fulvwm from which it differs in its darker,
purplish-brown color and in its smoother and more variable spores.

Puccinia Ellisiana Thwm. Living and languishing leaves of An-
dropogon scoparius and A. furcatus. Buffalo. Clinton. Center.
Sept. and Oct. This is apparently Puccinia Andropogi Schw., but
that name is badly formed, nor can it be corrected without interfering
with Puccinia Andropogonis Fckl. I have therefore adopted the later
name. -

Protomyces fuscus, 7. sp. Spots irregular, determinate, blackish-
brown or grayish-brown, often marginal; spores immersed in the
tissues of the leaf, globose, colored, .0016 in. to .0024 in. in diameter,
with a thick epispore. Living leaves of liverwort, Hepatica acutiloba
Helderberg mountains. July. This species differs from P. macros-
porws in the darker color of the spores and in its darker definite spots..

28 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

A species of Vermicularia often occurs on the spots formed by the
Protomyces. | :

Melampsora Hartigii, Thum. Living leaves of willows, Saliz cordata
and S. nigra, Albany and Helderberg mountains. July to Oct.

AXcidium cimicifugatum Schw. Living leaves of black snakeroot,
Cimicifuga racemosa. Buffalo. Clinton. July. |

Restelia Ellisii Pk. Living leaves of shad bush, Amelanchier
Canadensis. Riverhead. Sept.

Cronartium asclepiadeum #’r. Living leaves of sweet fern, Comptonia
asplenifolia. Long Island. Sept. .

Stilbum pruinosipes, 2. sp. Stem slender, equal or slightly tapering
upward, scarcely. one line high, blackish, pruinose ; head small, sub-
globose, chestnut colored or blackish ; spores very minute, elliptical.
Dead stems of raspberry, Rubus strigosus. Center. Oct.

Stilbum erythrocephalum Ditim. Cow-dung. Buffalo. Clinton.

Periconia parasitica, 2. sp. Stem slender,smooth, equal, subpellucid,
white; head subglobose or lenticular, white ; spores obovate elliptical
or oblong, .0003 in. to .0005 in. long, about .0002 in. broad. Dead
branches of water beech, Carpinus Americana, and parasitic on
Chetrospora botryospora. Charlton. July.

This resembles Stilbum cundidum, but the spores are not diffluent
and the heads are more depressed and whiter. |

Tubercularia Celastri Schw. Dead stems of bitter sweet, Celastrus
scandens. Charlton. July.

Helminthosporium Pruni &. & C. Dead branches of choke cherry,
Prunus Virginiana. Center. June. The spores in this species are very
variable both in length and in the number of septa.

Macrosporium Meliloti,x. sp. Spots irregular, terminal or marginal,
blackish-brown; flocci short, colored, septate, generally flexuous; spores
subelliptical, or clavate, generally tapering below into a short pedicel,
three to five-septate with a few longitudinal septa, colored, .001 in. to
.002 in. long. Living leaves of melilot. Newburgh. July. |

Alternaria Chartarum Preuss. Damp paper. Albany. Noy.

Helicosporium cinereum, 7. sp. (Plate 2, figs. 4-6.) Patches effused,
thin, cinereous; flocci slender, sparingly branched, septate, blackish-
brown, the articulations longer than broad; spores nearly colorless,
grayish or cinereous in the mass, coiled in three or four volutions,
diameter of the coil .0008 in. to .001 in. Decaying wood. North
Greenbush. June. Thespecies is easily distinguished from Z. olivaceum
by its cinereous color and from H. obscurum by the more numerous
volutions of the spores.

Polyactis Streptothrix, C. @ #. Living or languishing leaves of
cohosh, Caulophyllum thalictroides. Jamesville. Aug. The spores —
in our specimens, as well as in authentic specimens received from Mr.
Ellis, are .011 to.012 mm. in diameter, not .018 mm. as required by the
description. |

Pyricularia grisea, Sacc (Trichotheciwm griseum, Cke). Living leaves
of crab grass, Panicum sanguinale. Sandlake. Aug. Ido not find
any published description of this fungus, but specimens have been dis-
tributed under the latter name by Mr. Ellis. |

Peronospora obducens, Schret. Cotyledonous leaves of touch-me- |
not. Sandlake. May.

Strate Musztum or NATURAL HIsToRY. 29

Oidium irregulare, P%. Living leaves of bladder nut, Staphylea tri-
folia. Monroe, Orange county. July.

Cercospora Nymphzacea, C. ¢ #. Living leaves of water lily, Nym-
phea odorata. Riverhead. Sept.

Cercospora zebrina, Pass. Living leaves of yellow clover, Trifolium
agrarium. Sandlake. Aug...

Cercospora althzwina, Sacc. Living leaves of hollyhock, Aléh@a rosea.
Sandlake. Aug.

Cercospora Smilacis, Thwm. (Plate 2, figs. 1-3.) Spots numerous,
small, orbicular, reddish-brown, surrounded by a darker margin on
the upper surface of the leaf; flocci hypophyllous, tufted, slender,
septate, nodulose above, colored; spores narrowly clavate, .0012in. to .
.0024 in. long, colorless, with two to four septa. Living leaves of
Smilax glauca. Wading River. Sept, This fungus was very abundant
in the locality mentioned. The number of flocci in a tuft is usually
small, generally four to eight, and the spores are so strongly narrowed
toward one end that they are obclavate in form.

Cercospora elongata, ». sp. (Plate 1, figs. 21-23.) Spots irregu-
lar, angular, limited by the veinlets, often confluent, sometimes arid,
brown grayish-brown or cinereous ; flocci amphigenous, tufted, colored,
subflexuous, sometimes nodulose; spores elongated, obscurely three to
many-septate, gradually narrowed toward one end, colorless, .002 in
to .006 in. long, .00015 in. to .0002 in. broad, generally longer
than the flocci. Living leaves of wild teasel, Dipsacus sylvestris.
Jamesville. Aug. —

Cercospora squalidulu, 7. sp. Spots angular or subrotund, unequal,
brown or grayish-brown with a dark border; flocci amphigenous,
tufted, slightly nodulose above, colored; spores cylindrical or subcla-
vate, unequal in length, .0012 in. to .0045 in. long, nearly colorless,
simple or with one to three obscure septa. Living leaves of virgin’s
bower, Clematis Virginiana. Jamesville. Aug. The spots are some- —
times of a uniform dark-brown color, sometimes grayish with a darker
border. ‘The species is distinct from C. olivascens which is said to grow
on leaves of cleniatis.

Cercospora Sanguinarie, 7. sp. Spots large, indeterminate, smoky-
brown, sometimes obscurely mottled or subreticulate with darker lines
on the upper surface; flocci hypophyllous, few, scattered or subcespi-
tose, rather long, colored, often nodulose above ; sporessubcylindrical,
obtuse, four to eight-septate, colorless, .0015 in. to .0025 in. long.
Living or languishing leaves of blood root, Sanguinaria Canadensis.
Jamesville. Aug. Mycelioid filaments appear to permeate the tissues
of the leaf and send up, here and there, spore-bearing flocci which are
generally nodulose at or near the tips. Owing to the scattered mode of
growth of the flocci the fungus is scarcely visible, but the large smoky-
brown spots are very conspicuous.

Cercospora Eupatori, ». sp. Spots at first small and pale-green,
then larger, suborbicular, determinate, reddish-gray or reddish-brown,
with an elevated margin and darker border; flocci tufted, short, sim-
ple, colored ; spores elongated, slender, generally slightly thickened
toward one end, obtuse, colorless, triseptate, .002 in. to .003 in. long.
Living leaves of Hupatorium album. Long Island. Miller.

Oereospora griseélla, . sy. Spots suborbicular, indeterminate, yel-

30 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

lowish ; flocci short, minutely tufted, cio spores slightly thick-
ened toward one end or subfusiform, colorless, triseptate, .0016 in.
to .002 in. long. Living leaves of fleabane, Hrigeron annuum.

Charlton. July. The tufts are so numerous and so minute as to give

the spots on the under surface of the leaf the appearance of being suf-
fused by a minute pruinosity.

Cercospora Caulophylli,z. sp. Spots irregular or suborbicular, dark-
brown or grayish with a dark-brown margin; flocci hypophyllous,
tufted, flexuous, nodulose above, colored, rarely branched; spores oblong
or cylindrical, with one to three septa, colorless, .0008 in. to .0012 in.
long, .00025 in. to .0003 in. broad. Living or languishing leaves of
cohosh, Caulophyllum thalictroides. Helderberg mountains. July.

Ramularia Armoracie /#ckl. Living leaves of horse radish, Vasturtium
Armoracia, Charlton. July.

Ramularia Celastri, . sp. Spots small, suborbicular, scattered, brown
or blackish-brown, generally with a pure- -white center on the upper
surface; flocci h ypophyllous, slender, septate, tufted; spores cylindrical,
nearly straight, colorless, .0006 in. to .001 in. long, about .00015 in.
broad, Living leaves of bitter sweet, Celastrus scandens. Highland
Mills, July.

Ramularia Mitelle, ». sp. Spots suborbicular, brown; flocci hy-
pophyllous, minutely tufted, short, nearly straight, slightly colored; spores
straight, oblong or oylindrical, colorless, unequal in length, 0003 in.
to .0008 in. long, .00012 in. broad. Living leaves of mitrewort,
Mitella diphylla. Newburgh and Jamesville. Aug. and Sept.

Ramularia Duleamare, n. sp. Spots indeterminate, yellowish-green;
flocci hypophyllous, branched, forming with the spores a soft felty
stratum of aviolet-gray color; spores oblong or subcylindrical, simple
or containing several nucleoli, colorless, .0008 in. to .0018 in. long,
.0002 in. to .00025 in. broad. Living leaves of nightshade, Solanum
Dulcamara. Verona. Aug. The spots are very unequal in size and
often confluent. When the leaf fades the spots retain for a longer time
their greenish hue. ‘The species in some respects approaches the genus
Peronospora. :

Microstroma leucosporum Miessi. (Plate 1, figs. 14-17.) Living
leaves of butternut, Juglans cinerea. Charlton. July. Itis with some
hesitation that I refer our plant to this species. According to the figure
of the European fungus, which occurs on leaves of Juglans regia, the
spores are more than twice as long as broad and binucleate, while in
our fungus they are. scarcely twice as long as broad and uninucleate.
Perhaps farther investigation will require its separation as a distinct
species. It occurs on leaves of young trees.

Fusisporium Solani, Mart. Potatoes. Albany. March. In Eng-
_land, this fungus is regarded as a great pest... Mr. W. G. Smith writes
of it and the potato-rot fungus as follows: ‘‘ For more than thirty
years our potato crops have been systematically destroyed by two viru-
lent fungi, viz., Peronospora infestans and Fusisporium Solani, these
two parasites almost invariably work in company with each other,
they suddenly appear for a few weeks, destroy our crops, and vanish
for ten or twelve months, then reappear and repeat the work of
destruction. * * * As I have kept the resting-spores of both
parasites alive artificially in decayed potato leaves in water, in moist

State MusEuM oF NATURAL HISTORY. al

air and in expressed diluted juice of horse-dung, it conclusively pr oves
to me that the resting-spores hibernate naturally in the same manner. ’

Helvella palustris, ». sp. (Plate 2, figs. 16-18.) Pileus irregular,
at first blackish and slightly adnate, then grayish-brown or mouse-
colored and free, rugose beneath ; stem equal, slender, sulcate-costate,
colored like the pileus, the coste thin, subacute ; asci cylindrical ;
spores broadly elliptical, .00065 in. to 0008 in. long, .0005 in, broad
containing a single large nucleus; paraphyses thickened above,
brown. Plant 1 in. to 2 in. high, pileus 6 lines to 12 lines broad, stem
about 2 lines thick. Among mosses and liverworts in swamps.
Manlius. Aug. This species is related to H. sulcata, from which it
differs in its more slender and darker-colored stem, its less firm and
more free pileus and its darker-colored paraphyses. In-the dried speci-
mens the upper surface of the pileus has assumed a blackish color, but
the lower surface has retained very nearly its normal hue. The dark-
colored slender stem readily separates this species from all others
with costate or lacunose-costate stems.

Peziza (Cupulares) subvernalis, 7. sp. Cups fleshy, 3 lines to 6 lines
broad, sessile or with a short thick stem-like base which is sometimes
whitened with mycelium, chestnut-colored when moist, darker when
dry, externally slightly furfuraceous, the hymenium plane or slightly
concave, subpruinose; asci cylindrical ; spores smooth, elliptical,
.0008 in. to .0009 in. long, .0005 in. broad : paraphyses numerous,
slightly thickened above, colored. Decaying wood and bark of ash
trees, Hrazinus sambucifolia. Sandlake. May. ‘The color isa little
paler than in P. dadia. The thick fleshy base gradually expands into
the broad, shallow or nearly plane cup, which is narrowly margined.
The plants shrivel much in drying.

Peziza (Dasyscyphez) luteodisca, ». sf. Cups minute, .014 in. to
028 in. broad, expanded, plane or slightly concave, margined, ex-
ternally mealy-pubescent, white, the hymenium yellow, inclining to
orange when dry; stem short or obsolete. ; asci subcylindrical ; spores
crowded or biseriate, fusiform, .0004 in. to .0005 in. long. Dead
stems of rushes, Scirpus validus. Manlius. Aug. The stems are
so short that at first sight the cups appear to be sessile,

Peziza (Mollisia) floriformis, n. sp. Cups small, one-half to one
line broad, thin, smooth, at first suabcyathiform and regular, then flori-
form with the margin wavy inflexed, dull cream-colored ; asci short,
cylindrical, .00065 in. to .0008 ..in long; spores spermatoid. Decay-
ing wood of maple. Verona. Aug. ‘The margin of the larger cups
is strongly inflexed in three or four places, giving the plants a resem-
blance to a small three or four-petalous flower.

Peziza multipuncta, Pk. Dead culms of carices. Albany. May.

Peziza regalis, C. @ #. Dead branches. North Greenbush. Nov.

Peziza mycogena, Hilis. On some effete fungus. Griffins. Sept..

Peziza sanguinea, Pers. Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton. Sand-
lake. This species is referred by some mycologists to the genus Pat-
ellaria.

Helotium vitigenum, De Not. Dead grape vines. Albany and
North Greenbush. July and Oct,

Helotium pallescens, /r. Chips and eibicdnivdl wood. North Green-
bush. Oct.

32 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Helotium (Pelastea) affinissimum, ”. sp. Cups subcespitose, stipi-
tate, plane or convex, | line to 2 lines broad, yellow, the external sur-
face and margin slightly pruinose; stem subcylindrical, yellowish, 2
lines to 4 lines long; asci cylindrical ; spores oblong, obtuse, .0008 in. to
.0004 in. long. Decaying sticks buried in the ground. Albany. June.
This species resembles H. lutescens very closely, but it is more cespi-
tose in its mode of growth, becomes more discolored in drying and
has smaller spores. :

Patellaria Hamamelidis, 2. sp. (Plate 2, figs. 7-10.) Small, .014 in
to .02 in. broad, sessile, black or externally slightly tinged with
reddish-brown, the disk nearly plane, margin at length obliterated;
asci oblong-clavate, spores crowded or biseriate, oblong-fusiform, some-
times slightly curved, at first colorless, then slightly colored, trisep--
tate, .00065 in. to .0008in. long, .00025 in. to .0003 in broad. Dead
bark of witch hazel, Hamamelis Virginica. North Greenbush. May.

Cenangium Viburni, Schw. Dead stems and branches of hobble
bash. Viburnum Lantanoides. Buffalo. Clinton. Catskill moun-
tains. July. |

Caliciopsis, Pk. Receptacle oblong urceolate or subcylindrical,
at first closed, then open and pulverulent at the apex, stipitate. This
genus is instituted to receive a small Calicium-like fungus that does
not well accord with the characters of any genus known to me. It
partakes to some extent of the characters of some of the small stipi-
tate species of Cenangium, but its more slender habit and urceolate or
subcylindrical receptacle which soon becomes pulverulent above sepa-
rate it from that genus. These same characters and its less tough ~
substance forbid its reference to the genus Tympanis. ‘The name is
formed from Caliciwm and opsis. :

Caliciopsis pinea, Pk, (Plate 2, figs. 11-15.) Scattered or sub-
ceespitose, about 1 line high, glabrous, shining, black; stem slender,
straight or curved, slightly thickened at the base, often growing from
a cluster of black spheriform perithecia which contain spermatoid
spores; receptacle narrowly urceolate, generally a little curved or in-
clined to one side, slightly exceeding the stem in diameter, the apex
soon brownish pulverulent; asci ovate-lanceolate; long pedicel-
late, spores simple, elliptical, colored, .0002 in. to .00025 in. long.

Bark of pine trees, Pinus Strobus. Guilderland and Charlton. The
peculiar form of the receptacle is suggestive of the dry capsules of many
mosses, particularly of species of Hypnum. ‘The spheriform bodies and
their spermatoid contents are probably only another condition of this
fungus. The young stems are at first pointed, but as they increase in
length they become more obtuse and finally the receptacle is developed
at the top. Although this plant strongly resembles species of Calicium
externally, itis wholly destitute of any thalline crust and gonidial cells
and must be deemed a fungus. 7

Tuber dryophilum, Zui. Staten Island. Gerard.

Hysterium gramineum, UM. & N. Dead leaves of sand reed, Calama-
grostis arenaria. Wading River. Sept. Thisis the Hysteriwm Ro-
bergii Desm. of Dr. Curtis’ specimens. H. culmigenum var. grami-
neum Fr. and Lophodermium arundinaceum var. gramineum, Duby.

Taphrina alnitorqua, Tul. Fertile aments of alders. Newburgh.

July. 7 ’

Strate Museum oF NATURAL HISTORY. 33

Nectria dematiosa, Schw. Dead branches of mulberry. Morus aba.
Charlton. July

Xylaria bulbosa, &. @ Br. Ground under tamarack and arbor-
vite trees. Manlius. Ang.

_ Hypoxylon Blakei, B. & C. Dead trunks of willows, Buffalo. Clin-
ton. Center. June. This scarcely differs from H. Morse except in
its spores which are a little smaller than in that species.

Kutypa subtecta, #7. Dead trunks and branches of poplar, Popu-
lus tremuloides. Center. Sept.

Diatrype quadrata, Schw, Bark of oak, beech, etc. Buffalo. Clin-
ton. Sandlake and North Greenbush. This is Diatrype obesa B, &
C. in Ravenel’s Exsicc. Fung. Fasc. [V, No. 4%. It bursts forth from
the bark of various deciduous trees and assumes a great variety of
aspects, being crowded, scattered or seriately arranged and forming
either large or small pustules. Schweinitz’s description of it is so
defective that it is not surprising that several synonyms have been
- made. :

Diatrype strumella, #r. Dead stems of flowering currant, Ribes
florida. Albany. May.

_ Diatrype nigrospora, n. sp. Stroma small, thin, orbicular, pustulate,
blackish or black, elevating the epidermis and stellately or transversely
rupturing it; perithecia few, generally 6-12, sunk to the wood and
covered above by the stroma; ostiola slightly prominent, piercing the
subcinereous or blackish disk; asci subcylindrical, 8-spored ;. spores
crowded or biseriate, oblong elliptical, obtuse; generally slightly curved,
_ at first pale, then colored, uniseptate, .00065 in. long, .00082 in. broad,
each cell containing a large nucleus. Dead branches of birch, Betula
lutea. Quaker Street. June. Thisis related to such species as D.
moroides, D. cincta and D. ethiops.

Melogramma gyrosum Schw Dead bark. Silver Creek, Chautau-
qua county. Clinton.

Valsa Carpini, Pers. Dead bark of water beech, Carpinus Americana.
North Greenbush. May.

Valsa aurea Fckl. Dead branches of water beech. North Greenbush.
May. This species is well marked by the small reddish or yellowish
disk and the simple ovate-elliptical spores which are about .0008 in.
long and .00035 in. broad.

Valsa paucispora, 7. sp. Pustules covered by the slightly elevated
epidermis which is at length ruptured; perithecia, 2-5, serted on the
inner bark; ostiola short, black, piercing the minute pallid disk, even
or rarely slightly radiate-sulcate; asci short, .0025 in. to .0028 in.
long, subcylindrical, tetrasporous; spores simple, uniseriate, nearly
colorless, ovate-elliptical, .0006 in. long to .0008 in. long, .0004 in.
to .00045 in. broad. Dead alder twigs. North Greenbush. May.
This is closely related to the preceding species from which it may be
separated by its paler disk, shorter four-spored asci and uniseriate
spores. | | |

Valsa compta, Zul. Dead branches of beech, Fagus ferruginea
Quaker Street. June. In our specimens the spores are ovate or
oblong-elliptical, colorless, .0007 in. to .0009 in. in length.

Valsa prunicola, ». sp. Pustules scattered, slightly prominent,
piercing the epidermis or rupturing it transversely ; perithecia 10-12,

[Assem. Doc. No. 127. ] 5

34 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE >

sunk to the wood or nestling in the inner bark; ostiola entire, crowded,
slightly exserted; asci fusiform or subcylindrical; spores crowded,
cylindrical, straight or slightly curved, quadrinucleate, colorless, .0005
in. to .0006 in. long, .00016 in. broad. Dead branches of wild bird
cherry, Prunus Pennsylvanica. Sandlake. May.

Valsa tessera, /’r. Dead stems of hazel nut, Corylus Americana.
Center. May.

Valsa Abietis, #7. Bark of hemlock and spruce trees. West Troy,
Sandlake and North Greenbush. May and Oct. In some instan-
ces the asci are wanting, the perithecia being filled with a multitude
of the minute spores. 7

Valsa acrocystis, 2..sp. (Plate 2, figs. 19-22.) Pustules small,
covered by the epidermis, which is slightly elevated and ruptured in a
narrow transverse chink; perithecia generally 4 to 12, circinating,
seated on the inner bark, covered by a grayish-brown tomentum,
ostiola short, blunt, black, seriately placed ; asci oblong ; spores large,
crowded or biseriate, oblong, colored, uniseptate, .0016 in. to .0025
in. long, .0005 in. to .0008 in. broad, with a small hyaline hemi-
spherical or subglobose appendage at each end. Dead branches of
birch, Betula lenta. North Greenbush. May. The linear arrange-
ment of the ostiola and the peculiar character of the appendages of
the spores are marked features in this species. The tomentum of the
pustules and the large colored appendiculate spores indicate a relation-
ship between this species and Vaisa hapalocystis, and yet our plant
belongs to the Section Huvalsa. ‘The specific name has reference to
the appendages of the spores. 3

Spheeria capillifera, Curr. Decaying wood. Portage. July. Clin-
ton.

Cucurbitaria longitudinalis, n. sp. (Plate 2, figs. 23-26.) Peri-
thecia .02 in. to .03 in. broad, subglobose, arranged in short lines in
longitudinal chinks in the bark, black, pierced at the apex; asci
cylindrical ; spores uniseriate, four or five-septate, often with one or two
longitudinal septa, colored, .0011 in. to .0013 in. long, .0004 in. to
.0005 in. broad. Dead stems of the privet Andromeda, Andromeda
ligustrina. Center. May. i

Spherella recutita, #7. Dead leaves of carices, Carex varia. West
Troy. May.

Spherella depressa, 1. sp. Perithecia numerous, minute, depressed
or even concave when dry, black ; asci oblong-clavate ; spores simple,
oblong-elliptical or subfusiform, colorless, .0005 in. to .0006 in. long.
Dead stems of Mulgedium. Center. May. The perithecia are so
much depressed that they resemble a minute Peziza in form. ‘They
are slightly papillate. ;

Spherella conigena, ”. sp. Perithecia minute, erumpent, black ;
asci broad, obovate or subclavate, somewhat pointed at the apex;
spores oblong or subcylindrical, when mature uniseptate, .001 in. to
gis in. long. Old cones of arbor-vite. Helderberg mountains

uly.

Strate Museum or NATURAL History. © 35

(5.)

REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS.

Viola Selkirkii, Pursh. Plentiful in a pine grove near West Al-
bany. The large pale blunt spur is a conspicuous feature in the
flowers of this species. oie

Hypericum mutilum, J. A tall form, 12 to 15 in. high, with
straight branches, occurs near Riverhead. Its cyme is leafy, and thus
connects the variety gymnanthum with the typical form.

Linum striatum, Walt. Wet banks near Newburgh. July.

Hieracium venosum var. subcaulescens, Gr. A form of this plant
with the veins of the leaves uncolored was found near Wading River.
It was in full flower in September.

Lycopus Europzus var. sessilifolius, Gr. Near Riverhead.

Convolvulus arvensis, Z. Fields near Newburgh.

Polygonum Hartwrightii, Gr. Flowering specimens were found
on the shore of the ‘‘ Green Lake” west of Jamesville. In all the
specimens seen the peduncle was axillary, not terminalas in P. am-
phibium. 7

Quercus Phellos, Z. Tottenville. Britton.

Potamogeton amplifolius, Zuckm. Thompson’s Lake, Helderberg
mountains, and near Warwick, Orange county.

Potamogeton gramineus var. heterophyllus, /r. 'Thompson’s Lake,
also “Green Lake” near Jamesville. In low muddy places east of
the latter lake it forms a dense carpet over the surface of the ground.

Potamogeton, Robbinsii, Oakes. Ballston Lake. July. Though the
plants were abundant and the flowering spikes numerous, the stems
being sometimes excessively branched above, no good fruit could be
found. ‘The plants grow at the head of the lake in company with
Potamogeton lonchites, P. perfoliatus, P. compressus, P. hybridus,
P. Claytonii, P. pectinatus and Bidens Becki.

Triglochin palustre, Z. Abundant in marshy ground near Manlius
Center.

Hemerocallis fulva, Z. Banks of streams in fields. Guilderland,
Escaped from gardens, but thriving without cultivation.

Juncus maritimus Lam. This rush was found some years ago on
Coney Island. Specimens were collected there again the past season by
Mr, N. L. Britton, thus showing that it is still maintaining its foot-
hold amid the march of improvement on that island.

Carex tentaculata var. altior, Boott. (C. Purshit Olney.) Charlton
and North Greenbush.

Carex intumescens, Rudge. Helderberg mountains. A starved form
with but one or two perigynia in a spike. :

Scolopendrium vulgare, Sm. A rediscovery of this interesting fern
was recently made by Mrs, Barnes and other members of the Syracuse
Botanical Club, probably in the identical station where it was found
by Pursh in 1807, Specimens collected in this locality by Mrs.
Leavenworth were kindly contributed by Mrs. M. J. Myers. If we

36 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

regard the stations near Jamesville as one locality there are now three
localities in the State where this fern is known to grow.

Botrychium Lunaria, Sw. A new station for this rare fern has been
discovered near Syracuse, and specimens have been contributed by
Mrs. H. S&S. Gifford. : | 3

Chara foetida var. longibracteata, A. Br. This interesting variety of
our common chara occurs in pools by the side of the railroad at Ve-
rona.

Chara fragilis, Desv. This and the preceding species abound in the
‘*Green Lakes” of Onondaga county. On account of the clearness of
the water, the plants are seen at a great depth and they give the green
appearance that suggests the popular name of the lakes.

Fissidens grandifrons, brid. Rivulets near Jamesville, but as usual
the moss is sterile. |

Cladonia papillaria, Hoffm. Sterile soil. Ballston. July. —

Agaricus melleus, Vahl. This extremely variable species sometimes
has a white pileus.

Agaricus virescens, Pk. I find that this name is preoccupied and
substitute for it Agaricus viriditinctus.

Gomphidius rhodoxanthus, Schw. This plant has been thought by

some to be the same as Pazillus flavidus, Berk., but it does not agree
well with the description of that species. Neither does it agree fully
with the characters of the genus Gomphidius. I do not find the pileus
viscid, nor the Jamelle forked, though they are venose-connected.
They do not readily separate from the pileus as in Pazillus.
_. Russula virescens, /’r. According to the description of this species
. the margin of the pileus should be even, but specimens sometimes
occur in which the margin is wholly or partly striate. The number
of forked and interniediate lamelle is also variable and the warts are
sometimes pale-brown instead of green. The color of the pileus is
generally grayish-green but it is frequently tinged with yellow.

Panus stipticus, Bull. This usually occurs on trunks of deciduous
trees, but occasionally it is found on hemlock trunks.

Lenzites betulina, #7. Specimens of this species have been found on
hemlock trunks. JLenzites vialis also oecurs both on frondose and
acerose trees, so that the division of the genus into two sections
depending on the character of the habitat is scarcely reliable.

Polyporus igniarius, #r. One specimen was found about one foot
broad and having seventeen strata‘of pores, thus indicating an age of
seventeen years.

Polyporus pergamenus, #7. The typical form of this species, accord-
ing to the description, has the pileus coriaceo-membranaceus, rigid,
tomentose, concentrically sulcate, white; the pores seriately placed,
pallescent and produced into very thin dentate plates. Its habitat is
said to be pine, and its locality Arctic America. The species, as now
understood, proves to be a very common and very variable one and in-
cludes several synonyms. In Ravenel’s Fungi Car. Hxsicc., Fase. 1,
No. 13, Polyporus laceratus, Berk., is represented to be a synonym of

this species. Dr. Berkeley himself does not give it as a distinct species |

in his Notices of North America Fungi, though it was founded on
specimens from New Orleans, from which we infer that he does not
regard it as a good species. According to the description it scarcely

a

STATE Museum oF NATURAL HISTORY. on

differs from Polyporus elongatus, Berk., except in its shape and its
larger pores. he former difference is of little value for P. elongatus
is known to vary very much in shape and size. But P. elongatus, accord-
ing to authentic specimens received from Dr. AMichener, can scarcely
be regarded as any thing more than a mere form, or perhaps variety,
of P. pergamenus. For of this species we have in this State two
prevailing forms. One form has the pileus tomentose, concentrically
suleate and white, and its pores become paler with age and are at
length produced or lacerated into thin dentate plates precisely as
required by the description. But it differs from the type in generally,
_ though not always, having the pileus too thick to be called membra-
naceous, and in the pores not being seriately placed. These slight
differences, however, are of but little account in such a variable plant
as ours is known to be, and there can be no doubt that it should be
referred to P. pergamenus. The other form, which is more abundant
even than the first, is generally thinner and less distinctly tomentose.
Indeed, it is sometimes nearly or quite smooth, and it often appears to
become smoother with age. Instead of being concentrically sulcate it
is generally more or less marked with narrow delicate zones. There
are also fine radiating lines or striations which are more perceptible in
the smoother specimens. The color is generally grayish pallid or
subochraceous. The pores are usually seriately placed, especially
toward the margin, and though variable in color they are commonly
tinged with purple when fresh and young, as in the preceding form.
As in that form also they become paler with age. ‘This is the form
recently published under the name Polyporus pseudopargamenus,
Thum. When the pileus is narrowed toward its base so thatits length
is greater than its breadth it is Polyphorus elongatus, Berk. It occurs
on a great variety of deciduous trees, but is most frequent on birch,
maple, oak and chestnut. ‘he first form is most common on poplar
though not limited toit. Ihave not found either growing on pine.
These two forms run into each other by such insensible gradations that
it is not possible todraw any satisfactory line of distinction between
them, and therefore the conclusion must be that both are forms of one
species, Polyporus pergamenus.

According to Berkeley and Curtis Polyporus Menandianus, Mont.
also belongs to this species, thus making the synonymy include P.
laceratus, Berk., P. elongatus, Berk., P. Menandianus, Mont., and P.
pseudopargamenus, 'Vhum. It may also be added that according to
Berkeley and Curtis the specimens in the Schweinitzian Herbarium
under the names Polyporus abietinus and Polyporus. stereoides should
be referred to P. pergamenus. 'This species sometimes revives to a
certain extent the second season. It puts on a new hymenium and a
new growth on the margin of the pileus. The same is true also of |
Polyporus cinnabarinus.

Polyporus vulgaris, #7. The variety with pale yellow pores occurs
on decaying maple wood at Verona. ‘The yellow hue is generally lost
in drying.

Polyporus splendens, P&. This name proves to be preoccupied and
I would therefore substitute for it Polyporus subsericeus Pk. For the
same reason I would substitute Polyporus guttulatus, Pk., for Polyporus
maculatus, Pk., Polyporus flavidus, Pk., is P. Peckianus, Cke.

38 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT oF THE

Cheirospora botryospora, #r. This species occurs with us on the
beech, Fagus ferruginea, and the water beech, Carpinus Americana.
In Europe it occurs also on the ivy.

Puccinia linearis, Pk&., - On Calamagrostis Canadensis. Copake. The
name being preoecupied itis changed to Puccinia striatula, Pk.

Uromyces solida, B. & C. Living leaves of Desmodium rotundifolium.
Newburg. The name of this species proves to be inappropriate and
the description very imperfect if we may rely on authentic specimens
received from Dr. Curtis. It is scarcely possible to identify the species
satisfactorily from the published description. The spores are not
always “‘ compact, ” but often quite lax. Neither are they always
“obovate,” but generally ovate or elliptical. The rough or ver-
ruculose epispore is a noticeable feature, yet it is not mentioned in
the description. It is not surprising, therefore, that the species has
recently been republished under a new name, Uromyces Desmodit
Thum.

Reestelia lacerata, 7uJ. This fungus was recently detected by Prof.
D. S. Martin growing in abundance on the living leaves of apple trees
at Rogers Rock near Ticonderoga. An allied fungus, Restelia
cancellata, has also been found to attack the fruit of the quince.

Peridermium decolorans, P&. This is: considered by Baron Thu-
men in his ‘‘Blasenrost Pilze der Coniferen” to be a variety of
Peridermium abietinum.

Peronospora alta, /&ckl. Living leaves of English plantain,
Plantago lanceolata. Verona.
Spherella nigrita, Che. This is not specifically distinct from
Spherella spleniata, C. & P., according to specimens received from Mr.
Gerard. :

NEW YORK SPECIES OF AMANITA.

“ Spores white. Veil or volva universal, at first continuous distinct
from the cuticle of the pileus. Hymenophorum distinct from the stem.
All terrestrial.” Hymen. Europ. p. 17.

I'he Agarics which are grouped under the subgeneric name Amanita
are distinguished from all others by their white spores and their univer-
sal veil distinct from the pileus. In the subgenus Volvaria there is a
similar veil or volva, but the spores are rosy or pinkish-colored. \ By
some authors the species of these two subgenera have been united un-
der the common name Amanita, but even in this case it was found
convenient to separate them into two sections, depending on the color
of the spores. Some mycologists have regarded the species of Amanita
as worthy of generic distinction, and have separated them from the
Agarics as a distinct genus. But by those species whose volva is evan-
escent they approach so closely to other subgenera that it is difficult to
maintain this position unless we also raise the other subgenera to the
same rank. The differences between the subgenera are so slight that
this has not seemed advisable to the most eminent mycologists; and
yet the species of Agarics are already so numerous that itis very diii-
cult to find appropriate unoccupied specific names for the new ones

STtaTE MusEumM oF NATURAL HISTORY. 39

frequently discovered, and some mode of relief in this respect is ex-
ceedingly desirable. |

fi {The species of Amanita grow on the ground in the woods, groves
and copses. ‘They rarely occur in open fields, unless in the vicinity of
trees or near the margin of woods. Thin, open woods and copses af-
ford the most favorable localities. In the early condition the plant is
wholly enveloped in its volva, but as it increases in size the volva is
necessarily ruptured. In some species, A. cesareus, for example, the
volva is distinctly membranous, and includes the young plant as if in
an oval sack. At length the upper part of the volva is ruptured, and
the pileus and stem are exserted. Sometimes one or more irregular
and unequal fragments of the ruptured volva adhere to the surface of
the pileus for a time, and are carried up by it in its growth. But
usually in these species the surface of the pileus is smooth, and the re-
mains of the ruptured volva wholly adhere to the base of the stem or
its bulb like a membranous margin, a sheath or a lacerated cup. In
other species the volva is not distinctly membranous, but is more floc-
cose or scaly and friable in its character. It envelops the young
plant, but the distinction between the pileus and bulbous base of the
stem is soon manifest, and as the stem elongates the upper part of the
volva is separated from the lower part, and persistently adheres to the
surface of the pileus. As this expands its covering or calyptra breaks
up into superficial scales or warts. These are often angular or pyra-
midal in form, and sometimes unlike the pileus in color, and afford a
beautiful ornamentation. The part that remains at the base of the
stem often breaks up into mealy or floccose scales, and sometimes
wholly disappears when. the plant matures. Generally a smooth pileus
indicates a perfect membranous volva, and a warty one an imperfect,
floccose or evanescent one. Sometimes, especially after heavy rains,
specimens, which normally have the pileus warty, are found with a
smooth pileus; but these are only occasional, and probably mostly ac-
cidental cases, the warts having been washed off by the rain. Most
of the species are solitary or gregarious and of moderate or large
size. The pileus, when fully expanded, is nearly plane and quite regu-
lar, so that these Agarics are among the most noble and attractive in
their appearance. Many of them have a thin pellicle or cuticle, which,
in the young and moist plant, is slightly viscid.

The lamellz in nearly all the species are white or whitish, and free
from the stem. Usually they are narrowed toward the stem, and
cease just before reaching it, thus leaving a small free space around its
apex. In many species the short ones that intervene between the long
ones are abruptly terminated at their inner extremity, as if truncated
or cut square off. The stem is usually rather long and well formed,
and in most species is more or less thickened or bulbous at the base. -
In some species it is hollow or stuffed with cottony fibrils; in others
itis solid. In the greater number of species it is furnished with a
membranous ring or anvulus, that surrounds it near the top like a
flabby collar. In the young plant this is stretched from the stem to
the margin of the pileus, and wholly conceals the lamella. As the
pileus expands the annulus breaks loose from its attachment to the
margin, and remains adhering to the stem. In some species this
rupture is not ‘always clean and even, small portions remaining at-

_

40 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

tached to the margin. The annulus then has a lacerated or torn ap-
pearance. The species are readily divided into two primary sections,
depending on the presence or absence of the annulus. The species
having an annulus have been again divided by Fries into subsections,
depending on the character of the volva. These are thus charac- .
terized :

1, Volva rupturing at the apex or circumscissile, the free margin
persistent; Of our species A. cesareus, A. spretus and A. phalloides
belong to this subsection.

2. Volva definitely circumscissile, persistent on the margined base,
the covering of the pileus broken up into thick warts. Here belong
A. russuloides, A. muscarius, A. Frostianus, A solitarius and A.
strobiliformis. —

3. Volva wholly friable, reduced to scales and warts. Our only rep-
resentative of this subsection is A. rubescens. .

4. Volva wholly obsolete, flocculose, entirely enigeientae Of this sub-
section we have thus far no representative.

The second and third sub-sections appear to run into each other in
such a way that it is-difficult to keep them distinct.

In collecting specimens for examination, the earth should be care-
fully removed from the base of the stem before: the plant is taken up,
in order to obtain it entire and to secure the volva in as perfect condi-
tion as possible. Young plants taken just as the pileus is emerging
from the volva, if kept in a warm, moist atmosphere, will continue to
elongate the stem and expand the pileus.

The characters especially to be noted in the determination of the
species are found in the volva, whether membranous and persistent or
floccose-scaly, and more or less evanescent; in the pileus, whether
smooth and naked or warty, and whether even or striated on the mar-
‘gin; in the stem, whether with or without an annulus, whether sold
or hollow and whether with or without a bulb at the base, and if bul-
bous what is the character of the bulb. The color, though a conspicu-
uous character, is so variable in some species that it is deemed of sec-
ondary importance. The spores, beyond their color, can only be
available in affording distinctive characters by the aid of a compound
microscope and a micrometer.

Some of the species have a very bad reputation for their deleterious
and poisonous qualities, but a few are generally admitted by authors
to be esculent. I have not personally tested the edible qualities of any
of the species, and those indicated as edible are thus given on the au-
thority of others. Ido not consider it safe for any one who is not
fully able to distinguish the edible from the poisonous species to in-
dulge in the use of the Amanitas for food.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES.

Stem’ furnished with/an*annalus yy. .)4\)s. 6 ae eee ace wi. JA ete
2. Volva membranous, persistent; pileus not warty. .......-... 6/0. sche 5)
3, Pileus widely striate on the margin, lamelle yellow.... A. cwsareus.

3. Pileus narrowly striate, lamellae white................- A, spretus.
3. Pileus even on the margin, lamelle white............... A. phalloides.

. Volva squamose, friable, sometimes EVANESCENE. ©... cece eee eee eee eee eee
4. Pileus striate on the MATQIN. bee Lee ee eee ee ee ee eee ea eel

Strate Museum oF NATURAL HIsToRY. Z|

SS TIATTOWLY SLFIAGOe swe cso winn dw wien sof one blue Sle wn weiner: 6

6. More than two inches broad, spores elliptical... A. muscarius.

6. Less than two inches broad, spores globose..... A. Frostianus.

SeEueus even onthe Marginass 1. oii ice fee. 6 LT
7. Flesh with reddish stains when wounded.......... A, rubescens.

7. Flesh without reddish stains when wounded............ : an | ae
8. Bulb of the stem acutely margined, often split.. A. strobiliformis.

Soule nopiacttely marcined le i A. solitarius.
1. Stem destitute of an annulus...................00.. RTD EOD R02 08 Seta
MER PIET ETL LQ TLD far, ig vio, sfaie ots 2 hd (isle ~ eS Lind dh Whar WS © SLAP RLABIDA wel DELLS LINE 10
10. Pileus hairy-squamulose, volva large, firm. ........... A. volwatus.
10. Pileus soon glabrous, volva sheathing, flabby. ........ A. vaginatus,
IMEEM. fo es Scion ic ves ake vacpe ss = fe gicpeie yee viele wee Reape see 11
ee emt somePiabrons, (2...) SUP OR A. nivalis.
IMRT oe nc eae ale ee coe swe lGdl Qildlde we A. strangulatus.
OV ETIBION Soe ad es vecary nye es Webe idle This ae elY ONE A. farinosus.

STEM FURNISHED WITH AN ANNULUS.

Agaricus cxsareus, Scop. Orange Agaric. Pileus hemispherical,
then expanded, smooth, bright red or orange, fading to yellow, widely
and distinctly striate on the margin; lamelle free, yellow; stem equal
or slightly tapering upward, flocculose, stuffed with cottony fibrils or
hollow, yellowish, bearing a yellowish annulus near the top and in-
serted at the basein alarge loose membranous white volva; spores ellip-
tical, .00035 in. to .0004 in. long.

Plant 5 in. to 8 in. high, pileus 4 in. to 8 in. broad, stem 4 lines
to 6 lines thick. August.

This is a large, beautiful and very showy Agaric and has been called
“ Fungorum princeps,” chief of fungi. Itoccurs in wet seasons in thin
open woods, but isnot very common. It sometimes grows in large circles
or *‘fairy rings.” The American plant differs in some slight respects
from the European as represented in figures and descriptions, and I

have modified the description to meet the peculiarities of our plant.
_ In Europe the pileus is said to vary in color, being sometimes white,
pale-yellow, red and copper-colored, though usually orange-yellow. In
our plant I have found the pileus very uniform in coloration, it being
at first bright-orange or even a brilliant red, fading with age to yellow,
either wholly or on the margin only. In dried specimens the red
color entirely disappears. ‘he striations of the margin are quite deep
and long, and almost as distinct as in A. vaginatus, where they are
said to be ‘‘ pectinate-sulcate.” The flesh is represented as yellowish.
In our plant it may be white, yellow or red under the cuticule, but
next the lamelle it is pretty constantly yellow. The stem is described
as subyentricose. In our plant I have always found it equal or slightly
tapering upwards and generally rather long in proportion to the size
of the pileus, so that the American plant must have a more graceful
aspect than the European. ‘The stem is yellowish, but adorned with
delicate floccose fibrils of a yellowish-rhubarb color. The annulus is
also sometimes tinged with this hue. The volva is soft and almost
tomentose in texture, yet distinctly membranous, persistent and white.
The lamell are yellow, a character by which it is at once distin-
guished from all our other species. All authors agree in attributing
esculent qualities to this fungus. It has been termed “ Cibus Deo-
rum,” the food of the gods. Cordier says it is delicious and every-
where sought after, but utters a caution against confounding it with

[Assem. Joc. No. 127.] 6

42 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

the “False Orange” or Fly Agaric, Agaricus muscarius. Agaricus
aurantius Bull. and Amanita aurantia, Pers., are given as synonyms.

Agaricus spretus, Pk. Despised Agaric. Pileus subovate, then
convex or expanded, smooth or at first adorned with a few fragments ~
of the volva, slightly striate on the margin, whitish or pale-brown;
lamelle close, reaching the stem, white ; stem equal, smooth, slightly
pruinose above the white annulus, stuffed or hollow, whitish, finely
striate at the top, inserted at the base in the rather large persistent
membranous somewhat sheathing volva ; spores elliptical, .0004 in. to
-0005 in. long, .00025 in. to .0003 in. broad, generally containing a
single large nucleus.

Plant 4 in. to 6 in. high, pileus 3 in. to 5 in. broad, stem 4 lines
to 6 lines thick. August.

This species occurs in bushy or open places and seems to prefer a
dry gravelly or sandy soil. It is not common. It sometimes grows in
clusters and then has the pileus more or less irregular. The stria-
tions of the margin of the pileus are rather short and not always
deep and distinct. The lamelle reach the stem and form little de-
current lines at its apex. The stem is without any bulb at its base,
which is more or less sheathed by the persistent volva much as in A.
vaginatus. In light sandy soil the stem penetrates the earth quite
deeply. The whole plant issometimes white, but often the pileus and
stem are tinged with brown. It appears to be related in sorhe respects
to A. porphyrius and A. recutitus, but it differs from both in its co}-
oration and in other characters.

Agaricus phalloides, #r. Phallus-like Agaric. Pileus at first ovate
or subcampanulate, then expanded, slightly viscid when young and
moist, smooth or rarely adorned by afew fragments of the volva, even on
the margin, white, yellowish-brown or blackish-brown ; lamielles rather
broad, rounded behind, free, white; stem equal or slightly tapering
upward, stuffed‘or hollow, smooth or slightly floccose, annulate, bulbows,
the ruptured volva either appressed loose or merely forming a narrow
margin to the bulb; spores globose, .0003 in to .00033 in.* broad.

Plant 4 in. to 8 in. high, pileus 2 in. to’5 in broad, stem 3 to
6 lines thick. Summer and Autumn,

This species is common and variable. It occurs everywhere in woods
and assumes such different colors that the inexperienced mycologist
is apt to mistake its different forms for distinct species. With us the
prevailing colors of the pileus are white, yellowish-white, grayish-brown
and blackish-brown. It isremarkable that the form with a greenish —
pileus, which seems to be common enough in Europe, does not oceur
here. Fries also mentions aform having a white pileus with a black disk.
A somewhat similar form occurs here, in which the pileus is grayish-
brown with a black disk. Some of the variously-colored forms were
formerly taken to be distinct species, in consequence of which several
synonyms have arisen, of which A. virescens, Fl. Dan., Amanita viridis,
Pers., and Amanita citrina, Pers., are éxamples. A. vernus, Ball, isa
variety having a white pileus, arather thick annulus and an appressed
volva. It sometimes occurs early in the season; hence the specific
name. It also occurs late in the season and runs into the typical
form so that it is not easy to keep it distinct. The flesh and the
lamellee are white, the stem is white, pallid or brownish, and the
annulus is either white or brownish. The bulb is generally very broad _

Sratt Museum or NATURAL History. 43

and abrupt or depressed, though it sometimes is small and approaches
an ovate form. ‘The large bulbs are sometimes split externally in two
or three places and are, therefore, two or three-lobed. In such cases
the volva is less persistent than usual and its free portion then furnishes
merely an acute edge or narrow margin to the bulb. Specimens some-
times occur in which the margin of the pileus is narrowly adorned
with a slight tomentose villosity, but usually it is perfectly smooth
and even. By this character taken in connection with the membran-
‘ous yolva and bulbous base of the stem, the species is readily dis-
tinguished. Sometimes a strong odor is emitted by it, but usually the
odor is slight. Authors generally pronounce this a poisonous and
very dangerous species. lts appearance is attractive, but its use as
food is to be avoided.

Agaricusrussuloides, P&. Russula-like Agaric. Pileus at first ovate,
then convex or expanded, at first rough with a few superficial warts,
- soon smooth, viscid when moist, widely striate-tuberculate on the margin,
pale-yellow or straw color; lamelle close, free, narrowed toward the
stem, white ; stem firm, smooth, stuffed, equal or slightly tapering up-
ward, bulbous, furnished with a thin subevanescent annulus; volva
fragile, sabappressed ; spores broadly elliptical, .0004 in, long, .0003 in.
in. broad.

Plant 2 in. to 3 in. high, pileus 1.5 in. to2 in. broad, stem 3
lines to 5 lines thick. June.

This rare species was found in grassy places in open woods,

several years ago, and has not been met with by me since. It is
remarkable for and easily known by the widely striate margin of
the pileus. ‘The tuberculate appearance is due to short trans-
verse veins or wrinkles which intervene beween and connect. the
lamellz and give to the surface of the pileus an appearance simi-
lar to that seen in many species of Russula. The dried speci-
mens look very much like small dried forms of A. c@sareus, but
they have not the perfect volva of that species. The bulb is ovate and
the volva fragile and easily broken into fragments. Its nearest rela-
tionship is with A. mwscarius, from which its smoother pileus and
peculiar margin at once distinguish it.

Agaricus muscarius, Z. Fly Agaric. Pileus at first ovate or hemi-
spherical, then broadly convex or nearly plane, slightly viscid when
young and moist, rough with numerous whitish or yellowish warts,
rarely smooth, narrowly and slightly striate on the margin, white, yel-
low or orange-red ; lamellz white ; stem equal or slightly tapering
upward, stuffed with webby fibrils or hollow, bearing a white annulus
above, ovate-bulbous at the base, white or yellowish ; the volva usually
breaking up into scales and adhering to the upper part of the bulb and
the base of the stem; spores elliptical, .0003 in. to .0004 in. long, .00025
in. to .0003 in. broad.

Plant 5 in. to 8 in. high, pileus 3in. to 6 in. broad. June to October.

The Fly Agaric, or “False Orange” as it is called in France,
is €acommon and variable species. It occurs in thin open woods
and in bushy pastures. The fine ornamentation of its warts and
its beautiful colors make it a very showy and attractive species. I
haye not seen it with the bright blood-red or scarlet colors attributed
to the European plant, but it is usually more or less orange-colored
when young, fading to yellow with advancing age, either wholly

e
y

44 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

or on the margin only. Sometimes the fading process goes on until
the pileus is nearly white. In one variety the pileus is of a uniform
citrine or lemon-yellow color, in another it is wholly white. This form
I suspect is the same as A. swbremotus, B. & C. The margin is nar- .
rowly and usually but slightly striate. Sometimes, especially after
heavy rains, it is not uncommon to find specimens almost or entirely
destitute of warts and even of the fragments of the volva at the base
of the stem. The flesh under the cuticle is not always yellow. It may
be either white or orange according to the color exhibited by the pileus.
The lamelle are sometimes faintly tinged with a yellowish or creamy
hue. ‘The stem also, which is usually white, may be occasionally tinged
with yellow. ‘The remains of the volva often encircle it at the base in
a somewhat concentric manner.. The varieties already mentioned may
be characterized thus: |

Var. formosus (Amanita formosa, G. & R.) Pileus soft, fragile,
citrine-yellow, warts loose, white or yellowish. Var. albus. Pileus —
white, warts rather firm, subacute. Var. regalis, a large form with
a liver-colored pileus, and Var. wmbrinus with a thin, brown or livid
pileus and dark-brown disk I have not seen.

The species isrenowned for its intoxicating and poisonous properties.
Cordier states that it is one of the most active poisons and has caused
numerous accidents by being mistaken for the Orange Agaric. <A kind
of fly poison is sometimes manufactured from it. If a moist plant be
placed where flies have access to it they will sip the viscid substance
from the surface. of the pileus and pay the penalty with their lives. I
have seen it surrounded by a circle of dead flies thus destroyed.

Agaricus Frostianus, Pk. Frost’s Agaric. Pileus convex or ex--
panded, bright-orange or yellow, warty, sometimes nearly or quite
smooth, striate on the margin; lamelle free, white or slightly tinged
with yellow ; stem white or yellow, stuffed, bearing a slight, sometimes
evanescent, annulus, bulbous at the base, the bulb slightly margined
by the volva; spores globose .0003 in. to .0004 in. in diameter.

Plant 2 in. to3 in. high, pileus1 in. to 2 in. broad, stem about 2 lines
thick. June to October.

This appears like a very small form of the Fly Agaric, to
which, as var. minor, it was formerly referred. The only de-
cided characters for distinguishing it are its small size and glo-
bose spores. Relying mainly on the latter I have hesitatingly
admitted it as a species. It should yet be compared with Amanita
puella, G. & R., which Fries regards as a mere form of A. muscarius,
characterizing it with the words “smaller, without warts.” It is also
near, A. gemmatus Fr., but that is described as having a solid exannulate
stem. Mr. Frost’s manuscript description says “not often warty,” but
I have nearly always found it more or less warty. The specific name
“affinis” which was given to this species by Mr. Frost, has been more
than once used, in connection. with other species, and it seems best to
substitute another for it. Our plant sometimes grows in company
with A. muscarius, but it seems to prefer more dense woods, especially
mixed or hemlock woods. Itis generally very regular and beautiful
and has the stem quite often of ayellow color, and the bulb margined
above with a collar-like ring. |

Agaricus rubescens, Pers. Reddish Agaric. Pileus at first ovate,
then broadly convex or nearly plane, warty, slightly viscid when young

STATE Mustum or Natura Hisrory.* 45

and moist, even or substriate on the margin, whitish, reddish-brown or
brown ; lamellz reaching to the stem toward which they are narrowed,
white; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, squamulose, stuffed or
hollow, thickened or bulbousat the base, slightly striate at the top, an-
nulate, whitish or pallid; flesh becoming reddish where wounded ; spores
elliptical, .0003 in. to .00035 in. long, .0002 in. to .00025 in. broad.

lant 4 in. to 6 in. high, pileus 3 in. to 5 in. broad, stem 4
lines to 6 lines thick. July to September. | |
This Agaric occurs both in thin and in dense woods. It is
solitary or scattered in its mode of growth. ‘The pileus is gen-
erally adorned - with soft, easily removable, whitish or reddish-
stained warts, but as in other species, it is not unusual after
heavy rains to find specimens with the pileus entirely naked.
The margin of the pileus is generally even, but sometimes speci-
mens are found in which it is slightly striated. It is also in
this, as in all the other species, sometimes split in one or more places.
The color is quite variable and is generally somewhat sordid and unde-
cidedin character. It is whitish, alutaceous, pinkish-brown, yellowish-
brown or reddish-brown. ‘The flesh is white and generally becomes
reddish where bruised or wounded, especially in warm wet weather.
Reddish stains are usually found on the stem or lamellx, being the
result probably of the bites of insects. ‘They are not always readily
produced at will in the American plant. Sometimes the little branny
scales that clothe the stem are colored red. ‘The base of the stem is
thickened or bulbous, but the bulb is ovate or gradually tapering into
the stem, and not abrupt and distinct asin A. phalloides. The volva
is wholly friable and often entirely disappears from the base of the
stem or bulb.

A. circinatus, Schum., is regarded by Fries as a variety of this spe-
cies, distinguished by its plane brownish-red pileus and numerous ad-
nate circinating warts. A. verrucosus, Bull., is a mere form with
minute warts and flesh slowly changing to red.

One author places this Agaric among the suspected species. Berke-
ley says of it, “ Quality doubtful,” while most authors, including Bad-
ham, Rogues, Currey, Cooke and Curtis, pronounce it esculent. Oor-
dier says it is a most delicate food, of which large quantities are con-
sumed in Lorraine.

Agaricus solitarius, Bull. Solitary Agaric, Pileus convex or plane,
warty, white or whitish, even on the margin; lamelle reaching the
stem, white or slightly tinged with cream-color; stem at first mealy or
scaly, equal, solid, white, bulbous, the bulb scaly or mealy, narrowed
below into a root-like prolongation ; annulus laverated, often adhering in
fragments to the margin of the pileus and lamelle; spores elliptical-
oblong, .0003 in. to .0005 in. long, .00025 in. broad,

Plant 4in. to 8 in. high, pileus, 3 in. to.6 in. broad, stem 4
lines to 6 lines thick. August and September,

The Solitary Agaric grows singly or very much scattered in thin
woods and open places. It is generally white throughout, though
sometimes the pileus is tinged with brown and the warts are a little
ochreous or brownish. In some specimens they are few and scattered,
but generally they are numerous, crowded, angular and often erect and
acute, especially on the disk. There are two forms of the species, In
one, the volya breaks up into brownish scales which adorn the bulb

46 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

and lower part of the stem. In the European plant these scales are
said to be imbricating. I have not found this form in our State, but it
occurs farther south. In the other, the bulb and lower part of the

stem are covered with white mealy or granular particles. This form |
occurs on Long Island. ‘The annulus also and the upper part of the

stem, when young, are covered with floccose or mealy particles, The
former is soon lacerated and a part of it frequently adheres to the mar-
gin of the pileus and the edge of the lamella. Sometimes there is
very little of it left to form a ring on the stem. ‘This lacerated an-
nulus and the peculiar deeply-rooting bulb are marked and distin-
guishing features in this species, A. echinocephalus, Vitt., 1s appar-
ently a closely-related species, but is characterized as having a shining
pileus with pyramidal acute seceding warts and a distant persistent
annulus. ‘The lamelle are also said to become green.’ A. albdellus,
Scop., and Aminata pellita, Secr., are regarded by Fries as synonyms.

Authors are divided in their estimate of the qualities of this fungus,
one saying that it is very poisonous, another, that it is scarcely edible,
and another, that its flesh is white and of an excellent flavor. In any
case it is too scarce with us to be of much value,

Agaricus strobiliformis, Vit¢. Fir-cone Agaric. Pileus convex or
nearly plane, rough with angular supersistent warts, white or cinereous,
sometimes yellow on the disk, the margin even and extending a little
beyond the lamella ; lamellz free, rounded behind, not reaching the
stem, equal or slightly tapering upward, solid, floccose-scaly, white,
bulbous, the bulb very large, margined above and furnished with one or
two concentric furrows, somewhat pointed below, floccose mealy when
young; spores elliptical, .0005 in. to .0006 in. long, ,0003 in, to
.0004 in. broad, ,

Plant 6 in. to 10 in. high, pileus 6 in. to 10in. broad, stem 8 lines
to 15 lines thick. Autnmn.

This Agaric, which usually attains a very large size, is quite
rare with us. It is generally of a white or whitish color,
but sometimes yellowish on the disk, and it has the pileus rather
thickly studded with firm angular mostly persistent warts which
are often flattened at the top in sucha way as to resemble some-
what the scales of a pine cone, whence the specific name. They
are generally whitish though sometimes tinged with brown. In
some instances they fall away and leave the pileus nearly smooth.
The annulus is large, and as in the preceding species is often torn or
lacerated. ‘The bulb at the base of the stem is one of the peculiar
and distinguishing features of the species. It is very large, some-
times attaining a diameter of two and a half inches, and at the upper
part a slight furrow intervenes between its narrow margin and the
stem, as if produced by the impressed margin of the young pileus.
Sometimes a second furrow surrounds the bulb a little below this, and
below the second furrow the thick exterior coat of the bulb is split
longitudinally in several places, thus giving it a lobed appearance.
The larger part of the bulb often appears above the surface of the
ground, but it is somewhat pointed or conical below and thus slightly
penetrates the earth, but it has not the long distinct tap root that so
strongly characterizes the preceding species. All traces of the volva
soon disappear from the bulb. The plant formerly referred to A.

muscarius as variety major is to be referred to this species. ‘The solid

_ i oe

Statk Musrtum oF NATURAL HISTORY. 4tY

stem and even margin of the pileus separate this species from white
forms of A. muscarius. Authors generally agree in calling it an
edible species.

STEM DESTITUTE OF AN ANNULUS.

Agaricus volvatus, Pk. Volvate Agaric. Pileus convex, then
nearly plane, slightiy striate on the margin, hairy or floccose-scaly,
white or whitish, the disk sometimes brownish, lamelle close, free,
white; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, stuffed, minutely
floccose-sealy, whitish, inserted at the base in a large, firm, cup-
shaped, persistent volva; spores elliptical, .0004 in. long, .0003 in.
broad.

Plant 2 in. to 3 in. high, pileus 2 in. to 3 in. broad, stem
3 to 4 lines thick. July and August.

This species is quite rare. It grows in woods and open places and is

easily distinguished from all others by the absence of the annulus and
the presence of the large somewhat cup-shaped persistent volva. The pil-
eus is not smooth as is usually the case in the species with a persistent
membranous volva, but is more or less scaly with minute tufts of
fibrils or tomentose hairs. Sometimes the margin is not very dis-
tinetly striate. The color varies from white to brownish. The lam-
ellz, which are white in the fresh plant, in the dried specimens
assume a dull cinnamon-brown hue, except on the edge which remains
white and is more or less floccose. A volvaceus, Bull., has a similar
volva, but its spores and lamelle are pinkish or flesh-colored and it
belongs, therefore, to the subgenus Volvaria.
_ Agaricus vaginatus, Bull. Sheathed Agaric. Pileus at first ovate
or subcampanulate, then convex or nearly plane, smooth, rarely
adorned with a few fragments of the volva, slightly viscid when young
or moist, deeply and distinctly striate on the thin margin, very variable
in color; lamelle free, white or whitish ; stem rather slender, equal or
slightly tapering upward, stuffed or hollow, fragile, nearly smooth or
minutely mealy-squamulose, not bulbous; surrounded at the base by the
more or less elongated sheathing flabby volva; spores globose, shining,
.0003 in. to .0004 in. in diameter.

Plant 4 in. to 7 in. high, pileus 2 in. to 4 in. broad, stem 2 lines
to 4 lines thick. Woods and copses, sometimes on much decayed
wood. June to October.

This, like our other common species A. muscarius and A. phalloides
is very variable. The pileus is generally smooth, but sometimes, es-
pecially in young plants, it is adorned with one or more irregular frag-
ments of the volva. The thin margin is rather widely striate and the
strie are so deep and distinct that the margin has sometimes been de-
seribed as “sulcate” and “pectinate-sulcate.” The prevailing colors are
grayish-brown, livid-brown and tawny or ochery-brown with their inter-
mediate shades. The flesh and lamelle are white or whitish, and the stem
is generally paler than the pileus. Both it and the pileus are some-
what fragile and the plant is easily broken unless handled with care.
The pileus is sometimes slightly prominent or umbonate in the center,
but it is nearly plane and quite regular. In very wet weather this
and many other species sometimes have the margin a little raised or
reflexed so that the pileus appears concave or depressed in. the center.
The yolva is so fragile that unless care is taken in gathering the

48 THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

specimens it does not adhere to the base of the stem but is left in the
ground. In appearance this species is rather slender and regular, in
mode of growth it is solitary or very much scattered. It grows in |
woods either dense or thin and sometimes in open places, and it seems
to be able to accommodate itself to a great variety of circumstances.
As it often happens, the variability of this species has given rise to
numerous synonyms, which are mostly indicative of its various
colors. Among these may be mentioned A.plumbeus, Sheff., A. hyali-
nus, Scheeff., A. badius, Scheft., A. fulvus, Scheff., A. trilobus, Bolt.,
A. pulvinatus, Bolt., Amanita livida, Pers., and Am. spadicea, Pers.
Some authors class this among the edible species, others, among the
suspected or doubtful ones. Cordier pronounces it a delicate food. |

Agaricus nivalis, Grev. Snowy Agaric. Alpine Agaric. Pileus
at first ovate, then convex or plane, smooth, striate on the thin margin,
white, sometimes tinged with yellow or ochraceous on the disk, flesh
white; lamelle subdistant, white, free ; stem equal, rather tall, nearly
smooth, dulbows, stuffed, white, the volva very fragile, soon breaking up
into fragments or sometimes persisting in the form of a collar-lhke ring
at the upper part of the bulb; spores globose, .0003 in. to .0004. in.
in diameter.

Plant 4 in. to 6 in. high, pileus 2 in. to 3 in. broad, stem 2 to 4
lines thick. July to October. |

This fungus has generally been considered a mere variety of the
preceding, from which, according to the “English Flora,” it differs
merely in the ‘‘greater distance of the lamelle and the greater

compactness of the stem.” but in the American plant, which seems —

to me to be the same specifically, I find two other notable points”
of distinction, namely, the more frail fragmentary volva and the
distinctly bulbous base of the stem. This last character is also
noticed in Greville’s description, and it has especially influenced
me to keep the species distinct. In its original locality its
habitat is said to be ‘‘highland pastures and summits of moun-
tains.” With us it occurs in open, grassy places and in thin
woods, but it is not common. I have seen it in the counties of Hssex,
Rensselaer and Otsego. It approaches in some respects, A. Frostianus,
but its larger size, smooth pileus, hghter color and the absence of an
annulus will easily distinguish it from that species. A. fungites,
Batsch, is given as a synonym of this species.

Agaricus strangulatus, #r. Strangulated' Agaric. Puileus at first
ovate or subelliptical, then campanulate, convex or plane, warty,
slightly viscid when moist, deeply and distinctly striate on the margin,
grayish-brown; lamellee free, close, white ; stem equal or tapering up-
wards, stuffed or hollow, nearly smooth, white or whitish, ¢he vlova
soon breaking up into scales or subannular fragments ; spores globose,
.0004 in. to .0005 in. in diameter.

Plant 4 in. to 6in. high, pileus 2 in. to 4 in. broad, stem 3 lines
to 6 lnes thick. July. eats

This plant was found in 1869 growing in the grassy borders of a grove
near Greenport, Long Island. I have not since found it, and conclude
that it is a very rare species with us, In color and general appearance it
resembles A. vaginatus,from which it may be distinguished by the warty
pileus and the slight volva which does not sheath the base of the stem,
but soon breaks up into small fragments, or scales, which sometimes

STaTE Museum oF NATURAL HISTORY. : 49

form a sort of ring around the base of the stem, but which oftener
remain as scales or disappear entirely. The warts of the pileus are
often very numerous, persistent aud close, especially on the disk, but
sometimes they nearly all disappear, leaving the resemblance to A.
vaginatus very close. They are dingy-gray or mouse-colored. The
stem usually tapers upward and is adorned with minute branny scales
or with a sort of mealiness, especially on the upper part. This species
was described by Berkeley and Broome under the name A. Cecilie,
but Fries considers it the same as his A. strangulatus. Our plant has
globose spores, while the spores of A. Ceciliae are described in the
Handbook of British Fungi as ‘oval, .00034 by .0006 in.,” a dis-
crepancy which I am unable to explain. Neither is the application of
the specific name stranygulatus clear.

Agaricus farinosus,Schw. Mealy Agaric. Pileus nearly plane, thin,
flocculent-pulverulent, widely and deeply striate on the margin, gayish-
brown or livid-brown; lamelle free, whitish; stem whitish or pallid,
equal, stuffed or hollow, mealy, sawbbulbous, the volva frocculent-
pulverulent, evanescent ; spores variable, elliptical ovate or subglobose,

06025 in. to .0003 in. long.

Plant about 2 in. high, pileus 1 in. to 15 lines broad, stem 1 tue
to 3 lines thick. July to September.

This is our smallest Amanita. It is neither very common nor very
abundant when it does occur. ‘The pileus is generally grayish-brown
or mouse-colored, though specimens sometimes occur that are almost.
white. ‘The striations of the margin are long and generally distinct.
The dusty flocculent coyering is grayish-brown and usully most dense
on or near the center of the pileus. It is this that suggests the specific
name and affords a good distinguishing character for the species, which
might otherwise be easily mistaken for a diminutive form of A.
vaginatus. The lamella are sometimes uneven or floccose on the edge,
which gives them a serrated appearance. ‘Toward the outer extremity
they are somewhat venosely connected in the interspaces as in A.
russuloides. The stem is whitish and more or less mealy, with a slight
bulb at the base which is at first clothed like the pileus. Itisdescribed
by Schweinitz as “‘ solid,” but I have always found it stuffed or hollow.

Two other species of Amanita have been published by #. C. Howe,
M. D., of Yonkers, under the names A. onustusand A. soleatus. No
locality i is added to the descriptions, but they are presumably of this
State. I have seen no specimens of these species, but the description
ofthe latter indicates that it is the same as A. volvatus. I have there-
fore deemed it best to omit them, until we have more definite informa-
tion concerning them.

In the preceding pages, when no name is added to the station or
stations mentioned, the plant has been found therein by the writer.
Dates signify the time when the specimens were collected, and there-
fore indicate, to some extent, the time of the occurrence of the plant.
Grateful acknowledgments are rendered to those Botanists whose
names appear in the preceding pages,and who have kindly aided me by
contribution of notes and specimens.

Very respectfully submitted,
CHARLES H. PECK.

ALBANY, January 7, 1880.

[Assem. Doc. No. 127. | 7

Fie.
Fic.
Fie.

Fie.
FIG.

Fia.
Fia@.

Fig.
Fia.

Fie.

Fic.
FIG.
Hie.

Fic.

Fic.

Fic.
Fig.

Fia.
Fie.
Fie.

ce
Fie.
Fie.

6
7
8.
9

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

CORYNEUM PUSTULATUM Peck.
Page 26.

. Piece of a branch bearing the fungus in pustules,
. One immature and three mature spores in position x 400.
. Two free spores x 400.

ASTEROSPORIUM BETULINUM Peck.
Page 26.

. Piece of a branch bearing the fungus in pustules.
. One immature and two mature spores x 400.

SYNPHRAGMIDIUM EFFUSUM Peck.
Page 27.

. A piece of wood bearing a patch of the fungus.
. Mycelium with two rudimentary spores x 400.

A spore with the series of cells adhering to each other x 400.

. A spore with the series of cells separating from each other x 400.

10. A single separated series of cells separating from each other x 400.

15.
ily

(as)
co §

TORULA UNIFORMIS Peck.
Page 27.

. A piece of bark bearing tufts of the fungus.
. Two clusters of flocci x 400.
. Two flocci united at the base x 400.

MICROSTROMA LEUCOSPORUM JViessi.
Page 30.

. Part of a leaflet bearing small patches of the fungus.

Vertical view of a spore mass x 400.
Lateral view of a spore mass x 400.

. Five spores x 400.

CANTHARELLUS BREVIPES Peck.
Page

. A small plant.
. Vertical section of a pileus.
. Four spores x 400.

CERCOSPORA ELONGATA Peck.
Page 29.

. Part of a leaf bearing the fungus in augular spots.

. A tuft of flocci x 400.

. Five spores x 400.

Plate 1.

FUNGI.

3:

Nat Hist. 3

State Mus

F.
>

1 Weed Pareons & Co Albany, NY.

PRO “VGITARAIIZS
a Bel ae A % : ae y
Sete Abate ApoiwoIm*

Dit yl UZ age 5 iy Bx
’ Pigga rnluoida® a aryomt eds goiwed pears
es is . fy OO) =z fooa Yo sana f

a
a
he

Se Ae y 0b % arroca sotdT
=, 4 , 5 , 4 in
- ZH) why) a .
“Af > Be AewansKo MuINOTeOOL TH
7 ~~ 4 =f x) ~ r =
hs 28. ége1

Lag
; i cf. 5 . + e # ..
Pemimiigl onl Iouiiolag 4 gamsed. bocow to 5

a. i... "
ma? . 7 7 2 : ‘ te pt e ' | cul hy
OO) @ioot seTts to Hat pas POL) Lb S58) or ax.

- 7

| .00F x belies emoq@niwi bus Dollioun yiiiig stoyA art)

Meh aroiiay Mie asnanistra4

BGT aii? ‘ ; ts fore as 7 ia)
baitin’ re at row:
MOS e ReIOGA QUIRES apoes of bas alaydqeing A
<4 iNy y EN 4% a i
Woe ADMITS BIeFOTQI A"
SS sya
te . ,eegact ant tniissd a ld) Sone

os

Weed wet lo edtiveentasts oftammi owl baa etiam put
_— , ; ry t

y *

f : rr > pe }
{ .? foesitt (18 fe naes id
, te
- P ,
i\e 5 “ ‘
Me ¥ y's se y; . ae 4 i742
¢ tuyf v1 ye?
ote ,
UUP 23 :

r -
an

£ j

Mrs :

; iui

: i ;
‘ . ™

i . * /
La t - :

th Og : : om

\
’
yr . '
} ’
‘
bs ‘ !
al .
. . 7
ad cae ai ‘Te ' Yah : reg nm Ty
‘ —
4) Pe ‘ , Say od hs
;

- » mr ‘pia if

- Hh . i h.* | J > i 4 Miz

See arraquricknad Hiri:

7 Mabel a Raised sonaul nto vol

, . oe Seer yr 4 i. ip
ele) RD, J mond t io A cht Ge
DOD 2eeTdbes polwindnGy qirony ih.

, ae. OOb xz eT Oope ee
oe ~ he
—- wh pe 4 én

44 Baw pd ew oa ye tare e-naty hel tigen f.5 vy
iio er} es t Bae |G) Valod of! of BulwO by r

ee ai ave > hiyoeive 4 his Phe

<3

Fria.
Fie.
| Fie.

Fie.
Fia.
Fic.

Fie.
Fie.
Fig.
Fig.

Fra.
Fie.

Fie.
Fig.
Fic.

Fie.
Fi4a.
Fic.

Fic.
Fie.
FIia.
Fig.

Fra.
Fig.
Fic.

Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

*CERCOSPORA SMILACIS Thum.
Page 29.
. A leaf bearing the fungus in orbicular spots.
. A tuft of flocci x 400.
. Three spores x 400.

(YS)

HELICOSPORIUM CINEREUM Peck.
Page 28.
4. A piece of wood bearing a patch of the fungus.
5. Mycelium and part of three flocci x 400.
6. One spore partly uncoiled and two spores coiled x 400.

PATELLARIA HAMAMELIDIS Peck.
Page 32.
7. A piece of bark bearing the fungus.
8. Two receptacles magnified.
9g. A paraphysis and an ascus containing spores x 400.
10. Four spores x 400.

CALICIOPSIS PINEA Peck.

Page 382.
11. A piece of bark bearing the fungus.
12. One mature and two immature plants with acluster of spheriform bodies

at the base, all magnified.

13. Two asci containing spores x 400.
14, Five spores x 400.
15. Five spermatia x 400.

HELVELLA PALUSTRIS Peck.
Page 31.
16. A young plant.

17. A mature plant. -
18. A paraphysis and an ascus containing spores x 400.

VALSA ACROCYSTIS Peck.
Page 34.
19. Piece of a branch bearing the fungus.
50. A magnified cluster of perithecia with the epidermis removed.
21. An ascus containing spores x 400.
22. One immature and two mature spores x 400.

CUCURBITARIA. LONGITUDINALIS Peck.
; Page 34,
23. Piece of a branch bearing the fungus.
24, A row of perithecia magnified.
25. An ascus containing spores x 400.

26. Three spores x 400.

*This species was unpublished when the report was written, but was afterward published
by Baron Thumen. Owing to the delay in printing I am enabled to insert the name given by
him and thus avoid a synonym.

Pleise <:

FUNGI.

©

Otte

Weed Parsons & Co Albany NY

State Mus Nat Hist. 33.

Uys

STATE OF NEW YORK.

No. 127.

[eN ASSEMBLY.

Marcu 7,:1881.

THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT

ON THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIS-
TORY BY THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY, EX-
OFFICIO TRUSTEES OF THE MUSEUM.

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
OFFICE OF THE REGENTS,
ALBANY, December 29, 1880.
To the Hon. GrorGE H. SHARPE,
Speaker of the Assembly:

Sir —I have the honor to transmit to the Legislature the Thirty-
Fourth Annual Report on the State Museum of Natural History by
the Regents of the University.

Very respectfully,
Your obedient servant,
HENRY R. PIERSON,
Chancellor cf the University.

| Assem. Doc. No. 127.] 1

efi greens neat imc ib gr diethyl kthe

MEO

ity “Ect yee
‘LE ALLO Ee

UES AO

WEY t
Bk h

REPO HT.

To the Honorable, the Legislature of the State of New York:

The Regents of the University, as Trustees of the State Museum of
Natural History, respectfully submit their thirty-fourth annual report:

For a description of the work carried on during the past, year, and
of the condition of the collections, the Trustees refer to the report of
the Director and the accompanying documents, which are herewith
transmitted. These statements indicate plainly the inadequacy of the
present accommodations of the Museum. A large part of the collections
are, for want of room in the Museum building, temporarily stored in
other quarters. This separation of the collections causes not only
great loss of time in the work of classifying them, but great incon-
venience in pursuing any systematic study in connection with them.
In addition to this it must be stated that neither the principal Museum
building nor the temporary store-houses are fire-proof structures; so
that this valuable property of the State is exposed to the hazard of
destruction by fire. When it is remembered what a calamity the de-
struction of this large and valuable accumulation of scientific and in-
dustrial material, and especially of the specimens in the Museum
which have served as the types from which the descriptions in the
publications of the State have been derived, would be, the Trustees
feel that they cannot urge too strongly the necessity of providing new -
and worthy accommodations for the Museum.

The Trustees also call attention to the want of a working collection
of scientific books and serials for the use of those in charge of the
Museum and of those who resort to it for purposes of scientific study.
Such a collection of books is the proper accompaniment of every scien-
tific Museum, and is indispensable for rendering such a Museum capa-
ble of realizing the purposes of its establishment. Books appropriate
for such a purpose are not usually found in general libraries, and as a
matter of fact are not found, to any considerable extent, in the State
Library. It is therefore respectfully suggested, that along with in-
creased accommodations for the collections of the Museum, this im-
portant adjunct should not be forgotten.

Important additions have been made during the past year in all the |
departments of the Museum ; in part obtained by exchanges and dona-
tion, and in part collected by members of the permanent staff. These
additions will be found described in the documents annexed to this
report.

The scientific staff of the Museum during the past year has consisted
of the.following persons:

Professor James Hall, LLD., Director, who, besides the general
work of supervision and direction, has given special attention to the
study and arrangement of the collections in Geology and Paleontology.

4 REPORT OF THE CHANCELLOR.

Mr. Charles H. Peck, Botanist, who has continued his study and
preparation of specimens, especially of the lower forms of vegetable
life. Large additions to the Herbarium have been made.

Mr. J. A. Lintner continued his connection with the Museum until ~
his appointment as State Entomologist under chapter 549 of the Laws.
of 1880. The Trustees have appointed in his place as assistant in
charge of the Zodlogical collection, Dr. D. N. DeTarr, who enters at
once upon his duties.

Dr. J. W. Hall, assistant, in charge of the collections in Osteology
and in sections of rocks and fossils. He has continued his work of
cutting these sections with improved machinery of his own invention,
and preparing them for exhibition. Tor a part of the summer he was
in the field collecting fossils from the ‘Trenton limestone, as exposed
along West Canada creek.

Mr. Charles HE. Beecher, assistant, engaged upon the collections in
Geology and Palzontology

Mr. George B. Sitti at ‘assistant, engaged upon the preparation of
Paleontological specimens.

Mr. John Gebhard, special assistant, to act as guide and demon-
strator to those whe visit the Museum.

Respectfully submitted,
Ta PIERSON, Chancellor.

Davip MuRRAY, Secretary.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR.

eee

ALBANY, December 29, 1880.

To the Hon. the Board of Regents of the University of the State of
New York:

GENTLEMEN—1 beg leave to communicate herewith the annual report
upon theState Museum of Natural History, with some general account
of the collections in the several departments the work done in the
Museum, and in the field; and also a list of papers which accompa-
nied the thirty-second and thirty-third reports in 1879 and 1880 and
not yet published for the use of the Regents or for the Museum; the
thirty-second report only, having been printed among the State docu-
ments. I present also a statement concerning the distribution of
duplicate collections of fossils and minerals since 1866, which may be of
use in future reference. ‘The usual lists of donations and other addi-
tions to the collections and library are appended, together with special
communications. ~

In regard to the collections generally, it may be said that these are all
in comparatively good condition, and as well arranged as our facilities
will permit. ‘The need of room is more severely felt year by year, and
we are working under great disadvantages, both for want of proper

‘exhibition rooms and for want of suitable working rooms to carry on
the preparatory work of the Museum. At the present time almost all
the preparatory work upon the collections, especially those of Geology
and Palzontology, is done in buildings outside of the State Mu-
seum. ‘This necessity of carrying on the work in two places, dis-
tant from each other, imposes much more labor upon the Director,
while the results are far less complete and satisfactory than if all the
preparatory work could be done in the same building under constant
supervision, and the collections at once properly placed.

In the two preceding reports, and in a special communication upon
the subject, your attention was called to the neglected Zodlogical collec-
tions and especially that of the Ornithological department. Nothing
has yet been done in this direction; but I hope to secure the appoint-
ment of an assistant who will devote his time to the advantage of the
Zodlogical collections of the Museum.

The additions to the Museum collections, during the year 1880, will
be found recorded in detail in the lists appended.

To the Botanical department there have been seventeen contributors
of an aggregate of sixty-five species.

To the Zodlogical collection there have been added ten species, some
of them in numerous individuals, from ten contributors; and two

6 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

specimens have been purchased. The additions to the Insect collections
by Mr. Lintner will be found in a special list.

To the collections in Mineralogy, Geology and Paleontology, there
have been added bv the donation of nine con os twenty-six apeeE
mens; and by purchase, thirty-five specimens.

A special collection of Hocene Tertiary fossils from Clairborne,
Alabama, amounting to sixty species represented by 806 specimens,
and a collection of Cretaceous fossils from Prairie Blifff, Alabama, of
eleven species, represented by forty-five examples, bas been presented
by the Director.

The additions to the arranged collection of Paleontology in the
Museum building by the Director are given in an appendix under the
head of Current Work of the Museum. This list, with references to
plate and figure of those specimens used in description, shows a total
addition of 820 specimens among the Cephalopoda, of which 697 are
new to the Museum collections. The specimens of Camarocrinus
stellatus, described in the twenty-cighth Museum report and not before
arranged in the Museum collections, are also given in this apport
with reference to plate and figures.

To the library, contributions have been made by societies and indi-
viduals of eighty-six books and pamphlets.

THE CURRENT WORK OF THE MUSEUM.

In the Botanical department, the accompanying report of the Bot-
anist, Mr. Charles H. Peck, will give an account of his work, with the
additions of one hundred and ninety-seven species of plants, of which
eighty-five are new to the Herbarium.

The collection of insects, begun in 1879, has been continued with
considerable additions, but its progress was interr upted by the appoint-
ment of Mr. Lintner as State Entomologist on the lst of July, 1880.

Dr. D. W. Hartman, of West Chester, Pennsylvania, who has been .
engaged i in the special study of the shells of the genus Partula, kindly
offered to examine and revise the nomenclature of the species ‘belong-
ing to the State Museum. The specimens were placed in his hands
and this work has been accomplished. Dr. Hartman has also contrib-
uted other species, which are noted in the lists of additions to the
Museum collections.

Mr. Geo. B. Simpson has prepared a collection of fresh-water shells,
to be placed in the Museum whenever cases can be provided. In addi-
tion to the usual exhibition of the species, a large number of trans-
verse and longitudinal sections of the specimens have been cut and’so
arranged as to show the convexity of the valves, the comparative thick-
ness of the shell, and the capacity of the interior at different points in
the width and in different stages of growth. ‘These sections have been
cut from specimens supposed to represent the opposite sexes of the spe- —
cies, and furnish some very interesting material for study. This col-
lection will be accompanied by original drawings representing the ana-
tomical structure of the animal.

The work of preparing sections of fossil corals and other families of ©
fossils, the cutting of larger specimens for the study of the interior, as
among the Cephalopoda, the shaping and polishing of specimens, and
the cutting of numerous sections of fresh-water and other shells, has been

State Museum oF NATURAL HISTORY. a

carried on as usual and with success and satisfaction. This department
of work has become a necessity for the Museum, and we have found it
- constantly applicable and constantly required, both in the study and
illustration of fossils and in that of recent objects of natural history.
The Museum now possesses a very extensive series of translucent sec-
tions of fossil corals, bryozoans and sponges, numbering about
1,700; while of the larger specimens which have been cut and polished
for study, where no translucent sections were required, and of those
which have been cut and shaped for the Museum collections, we
_ have more than one thousand examples. The entire number of cuttings
including fossils and shells are more than three thousand specimens.

DUPLICATE COLLECTIONS OF FOSSILS AND MINERALS.

- During the year collections of duplicate fossils and minerals have
been sent to the following institutions, viz.: Westfield Academy, Chau-
tauqua county; Albion Academy and Union School, Orleans county ;
Schoharie Academy, at Schoharie C. H.; Norwich Academy, Che-
nango county. ‘Three other collections still remain subject to the
order of the Board of Regents. |

A detailed statement of the collections ,sent to colleges and acade-
mies as ordered by special acts of the Legislature, or directed by the
Board of Regents, and of those distributed from the collections of the
Museum, or contributed by the Director from his private collections
from 1866 to 1880, will be found in appendix A.

; \
COLLECTIONS IN THE FIELD AND ADDITIONS 10 THE MusSEum COL-
LECTIONS.

The only collections of importance made in the field during the cur-
rent year are from the ‘l'renton limestone. Dr. J. W. Hall, assisted by
Martin Sheehy, made a collection of thirty-six boxes of specimens of
fossils from the exposures of the limestone in the ravines along the
valley of West Canada creek. .

Mr. Sherwood has sent in several boxes of specimens of Catskill
sandstone and Chemung fossils collected in the Catskill region during
the summer. Mr. C. EH. Beecher has made a collection of more than
thirty species of fossils, from the shales of the Hudson river group, at
an exposure within the limits of the city of Albany.

The largest addition to the Museum collections has come from the
arrangement of the Cephalopoda which have been used by the Director
for study and illustration in the Paleontology of the State. A con-
siderable number of these were in the former collections of the Museum,
but by far the larger number are from more recent collection or addi-
tions from other sources. A classified catalogue of these is given in
Appendix B.

The total number of specimens thus added to the arranged collec-
tions is 821; of these 124 belong to the old arrangement, having been
borrowed for study and are now returned—being thus indicated in the
catalogue. ‘he number of specimens new to the collections, as shown in
the same catalogue, are 697. Of the whole number (821) 268 are arranged
under glass and the remainder (553) are consigned to the drawers.

There are at the present time in the Museum several hundred

~

8 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

specimens of fossil Gasteropoda and Pteropoda, for which there is no
proper space in the cases.

In my last report on the Museum, I called attention toa special
communication of the preceding year, regarding the completion of a
Geological map of the Catskill mountain region, which was begun
many years ago. This work I considered as very necessary, and
though it may have been regarded as not strictly the legitimate work of
the Museum, it was nevertheless extremely important to the institution
in several aspects, and especially in the authenticity of some of its
collections. It is certainly of importance that the Geological collections
of the Museum should represent the true order and sequence of the
rock formations ; and especially since we have undertaken to teach this
order of succession among the paleezoic rocks, and to give a nomencla-
ture of the same. Such work is qnite as germane to the object and pur-
poses of the Museum as the determination of the Geographical limits
distribution and habits of any living object within the State, and is
strictly within the requirements of the study of the fossil flora and fauna.

With its usual liberality the Legislature of the State made an
appropriation ($1,200) for the completion of the field work—necessary
for the construction of the Geological map of the Catskill mountain ©
region and the southern couhties of the State. This appropriation was
vetoed by the Governor, and no provision was left for the continu-
-ance of the work. ‘This action of the Executive was not known until

sometime in June; and while not suspecting the possibility of such
action, I had authorized the prosecution of the work early in May,
and I could get no communication with Mr. Sherwood, who was
carrying on examinations inthe mountain region, until July. At
this time the work had made considerable progress,and Mr. Sherwood’s
other engagements having been given up for this work, I could not, in
good faith, do otherwise than continue his services for the season. The
result is that the map will be essentially completed, but in order to
verify former observations regarding the relations of the sandstones of
Oneonta and of the Catskill mountains proper, it. will be necessary to
revisit some of the localities formerly mapped to compare with our
more recent determinations. i

This work will be a valuable contribution to Geological science, both
as regards the structure and real topography of the Catskill mountain —
region, and also as concerns the true order of superposition in the

higher Geological formations of the State, and the, relations of the
fossil faunas of the later groups of strata below the coal formation.
The want of means for completing the work causes a serious embarass-
ment, and defers the publication of knowledge which would be
extremely welcome and of great service to all Geologists as well also
to all the people of intelligent communities within the State.

It was during the collection of fossils for the Palzeontology of the
State in the early stages of that work that the writer became aware of
the misinterpretation of the order of succession among the strata, and
the erroneous reference of certain fossils. Feeling the necessity and
importance of presenting the true stratigraphical relations of these fos-
sils, which also involved the supposed determination of an entire group

of strata with its fauna and flora, he undertook the investigation as a
necessary part of the Paleontological work. This investigation has
been carried on at intervals and continued after many interruptions

State Musgeum oF NATURAL HIsTorY. 9

during the past year, and now that the field labor is nearly completed
it is a misfortune not to be able to present the results to the public.

During the years 1879 and 1880, special communications were made
to the Regents regarding an important collection of fossils, chiefly of the
Trenton limestone, belonging to Mr. OC. D. Walcott, of Trenton
Falls. In 1879, the committee on the State Museum recommended
the purchase of the collection, and the Legislature made the necessary
appropriation ($4,000) for that purpose. This appropriation was vetoed
by the Governor, and the collection remained in the hands of the
owner. In $1880 the subject was again brought before the Board of
Regents, who appointed a special committee to examine the collection
and report. The committee made their examination and recommended
the purchase, and the Legislature again appropriated the required
sum. ‘The appropriation was a second time vetoed, by the Governor ;
and the collection was sold elsewhere and lost to the State Museum
for ever. It is not my business to discuss the subject in this
place; but it is necessary to record the facts, in order that the Museum
and its Trustees may be vindicated in the future, as having discharged
their duties to the institution and to the sciences which it represents.

With the limited means at our disposal, it is not possible to obtain,
by collecting in the field all that is necessary for such a Museum. More-
over, persons, either scientists or collectors, living upon certain prolific
localities will be able to give a greater amount of time, and to accumu-
late much larger and more complete series of specimens than any person
not thus situated ; and no institution of limited means can ever keep its
collections up to the standard required by the progress of science
without purchasing local collections. It is moreover almost always true
that such can be purchased at a less cost than they could be made by
a special collector. It should be remembered that the only mode by
which we can ever hope to work out the details of our Geology, and to
obtain even a moderately complete exhibition of the fossil contents
of the strata, will be through the local observers and collectors; and
the least recognition which the state can give for such services, is the
purchase of these collections where their value is attested by proper
authority. ‘The evidences of the value of the collection here re-
ferred to are on record in communications made by the director as
well as in published memoirs to the Board of Regents, and to the com-
mittee on the State Museum of Natural History. Were any farther
evidence required we have it in the fact that the collection, on its re-
fusal by New York, was immediately purchased by the first scientific
Museum in the country. ,

With my last report I presented an outline map, giving the position of
certain ore-beds in Essex county, and their relation to the rock forma-
tions. ‘This was preliminary to a systematic development and ex-
hibition of the relations of the mineral products of the State to
the Geological formations. I regret that this object could not have
received some encouragement from the Board, since it is only a part of
the plan of the Museum, recommended by a committee of the Regents
in 1866.

In this connection I would beg leave to call the attention of the

[| Assem. Doc. No, 127.] 2

10 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Board of Regents to the plan and mode of working for the State
Museum recommended by the Board to the Legislature in February,
1866. After the lapse of nearly fifteen years, we are far from having
carried out this plan in actual practice; and the constant tendency
seems to be toward a passive condition which must ultimately lead to
desuetude and to the disintegration of the Museum.

I am led to these reflections at this time, more especially in regard
to the printing and publication of the reports, and their appended
scientific papers, which are the medium of our communication with
the scientific and practical world. Without systematic and continuous
investigation and timely publication of the results, any Museum will
degenerate in reputation, and cease to maintain equal relations with.
those which, while accumulating collections, give evidence of their vi-
tality by the vigor and originality of the researches and the character
of the publications. The activity now pervading the entire civilized
world in scientific investigations and publications, and in the organiza-
tion of Museums of Natural History should stimulate the authorities
of the State of New York to a liberal support of its own Museum, whose
collections, originating in the Geological Survey, have been the basis of
such valuable contributions to Geology and general Natural History.

In my last report, I wrote that during the year, the twenty-eighth,
_ twenty-ninth, thirtieth and thirty-first reports on the State Museum,
had been published for the use of the Regents and the Museum. The
three first named, together with the twenty-seventh report, were spec-
ially ordered near the close of the legislative session of 1878; having
been previously ordered printed as legislative documents at the time
of their presentation. This delay in publishing these reports has oper-
ated to the serious disadvantage of the Museum, since it has not been
possible to place before the public evidence of the work done in these
successive years.

It is moreover discouraging to those who are working for the Mu-
seum, when several years may elapse before the result of their work can
reach the public ; and in the mean time, some one having greater facili-
ties may anticipate the publication so tardily conducted, and the labor
of months or years thus be lost to the individuals deserving the credit.
It is useless to ignore the fact of the deleterious influence coming from
our inability to give to the public promptly the results of our scientific
investigations,

At the present time the thirty-second report, communicated in Jan-
uary, 1879, is printed simply as a public document, without the illus-
trations accompanying the scientific papers; no copies having been
printed for the Regents or for the Museum; and it is essentially inac-
cessible to the scientific public.

The thirty-third report, presented to the Board in January, 1880, is
not yet published, and several valuable papers with illustrations re-
main in the hands of the State printer. Neither the authors of these
papers nor the scientific public have any benefit from the researches
made in these several departments of science preceding and during the
year 1879. ‘The time in the future when these two reports may come
before the public is very uncertain.

I do not blame any person or party for this delay; it is the fault of
a system which is pernicious to all scientific progress under the pat-

Strate Museum or NaturAL Hisrory. 11

ronage of the State. It is of no avail to say that the employees of the
Museum are paid for their services whether their productions are pub-
lished or not. The fact of the publication is important to them as
well as to the museum; and we also have volunteer contributors who
communicate important papers with the expectation of seeing them
appear in the Museum reports.

J am well convinced that the founders of the Museum could never
have anticipated such a state of things; and certainly the Board of
Regents, when making a special report to the Legislature in 1866, re-
garding the reorganizing of the State Cabinet of Natural History, in
order to meet the advancing requirements of science, could never have
supposed that the reports of its workings would remain unpublished
for two, three, or four years after their completion and presentation.
I beg most earnestly that your Board will give serious consideration to
this matter, which I assure you is of vital importance to the existence
of the Museum as a scientific institution.

The tables of contents of the thirty-second and thirty-third reports
are as given in the note below.*

*THIRTY-SECOND REPORT.

Report of the Director.

Additions to the State Museum during the year 1878.

Report of the Botanist, C. H. Peck.

The Mosses of Spring Brook, Caledonia, by Charles H. Peck.
© The Insects and other;Animal Forms of Spring Brook, Caledonia, by J. A. Lintner
Annelida Chzetopoda of New Jersey, by H. E. Webster.
Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Calciferous Formation, by C. D
Walcott. .

Laurentian Magnetic Iron Ore deposits, of Northern New York, by Charles E.

Hall.

Descriptions of Lower Helderberg Corals and Bryozoans, by James Hall.

THIRTY-THIRD REPORT.

Report of the Director. .

Additions to the State Museum during the year 1879.

List of additions to the Synoptical collection of insects.

List of the Unionidz of the Gould collection.

List of the Unionide of the State collection.

List of the Unionide of the general collection.

List of the Land Shells of the New York State collection.

List of the Corbiculide of the New York State collection.

List of the Land Shells of the United States in the Museum collections.

List of Land Shells presented to the State Museum in 1875, by Dr. James Lewis

Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Trenton Group of New York
by C. D. Walcott, with illustrations.

Report of the Botanist, Charles H. Peck, with illustrations.

Bryozoans of the Upper Helderberg and Hamilton Groups, by James Hall.

In the same connection I beg leave to call your attention to another
condition attached to the publications of the Museum. The reports
are published for the Regents of the University, and have formerly all
been delivered at the State Library. Within a few years the Museum
has been allowed a small proportion of the copies for distribution. In
the publication of the Natural History of the State, the Paleontology
when published is delivered tothe Secretary of State for sale and distri-
bution, but these volumes often remain a long time in the office, many
copies of volumes three and four being still on hand. The Museum is
suffering for the want of a library, and the few important works which

\

12 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REpoRT

have from time to time been purchased have taxed our means to the
‘utmost. In the past years the forming of a library for the Mtiseum
has been discouraged on the ground that the State Library should serve
all purposes of reference for those working in the Museum. It appears
to me, however, that the time has arrived when such a position should
be abandoned. The Museum needs a working library, in which should
be found the current literature of the sciences from all parts of the
world, as well as standard scientific works. :

The catalogue of our library, which I shall communicate to your
Board, will show how meagre are our resources in this respect.

Were we allowed a thousand copies of our own reports, and a like
number of the volumes of the Palaeontology (which, in fact, should be
regarded as emanating from the Museum), we should be in a position
to open a correspondence and exchange with the more important scien-
tific societies of America and Europe, and thus accumulate a library of
great value and importance without costing the State any more money
than is at present expended in publication; and it would simply be
diverting from the present course of sale and distribution this num-
ber of copies, which would inure to much greater final advantage to

the State than as at present disposed of. Upon the subject of a

Museum Library I have made a special communication to the conan
tee on the State Museum.
Respectfully submitted,
JAMES HALL,
Curator.

Appendix A.—Distribution of duplicate fossils and minerals.
B.—List of species and specimens of Cephalopoda, etc.,
added to the arranged Museum collections.
C.—Additions to the State Museum collections.
ff D.—Additions to the library. |

APPENDIX C.*

ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MuSEUM DURING THE YEAR 1880.

I, BOTANICAL.
BY DONATION AND COLLECTION.

Specimens of three species of marine alge. From MissJuliaS. Hoag,
Albany, N. Y |

Specimens of Polyporus squamosus, Fr. From Prof. James Hall,
Albany, N. Y. .

Specimens of Thalictrum anemonoides, Mx. and aleaf of Nelumbiwm
luteum, Willd. From Prof. J. 8. St. John, Albany, N. Y.

Specimens of eight species of Fungi. From Prof. A. N. Prentiss,
Ithaca, N. Y.

Specimens of Triostewm angustifohum, L., Galium verum L. and
Trillium erectum vy. declinatum, Gr. From Isaac Coles, Glen Cove,

Specimens of Carex Sullivantii Boott. and Polypogon Monspeliensis,
Desf. From HE. C. Howe, M. D., Yonkers, N. Y

A specimen of Zeidium pedatatum, Schw. From W. R. Gerard,
New York City, N. Y. 3

A specimen of Quercus heterophylla, Mx. From J. ©. Martindale,
Camden, N. J

Specimens of three species of Fungi. From William Barbeck,
Philadelphia, Pa.

Specimens of Hirneola auricula-Jude, Berk. From C. J. Sprague,
Boston, Mass.

Specimens of three speciesof Fungi. From EH. W. Holway, Decorah,
Towa.

Specimens of Agaricus spectabilis, Fr. From I. D. Trask, M. D.,
Astoria, N. Y.

Specimens of eleven species of Fungi. From J. B. Ellis, Newfield,.

Specimens of twelve species of Fungi from Florida. From George
Martin, Westchester, Pa.
_ Specimens of five species of Fungi. From Prof. W. G. Farlow,
Cambridge, Mass.

Specimens of ten species of Fungi; also a piece of wood of Libroce-
drus decurrens, injured by the mycelium.of afungus. From H. W.
Harkness, M. D., Sacramento, Cal. .

*Appendices A. and B. are transferred to the 'Thirty-fifth Report.

14. THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

A specimen of the root of a carrot with numerous branches. From
C. Feltis, Cranesville, N. Y.

By collection of the Botanist [Charles’\H. Peck], specimens of one
hundred and ninety-seven species of plants have been added to the
Herbarium, of which eighty-five are new to it.

II. ZOOLOGY.

BY DONATION.

Spoon-bill Sturgeon (Ztheostoma caprodes, Raf.), from the Alleghany
river, at Warren, Penna. By Charles HK. Beecher.

Alcoholic specimens of Chrysochus ornatus (Fabr.). From Miss
Anna Hall, Delaware Co., New York.

Examples of Asellus communis, Say, from Trout-ponds, Albany Co.,
N. Y. From J. M. Batterman, Albany, N. Y.

Cocoons of Samia cecropia (Linn.) and Callosamia Prometheus,
Knox, Albany Co., N. Y. From H. C. Williams, Knox, N. Y:

Pupa of Deilephila lineata. From James Hall.

Cermatia forceps, Raf. From D. A. Nichols, Albany, N. Y.

Julus canadensis, new sp. From G. C. Hall, Taunton, Mass.

An owl-beetle, Alaus oculatus (Linn.) From Howard Cole, Albany.

A fresh-water shrimp, Gammarus? fasciatus, Say. Abundant in a
well. From James Trego, New Baltimore, N. Y.

Corydalis carnutus, Linn. From T. L. Harison, Albany, N. Y.

BY PURCHASE.

A Blue Heron. A young individual in full phunage Killed near
Albany.

List of species of the Genus Partula donated by W. D. HARTMAN
M. D. West Chester, Pennsylvania.

. Ganymedes, Pfr. Dominique, Marquesas.

. bilineata, Pfr. Tahaa.

affinis, Pse. Tahiti.

lignaria, Pse. ‘Tahiti.

nucleola, Pse. Moorea.

sinistrorsa, Pse. = Otaheitana var. Tahiti.

brevicula, Pse. == Olaheitana var. Tahiti.

attenuata, Pse.—gracilis, Pse. (one specimen.) Raiatea.
crassilabris, Pse. == rustica, Pse. Raiatea.

amabilis, Rve. = Otahettana, var. Tahiti.

rubescens, Rye. == Otahettana, var. ‘Tahiti,

. variabilis, Pse. == navigatoria, Pfr. - Raiatea.

. bella, Pse. == Hebe, var. (according to Garrett.) Raiatea.
. robusta, Pse.= auriculata. Tahiti.

. umbilicata, Pse. ‘Talaa.

. repanda, Pse.—= recta, Pse. Nukahiva, Marquesas Is.

of Sa Pro a ae

STATE MusEum oF NATURAL HISTORY. 15

je Thalia, Garr. n. sp.= abbreviata, Pse. M. SS. (non Se good
species. Raiatea.

P. lutea, Lesson = lilacina, Pfr. solidula, Rve. non Pse. Bora-
bora Island.

P. imperforata, Pse.= solidula, Pse. non Rve. " Raiatea,

P. lugubris, Pse.== fusea, Pse. Raiatea. .

Ya Reevana, Pfr. — dextral form of Otahettana. ‘Tahiti.

P. Garretti, Pse. Raiatea.

P. terrestris, Pse. Raiatea.

P. purpurascens, Pfir.=rosea, var. Wuaheine.

P. planilabrum, Pse. = lateralis, Pse. non Pfr. Tahaa.

P. compacta, Pse. Raiatea.

P. radiata, Pse. n. sp. (good species, not described. ) Raiatea.

£. Proteus, Pse. Raiatea.

Twenty-nine species, all of which are new to the Museum collections.

Catalogue of species of the Genus Partula in the collections of the
State Museum, as determined by W. D. Hartman, M. D., Dec. 1880.
(The corresponding numbers are inclosed with the shells.)

1. P. dbicolowr, Pse. Guam, (found in the parcel with P. gibba.)

2. P. gibba, Fer. Guam, Ladrone Islands.

aot, Mastersi, P{r.— gibba, the chocolate colored var., found with
gibba.

4. P. fasciata, Pse. (Type) Moorea = Ganymedes var.

5). P. varia, Brod. Huaheine.

OM at spadicea, Rve. Marquesas, (found with varia.)

7. P. dentifera, Pir. Raiatea, not Tahiti. |

8. This is the true P. awriculata, Fer. also—P. Dumartroy.,
Soult. It is however not a Partula but == Achatinella
auriculata, Fer.

9. Partula afinis, Pse.. Tahiti.

10. P. Ganymedes, Pfr. Dominique, Marquesas.

11. P. filosa, Pir. lineolata, Pse. Tahiti.

12. P. rosea, Brod. — cognate, Pse. var. Huaheine.

13. P. Otaheitana, Brug. original var. Tahiti.

14, P. faba, Martyn. ‘Type.

15. P. radiolata, Pfr. Guam, Ladrone Islands.

16. P. hyalina, Brod. Tahiti.

P. Hebe, Pfr. Type, nonumber. P. inflata Rve= Thersites,

Pfr. Dominique, Marquesas.

17. P. bilineata, Pse. 'Tahaa.

18. P. Zebrina, Gould = Reclusiana, Petit = actor albers. The latter
name is thecorrect one. Thisis a fresh shell, Upolu, Tutuila.

19. P. Zebrina,Gould. Same as No. 18, except that itis a weather-

| beaten and dead shell.

. 20. P. affinis, Pse. Tahiti.
21. P.lgnaria, Pse. Tahiti.

P. Otaheitana, Brug. Tahiti; Number seems to nave been omitted
as there are two Nos. 21, this one like No. 13.

16 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT oF THE

purpurascens, Pfr.= rosea var., Huaheine.

planilabrum, Pse.== suturalis, Pse. M. SS. non Pfr. Tahaa.
compacta, Pse. Raiatea.

radiata, Pse.n.sp. Raiatea, (good species).

d2. P. proteus, Pse. Raiatea.

53. P. spadicea, Rve. Yellow var., Moorea.

04. Hybrid between P. crusstlabris and P. Thalia (rare).

55. P. fusea, Pse.=ovalis, Pse. Raiatea Island.

22. P. bulimoides, Lesson, Upolu (Type).
23. P. nucleola, Pse. Moorea.
24. P. sinistrorsa, Pse. M. SS. = Otaheitana var. Tahiti.
25. P. brevicula, Pse. M. SS.—= Otaheitana var. Tahiti.
26. P. attenuata, Pse. ==gracilis, Pse. M.SS. Raiatea.
hw cles crassilabris, Pse== rustica, Pse. Raiatea.
28. P. semilineata, Mousson, this is==to No. 22 yellow var.; the
dextral shell = conica Gould. Upolu.
29. P. amabilis, Pfr. = Otahettana var. Tahiti.
30. P. formosa, Psen. sp. Raiatea, (good species.)
31. P. rubescens, Reeve = Otaheitana var. Tahiti.
32. P. variabilis, Pse. == navigatoria Pfr. Raiatea.
34, P. bella, Pse.— Hebe var. (according to Garrett), Raiatea.
35. P. auriculata, Brod. (Type.) Tahiti.
36, P, robusta, Pse. M. SS. = auriculata, Tahiti.
37. P,. umbilicata, Pse. Tahaa.
38. P. amabilis, Pfr. (Same as 29), Tahiti.
39, P. Guamensis, Pfr. Guam,
40. P. repanda, Pse = P. recta, Pse. Nukuhiva, Marquesas Is.
41, P. Thalia, Garr. ==abbreviata, Pse. M. SS. non Mousson (good
species), Peele
42. P. lutea, Lesson.= lilacina, Pfr. == solidula, Rve. non Pse. Bora-
bora Island.
43. P.imperforata, Pse. M. SS.=solidula, Pse. M. SS. non Rve,
Raiatea.
44, P. lugubris, Pse.—=fusea, Pse. Raiatea.
45. P. Reevana, Pfr.—dextral Otaheitana. Tahiti.
46. P. Garretti, Pse. Raiatea.
47. P. terrestris, Pse. Raiatea.
Bybee
ie
Pi;
P,

Ill. ARCH AHOLOGY,

Two arrow-heads from a lot of over one hundred specimens found
at a single locality in the town of Amsterdam, N. Y, From P. M.
Van Epps.

IV. MINERALOGY, GEOLOGY AND PALAONTOLOGY.

ADDITIONS BY. DONATION AND EXCHANGE, ;
Baculites oavtus, from the Cretaceous formation. From B, A.
Mills, Sioux City, Iowa,
A block of trap-rock with a circular red ring on the two onndete
sides, From Andrew C, Randall, Springfield, N. J.

State MvusEumM oF NATURAL HISTORY. 17

A specimen of Dictyophytau clavatum. Wellsville, N. Y. From Ira
Sayles,

A large specimen of arenaceous shale, from the Hamilton Group,
with numerous casts and impressions of spirifera mucronata. From

John Reed.
A specimen of red pipestone. Pipestone, Minnesota. From O. A. Moore.

Specimens of flattened discoid concretions occurring in the Slates
of the Hudson River Group. From P. M. Van Epps, Glenville, N.
Y.. in exchange for Museum reports.

Mammillary Quartz, loose specimen near Culpepper Court House, Va.

Tentaculites gyracanthus, Knox, Albany Oo., N. Y. From H. C.
Williams, Knox, N. Y.

From Prof. James Hall.

Green and purple Jasper. Marshall Pass Creek, Saguache Co.,

Col. (Two specimens.)
Opal (Cacholong). Marshall Pass Creek, Saguache Co., Col. (Two
specimens. )
Silver Ore. Horn Silver Mine, Frisco, Utah. (Five specimens.)
Silver Lead Ore, Carbonate Mine, Frisco, Utah. (Three specimens.)

BY PURCHASE.

From Joel Harvey.
One specimen, Gray Copper, Silver and Gold Ore. Silverton, Col.
‘Silver Ore. Yellow Mountain, Howard’s Fork of

San Miguel.
i * ay «« Nettie Mine, San Miguel.
Three “ Ruby Silver and Gray Copper. Cock-tail lode, Col
One so Dendrites. Colorado. ;
Two °* Pyrite and Quartz Crystals,
One - Malachite.
Six 9 Worn pebbles, agate, ete.
Bape wr Ferruginous- tufa with inclosed pine-needles.
Maes ©: , iit 2 DIM e-COneSs,
Two “6 66 7 66 66 mogs.
One sf Dumb-bell concretion. Cannon-ball Creek, Mo.
a (a Crystal of Salt. |
+ A Bituminous coal.
Seven “ Calcareous-tufa from deposits around hot-springs.
One “ Quartz and impure opal.

Hight “ Fragments of Pottery.

List of Tertiary Fossils and geological specimens from Claiborne,
Alabama, presented to the State Museum by James Hall, April, 1880.
To remain the property of the Institution so long as the same shall be ~
located at the Capital of the State.

Gasteropoda. — No. specimens.
eee memia lirata Conrad. 00. 25. 1. as colin voles oe rerizs
Meeiitieelia Sayana Lea... vies cance veces ow cldnvlee ts 22
PTIOVMIERT CA, 65's 5 so .cio nieve fee weil Aee 7

(Assem. Doc. No. 127. 3

THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

4. *Rostellaria. Lamarzelka Wea vee ey ee. ee 18

5 Anolax eigantea’ Lea .o.ce22... eo eae espe eke 10

Gyo luta; Detranciis beak WAR, FER eee bes

Yo 1 stieieSkk DER, OR, ER aes 7

8,5 Oliva, Greenowehi leans pesky Wale ane 1 EE 25

9, Dentalium alternatum Lea....... hid AS PEARS eB 30
1002 aritella carinatadibal es oR ar. eee es 18
a. sd lien Mea 2Avs ds ee. ERE te: SF 22
12.) Cy prea ——— "we fai oo Pa Ree eee 20
18%. Naties mammatlion: (2.208 eee ae a 22
14. %Bwlla St.Ailairinchearse ssa 5 eae. 30
Le Oya ds Cee Be he 5
164, Natica.=—— "sz, .2cd ae Re thal dS URL cia Sa ee eeiaeee th
7 aN aS8th = . S reali 2 te ities toe leer 10
16.2 Ruareitella — eats’, ae a ee a 4.
LO. NaiiGa.—asts 5... es ou Ra aut er ae eee eon 2
20. Solarium — casts........ ER ia cr hee ik eR Heyl 3
2c urritella,icaste vie Perera ee keer cn ae ee 3
22.\ Miscellaneous casts os hse Os ee et Aap ea ea tO EDNE

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

23. Venericardia transversa Lea........ deeded ALICE. pape te 20
24, Crassatella ——............. eae Vg! seis eee a See 30 valves.
25, Gratilupia, Mon linsitgbeak, |..y save tame en 16 valves.
26. _Peetunenlus Broderipiiy lea. 2th a" <- nade seer ae 18 valves.
Ais, Oy unerea, Clobosa. lied, jo cccetie oe emis ne anes 4 valves.
28. COMMIS: Mae ai wins. alee ie Sidecis Mekeuekek, 2o Mebane ena. 13 valves.
29. « fe Bao IM Doe ee SRR TDi or Woe, We orate tS 18
30). Venericardia oillimant pluedee.. oe soe seen eee 5
31. Lincma, compressa, lied... wisey- crate oe eee ee 8
Be. Coroula, Murchigomibea:,. =. sci ee os eee ee ee 20
30%) Phicatula Mantel, leat ti seen ee eri eee 25 valves.
34, Orassatella Marylandica Conrad.................. 11 valves.
po. nOstresa sellastormis Conrad.ivs: a2 os. 2. Ce ee eee 9 valves.
36:,QOstrea Georgiana. Conrad jacacris weet (a ane
Bia Ce A a bamMensismy leds 20, aids ace in ome pened ae 9 valves.
38. Gorbula Alabamiensis Lea... .2tuiae mn. Bere oo. 30 valves.
39)~Lacina, Innate: Gea: x20. este setae eae eee 20
ADsce ys ee gs lalate ae mak ci mena Reade eee 30 valves.
4) SNNyOparo COSPADIS: Lies .. 2°84: inrdcgceak Aenean ere 30 valves.
49 ~Optrea divariecatal Weak. usc ae ee es eee 2 aw. LO valmest
43, /Ostreas— icastgus vic Gi oe ve ee
Adc Mardin easter as. oP a. Oe ee ee 5
Ap Sardi. — castewei Get Se Sea) Mer ee eee 3
46) (@rassatellacs caste, 0S Ss oe ie eee 2
AY. Wen tsi castsnc3.4% eee ee ene 2
48. Gardin CASS 6c ocs oo)ss aceon Lev a eee 3
£9. Spondylos = CAs 2c, s sssawls> soe cede ae Met Se 1

50. (Cythenes — Casts... Vagus. nda rece nee ene ee 10

51. Siliquaria Claibormensis, Tea, 1.4% see se ale 17

52. “Caleareous tubes? 2.) 6.5 2. asa cee ee ee 30

da. lounulites Bowel; eter, Wear. sy. 1 ee te cine 30

State Museum oF NATURAL HISToRY.

RADIATA.
mepeermnolia Maclurii Lea. 0... es. le ee ee 12
55. " ties Vege amt Nee Soe ee a ee ea 30
Reena tayelli Conrad:..2... 205550). ee a 16
MMMEIMGORIEM UM | oo sce sg ate Swe eee Bey ree 3
CE ecole wick vues Siete ett sweets ones 5
59. Fossil wood, from the Tertiary of Virginia.......... 5
Seren BVCCIMENS.. 0. te ee ee ee 3

1
1

Sixty species.represented in 806 examples.

Cretaceous Fossils from Prairie Bluff, Alabama.

Meee IG TOAVE, Se tee et ene ees 3
EDS Ce i 2
Semutanites: CONTACT... 0.0... 0622 eee tee eee eet 2
Perammenites Conradi, Var: os... 33 os eu a ae erares 3
MeemmEiPel la VETLCDTOICES . 0... 2.52. occas ce ee ce 4
MME Secs h he beck e ee ute eens 2
ER ele ae hate rs val ole oe sig een tes 3
RINT ee ki ees haley wie ee es 4
REED Sp. (Cast)... 5.20. ee eee ces eng
Se Laken ta 6
se a 10

Hleven species represented by 45 examples.

APPENDIX D.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE STATE Muszum or NATURAL
HISTORY FOR THE YEAR 1880.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY.

BY DONATION AND EXCHANGE.

Report of condition of crops, Nos. 20, 24, 25, 26, 27. and 29. From
the Department of Agriculture. Washington, 1880.

Official Gazette of the U.S. Patent Office, Vol. 17. Washington, 1880.

Official Gazette of the U. 8. Patent Office, Vol. 18, Nos. 1-23 (ex-
cept 10 and 12), 1880.

Alphabetical lists of Patentees and inventions from January to June
inclusive, 1880.

Culture of Sumacin Sicily, by W. McMurtrie. Pamph. 8vo. pp.
18, 8 plates, from Department of Agriculture, 1880.

U.S. Commission of fish and fisheries. Report of Commissioner for
1877. From the Commissioner. Washington, 1879.

Commissioner for 1878. trom the Commissioner. Washington, 1880.

Investigation of diseases of swine, etc. Pamph. 8vo. pp. 288.
From Department of Agriculture. Washington, 1879.

Contagious diseases of domestic animals. Pamph. 8vo. From
Department of Agriculture. Washington, 1880.

U.S. Entomological Commission :

| Bul. 8, Cotton Worm, C. V. Riley. Pam. 8vo. pp. 144. 1880.

< A, Hessian flv, A. S. Packard. “* 68 OCA a
« 5, Chinch bug, Cyrus Thomas. “ Oe

Reports of the Commissioners of Agriculture for 1873, 74, and ’%5.
From the Commissioner, 3 vols. 8vo. pp. 496, 463, 536. Washing-
ton, 1874, 775 and ’76.

Department of the Interior. U.S. Geographical and Geological Sur-
vey of the Rocky Mountain region. J. W. Powell.

Geology of the Henry Mountains. G. K. Gilbert, 4to, cloth, pp. 160,
plates 5, 1877.

Lands of the Arid Regions of the U. 8. and of Utah. J. W. Powell,.
Ato, cloth, pp. 196.

Geological and Geographical survey of the Territories. F. V. Hayden.
Bulletin of the U. 8. Geological and Geographical survey of the Terri-
tories. Vol. V, 8vo. Washington, 1879. 3

United States National Museum. Bul. 13. The Flora of St. Croix
and the Virgin Islands. Baron H. F. A. Rogers. Washington, 1879.

Bul. 14. Catalogue of the collection, illustrating the animal resources
and the fisheries of the U. 8. G. Brown Goode, 8vo. pp. 351.

STATE MusEuM oF NATURAL HISTORY. 21

Department of the Interior. U.S. Geographical and Geological sur-
vey. HF. V. Hayden, U.S. Geologist in charge.

Bulletin of the U. S. Geological and Geographical survey of the Ter.
Vol. V, Nos. 2 and 3. Washington, September 6th and 30th, 1879,
Svo. pp. 153-520. From the Department.

ae in der Formarei der Konigl. Museum, pamphlet. Ber-
in, 1879.

Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York. Vol. 10,.
8vo. From the Society. New York, 1878.

Bibliographical contributions, No. 11, The Entomological libraries of
the United States. 8S. A. Scudder, Cambridge, 1880, pamph. 8vo.
pp. 6. From Author.

Tenth Annual Report of the U. 8. Geological and Geographical survey

‘ of the Territories. F. V. Hayden. Washington, 1878. Cloth, 8vo.
pp. 546, plates 77, 3 maps.

The American Medical and Philosophical: Register. Vol. 11, New
York, 1812, 8vo. pp. 476, From the New York Academy of Medicine.

Bulletin de la Societe des Naturalistes de Moscow, No, 3 and 4 for
1878, No. 1 for 1879. From the Society.

Exposition Universelle de Paris, 1878. Section Belge. Cat. official des
Oeuvres d’Art, etc,

Catalogue du Ministere de Instruction, Publique des Culte et des
beaux artes, Paris, 1878. Tomes, I, II, III, pp. 408, 123, 84. From
the Smithsonian Institution.

Journal of the American Chemical Society, Vol. 1, No. 12, New York,
1879. Pamph. 8vo, pp. 505, 621. From the Society.

Anales del Museo Nacional de Mexico, Tomo, Il. Extr. la, Mexico,
1880. Quarto, pp. 82.

Geology of Wisconsin. Survey of 1873, 1879, Vol. III. Accompanied
by an Atlas of Maps. Madison, 1880. Royal 8vo. pp. xxxii and
763. From the State Geologist through the custodian of public
property.

Canadian Entomologist. Vol. 12, No. 7, London, Ont., 1880.

Anthracite Coal Fields of Pennsylvania, by P. Sheafer, 1879.

Catalogue of Pacific Coast Fungi, 1880.

Inaugural Address — Practical Uses of the Microscope—by R. H.
Ward. Indianapolis, 1880.

Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool.
From the Society, 1878.

Auditor’s Report for 1879 and 1880. Boston, 1880.

Catalogue of Minerals and tables of species, A. E. Foote. 8vo., pp.
97, Philadelphia, 1880.

Statistics and Geology of Indiana, 1st ann, rept.,1879. Indianapolis,
1880.

Mines and Mineral Statistics of New South Wales. Annual Rept.,
1875. Sidney, 1876.

Some impurities in drinking water, W. G. Farlow. Boston, 1880.

Magnetic Iron ores of the Patventian system of Northern New
York, by C. HE. Hall, 1881.

Science "Observer, Vol. 14. Boston, 1880.

Bulletin of American Geograph. Society, 1879, No. 4, 1880.

“é “6 “<< 6s No. 5, 1880.

22 THIRTY-FOUR ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Isis for 1879, July to December. Dresden, 1880.

Department ‘of the Interior. Bureau of Education, circulars of in-
formation, Nos. 2 and 3. Progress of Western education in China and
Siam.

The Indian school at Carlisle. Barracks, vacation colonies for sickly
school children. |

Annual Report of the Commissioners of Patents, 1879.

Devonian insects of New Brunswick, by 8. H. Scudder. Pamph. 4to,
pp. 41, 1 plate. From the Author. |

United States Commissioner of fish and fisheries. Commissioners,
Report, 1878, 1880.

IN EXCHANGE FOR N. Y. S. MUSEUM REPORTS.

Cincinnati Quarterly Journal of Science, Vol. 1, 1874.
Ss Sat Ge Vol. 2, 1875.
Jour bi of Cincinnati Sociaty of Natural History, Vol. 1, 1878-79.
es - Albina 3 e Vol. 2, 1879-80.
sé “ 66 6¢ 66 13 66 Vol. 3. 1880.
Archives de Musée Teyler. Vols. 1 to 5, 4 to pamp.
Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of Minnesota, 7th and 8th annual re-
ports for 1878 and 1879.

Contributions to the history of medical hater and medical insti-
tutions in the United States of America, from 1776 to 1876, by W. 8S.
Davis, A. M., M. D., from the Depar tment,

Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. ,

P. Atlas, coal flora of Pennsylvania, by Jeo Lesquereux. Harris-
burg, 1879, 8vo., 4 morocco, pp. 18, plates 85.

PP. The Permian or Upper Carboniferous Flora of West vray
by W. M. Fontaine and J.C. White. Harrisburg, 1880, 8vo., 4 mo-
rocco, pp. 143, plates 38.

OO. Geology of Lawrence Co., by J. C. White. Harrisburg, 1880,
8vo., cloth, pp. 336.

OOO. Geology of Mercer Co., by J. C. White. Harrisburg, 1880,
8vo., cloth, pp. 233. |

CCC. Lancaster Co. and Maps, by P. Frazer, Jr. Harrisburg, 1880,
8 vo., cloth, pp. 350.

GG. Lycoming and Sullivan Cos.; field notes by A. Sherwood; coal
basins by F. Platt. Harrisburg, 1880, cloth 8vo., pp. 268.

GGG. Potter Co., by F. Platt. Harrisburg, 1880, cloth 8vo., pp. 127.

III. Oil regions, maps and charts. J. Carll, Harrisburg, 1880.

OO. Museum Uatalogue, No. 2. C. BE. Hall, Harrisburg, 1880.

R. McKean Co., maps and charts. Harrisburg, 1880.

S. Blair Co. Atlas. Harrisburg, 1880.

VV. Clarion Co., H. M. Chance. Cloth 8vo., pp. 232, Harrisburg,
. 1880.

BY PURCHASE.
American Journal of Science, Vol. XIX, 109-114; Vol. XX, 115 to
120. New Haven, 1880.

The Butterflies of North America, by W. W. Edwards. 2d series.
Parts 1-8, quarto. New York, 1874-1879.

State Museum oF NATURAL HISTORY. - Be

Catalogue of Scientific Serials of all Countries, 1633-1872, 8vo. 5S.
H. Scudder, Cambridge, 1879.

The American Entomologist, 1880.

The Naturalists’ Directory for 1879. 8S. H. Cassino, Boston, 1879.

Encyclopeedia Britannica, Vol. X, 1879, Vol. XI. New York, 1880.

Geological Record, 1877. London, 1880,

The American Naturalist, Vol. 14, Jan—Dec. Philadelphia, 1880.

Lippincott’s Pronouncing Gazetteer of the World. Philadelphia, 1880.

The Nation, Vols, 30 and 31. New York, 1880.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST.

Hon. Davip Murray, LL. D., Secretary of the Board of Regents of
the University : 7

Str — Since the date of my last report, specimens of two hundred
and thirty-nine species of plants have been mounted and placed in
the Herbarium in the State Museum of Natural History, of which one
hundred and sixty-seven were not before represented therein. Seventy-
two species have been represented by better specimens or by the addi-
tion of specimens of some form or variety not before shown. A list
of the mounted specimens is marked (1). Specimens have been col-
lected inthe counties of Albany, Columbia, Dutchess, Essex, Greene,
Hamilton, Franklin, Rensselaer, Schenectady, Saratoga, Ulster and
Warren. These represent one hundred and ninety-seven species, of
which eighty-five are new to the Herbarium and thirty-eight are be- |
lieved to be unpublished. A list of collected specimens is marked (2).
Specimens of thirteen New York species, new to the Herbarium and
not among my own collections, have been contributed by correspond-
ents, or have been obtained in naming specimens for them. These,
added to the collected species, make the whole number of additions

new to the Herbarium, ninety-eight species. A list of contributors —

and their contributions is marked (3), Previously unreported species
will be noticed and descriptions of new species given in a part of the
report marked (4). New stations of rare plants, remarks upon inter-
esting species or varieties, and various observations are recorded in a
part marked (5). 7

. The plants designated by the term “fungi, ” are very numerous,
whether we speak of them as individual plants or as species. In lo-
calities where they have been most thoroughly collected and investi-
_ gated they outnumber in species the larger and far more conspicuous
flowering plants. ‘They are also extremely varied in their characters
and habits. All, however, are comparatively small in size, but few
species ever attaining the length or breadth of asingle foot. If we ex-
cept the fleshy and speedily perishable sorts which are not generally
very abundant, we may say that most of the species are too small to
be readily distinguished by the naked eye. And of no species is it pos-
sible for the unaided eye to distinguish clearly the shape and features
of the spores (seeds). Even the entire plant in multitudes of species
would probably wholly escape observation and detection if they had
not the habit of growing in masses or patches of many individuals
closely congregated together, for masses of minute objects become
visible when the single elements that compose them are invisible.
They sometimes produce changes also in or on the substances they in- —
habit, which attract attention and lead to their discovery. Such
changes were known and noticed long before the fungi that produce

STATE MuSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. 25

them were detected. The leaves of many plants often became dis-
colored in spots or would wither and die in an unaccountable manner ;
the branches of plum trees and cherry trees bore black and unsightly
excrescences which at length caused them to die; potato vines were
suddenly affected with blackish spots and premature death, and the
tubers themselves rotted mysteriously, either in the ground or out of
it ; fields of waving grain were struck with ‘‘ rust” that was not due
to any oxidation ; stems and leaves of grass and grain were ‘‘ branded ”
in blackish lines, yet not by the use of fire; Indian corn often pro-
duced turgid, smutty excrescences on the ears that should have been
well filled with golden grain ; the products of the fruit trees and the
orchards would speedily decay without any apparent or satisfactorily
explainable cause; the sweetened juice of grapes and other fruits
would quickly ferment, effervesce and indicate chemical activity with-
out the introduction of any chemical reagents ; preserved fruits would
often turn sour or musty ; even sweet milk would not retain its sweet-
ness long ; wood thoroughly dried and kept so, or if kept constantly
submerged, was found to be almost imperishable, but in intermediate
circumstances it would speedily decay. ‘These and many other phe-
nomena were noticed, and their causes were sometimes made the sub-
ject of speculative theories, but the real agencies that produced them
were not and could not well be fully understood till investigated-by the
aid of the microscope. When by this means our powers of vision have
been sufficiently increased, we find that the dead spots on leaves usually
bear crops of minute fungi, that the ‘‘ black knot” of plum and cherry
trees is an enlargement of the branch covered by a fungus whose threads
have caused the mischief, that the spots on the potato leaves and
the consequent rotting of the tubers are the work of a minute parasiti-
cal fungus, that the “rusts” and “brands” of the grain fields, the
smut of corn, the decay of fruits, the fermentation of juices, the sour-
ing of milk and other substances and the rotting of wood are all due
to the presence of fungi of one kind or another. And now that the
microscope has disclosed this previously almost invisible world of vege-
tation and we have entered upon its investigation, we can only won-
der at its extent and importance. We find these minute organisms
endowed with certain definite forms and certain fixed structural char-
acters by means of which they can be systematically classified and
specifically designated just as readily as the ordinary plants we see
about us. We find in many instances that they have peculiar habits
and habitats to which they are addicted, so that a knowledge of the
habitat and behavior of the fungtis is many times sufficient to indi-
cate pretty accurately the systematic character of the parasite.

We have already learned that nearly all flowering plants, whether
cultivated or wild, have one or more parasitic fungoid foes to whose
attacks they are sometimes subject. Some plants have several of these
enemies that attack them in one part or another, at one time or another,
while some more fortunate are rarely affected and then only under cir-
cumstances peculiarly favorable to the parasite. Besides the fungi that
attack only livmg plants, there are multitudes of species that are often
less particular concerning their habitat and that revel promiscuously
upon the tissues of dead plants. Nor can we stop here, for living animal

[Assem. Doc. No. 127.] i:

26 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

organisms are by no means exempt from the pernicious and even fatal
attacks of these minute parasites. Fishes and flies, silkworms and cica-
das, the larvee and pups of various moths, beetles and other insects are

killed by certain fungi that grow in or upon them. So peculiarly liable ©

are insects to death from this cause that eminent scientists have sug-
gested that these parasitic plants may be made available as insecticides
with which we may combat injurious species. But before this can be ac-
complished it is necessary to find a fungus that will inhabit the insects
we wish to destroy, for it is evident that no single insect-killing fun-
gus can be used against every noxious insect; and, unfortunately,
those insects which are most hurtful to our crops do not thus far appear
to be subject to the attack of any fungus. Parasites and predaceous
foes of their own class yet appear to be a more promising means of
diminishing the numbers and ravages of such insects.

Most of our knowledge of fungi has been acquired within the present
century. Many thousands of species have been described and classi-
_ fied, and new ones are discovered and published almost monthly. But
much yet remains to be done. The life histories and the true specific
limits of many comparatively common species are yet to be ascertained.
In some instances a kind of polymorphism or alternation of generations
exists and makes investigation more difficult. The minuteness of
some species and the peculiar conditions necessary for the development
of others are also obstacles to be overcome before we can claim to fully
understand these organisms. Indeed there is a lower grade of these

very lowly plants the investigation of which is difficult even with our |

best microscopes. I refer to such organisms as Bacteria, Vibriones,
Bacilli and Micrococci. To them the putrefaction of animal sub-
stances is attributed and also of some vegetable substances; they are
also charged with the production of some of the most destructive
maladies of our domestic animals; and the recent investigations of
Prof. Burrill indicate that they are responsible too for the production
of those dread diseases of our fruit trees, the ‘‘ yellows” of the peach
and the “blight” of the apple and the pear trees, diseases that have
hitherto baftled all efforts to ascertain their causes. There are also
those who believe that many of the contagious diseases of the human
race are due to similar agencies. It is very probable that this belief
will yet be supported by abundant evidence; but, if it should not be,
enough is already known to make it evident that the relations of fungi
to our material interests and well-being are much more intimate and
far-reaching than is generally supposed. In view of their relations to
us and to our food-plants, and of their importance in the economy of
nature, and of the general lack of information concerning them, I have
thought it would be well to give a plain and easy account of a few of
our common species, avoiding, as far as possible, the use of technical
terms and illustrating the minute parts by enlarged drawings. I have
selected for this purpose such species as almost any one may find and
observe if they will examine our corn fields, strawberry plants and
orchards. '
Ustilago Maydis, Lev. Indian corn Smut. (Plate 3, Figs. 1-3.)
This fungus can be found in almost any corn field after the corn has
developed its flowers. The visible part of the fungus consists of more

STtate Museum oF NATURAL History. ON

or less irregular and unsightly swellings or excrescences on the tassel
or the ears of the corn. Very rarely these swellings occur on the stem
and leaves also, but as a rule they occur on the tassels and ears and
more often on the latter than on the former. ‘They are very variable
in size and shape. Generally they range from the size of a hazel-nut
‘to that of an ordinaryapple. They are soft to the touch and externally
whitish and membranous, but they soon rupture and are then more or
less stained by their own contents. ‘The interior is composed of a
shreddy mass of tissue filled in and covered over with a copious blackish-
brown dust or powder that crocks the fingers in handling it or the
clothes that brush against it. By microscopic examination this is
found to be a mass of globular grains each one of which has a diameter
of about four ten-thousandths of an inch; that is, it would take two
thousand five hundred of them when laid in a straight row in contact
with each other to cover the space of oneinch. ‘The surface is covered
with minute points or prominences which gives them a rough but
pretty appearance under the microscope. ‘These powdery grains are
the spores, that is, the seeds of the fungus. ‘There are thousands,
perhaps millions of them in a single excrescence. Nature has thus
made plentiful provision for the multiplication and spread of the
fungus. This and other closely related fungi have been specially
studied by Professor Fischer Von Waldheim who finds that the fungus
enters the corn while yet young, tender and germinating. ‘The spores
of the fungus are scattered over the ground by the wind. ‘They may
then be carried beneath its surface by rain or water soaking into the
ground or the farmer himself in preparing his ground and planting
his seed may unwittingly plant beneath the surface the seeds of a crop
offungi. If any of these spores happen to be in such a position that
they come in contact with the young corn sprout inits upward growth
they immediately send forth their growing filaments which penetrate
the tender tissues of the young plant. When they have established
themselves within the supporting plant they continue to live at its
expense and grow with its growth, extending themselves upward
through the stem as it elongates, until the proper time comes for them
to break forth in excrescences and perfect a new crop of spores.
It is characteristic of the smuts that they perfect their spores in certain
definite parts of the supporting plant, though their mycelial threads
may pervade all parts of the plant. A few produce their spores in the
leaves or on the stem, but most of them develop their fruit in the
flowers or seeds of the host plant. A knowledge of this fact is impor-
tant in case it is deemed desirable to attempt the destruction or extermi-
nation of the parasite. It may serve as a guide tc us in our search for
the pest, informing us both as to the time when and the place where.
In the case of the Indian corn smut it would be useless to look for it
before the tassels appear. Iam not aware that any experiments, made
with the purpose to discover a remedy for this malady, have been
successful. It is not probable that any external application will be of
much avail, for the threads of the fungus are well protected by the
surrounding tissues of the supporting plant. In this,asin so many
other cases, prevention is better than cure. Although it may not be
possible wholly to prevent the attacks of this pest, yet it is reasonable

.

28 THITRY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

to suppose that if every cultivator of corn would go through his fields
at the proper time, that is, as soon as the excrescences have made their
appearance, and cut off. and burn up every excrescence, he would
thereby prevent the dissemination of millions of these fungus spores
and do much toward the prevention of the continuance and spread of
the evil. Though the winds may carry the spores to great distances it’
is probable that most of them fall to the ground in the field in which
they are produced. In this event it is easy to see that corn raised for
several consecutive years on the same piece of ground would be more
likely to be affected with smut than corn raised where there is a con-
stant rotation of crops.

The specific name Maydis, applied to this fungus, is derived from the
specific name Mays, which belongs to its supporting plants. Ustilago
Zee, Schw., is a synonym, the specific part of which is derived from.
Zea, the generic name of Indiancorn. ‘The specific names of fungi
are often derived from the name of the plant they inhabit.

Helminthosporium inconspicuum, C. @ EF. Obscure corn-leaf Fun-
gus. (Plate 3, figs. 4-6.) If the lower leaves of corn stalks be ex-
amined toward the end of Summer, some of them will be found to be
dead and discolored at and near the pointed end. This discoloration
is sometimes continuous, involving the whole outer half of the leaf,
and sometimes it is interrupted and forms spots of various sizes and
shapes. The spots, by increasing in size, become confluent, and thus
a leaf at first spotted may soon become uniformly discolored. The
discoloration results from the death of the leaf tissues and the destruc-
tion of the green coloring matter of the leaf cells, the affected part ap-
pearing to the observer like so much dead leaf. The fungus that
causes the discoloration is too minute to be easily seen by the unaided
eye. Butifa hand-glass of moderate magnifying power is brought
into use, the surface of the dead spots will appear as if adorned with
a slight pubescence or hairiness. With good eyes, well trained, this
apparent hairiness can be seen in a favorable light by looking horizon-
tally across the surface of the affected part. By microscopic exam-
ination it is found that this appearance is not due to the presence of —
hairs, but of a minute fungus. Numerous short, stiff, dark-colored
articulated threads grow up from the surface, each one of which bears
at its apex one or two nearly black spores. ‘hese are about as long
as the threads and a little thicker. ‘They are generally from thirty-
five to forty-five ten-thousandths of an inch long, and about one-
seventh or one-eighth as broad. ‘They are divided into several cells by
dark transverse partitions. In the original description of the species
these partitions are said to vary in number from three to five, but I
have generally found them more numerous, running up even to eight
or nine. The life history of this fungus has not yet been traced and
therefore it is not known where it passes the Winter. The genus to
which it belongs takes its name from two Greek words, one of which
signifies a worm, and the other, a spore. It was doubtless given he-
cause of some fancied or real resemblance between the spores of some
species and a worm. ‘The species of Helminthosporium usually in-
habit vegetable matter already dead. From the habit the present
species has of attacking the lower leaves only, which already have had
their vigor impaired by age, and their vitality diminished by partial

?

StaTE Mustum oF NATURAL HISToRY. 29

exclusion from the full rays of the sun, it is quite probable that it
never attacks healthy and vigorous leaves, but only those already weak
and languishing. In this case it would be but slightly different in its
habitat from those species that live on dead vegetable matter, and it
could only be said to hasten the death of the leaf by a few days or —
' weeks and therefore should not be regarded as a very noxious fungus.
It is not unusual to find another fungus, a species of Macrosporium,
associated with it and growing on parts of the leaf that have been dead
for some time. This fungus is easily distinguished from the other by -
its spores which areshorter and comparatively thicker and divided
into cells by short, longitudinal as well as transverse partitions.

Puccinia Maydis, Potsch. Indiancorn Brand. (Plate 3, figs. 7-11.)
Frequently in the latter part of the season the corn leaves are affected
by a fungus called the Indian corn Brand. Small pustules or tuber-
cles, technically called sori, appear on one or both sides of the leaf.
Sometimes they are accompanied by a discolored spot, but often there
is scarcely any discoloration. The pustules may be few and scattered
or numerous and more or less crowded, or even confluent, in which
case they form lines or irregular patches. At first these pustules are
covered by the thin epidermis of the leaf, but at length thisisruptured,
and then the fungus beneath is revealed. Some of the pustules,
especially at the time of the earliest appearance of the fungus, are
filled with rusty-red globular spores about one one-thousandth of an inch
in diameter. ‘This is the Uredo-form or early state of the fungus, for
some fungi have different states or forms of development, just. as in-
sects do. Other pustules, and a little later in the season all the pus- |
tules, contain the true Puccinia or brand-spores. ‘These are nearly or
quite black, and before the covering epidermis is ruptured the pustule-
containing them have a peculiar livid or lead color. The covering of
the pustules usually ruptures in a longitudinal direction, that is, lengths
wise of the leaf, either through the middle or near one side of the
pustule. In the latter case the broad fragment of the epidermis forms
a kind of flap that remains and partly covers the cluster of spores.
Hach pustule contains many spores closely packed together in an up-
right position. When highly magnified they are found to be two or
three times as long as broad, and to have a single transverse partition
which divides each spore into two cells nearly equal in size. A pale
pedicel of variable length is also attached to the base of each spore. The
spores themselves vary in length from sixteen to twenty ten-thousandths
of an inch, exclusive of the pedicel. They are very persistent and may
still be found in the pustules of old leaves in the Spring of the next
year. ‘Thus it appears to be the office of these brand-spores to carry
the fungus through the Winter.

The species of Puccinia are very numerous and all inhabit living
plants. Most of them, as in the present species, are known to have
two or more forms of development. They do more or less injury to
their supporting plants, according to the greater or less abundance of
the parasite, though they do not usually kill the plant they attack.
By interfering with the office of the leaves and abstracting therefrom
nourishment that should go to thesupport of the plant, they must nec-
essarily impair its strength and vigor. Experiments are greatly needed

.

30 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

to indicate the best methods of preventing the attack of these fungi
on cultivated plants.

Another name, Puccinia Sorghi, Schw., is sometimes applied to the
fungus under consideration, but as Schweinitz employed it to desig-
nate also a fungus found on the leaves of Sorghum, and as I have not
been able to ascertain positively whether the Sorghum fungus is
really identical with the Indian corn Brand, I have thought it best to
employ for this the name Puccinia Maydis.

The three fungi already noticed as inhabitants of Indian corn are
by no means all the species that attack it in the living state, but they
are the most common ones that infest it in this vicinity. One or all

of them can be found in almost every corn field in the latter part of the

season. Many other species occur on the dead stalks and leaves, es-
pecially when left lying in damp places.

Ramularia Fragarie, PX. Strawberry Ramularia. (Plate 3, figs.
12-15.) It is by no means an unusual thing to find the leaves of straw-
berry vines, both cultivated and wild, marked with nearly circular spots.
These spots have a pale or whitish center in which the leaf tissues ap-
pear to be dry and dead. They are not ordinarily much more than an
eighth of an inch in diameter, but they are surrounded by a broad
border which is dark-red or brownish-red. When the spots are nu-
merous these colored borders run into each other and form discolored
patches on the leaf. Sometimes the discoloration runs out to the mar-
gin of the leaf in a broad stripe. On the lower surface of the leaf the
central part of the spot is not usually as pale as on the upper surface.
To an ordinary observer the spots alone are seen. The cause of them
remains a mystery. Some have supposed them to be produced by the
scalding heat of the sun, others by the stings of insects, and others
have intuitively imagined that. possibly they might be caused by a
fungus, and have alluded to them as the ‘‘ strawberry rust.” A fungus
indeed does produce them but it is not atrue “rust-fungus.” It is one
so small and so well protected from observation by the similarity be-
tween its own color and the color of the spot that untrained eyes will
scarcely detect it. If, however, the white or central part of the spot
be examined with a magnifying glass it will generally be found to be
frosted over with minute white flocculent tufts or mealy-looking par-
ticles. ‘This is the fertile condition of the fungus. It may notalways
be found in fertile condition. If sterile, nothing but the spot will be
seen. The fungus consists of three parts: first, the creeping filaments
which permeate the cells of the leaf, destroying their vitality and natu-
ral color; second, the minute tufts of short, upright stems, usually
simple, but sometimes branched ; and third, the long, narrow spores
which are borne at the top of the stems. ‘he spores are cylindrical,
and about eight or ten times as long as broad. ‘They are generally
straight and simple, but occasionally one occurs which is slightly
curved or which may be divided near the middle by one or two obscure
transverse partitions, The spores and stems make up the minute white
flocculent masses seen upon the surface of the spot. The latter are
usually, a little thicker than the former,. but there is not much differ-
ence in the length of the two. They are found on both surfaces of the
leaf, but are more abundant on the upper surface. ‘The fungus occurs

State Museum oF NATURAL HISTORY. 31

throughout the season, and, so far as my observation goes, it attacks
especially those plants that grow in exposed, sunny places, or on dry,
light or sandy soils. To what extent the productiveness of the plants
is diminished or the quality of the fruit is deteriorated by the attacks
of this fungus, I have no data for determining.

The generic name Ramularia is derived from the Latin ramulus, a
little branch, and has reference to the disposition of the stems to bear
branches occasionally. The species inhabit the living leaves of plants
and produce spots on them which at once indicate the presence of the
fungus. In some species several spores occur on one stem, they being
attached end to end like the links of a chain. A species of Ramularia
occurs in Hurope on the leaves of the Indian strawberry, Pragaria
Indica, but I have seen no specimens of it. The figure of it in
“ Fungi Italici ” indicates that it has thicker stems than our plant and
that they are swollen in the middle and narrower toward each end.

Mucor inequalis, Pk. Black Squash Mold. (Plate3, figs. 16-18.)
This mold attacks squashes and pumpkins in Autumn, or even in
Winter, if kept ina warm place. It does not require a very high
temperature for its development. The mycelioid threads of the fungus
permeate the cells of the squash or pumpkin, producing soft pulpy
rotten spots in the flesh. ‘These threads are comparatively coarse and
they send off numerous branches in every direction. -If their progress
isnot interrupted they continue to extend themselves until the whole
squash is rendered worthless. On the surface or exposed part of the
affected places numerous thread-like stems grow up about one-twelfth
of an inch high, each one of which bears a minute globose head.
These stems and their swollen tips are at first of a milky-white color, the
tips shining and appearing somewhat like a drop of dew; but they
gradually assume a darker hue and finally become blackish or bluish-
black. The growth is often so dense and extensive that to the naked
eye it appears like a black felty patch. The stems are generally un-
divided, but occasionally one is found separating near the base into two
branches. The heads contain the spores of the fungus. These are
nearly black in color and very unequal in size, a character which
suggests the specific name ine@qualis which has been given to the fungus.
The spores vary from two to six ten-thousandths of an inch in length.
They arealso very variable in shape, some being nearly globose, others
broadly elliptical, and others, especially the larger ones, more or less
angular or irregular asif they had been so closely crowded in the head as
_ to be pressed out of proper shape. This variable character of the spores,
together with the dark color of the plant, serves to distinguish this
mold from all other species known to*me. Another somewhat similar
species attacks the pumpkin occasionally, but itsstems are longer and
permanently white and its spores are more uniform in size and shape. .
Several other species attack melons and gourds but all are readily
distinguished from the present one. The growth of this mold is very
rapid. A piece was cut from a pumpkin infected by the mycelium of
its fungus and placed in a warm room. ‘I'he next day the cnt surface
was covered with a black patch of the mature mold. It is probable,
however, that in a lower temperature its development is legs rapid.
Obvious methods of checking the spread of the fungusare: first, remove

32. ' TYHIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

all affected pumpkins or squashes at once from the vicinity of the
unaffected ones; second, cut out and destroy all the affected spots as
soon as detected ; third, keep in as low a temperature as possible with-
out freezing. .

Mycologists have instituted two genera of molds that are‘very closely
related. In one, which they cali dfucor, the globose head that contains
the spores bursts irregularly when mature. In the other, which they
call Ascophora, it collapses or falls down over the top of the stem, and
then presents an appearance similar to that of a miniature spread
parasol, or of a saucer inverted and supported on a slender stick. In
the black squash mold both .these characters exist, for sometimes the
head collapses and sometimes it bursts irregularly. If young specimens,
while yet white, are placed in a warm dry place their further develop-
ment is sometimes checked and then especially the heads collapse as in
Ascophora. ‘Thus it will be seen that satisfactory generic characters
and generic limits have not yet in all cases been ascertained.

Fusicladium dendriticum, Wallr. Apple peel Fungus. (Plate 4,
tigs. 1-3.) Probably every one has observed the small, round, black-
ish spots common on apples, but perhaps not every one is aware of
the cause of them. These spots are not always uniform in color, but
are varied by lighter and darker patches or circles. ‘They often have —
a cracked or scaly appearance. Sometimes they are bare and nearly
smooth and then they have a dull reddish tint, but generally they have
a blackish or blackish-brown color, more or less tinged with gray or
dark-green. ‘They are generally from one-eighth to one-fourth of an
inch in diameter, but sometimes they are even larger. There may be
_but one or two on an apple, but usually they are more numerous,
sometimes even so numerous ahd close that two or more run together.
When examined microscopically it is found that they are produced by
a fungus, whose dense stratum of threads and spores gives a somewhat
velvety appearance to the surface. The fungus develops beneath the
epidermis or thin outer skin of the apple, which at length ruptures,
breaking up in small flakes or fragments which remain attached for
some time, giving a grayish tint tothe spot. The margin is generally
well defined but minutely irregular. It may be either darker-colored
or paler than the center. ‘The threads and spores are colored and
very variable, scarcely any two being exactly alike. Some of the
threads are long and prostrate, others short and upright. The spores
vary from subglobose to elliptical, fusiform, oblong or narrowly pyri-
form. They are generally simple, but sometimes when old they are
divided by a single transverse septum or partition. Occasionally they
contain one or more nuclei or shfning oil globules. The fungus does
not affect the apple deeply, its injury being limited to the surface. It
is all taken off with the peel and does not detract materially from the
weight or quality of the flesh. Still it injures the appearance of the
fruit, and possibly in this way affects the sale of it. It is said that it
sometimes opens the way for the attack of other fungi by cracking the
epidermis of the apple, but this isnot a common result. All varieties
of apples are not equally subject to its attacks. Common fruit and
especially that growing on trees in the borders of woods seems more
liable to its attacks than fruit on thrifty, well-cultivated trees. This

State Museum or NATURAL HISTORY. a0

fungus with us occurs most frequently on apples, but its habitat is not
limited to them. It sometimes appears also on apple leaves, and on
pears and pear leaves and young twigs which it sometimes seriously
injures. It has also been found in Europe, on thorns, particularly
the evergreen thorn, Crategus pyracantha. In consequence of this
variety in its habitat it isnot surprising that it has received a variety
of names. Spilocea Pomi, Fr., Helminthosporium Pyrorum, Desm.,
Cladosporium Pyrorum, Berk., Cladosporium dendriticum, Wallr.,
Cladosporium orbiculatum, Desm., Actinonema Crategi, P. & A,
Actinonema Pomi, Lev., and Phlyctidium Crategi, Wallr., are some of
the synonyms that have been at one time or another applied to the
forms of this fungus. .
Penicillium glaucum, Grev. Crustaceous Mold. (Plate 4, figs. 4-
10.) Soft decaying spots, of a peculiar brown color, somewhat re-
sembling that of dead leaves, often make their appearance on apples,
especially if they are stored in a warm place. Frequently a species of
mold develops on these spots. At first minute white tufts appear but
they soon acquire a pale bluish-green color, which is indicated botani-
cally by the word “glaucous.” ‘l'hese tufts are usually about as large
as the head of an ordinary pin. Generally they become so numerous
and so closely crowded together that they form a continuous patch or
erust, which would render the name “‘ crustaceous mold” appropriate,
although this name was probably suggested originally by the patches,
_ sometimes formed by the sterile threads of thefungus. Ifthe decayed
portion of the apple be examined microscopically, numerous slender
fungoid filaments will be found running through it in every direction.
These are the mycelium of the fungus, the immediate cause of the rot.
As the roots of a tree absorb nourishment from the soil that surrounds
them, so the threads of this fungus absorb their nourishment from the
apple cells that surround them. ‘They spread more or less rapidly till
the whole apple is rendered worthless.. When they come to the surface
or reach an air cavity, such as exists about the seeds, they. send up
fruiting stems if the conditions are favorable. These stems are deli-
cate jointed threads which give out near the top one or more pairs of
short opposite branches, which are themselves once or twice forked,
Hach ultimate branchlet bears at its tip a string of spores, looking
much like astring of minute beads. The branches are so short that
they are scarcely visible unless highly magnified ‘They with their
strings of spores resemble a minute inverted tassel. The strings of
spores are so numerous that they give a dusty appearance to the fun-
gus and often hide from view the threads that support them. Their
attachment to the branchlets and to each other is very slight and easily
broken. Even a drop of water spreading itself on the slide of the
microscope will separate them if 1t comes in contact with them. A
slight breath of wind is enough to scatter them far and wide. The
separate spores are globular and range from twelve to twenty one-
hundred thousandths of an inch in diameter. Five thousand of the
largest ones could be placed in a line in the space of one inch. 3
As has already been intimated, the fertile threads often grow in
clusters or tufts. Sometimes these tufts are so compact and the threads

5

34 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

that compose them are so closely united that it is not possible to dis-
tinguish them easily. They appear to form a single white stem crowned
with a mass of spores. ‘This form of the fungus is represented in fig.

7. It was at one time thought to be, not merely a distinct species, but
a distinct genus, and was named Coremium lencopus (the white
stemmed Coremium) by Persoon. It was also called F'loccaria glauca
by the celebrated Greville. It is now regarded simply asa variety of the
crustaceous mold and takes the name variety Ooremium. Sometimes
the fertile threads go to the other extreme and become excessively loose
and elongated in their mode of growth and send off a few fertile
branches as represented in fig. 8.

Although so commonly found on decaying apples, this fungus is not
limited to that habitat. It occurs also on pears and other frnits and
various decaying vegetable substances.

Besides the synonyms already given, Byssus scoparia, Fl]. Dan., and
Penicillium crustacewm, Fy., may be mentioned.

Oidium fructigenum, Anz. and Schm. Fruit Oidium. (Plate 4,.
figs. 11-15.) Small, mealy- looking cushions or pustules sometimes oc-
cur on the surface of apples. Single ones are scarcely larger than the
head of an ordinary pin, but sometimes two or more occur so near
each other that they appear to run togetber and form larger and ir-
regular masses. ‘Their color is not very decided, but it is generally a
dingy- -white or grayish-yellow or a brownish- yellow, with a slight tinge
of red. When very old they sometimes assume a blackish tint. They
break out over a part or even over the whole surface of the apple, and
are said to be more abundant in dry than in wet seasons. ‘The exter-
nal visible part of the fungus consists of short more or less densely tufted’
threads, each one surmounted by a string of spores. These are some-
what elliptical or egg-shaped, from which feature the generic name ap-
pears to have been derived. Asin most species whose spores are produced
in necklace-shaped strings the spores readily separate from each other.
Tn this fungus they are much larger than in the crustaceous mold al-
ready noticed. ‘The fungus attacks also pears, peaches, plums, etc.,
and is therefore appropriately called the ‘‘ fruit Oidium.” With us it
is especially common on plums. It does not always wait for the fruit
to fall from the tree, but often attacks it while yet attached to the
branches. Dried and withered plums yet dotted with the fungus cush-
ions may sometimes be found still hanging on the trees in the spring
of the year. It is even claimed by one writer that fruit is preserved
by this fungus rather than destroyed. But my observations indicate
that it does not preserve in an uninjured and pure condition. It first
produces a kind of rot in the fruit, a ‘‘dry rot” perhaps it may be
called. It is perhaps less pulpy and soft than the rot produced by some
fungi, but the flesh becomes discolored and changed under the influ-
ence of the mycelium. Some experiments illustrative of this were made
by the writer with peaches.

On September 25th spores of the fungus were planted on a sound
peach in three places; on the rind, on the scar that marks its place of.
attachment to the branch, and on the flesh which had been exposed by
cutting away a minute portion of the rind. Those planted on the scar
were at the same time moistened by a drop of water.

On the next day there was a slight discoloration about the scar. A

State Museum or NaTuraAL History. 35

small portion of the exposed flesh being examined it was found that
the spores had germinated and had commenced sending out their
threads or mycelium. No change was observed where spores had been
sown on the rind.

On the 27th the discoloration about the scar had increased in extent,
and the spot where the spores had been planted on the flesh was sur-
rounded on all sides by a rot-discoloration one-fourth of an inch broad.
Nothing has yet come of the spores planted on the rind, nor did they
appear afterward to produce any effect. On the 28th both rot spots
had increased in size, and the flesh wound where the spores were
planted was covered with a fine crop of the Oidium. On the 30th the
two rot spots had run together and the scar was also covered with the
oidium. Oct. Ist, nearly the whole peach was discolored. Oct. 2d,
the whole peach was discolored and the Oidium had broken out in one
new spot.

Sept. 27. A hard, sound peach was inoculated in two places by
making slight incisions under the rind, inserting in them the spores
of the Oidium and then pressing down the rind closely in its original
_ place, to shut off as much as possible exposure to the external air. Spores
were also planted on the uninjured rind and moistened with water. On
the next day the places of inoculation were surrounded by discolored rot
spots. No change appeared where the spores were planted on the rind,
nor did these spores afterward produce any effect. Sept. 30th. The
two rot spots about the places of inoculation have run together and
now occupy about one-half the peach. Oct. lst. The rot has ex-
tended and reached the stem-scar of the peach, and there a nice crop
of the Oidium has made its appearance. No Oidium has appeared in’
the two places of inoculation. Oct. 2d. The rot has extended and
the Oidium has broken out in a new place on the part of the peach
opposite the stem-scar. |

Sept. 27. A hard, sound peach was cut into halves and the Oidium
spores were planted in a small spotin the cut flesh of one of the halves.
On the 28th there was a discolored spot about the place where the
spores were planted, but not elsewhere. The 29th, being Sunday, no
observation was taken. On the 30th about one-third of the cut sur-
face was discolored, the discoloration being only on the side where the
spores were planted. Also the Oidium has appeared. Oct. 1st. The
discoloration has extended and more Oidium has developed. Oct. 2d.
The discoloration has extended but little, probably from lack of moist-
ure, as the peach is becoming dry. The unplanted side is still un-
harmed, though considerably dried.

From these three simple experiments the following deductions are
made: First, the Oidinm does produce a kind of rot in the peach;
Second, the spores do not affect the peach when planted on the unin-
jured skin or rind; ‘Third, when planted on the freshly-exposed flesh
they germinate most readily and reproduce themselves in about three
days. ‘These results might possibly be somewhat modified if the ex-
periments were,made on other fruits, but essentially I believe they
would only be confirmed.

The names that have been applied to this fungus by mycologists at
different times are numerous. Among them are Zorula fructigena,

36 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Pers., Oospora candida, Wallr., Oidium Wallrothii, Thum., Monilia
Heuchigene, Sace., Acrosporium fructigenum, Pers., and Ordium laxum,
hr.

Spheropsis malorum, Berk. Apple Spheropsis. (Plate 4, figs. 16-
21.) Itis not an uncommon thing to find apples in Autumn lying
under the trees of the orchard and discolored by an incipient decay.
Sometimes this discoloration is seen in them while yet hanging on the
trees. It is the work and earliest manifestation of the presence of a
fungus, distinct from those already noticed. It has the usual brown
hue of decay produced by the mycelium of some other apple-infesting
fungi, and it is not easy to say just what fungus is causing the decay
until the fertile condition of the parasite makes its appearance. In
this case the discoloration is soon followed by the appearance of nu-
merous minute black pimples or pustules. These are at first covered
by the thin epidermis, but soon this is ruptured and the black, some-
what conical protuberance beneath is revealed. ‘This is the spore-case
of the fungus. In due time it contains a cluster of spores which are
generally about twice as long as broad, and which range from eight to
twelve ten-thousandths of an inch in length. ‘They are at first pale
in color and supported on a short stem or pedicel, but when mature
they become black or blackish-brown, separate from their pedicels and
escape through a minute aperture at the apex of the spore-case. ‘The
spores are not always developed as soon as the spore-cases appear.
Sometimes fertile spore-cases are found in Winter or even in the fol-
lowing Spring. The specific part of the name of this fungus, Spkerop-
sis malorum, is derived from the Latin mala, a word meaning apples.

The generic name is suggested by the resemblance these fungi have
to species of Spheeria. ‘There is another genus called Diplodia which
scarcely differs from Spheeropsis in any respect except that its spores
are divided in the middle by a transverse septum. In some instances
this mark of distinction between the two genera fails, for both divided
and undivided spores may be found in the same spore-case. And even
both so-called genera are now regarded by excellent mycologists as mere
forms or states of more highly developed fungi. For other.remarks
concerning this fungus see Thirty-first Report, page 20.

ed ag (1.)
i ase Mea ISR ae St PLANTS MOUNTED.

Not new to the Herbarium.

Thalictrum diocium.......... LD. Proserpinaca palustris........ Z.
Acteacal pays. wi. 2hee .ohae ... DBigel. Cornuspcircinatact.20. 2 ees LT’ Her.
Viola-Selkirkii............... Goldie. Dipsacus sylvestris........... Mill.
Hypericum mutilum......... L. Aster CumMOsusiyic ck Se ay ee L.
Einuia striatum sea oe UN UE, Ny CNICOMMES 05 os a eae EE
Witigr riparian sic teug cn ae entee Me. NA? Tradeseamtis’ ih )esiierrt: U EBs
Euonymus Americana........ L. Solidago altissima,.. a2 09g ay Bot
Trifolium «repens... 5% in>--hsen- VES S. PICBTTSR asi cre aati de Ait.
Lespedeza reticulata......... Pers. Polymnia Canadensis,........ by
Desmondium rotundifolium... D. C. Hieracium venosum.......... L.
Ribes hirteliwm> far. yea ee ee Ma. Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum.. Lam.

R. rotundifolium.......... Me. Gerardia tenuifolia........ we Van:

Spare Muspum or NaTuRAL Hisrory. 37

Monarda fistulosa.......,.... vin | Heliotropium Europeum..... L.
Lophanthus nepetoides....... Benth. }|Rumex maritimus.... ...... L.
Lycopus Europeus.......... by. H Alnus glutinosa.. 4... «0 «;,3,<)s Gertn.
Polygonum Hartwrightii..... Gr. ||Potamogeton Robbinsii....... Oakes.
Quercus prinoides............ Willd. | Spiranthes simplex.......... Gr.
Potamogeton natans......... Vis | Epipactes helleborine v. viri-
=: Bmpuronus, ......%- +>. Tete dure execs «te Irm.
i hybridus.............. Mz. an Hemerocallis fulva........... L..
it Ce i hc rr L. Tripsacum dactyloides....... Dey,
Pogonia verticillata.......... Nutt. ily C@RiA GUGUSa. 2's: voyan wanes Trin.
Triglochin palustre.......... L. | Mublenbergia sobolifera..... Trin.
Juncus Canadénsis........... J. Gays | Asplenium Bradleyi...... Sp wut OGLON:
Cyperus dentatus............ Torr. ect Oladonia Boryt oo... aint. Tuckm.
Eleocharis olivacea........... Torr. «3 Vaucheria velutina...... sds ayiyt Aue
Carex polytrichoides......... Muhi. .;* Agaricus solitarius... ... ... Bull.
C. 3 0 CL i GRIGG s a: UA strobiliformis....... Vitt.
C. Romeqemitia. .., cus. Muhi. A. rhagadiosus ........ Er.
C. _lagopodioides.......... Sthk. £4; A. candicans .......... Pers,
C. intumescens............ Budget A. vilescens.......... ol Libs
Hordeum vulgare............ L. Fave A. compressipes....... Pk.
Spartina alterniflora ......... Toisej A. TPULLISALUS.. -..j0 a} 26 Lillis.
Danthonia compressa ........ AUSGy to An confluens.........+.. Pers.
Panicum proliferum......... LO. nk Bi. TrIS 2... eee ee en eee Berk.
Seam uiigioc,........, .. L. A. _ Scabrinellus......... Pk
Tricuspis seslerioides .. ..... Torr. A. .& GUrVIPes. .... <3 ai Fr.
Equisetum arvense.......... ye Cortinarius subsiccus......... Pk.
Woodsia obtusa.............. Torr. C. tophaceus.... ... Fr.
Pellza atropurpurea ........ Lk. C. :pulchrifolius...... Pk,
Cladonia papillaria.......... Hoffin, ©. _Tubrocinereus..... Pk.
Polyporus birsutus,.......... se ae G7 WE IMOSUS. oie, peasrel RG Clas
rm MUMPURET EE ce orcs. ss a a x Fr. C.%; croceoconus... ... Fr.
MREUEEUIRTIS, . ss ss oka Fr. C. SOTICMPCS chacidial clue Pk.
femee laeteus. eo... Fy. C. Wasaliss, cere 2 aor Elks
Clavaria aurea............... Scheg. Russula tragilis............. Fr,
Thelephora terrestris......... Fr. Cantharelius brevipes ........ Pk.
oe ee eae BETS. . hy EMU ee VIS. 2) so o22 seeped exeysle B. & C.
Stereum ochraceoflavum...... Scho.) P. dealbatus sot ined Ae > Berk.
Puceimia Menthe....... .... Pere oj BOleiia EP TOStIT cee crimelasth « Russ
Uromyces solida........,.... B. & Cx poly porus chioneus.......... Fr.
Peronospora alta............. Fekl. big HOGCOSUS? Shey, Fr.
Microspheria Vaccinii........ C. dP, Stereum neglectum........... vel
Helotium citrinum........... Batsch, Clavaria miniata............. Berk.
-Triblidium hiascens.... ..... B&O... Cyphella: caricinaiy 210.) 40'5.. Pk.
Hypoxylon concentricum..... Grev. Hymenula hysteroides........ Pk.
Diatrype quadrata........... Schao. Simblum rubescens.......... Ger.
Valsa leucostoma............ Fr. Physarum mirabile........... Pk.
Vie Pn ne ae er ae me. .-Cribraria areviaces 2. oS. Pers.
Spherella spleniata Bree A Mt C.&P, lLeptothyrium punctiforme... B. & C.
L. GEYINOIN 2st, Sace.
New to the Herbarium. Phomsa jlindolatum........... Desm.
hysteriellum......... Fae OC.
Ranunculus Ficaria.......... w 5p Pp. ROVER Gc uatats ev et ocd B. & C.
Lechea racemulosa. ...... .. Mz. P; Pifytolaccee. .. 2. c..% B. & 0.
: tenuifolia......... ft ee Spheropsis phomatella....... Pk.
Portulaca grandiflora,.... pied eee ss S. Cerasina. v.60) u% Pk.
Fragaria Indica.............. L. S abundans......... Pk.
BRibes’Grossularia;::..... ... Lies 3s 8 celastrina,. , ines? Pk.
i ae Walt. Ss Reriatus 5s, oa IPE
Kclipta procumbens.......... Mz. s smillacina. .cieusi. Pk.
Rudbeckia triloba............ L. S. brunneolanenes Bod C.
Tecoma radicans............. S88. Hendersonia abnormalis...... Pk.
Veronica Buxbaumii......... Lenore: WH, - Colutee ........ P. & GC.
Mentha rotundifolia ......... L. Cytispora minuta......... ... Thum.

ueeme CIBTOR, 32 >..,5...<... L. Asterosporium betulinum.... Pk,

a8 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Coryneum pustulatum........ Pk. Cercospora zebrina........... Sace. a
Melanconium cerasinum...... Pk. C. Smilacis. ......... Thum.
Synphragmidium effusum.... Pk. C. squalidula,..-.... Pk,
Gymunosporium variabile...... Pk. C. Sanguinarie...... Pk.
Torula*aniformig. ow ee. Pk. C. althzina,......... Saee.
Glewosporium Hepatice. ..... Pk. Peronospora obducens........ Schr.
G. salicinum....... Pk. Microstroma leucosporum..... JWViessl. —
G. Laportee....... Pk. Fusisporium Solani.......... Mart.
Septoria pastinacina.......... Pk. Helvella palustris............ Pk.
S. INCTERCONS Ut os Bae ae Peziza multipuncta.......... hed
s. oe Ra AES lc ty. Te, WY COMCMA) (0s serene Ellis.
S. Optra scitines Sore ac dis ire Pe Horiformals ety i. vache PR.
S. ACIS Le ak RNY at sah 2 AO TOP RLIS id. ee eae C.& #. .
S. INEGI, Menon oncr. weacad. Lev. PB. ln teodis cai Jon sc assets Pk.
8. hudwitia: 0c. ss Cke. eee AUD VEPN BIS ie crenata Pk.
8. Lytle ct.) esse ahs Pk. Patellaria Hamamelidis....... Pk.
S. Wiapaaa reer ce cge sce «tee Desm. Helotium pallescens... erase 0
8. a aoa LON oak Pk. H. Vitipenim 2.2). ,5 fac De Not.
S. edeomina.cs. 7. 5 <n Ls Be affinissimum........ 26
S. COUNICOA ie covers ac Desm. Cenangium Viburni.......... Schw.
Protomyces fuscus........... Pk. Calitioppis’ pimeai 20. 2. pane Pk,
Pucenia Milisionay .67 0 es 2 Thum. Taphrina alnitorqua.......... Tul.
Melampsora Hartigii.......... Thum. Hysterium gramineum....... M. & N
Cronartium Ae ie a aie Fr. Nectria dematiosa............ Schw.
Reestelia Ellisii. . Po tine See haber Xylarig:. bulbosacy 2 cause Pers.
AXcidium cimicifugatum. ea Ce: Hypoxylon Blakei............ B.& 0.
Stilbum pruinosipes.........- Tek. Buty pa subtectay. uc ee Er.
Periconia parasitica.......... Pk. Diatrype nigrospora.......... Pk.
Tubercularia Celastri......... Schw. D. strumella).. 2. cms Fr,
Helicosporium cinereum... .. Pk. Valse ccomoptans< 7 2uil ceca Tul,
Helminthosporium pruni..... Be Cn aN AOR oo ietan ts ae aeaenaN Eckl.
Alternaria chartarum......... PROUSS 3. Ne BEMIS Ola Weenies ee Pk.
Macrosporium Meliloti....... Pk. AV Me UO a) eee 2 ere Pk.
Polyactis Streptothrix........ COG EN Oe SSB Ria a ae aes Fr.
Pyricularia grisea... .... 66... Sace. V. Gap tins ert ieaarce ts tae aie Pers.
Oidium:irregulare............ Pk. Ve CAND MEETS or aes ra ale tale seal Fr.
Ramularia Armoracie....... . Bekl. Voy AGROGY SUR iM clee. at a uae Pi
te Dulecamarez;...... . Pk. Cucurbitaria longitudinalis... Pk.
Ry Celeste sts. acre tee Spheria pulveracea.......... Ehrh.
Ras Mitellee. 27 ea). Pk. S. pulviscula....... _.. Curr,
Cercospora Nympheacea ... C. GH. S. capilliferays +. va abinie Curr.
Gs elomeatars . ccc. 26 Pk. Spherella-recutita............ Fr.
C. Caulophylli....... Pk. Ss. CONTZ OMA ge a meat Pk;
C. Kupatorii . 2.2)... . Pk. bul depress... vase mets Pk.
C. BYIGCOUA rae tants: Pk.

(2.)

PLANTS COLLECTED.

Not new to the Herbarium.

Clematis verticillaris...... hens Cs Malva rotundifolia........... L.
Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus.. L. Vitis wativalig cc.’ oosaieae Mx.
Nuphar'advenas. co Pe . Att. Acer Pennsylvanicum........ L.
N. lutead .'. ssh h ae, Sm. Rubus ogoratusy en) 25. ys De.
Nymphea odorata...... ..... Ait. R. WAHOB USS 2s ha eames Ait.
Cardamine hirsuta............ Li. Rosa Carolina i... ienuecaeae Ua
Sisymbrium officinale........ Scop. Le RRR 5 oi «2h abn tnaaCe ete te oS Ehrh
Lepidium ruderale........... dy: Ribes rotundifolium..... .... Me.

Raphanus sativus............ joy aR PLOREC AMM ale eee ya ayickr AGM

Strate Museum oF NaturAL HIstToryY.

Epilobium angustifolium..... L.

E. coloratum......... Muhl
Aralia@eEpIda ...... sles Mz.
Sambucus pubens............ Mz.
Viburnum nudum............ if.
Aster corymbosus............ Ait.
AS WETCILONUS, |. ecserers tats ly.

AS Somnltiflorns.. vi. 6bo. ces Ait.
A. Pradescanti. ... 0.5. seus L..

A. Mmefolias. | 62). )ceiic Lam
Be EBC OUG 4. Girl i bles L.

A. acuminatis...... 2.20. Mx.
Solidago latifolia,....... iia, faveillas

S. BOTOUNIAS sci iale we ole Ait.
Bidens*tonnata. ... 4060s Muhl.
B. BRI sec. sins RLS L.
Artemisia Canadensis ........ Mx.
Lactuca sanguinea........... Bigel.
Campanula rotundifolia...... Ti.
Oe L.
Verbascum Blattaria. ....... hie,
Mimulus ringens....... ..... J OF
Mentha piperita.............. L.

M. WAMGUENSIS. |... 0... oc DT.
Lycopus Virginicus.......... Ds
Scutellaria lateriflora,....... LL.
HMehminiivuleare...,.. ccs D.
Origanum vulgare............ L.
Polygonum amphibium....... L.
Euphorbia maculata.......... Tis

E. ne mee ee 0
Humulus Lupulus. . i at a Oe
IAM IOLA. ss L.
Waxes Canadensis... ....... Wilid
Sparganium simplex ......... Huds.
Potamogeton Claytonii........ Tuckm
lef amplifolius...... Zuekm
Pr. gramineus...... va

Pp. BERG cies. y's 1 Se
P. Pusiling. oe aK... oly

Sagittaria variabilis ......... Eingelm
Lilium Philadelphicum.......
wumeus tenuis...) 000.6 04. Willd
CONIA. fos eth annie. coer Muhl
C. PIED |. eas sé amon Li.

C. scoparia..... Siifedis iy dntpatae Schk
C. UNE tsa 5 saacy stare die Schw
C. SSSUIERTIOD) 53k. aa saps Schk
C. Be MANOTA 6s 2. ee eee SChW
C. TEES Dew
C. MEMPMEODE 6)... oo snes Muhl
C. Ey en 2a )0: Lig. ore Mz.
C. _ Le arena Lam
C. co i a ia Ma.

C. Rts ee a iene L Bia

e. Pemtnenatay ee. ok. Muhi
C. oligosperma............ Mz.
Leersia Virginica..... ....... Willd
L. a ee a Swartz
Agrostis perennans........... Tuckm
A. ° Us a ea Willd
A plete. gio mepdictede atlas With
A «ISS St a 172

39
Muhlenbergia Mexicana..... . Trin.
M. Sy IWR Ge chasis oS eae PF. & G
Dactylis glomerata........... L.
Hatonia obtusata...........4. Gr.
E. Pennsylvanica......... Gr.
Glyceria Canadensis.......... Trin.
G. Hervata..... 2s peetede Trin.
G. PUN ccs, aoa Wage soe eal ee Trin.
G. MLOTEANIS. sss dyoleu a so RGR R. Br.
G. MCU LIAORA,. dpsninm neve Si «aun Lorn:
Poaksevotina 3)... 5 ay aie eee Ehrh
Re PYALS NSIS sete cirsines joys lei 26% L.
2: BIS ODES meadow ts 5, 5018. hs Gr.
Festuem elatioric.s. iis cx iow: vos oar L..
Be PUL EAMT So. 60 estan ale eee Willd
TtlCWMA TEPeNS. suvelshi Hepes ie L.
Elymus Canadensis..... ..... Li
Anthoxanthum odoratum..... da;
Phalaris arundinacea......... LT.
Panicum agrostoides ......... Spreng
12% dichotomum..... Bid acasere aula:
P. depauperatum...... ... Muhi
Setamimaviridis ....) 22 bauer Beau
-.’ Equisetum limosum.......... LL.
E. SL VATICINM. Coie does heats Ee.
Ptemiespaiq a nlimai. ine 25/65 senator L.
Asplenium Filixfoemina...... Bernh
Phegopteris polypodioides... Fee
P, hexagonoptera......... Fee.
Aspidium Noveboracense..... Sw.
‘A. aculeatum SS te Hee Sw.
\
| New to the Herbarium.
CaM Mic CME Uy aitn eu yenoa econ eee Ee
Potamogeton rufescens....... Schrad
ACAEER AAUSUANT y Ppcricste ne ceo 6 Boott.
C. Slamendeaney eas as. s Tuckm
“Triticum violaceum,......... - Hornem
MN a OPACA etek si bisicds e 64 Ag.
sa PAPO TMB CMI Ol hs. a so. Nordst
. ‘Agaricus ornellus............ Pk.
'Hygrophorus limacinus....... Fr.
‘Poly porusterdestise ey ie. os Fr.
lek HnidosUsé'./... 1. Meee aae Pie:
ie semipileatus.. sass. : PR.
Trpex aaticola:. oy ..:. stiemetiad. C. & P.
Pterula densissima........... B. & C.
Tremella subochracea......... Ph,
fie SY LACE ae B. & Br.
Grandinia crustosa........... Fr. )
Hymenula vulgaris..... ..... Fr,
Areyria macrospora........... Pi.
Cribraria dictydioides..... Che. & Balf .
Hendersonia Cydonie......... C. & H,
Phyllosticta Sambuci......... Desm
Pe Grospwlariv ic is tae .. Sace
P, TOR EERO Dye olay altiateis wiaie't Pk.
Septoria Galeopsidis.., ...... West
8. Py drocotylegaty os) kiss. Desm
8. AVRO eee ION 2. 8ee Sl kee eles bis West
8. Cucurbitacearum........ Sace
S. ROLY LUNA Sista caps, SLATS Pk.
8: Wetalicola pena izigss!. 2 Pk,

40 } 'THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

Septoria microsperma......... Pk. Ramularia rufomaculans...... Pk.
8. Piles ee ee RO Thum. RB. sam bucina.. 4). RE ORR
Septogleeum Apocyni......... Pk: R. Impatientis........¢se's Pk.
Vermicularia circinans........ Berki2 OR. Rudbeckii ...... OLA Pk:
Morthiera Thumenii.......... Cke. Monilia Harknessii........... Pk
Pestalozzia Stevensonii....... Pk. Colletotrichum lineola........ Cd.
Puceinia Thalictris yo ote Chev. Sporocybe nigriceps.......... Pk.
P, OMe yy Vee ss ere ARO Lasch.. Macrosporium concinnum..... Berk.
P; simi plexi 533 64 ehh Pk. Helminthosporium Tiliz...... Fr.
Protomyces polysporus. ...... Pk. Hy inconspicuum. .....A0ok O & E.
Reoestelia penicillata........... Rabnie Hy,” arbusealoides, o. 1.nig Pk.
Aspergillus pheocephalus..... DIG WE. septemseptatum... .... Pk.
A, Clavell wis. 7a hein RN Pk. Zygodesmus bicolor .......... C. & #.
Fusisporium tenuissimum..... Pk. Rhinotrichum subalutaceum... PA.
Diplocladium minus...... ... Bon. Periconia spherophila ........ Pk.
Verticillium candidum..:..... dg 3 “Graphite gracile? 0... 5.0 Pk.
Septocylindrium Ranunculi... Pk. Peziza hydrophila... 2.2.34. Pe
Cercosporella reticulata....... Pk. Pp fusarioides'! 24.4 eees Berk.
Cercospora clavata : So2e tines Ger. P. abrata. ¢2. 20 t a ee Py.:
C. venturioides: yeh 1sutge Pk. Lig balsamicola’ Vin «hae Pk.
©. Boehmerid. . 5. eee seg Py, Hypoxylon marginatum....... Scho.
: mealy pheev 2 .- Vee shag ee Pk. Diatrypella angulata.......... Pr;
C. CITCUMSECISSA. «6 2. - 6 hb. Sacc. Dothidea melanoplaca......... Desm.
C heticola) 2g, MH Peg G8 Site. o% Valsa myinda. Ls usc eae C. & Hi.
C. Violee ss ia Ri OS, Sacc. . Lophiostoma angustilabrum... B. & Br.
C. depazeoides.....+...... Sace. Meliola balsamicola........... Ph;
Ramularia Spiree!........... Pte: 75 Sphieerella-Leersias . o'. 5 See Pass.
(3.)

CONTRIBUTORS AND THEIR CONTRIRUTIONS.
Julia 8S. Hoag, Albany, New York.

Euthora cristata: ............ Ag. Delesseria: alata: ..<ias*shaiepaye as Lamour.
Ptilotavserratan ics. wes. os Harv.

Professor J. Hall, Albany, New York.
Polyporus squamosus........ Tr. |

Professor J. S. St. John, Albany, New York.
Thalictrum anemonoides..... Mz. | Nelumbium luteum......... Willd.
Professor A. N. Prentiss, Ithaca, New York.
Geaster mammosus........... Chev. | Helicomyces mirabilis ....... Pk.
Stemonitis Morgani.......... Phe oi) Peziza aureliarne: 2c en eee Pers.
Arcyria macrospora .......... Pls; | Diatrype punctulata......... B. & R.
Lamproderma iridea..... ree Okev to.| Zasmidiam cellare, «2% «5.08 Pers.
Isaac Coles, Glen Cove, New York.

Triosteum angustifolium..... Tes Trillium er. var. declinatum.. Gr.
Galiumeverum .*..-\.. .iateomerbuegs L

K. C. Howe, M. D., Yonkers, New York.
Carex Siullivantige cuit. c Boott. | Polypogon Monspeliensis.... Desf.

W. R. Gerard, New York City, New York.

Aicidium pedatatumis ov... Schw. i

I, C. Martindale, Camden, New Jersey.
Quercus heterophylla ee ESOT Mx. |

W. Barbeck, Philadelphia, Pa. _

Chondrioderma floriforme.... Bull. | Cribraria dictydioides ... Che. & Balf
Physarum leucopheum....... Fr. ie

Srate Museum oF Natura History 41

C. J. Sprague, Boston, Mass.

Hirneola Auricula—Jude ..... Berk. — |
. E. W. Holway, Decorah, Iowa.
AKcidium Periclymeni........ D.C. Afcidium Xanthoxyli........ Pk.
Ati. albescens .......... Grev.
J. B. Hllis, Newfield, N. J.
Sporidesmium Rauii.......... Hillis. Helicosporium auratum....... Ellis.
Cercospora graphioides....... Eillis. H. thysanophorum #.é H.
Menispora glauconigra....... C. & H. | Gonytrichum subroseum...... Ellis.
Dendryphium Harknessii..... Ellis. Arthrosporium compositum... Hillis.
Penicillium repens .......... C. & H. | Ascomyces anomalus......... H. & H.
Zygodesmus bicolor.......... C. & E.
Rev. H. Wibbe, Oswego, N. Y.
Coreopsis discoidea........... T. & G. | Eleocharis quadrangulata..... B. Br.
Lamium maculatum.......... LL.
Geo. Martin, M. D., Westchester, Pa.
Mearicus laccatus.......:.... Scop. Stereum complicatum ....... #7.
subochraceus........ Pk. Peridermium Pini............ Chev.
A. BapIneus. 206.0) 2.).. Fr. Uromyces Martinii..... ..... Far.
Lenzites sepiaria....... ob Fr, Cryptosporium acicolum...... Thum.
Trametes hydnoides.......... Ff, Meliola amphitricha.......... Fr.
Polyporus sanguineus........ Lr. -Capnodium elongatum ....... B. & D.
J. D. Trask, M. D., Astoria, N. Y.
Agaricus spectabilis........... Fr.
H. W. Harkness, M. D., Sacramento, Cal
Wtedales VOrAX............%.. Hark. | Coniothecium irregulare...... Pk.
MemttaPllisi.s. 2... 3. Hark. Zygodesmus granulosus...... Ps:
Helicosporium Mulleri....... Cd. Z. atoruber! | POUL UP EK:
Rhinotrichum repens......... Preuss. | Patellaria indigotica.......... 0. & P.
Trichegum atrum........ a. fF Reuss. i ypoxylon discretum.... .)..4. Schw.
Prof. W. G. Farlow, Cambridge, Mass.
Podisoma macropus.......... Schw. Gymnosporangium biseptatum Fllis.
Fe. clavarieforme...... D.C. Basidiospora entospora........ Cornu.
5? i Duby.

(4)
PLANTS NOT BEFORE REPORTED.

Triosteum angustifolium, Z. Manhasset and Glen Cove, Long
Island. J. Coles.

Coreopsis discoidea, 7. @ G. Borders of Lily pond near Oswego.
Rev. J. H. Wibbe.

Lamium maculatum, Z. Roadsides west of Oswego. Wibdbe.

Potamogeton rufescens, Schrad. Edmonds ponds, Adirondack
mountains. July. <A few plants were found growing in water one to
two feet deep, but most of them grow where it was three or four feet
deep. In the latter the leaves are more distant than in the former. A
few of the lower ones are obtuse, the others are acute. They are

[Assem Doe. 127. ] 6

42 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAE REPORT OF THE

brownish-green in color and have two or three faint veins each side of
the midrib. These are connected by transverse veinlets. The stems
were not at all branched but in some instances they had sent out runners
from the base and had thus given rise tonew plants. Neither petiolate
nor floating leaves were seen. The dry fruit has a deep impression or
pit on each side. This is Potamogeton obrutus, Wood.

Eleocharis quadrangulata, A. Br. ‘* Paddy lake,” South Scriba,
Oswego county. Wibbe. This isa rare plant. In the Manual the
outlet of Oneida lake is given as a station for it and in the Beck
Herbarium a specimen is labeled N. Salem pond, Westchester county.

Carex adusta, Boott. Rocky woods, Stissing mountain, Dutchess
county. June. In someof the specimens all the spikes were sterile.

Carex glaucodea, Tuckm. Stissing mountain. June.

Carex Sullivantii, Boott. Yonkers. E. C. Howe. Dy. Howe in-
forms me that he regards this plant as a hybrid between C. pubescens
and C. arctata. |

Polypogon Monspeliensis, Desf. Yonkers. Howe. :

Triticum violaceum, Hornem. Rocky places and mountain preci-.
pices. Stissing mountain and Adirondack mountains. June and July
I have seen no specimens with purplish or violet-tinged spikes. The
lower sheaths are sometimes slightly hairy or downy. The awns vary
in length and when long they sometimes curve outward.

Nitella ‘opaca, dg. Edmonds ponds. July. The specimens are
referred to this species because of their dicecious character. Their
general appearance is remarkably like that of WV. flexilis. But few
fertile plants were seen.

Nitella intermedia. Nordst. Sandy shore of tale Sanford, Adiron-
dack mountains. Aug. The specimens are small but apparently
belong to this species.

Agaricus spectabilis, #7. Long Island. J. D. Trask.

Agaricus (Hypholoma) ornellus, ». sp. Pileus convex or nearly
plane, slightly squamose, reddish- brown tinged with purple, the margin
paler, floccose-appendiculate; lamelle moderately close, yellowish or
pallid, becoming brown; stem equal or slightly thickened upward,
solid, squamulose, pale-yellow, sometimes expanded at the base into a
brownish disk margined with yellowish filaments; spores brown,
elliptical, .00025 in. to .0003 in. long, .00016 in. to .0002 in. broad.
Plant 1 in. to 2 in. high, pileus about 1 in. broad, stem 1 line to 1.5
linesthick. Decaying wood. South Ballston, Saratoga county. Oct.
The scales of the pileus are sometimes arranged in concentric circles.
The purplish tint is not always uniform but in some instances forms
spots or patches.

Hygrophorus limacinus, #r. Thin woods and open places. North
Greenbush. Oct.

rPolyporus croceus, #7. Decaying oak wood. Catskill mountains.
Aug. |

chiens undosus, 7. sp. Effuso-reflexed, carnose-fibrous, soft but
rather tough; pileus thin, undulate, narrow, rugose-tomentose, ob-
scurely sulcate-zonate, whitish or alutaceous; pores long, medium size,
unequal, angular, white, the dissepiments thin, dentate, in oblique
situations elongate, lacerate; mycelium white. Decaying trunks of

ZN

StTaTE Museum oF NATURAL HISTORY. 43

hemlock, Adies Canadensis. Catskill mountains. Aug. This Poly-
porus is apparently related to P. destructor. It is often entirely
resupinate. ‘The pileus is narrow, scarcely exceeding half an inch in
breadth, but it is frequently two or three inches long. It is generally
distinctly wavy or almost complicate after the manner of Sterewm
complicatum. ‘The substance is soft when fresh but becomes hard in
drying. ‘The pores are much longer than the thickness of the pileus
which is at first slightly fibrillose-tomentose.

Polyporus semipileatus, ». sp. Suborbicular, narrowly reflexed
above, subvillose, whitish or .alutaceous; pores short, minute,
rotund, white, with thin acute dissepiments. Bark of dead maple,
Acer spicatum. Catskill mountains. Aug. Related to P. semisupinus,
B. & C. The effused or resupinate part of the fungus is usually about
one inch in diameter. ‘The pileus or reflexed part is scarcely half an
inch broad. ‘The pores are so minute that they are scarcely visible to
the naked eye. Both this and the preceding species belong to the
section Anodermei.

Ivpex viticola, C. @ P. mn. sp. Resupinate, suborbicular or con-
fluent in long patches, the margin usually definite and slightly reflexed,
subcinereous ; teeth compressed, subincised, acute or obtuse, whitish
or pallid. Dead grape vines. North Greenbush. July.

Grandinia crustosa, Fr. Decaying wood and bark. Helderberg
mountains. Nov.

Pterula densissima, B. @ C. Decaying wood. Helderberg moun-
tains. Nov. _

Tremellaepigea, B. @ Br. Catskillmountains. The habitat of this
species is the ground, but our specimens were growing on the hymenium
of and old Polyporus near the ground.

Tremella subochracea, 7. sp. Small, two to four lines in diameter,
forming interrupted or anastomosing lines or patches, gyrose-plicate,
pale-ochraceous, becoming darker in drying; spores oblong or oblong-
pyriform, slightly curved at the small end, colorless, .0004 in. to .0005
in. long, .00016 in. to .0002in. broad. Decorticated wood of poplar,
Populus monilifera. Albany. Sept. A peculiar feature of this
Species is its tendency to grow in lines which run together in a reticu-
late manner. The color is a dingy-yellow or subochraceous.

Hymenula vulgaris, 77. Dead stems of herbs. Albany. Sept.

Geaster mammosus, Chev. Ithaca. Prof. A. N. Prentiss.

Stemonitis Morgani, Pk. Decaying wood. Ithaca. Prentiss.

Lamproderma arcyrioides var. iridea, Cke. Decaying wood. Ithaca.
Prentiss.

Areyria macrospora, 2. sp. Sporangia short, oval or ovate-oblong,
crowded, stipitate, the persistent basa] part smooth or finely striate;
stem short, reddish-brown or chestnut-color; capillitium and mass of
spores red, the filaments .0002 in. to .0008 in. thick, rough with
numerous spines and spiny bands; spores large, globose, nearly smooth,
.0004 in. to.0005in. in diameter. Decaying wood. Ithaca. Prentiss.
Copake. Oct. ‘The large size of the spores in this fungus induces me
to separate it from A. puniceuws which it closely resembles. When
viewed with a glass of high power the spores appear minutely rough.

Cribraria dictydioides, Cke & Balf. Decaying wood. Adirondack

44 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

mountains. Aug. This fungus differs but slightly from Cribraria
tenella. The persistent cup or basal part of the sporangium in that
species is entirely wanting in this, hence its resemblance to species of
Dictydium. This character appears to be constant, but should it fail
this fungus could scarcly be regarded as any thing more than a variety
of C. tenella. When this report was written this fungus was deemed
an unpublished species. Prof. Wm. Barbeck, then of Philadelphia,
had detected it, pointed out its distinctive character, and given it the
name Cribruria dictydiotdes, but before its publication it was distrib-
uted in Cooke and Ravenel’s Fungi Americani Exsiccati under the
name, which, owing to the delay in the publication of the report and
to avoid synonymy, I am permitted to here insert. .

Hendersonia Cydonie, C. @ &. Living leaves of pear, crab-apple
and apple. Catskill mountains and Sandlake. Aug. and Sept. -

Phyllosticta Sambuci, Desm. Living or languishing elder leaves.
Catskill mountains. Aug.

Phyllosticta Grossulariz, Sacc. Living leaves of red currant. Sand
lake. Sept.

Phyllosticta Nese, 2. sp. Spots suborbicular, scattered or some-
what confluent, pale-rufous; perithecia hypophyllous, numerous, very
minute; spores oblong, straight or slightly curved, colorless, .0003 in.
to .0004 in. long, about .0001 in. broad. Living leaves of swamp loose-
stripe, Nesea verticillata. South Ballston. Sept.

Septoria Galeopsidis, West. Living leaves of hemp-nettle, Galeopsis
Tetrahit. Catskill mountains. Aug.

Septoria Hydrocotyles, Desm. Living leaves of water pennywort,
Hydrocotyle Americana. Catskill mountains. Aug.

Septoria Viole, West. Living leaves of violets. Catskill mountains.
Aug.

Shahi Cucurbitacearum, Sacc. Living pumpkin leaves. ' Cat-
skill mountains. Aug.

Septoria corylina, 2. sp. Spots suborbicular, scattered, brown or
reddish-brown, with a darker margin; perithecia few, epiphyllous,
minute, blackish-brown, opening widely when moist; spores filiform,
curved, colorless, .0015 in. to .0018 in. long. Living leaves of hazel-
nut, Corylus rostrata. Millerton. June. The spots are usually one
and a half to three lines broad. They are darker on the lower than on
the upper surface.

Septoria betulicola, ». sp. Spots small, often large by confluence,
angular, reddish-brown above, paler below; perithecia hypophyllous,
very minute, blackish; spores filiform, curved, colorless, .0012 in. to
0018 in. long. Living leaves of birch, Betula lutea. Catskill moun-
tains. Aug. This is distinct from S. Betule, both in the color,and
character of the spots and in the length of the spores. ‘The perithecia
are so minute that they are scarcely distinguishable by the naked eye.
In variety marginals the spots are marginal and confluent.

Septoria microsperma, 7. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 3-5.) Spots indefinite,
brown, sometimes confluent, perithecia hypophyllous, numerous, small,
irregular, brown, wrinkled when dry, rupturing irregularly ; spores
allantoid, colorless, .00035 in. to .0005 in. long. Fading leaves of birch,
Betula lenta. Knowersville. Oct. The leaves bearing the fungus

State Musrum oF NATURAL HISTORY. 45

had assumed their autumnal tints, but in some instances the green
color had been retained about the margin of the spots.

Septoria Piles, Thwm. Spots small, scarcely one line in diameter,
scattered, angular or suborbicular, definite, whitish, perithecia few,
one to four, epiphyllous, minute, brown or blackish-brown ; spores fili-
form, colorless, .0009 in. to 0015 .in. long, about .00008 in. thick. Living
leaves of the stingless nettle, Pilea pumila. Sandlake. Sept. The spots
are numerous but very small and the perithecia are scarcely.visible to
the naked eye. On the lower surface the spots are sometimes tinged
with red or reddish-brown.

Septogloeum Apocyni, ». sp. (Plate 1, figs. 1-2.) Spots few, large,
irregular, brown or blackish-brown ; nuclei few; spores large, subcy-
lindrical, rounded at the ends, colorless, .0016 in. to .002 in. long, .0003
. in. to .0004 in. broad, three to seven-septate, each cell nucleate. Living
leaves of Indian hemp, Apocynum cannabinuwm. North Greenbush.
Sept. The spotsat length become thick, brittle and almost black. The
surrounding tissue fades to a yellowish hue. The septa of the spores are
not always distinct but the nuclei in all the specimens examined are
plainly visible.

Vermicularia circinans, Berk. Surface of onions. Albany. Jan.

Morthiera Thumenii, Cke. Living leaves of thornbush, Crategus
coccinea. Sandlake. Sept. ‘The specimens have the spores of this
species out the perithecia are few and scattered as in M. Mespili.

Pestalozzia Stevensonii, Pk. (P. strobilicola, Speg.) Cone scales of
Norway spruce. Adies excelsa. Albany. September.

Puccinia halictri, Chev. Living leaves of tali meadow rue, Thalic-
trum Cornuti, and early meadow rue, Thalictrum dioicum. Albany
and Center. ‘The spores of this species are scarcely distinguishable
from those of P. Anemones to which species I formerly referred our
specimens.

Puccinia Cirsii, asch. Living leaves of thistles, Corstwm lanceolatum.
Knowersville. October.

Puccinia simplex, 7. sp. Spots small, orbicular, scattered, brown
or grayish-brown, with a purplish margin ; sori hypophyllous, hemi-
spherical or depressed, compact, central, one on a spot, dark-brown ;
spores fragile, oblong-clavate, slightly constricted at the septum, pale-
brown, .0016 in. to .002 in. long, .0004 in. to .0005 in. broad; pedicel very
short. Living leaves apparently of some species of Geum. Albany.
Sept. Though the spots are numerous, it is seldom that more than
one sorus occurs on a single spot.

Protomyces polysporus, 7. sp. Spots orbicular, thickened, generally
convex on the upper surface, concave on the lower, pale-green or yel-
lowish-green, becoming brown when old, two to four lines broad ; spores _
numerous, crowded, globose or subglobose, subhyaline, or slightly
tinged with green, 0005 in. to .0006 in. in diameter. Living leaves of the
great ragweed, Ambrosia trifida. Albany. September. Leaves spot-
ted by this fungus may be found from June till the close of the season.
Usually the upper surface of the spot is convex and the lower concave,
but sometimes this order is reversed. J.ate in the season many of the
spots are found to have assumed a brown or blackish-brown color.
The spores are generally globose, but from their crowded mode of

46 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

growth some of them appear to be pressed into a somewhat angular
ovate or broadly elliptical shape. The host plant does not suffer ma-
terially from the attacks of the fungus, the affected ones growing as
large as the unaffected and their leaves retaining their ordinary green
color except in the affected spots. Occasionally a Peronospora is found
on the spots, an indication, perhaps, that the supposed Protomyces
spores may be after all only the resting spores (odspores) of a Peronos-
pora.

Reestelia penicillata, Rabh. Leaves and unripe fruit of the shad
bush, Amelanchier Canadensis. Highlands. June.

Aicidium pedatatum, Schw. Living leaves of violet, Viola pedata.
New Dorp, Staten Island. W. R. Gerard.

Helicomyces mirabilis, 2. sp. (Plate 2, figs. 6-10.) Forming dense
tufts or irregular whitish patches one line or more in diameter ; flocci
slender, branched, colorless, the fertile ones sometimes coiled and ~
slightly thickened near the spore ; spores abundant, large, spirally or
irregularly coiled in two or more volutions, multiseptate, the cells
about as broad as long, either filled with a granular endochrome or
containing a single large nucleus ; coils .0016 in. to .0025 in. in diame-
ter ; spores .0005 in. to .0006 in. broad. Old corn cobs lying in water.
Ithaca. Prentiss. The tufts or masses occur mainly on the erect
scales of the cob. In the dry state they are rather firm and compact.
The septa of the spores are variable in number, ranging from six to
sixteen or more. Unlike typical Helicomyces, this species has the
threads long and well-developed.

Septocylindrium Ranunculi, ». sp. Spots oblong or irregular,
brown ; flocci hypophyllous, very short; spores oblong or subcylindri-
cal, usually narrowed in the middle, obtuse, colorless, simple or one to
three-septate, .0008 in. to .0016 in. long. Living leaves of buttercups,
Ranunculus acris. Sandlake. Sept. This species is ambiguous be-
tween Cylindrium and Septocylindrinm. Many of the spores are sim-
ple, others are obscurely uniseptate and others still show three septa.
Possibly the simple spores are immature, and on this supposition I
have referred the species to Septocylindrium ; otherwise this fungus
would obliterate the distinction between Cylindrium and Septocylin-
drium.

Ramularia Spire, 7. sp. Spots indefinite, scattered or confluent,
brown or blackish-brown; spores hypophyllous, concatenate, oblong
or cylindrical, colorless, variable in length, .0003 in. to .001 in, long,
.00012 in. to .00016 in. broad, generally with a minute nucleus near
each end. Living leaves of nine-bark, Spirwa opulifolia. Albany.
Sept. The strings of spores are well-developed, and in some instances
branched.

Ramularia rufomaculans, ». sp. Spots numerous, often confluent
and occupying nearly the whole leaf, dull-red ; flocci very short, hy-
pophyllous tufted; spores concatenate, variable, elliptical oblong or
cylindrical, colorless, .0003 in. to .0006 in. long, .00012 in. to .00016
broad. Living leaves of Polygonum amphibium var. terrestre. Al-
bany. Sept. The chains of spores are sometimes branched. The —
species is closely related to R. Bistorte, from which it is separated be-
cause of the different character of the spots and the ditferent and varia-
ble character of the spores. Sometimes the spots have a paler or

StaTE Museum OF NATURAL HISTORY. 47

greenish-yellow margin. When very confluent the leaf at a little dis-
tance presents the general dingy red hue of the spots.

Ramularia sambucina, ». sp. Spots small, orbicular, scattered, pallid
or reddish-brown, surrounded by a blackish-brown border ; flocci hy-
pophyllous, tufted, short, irregular above, colorless ; spores oblong or
subceylindrical, slightly narrowed at the extremities, colorless, .0009 in.
to .0013 in. long, .0002 in. to .00025 in. broad, sometimes concatenate,
rarely uniseptate. Living leaves of elder, Sambucus Canadensis.
Catskill mountains. Ang.

Ramularia Impatientis, ». sp. Spots few, suborbicular, reddish-
brown, the margin subindeterminate ; spores epiphyllous, oblong, sub-
acute, colorless, .0006 in. to .0009 in. long. Living leaves of touch-
me-not, Impatiens fulva. Catskill mountains. Aug. This is a very
obscure fungus, scarcely visible to the naked eye. The flocci and
spores are generally more abundant near the margin of the spot, but
this is not always well defined. :

Ramularia Rudbeckii, ». sp. Spots variable in size, frequently con-
fluent, angular, included by the veintets, brown ; flocci hypophyllous,
tufted, short ; spores subcylindrical, rounded at the ends, colorless,
.0012 in. to .002 in. long, sometimes concatenate and obscurely septate.
Living leaves of the cut-leaved cone-flower, Rudbeckia laciniata.
Catskill mountains. Aug. ‘The flocciare even shorter than the spores.

Cercosporella reticulata, 7. sp. (Plate 2, figs. 14-16.) Spots large,
irregular, brown ; flocci amphigenous, short, tufted, nearly colorless ;
Spores numerous, very variable in length, bacillary or subcylindrical,
colorless, .0016 in. to .0045 in. long, .00025 in. to .0003 in. broad, with
three to seven septa. Living leaves of the tall goldenrod, Solidago
altissima. Catskill mountains. Aug. ‘The large spots sometimes
occupy nearly half of the leaf. They are dry and brittle. The pure
white color of the fungus contrasts beautifully with the dark brown
color of the spots. The spores are usually more abundant along the
veinlets than elsewhere, and they thus give a reticulate appearance to
the spot. I have referred the species to the genus Cercosporella, be-
tween which and Cercospora there appears to be scarcely any differ-
ence, except that of color. |

Cercospora depazeoides, Sacc. Living leaves of elder, Sambucus
Canadensis. Sandlake. Sept

Cercospora circumscissa, Sacc. Living leaves of choke cherry,
Prunus Virginiana. Catskill mountains. Aug.

Cercospora beticola, Sacc. Living leaves of beets, Beta vulgaris.
Albany. Sept.

Cercospora Viole, Sacc. Living leaves of violets. Catskill moun-

tains. Aug.
_ Cercospora venturioides, . sp. Spots generally large, irregular,
sometimes confluent, dark-brown or cinereous with a broad blackish-
brown margin ; flocciepiphyllous, tufted, short, subflexnous, generally
one or two-septate, united at the base, colored ; spores cylindrical or
bacillary, at length three to five-septate, colorless, .0015 in. to .005
in. long. Living leaves of silkweed, Asclepias Cornutt. Albany.
Sept. The spots have a very dark or smoky-brown color which often
becomes centrally cinereous on the upper surface. Sometimes there

48 THITRY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

are but one or two on a leaf, in other instances they are so numerous
that nearly all the leaf is discolored. The flocci usually occur on the
cinereous part of the spot. They are so compactly united in a mass at
the base that when viewed through a handglass they appear like some
minute species of Venturia.

Cercospora clavata, Ger. Spots small, numerous, irregular, indefi-
nite, often confluent ; flocci hypophyllous, minutely ‘tufted, abundant,
short, thick, subflexuons, subnodulose, colored, .001 in. ‘to .0015 in
long ; spores very unequal i in length, cylindrical or bacillary, slightly
colored, .0015 in. to .005 in. long, three to seven-septate. living
leaves of Asclepias incarnata. Albany. Sept. This species is very
closely related to the preceding one. ‘The flocciand spores are nearly
alike in both, but the external appearance of the two is quite different.
In this species the spots are small and numerous and have no cinereous
center; the flocci are on the lower surface of the leaf and the tufts are
so numerous and crowded that, with the spores, they form a continu-
ous velvety stratum. It is Helininthosporium clavatum, Ger. .

Cercospora Boehmeriz, n. sp. Spots small, numerous, often con-
fluent, angular, limited by the veinlets, brownish, sometimes becom-
ing arid and grayish; flocci hypophyllous, tufted, short, subflexuons,
colored ; spores subcylindrical or bacillary, generally curved, four or
five- septate, colored, .0016 in. to .0035 in. long. Living leaves of
the false nettle, Buhmeria en ylindrica. South Ballston. Sept. The
tufts are very numerous but so minute that they are scarcely visible to
the naked eye. ‘They are compactly upited at the base in a sort of |
sclerotoid mass as in C. venturioides. ‘The spots, though numerous,
are not very conspicuous because of their dull, pale color.

Cercospora Acalyphe, 2. sp. Spots very small, orbicular, arid,
whitish with a narrow purplish-brown border ; flocei epiphyllous,
tufted, subflexuouns, septate, colored ; spores slender, bacillary, five to
seven-septate, colorless, .002 in. to .003 in. long, .00016 in. broad
in the widest part. Living leaves of three-seeded mercury, Acalypha
Virginica. Albany. Sept.

Verticillium candidum, n. sp. (Plate 2, figs. 11-13.) White; fer-
tile flocci erect, septate, branched, the branches opposite or verticillate,
sometimes with verticillate ramuli ; spores terminal, globose, colorless,
00016 in. to .0002 in. in diameter. Decaying wood and bark in
damp secluded places. Helderberg mountains. Oct. and Noy. It
forrns more or less extensive thin, white patches. The sterile flocci
are usually thicker than the fertile. :

Diplocladium minus, Bon. Decaying Agarics and Polypori. Hel-
derberg mountains. Nov. It forms dense felty patches of intricate
_ white filaments on the soft decaying substance of the matrix. It is
distinguished from Verticilliwm epimyces by its clear white color and
uniseptate spores. |

Fusisporium tenuissimum, 2. sp. Tufts superficial, very minute,
lax, forming thin subpulverulent whitish patches; flocci branched,
colorless, subconglutinate at the base; spores fusiform, straight or
curved, three to five-septate, colorless, .0008 in. to .0016 in, long, .00016
in. to .0002 in. broad, Dead stems of herbs. Schenectady. Sept.
The tufts are so minute that they appear to the naked eye like patches

Srate Museum oF NATUARL History, 49

of mere flocculent dust. The spores are at first short and simple, but
thev soon become uniseptate and then longer and mostly triseptate,

Aspergillus pheocephalus, D. @ M. “Spanish onions.” Albany.
Oct.

Aspergillus clavellus, ”. sp. (Plate %, figs. 1-5.) Sterile flocci
creeping, abundant, soft, white; fertile flocci erect, gradually enlarged
above into an oblong-elliptical or clavate head; head at first white,
then glaucous-green; spores globose or broadly elliptical, smooth, —
00016 in. to .0002 in. long. Cooked squash. Albany, Oct. This
species, by the clavate apices of the fertile flocci, is related to A. mollis,
but that species is white and has the fertile flocci branched and the
spores large. In color, our plant resembles A. glawcus, but that has
the apices of the fertile flocci globose, and the spores, according to
Corda, much larger and rough. :

Monilia Harknessii, 7. sp. Flocci tufted, slender, tawny, breaking up
into elliptical or lemon-shaped spores, .00025 in. to .0004 in. long,
about .0002 in. broad. Decaying wood. _ Helderberg mountains.
Nov. This fungus is related to and congeneric with such species as
Oidium aureum, O. fuluum and O. pulvinatum, but if the genus
Oidium is to be limited to such fungi as grow on living vegetable
tissues, as some mycologists hold, then the species just mentioned and
the one just described must be referred to the genus Monilia.

Colletotrichum. lineola, Cd. Old corn stalks. Chatham, Columbia
county. June. Sometimes this fungusisso abundant that the patches
surround the whole stem and appear to clothe it with a thin blackish
pubescence, though the flocci have a tendency to arrange themselves in
parallel lines. It is this tendency apparently which suggested. the
specificname. The gelatinous subiculum which is said to exist is not
at all apparent in our specimens. ‘The spores vary somewhat, being
in some instances about equally pointed at both ends, in others they
are much more pointed at one end than at the other. Psilonia
apalospora, B. & R., and Vermicularia velutina, B. & R., according to
my Curtisian and Ravenelian specimens are very closely related to each
other and to this species if indeed they are really specifically distinct.

Sporocybe nigriceps, ». sp. (Periconia of some authors.) Plant
black, .025 in. to .03 in. high; stem erect, shining, smooth, septate,
sometimes with one or two short thick branches at the top; head
_ globose or elliptical ; spores globose, minutely rough, colored, .00025
in. to .00035 in. in diameter. Dead leaves of sedges and carices.
Albany and Adirondack mountains. Julyand Aug. ‘Two forms occur,
sometimes growing on the same leaf. In one the head is larger,
elliptical in outline and nearly as long as its stem, which has but one
or two septa. In the other the*head is smaller and nearly or quite
globose and the proportionally longer stem has several septa. Sporocybe
nigrelia is said to inhabit dead leaves of grass, and S. cholorocephala,
dead leaves of carices. I am not acquainted with either species, but
as both are described as having smooth spores our plant cannot well
be referred to either of them. An unfortunate disagreement exists
among Kuropean mycologists in the application of the generic names
Sporocybe and Periconia. The English mycologists employ the former

[Assem. Doc. No. 127. | 7

ee ane

50 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

term to designate those species that have simple septate stems, and the
latter those that have the stems made up of several compacted or
coalescing filaments. This application of these terms is exactly
reversed by some of the continental mycologists. We have thought
best to follow the English mycologists in our use of these generic
names.

Periconia spherophila, 7. spy. (Sporocybe of some authors.) (Plate 2,
figs. 17-20.) Stem slender, cylindrical, about .03 in. high, black,
growing like a rostrate ostiolum from Sphériaceous perithecia ; spores
few, loose, scarcely forming a head, subglobose or broadly elliptical,
colored, .0003 in. to .00935 in. long. On perithecia of Spheria mor-
bosa. Adirondack mountains. July. This fungus usually occupies
patches of perithecia. In the places where it occurs nearly every
perithecium supports a fungus, but other parts of the same exeresence
will be wholly free from it. It is not often that the fungus occupies
all the excrescence. Growing, as it does, from the apex of the perithe-
cium, it, with its matrix, simulates the appearance of a Ceratostoma-
ceous Spheeria, the Periconia answering to the rostrate ostiolum. The
stems are scarcely half a line high and are composed of densely com-
pacted filaments. They are often coated by a pellucid membrane. It
is not arare fungus in elevated localities in the Adirondack moun-
tains, where Spheria morbosa is plentiful on the wild red cherry, Pru-
nus Pennsylvanica. So intimate is its connections with the Spheeria
that it is difficult to believe that it is a distinct fungus rather than a
second form of development of the Spheria. But the spores are
clearly produced at the apex of the pseudo ostiolum just as in Peri-
conia and it has therefore seemed to me a distinct fungus, but one of
very singular character. I find no fruit of the Spheria in any of the
attacked perithecia. It may be that this Periconia is one of nature’s
antidotes to the too rapid multiplication of this noxious Spheria, but
before this can be positively affirmed the specimens should be examined
in winter or spring when the Spheeria matures its spores. |

Graphium gracile, 2. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 11-13.) Spots large, ir-
regular, reddish-brown ; stems hypophyllous, slender, attenuated up-
wards, black or blackish-brown, pale at the tips where the component
filaments diverge and are colorless, subnodulose or rarely slight]
branched ; spores oblong, colorless, .0005 in. to .001 in. long, .0002 in.
to .00025 in. broad. Living leaves of red raspberry, Rubus strigosus.
Catskill mountains. Aug. The slender subulate stems of the fungus
are so scattered that they are easily overlooked. They are, however,
more easily seen because of the whitish tomentum of the leaf through
which they grow. ‘The spores fall off easily. They sometimes con-
tain a small nucleus near each end. |

Macrosporium concinnum, Berk. Dead twigs of striped maple, Acer
Pennsylvanicum. Catskill mountains. Aug.

Helminthosporium Tiliw, #r. Dead branches of bass wood, Tilia
Americana. Helderberg mountains. Nov. This was associated with
Ex osporium Tilie, from which it is distinguished by its narrower
spores with more numerous septa and by the absence of the hard
stroma which belongs to the Exosporium. The tufts in our specimens
are almost wholly made up of spores, |

Strate Museum or Naruravu History. 51

Helminthosporium septemseptatum, Ps. Cut surface of maple
stump. Helderberg mountains. Nov. The young spores are color-
less, adhere firmly to the tips of the flocci and are either simple or one
_to three-septate. When mature they are colored, easily separated from
the flocci and six or seven-septate. The species is allied to H. fusis-
_ porum, but in that the spores are described as narrower than the flocci,
in our plant they are broader than the flocci.

Helminthosporium inconspicuum, C. &@ #. NJiving or languishing
leaves of Indian corn. Sandlake and Albany. July and Sept.

Helminthosporium arbusculoides, 2. sp. Flocci rather slender, long,
simple, subflexuous, often decumbent at the base, multiseptate, opaque,
black,- forming extensive blackish patches ; spores terminal, oblong or
narrowly elliptical, colored, triseptate, .00065 in. to .00085 in. long,
about .0003 in. broad, the terminal cells sometimes paler. Bark of
living white birch, Betula populifolia. West Albany. Oct. The
species is apparently allied to H. arbuscula, from which it is distin-
quished especially by its septate flocci. The articulations are numer-
ous, being once or twice as long as broad, but owing to the opaque
character of the flocci the septa are not always distinctly seen. The
decumbent flocci present a very straggling appearance. They form ex-
tensive patches which sometimes entirely surround the trunks of small
trees, especially near the base.

Zygodesmus bicolor, C. @ #. Decaying leaves and fungi. Helder-
berg mountains. Nov. The margin is sometimes nearly uniformly
colored with the rest of the stratum.

Rhinotrichum subalutaceum, ». sp. Flocci elongated, branched,
creeping, intricate, septate, forming brownish-alutaceous tomentose
patches, fertile branches commonly short, narrowed and minutely
roughened with spicules at the apex; spores globose, colored, minutely
roughened or echinulate, .0003 in. to .0004 in. indiameter. Decaying
wood. Helderberg mountains. Nov. The fertile branches are
generally short and without septa. They are usually abruptly narrowed
at the apex and there rough with minute spicules on which the globose
spores are borne.

Zasmidium cellare, Pers. Decaying wood in damp shaded places.
Ithaca. Prentiss. 'The specimens are without fruit but apparently
belong here.

Peziza (Humaria) hydrophila, 7. sp. Cups scattered, sessile,
expanded, nearly plane or even convex, reddish-brown when moist,
black when dry, two to four lines broad; asci cylindrical; spores
uniseriate, elliptical, generally binucleate, .0009 in. to .001 in. long,
.0006 in. to .0007 in. broad, paraphyses numerous, thickened above,
brown, closely compacted and adhering to each other.’ Decaying wood
lying in water. Adirondack mountains. July. - Externally this
fungus has the general appearance of some species of Bulgaria, but its
softer fleshy substance requires its reference to the genus Peziza. The
numerous colored coalescing paraphyses constitute a distinctive feature.

Peziza atrata, Yr. Dead stems of herbs. Albany. May.

Peziza fusarioides, Berk. Dead stems of nettles. Albany. June.

Peziza aurelia, Pers. Decaying wood. Ithaca. Prentiss.

Peziza (‘Tapezia) balsamicola, 7. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 14-21.) Sub-

59, Turrry-rourtH ANNUAL Report oF THE

iculum thin, appressed, gray, one to two lines broad, composed of
filaments of two kinds, one kind, coarse, branching, septate, blackish-
brown, bearing numerous short ramuli,each of which is terminated by
a large colored three to four-lobed spore-like body, .0006 in. to .0009
in. long and broad, the other kind, delicate colorless, bearing narrowly
fusiform colorless conidia; cups minute, .012 in. to .016 in. broad,
sessile, glabrous, immarginate, waxy, whitish, subpellucid; asci enlarged
upwards, broad and obtuse at the apex, .0015 in. to .0002 in. long;
spores oblanceolate, crowded, .0006 in. to .0008 in. long, .0002 in. to
.0003 in. broad, generally three or four-nucleate ; paraphyses filiform.

Living or languishing leaves of balsam fir, Abies balsamea. Stony
Clove, Catskill mountains. Aug. ‘The presence of two kinds of
filaments in the subiculum suggests the question whether both belong
to the Peziza. In a few instances the perithecia of a spheriaceous
fungus were found on the subiculum, and in one case both this fungus
and the Peziza were occupying the same patch of filaments. The
delicate whitish filaments appear to overrun and adhere to the coarse
- brown ones as if parasitic on them. Thiscommingling of the two gives
the general gray hue tothe subiculum. It is probable that the delicate
filaments belong to the Peziza and are parasitic on the other which
probably belongs to the following fungus. |

Meliola balsamicola, 7. sp. (Plate 1. figs. 22-27.) Perithecia few,
gregarious, minute, ovate or subconical, free, black, seated on a small
blackisn-brown spot-like subiculum; asci generally oblong, rarely
subcylindrical and elongated; spores mostly crowded or biseriate,
rarely uniseriate, uniseptate, colorless, .00035 in. to .00045 in. long,
generally two to three-nucleate and one cell a little narrower than the |
other. Living or languishing leaves of balsam fir, associated with
Pezxiza balsamicola.- Catskill mountains. Aug. The subicula on
which this fungus occurred were a little darker colored than those
which bore the Paziza the whitish filaments being lessabundant. From
this it is inferred that the colored filaments are properly the subiculum
of the Meliola. MZ. ganglifera and some South African species of
Asterina are said to have similar bodies on the threads of the subicu-
lum. Our fungus does not fully meet the requirements of the genus
Meliola, neither is it a good Asterina‘nor Dimerosporium. It needs
further investigation. | -

Hypoxylon marginatum, Schw. Oak fence posts. Albany. Sept.

Diatrype punctulata, B.@ R. White oak wood. Ithaca. Prentiss. ©
The specimens are sterile, but evidently belong to this species, which,
though first published as'a Hypoxylon, was afterward described as a
Diatrype. | |

Diatrypella angulata, #r. Dead branches of ash and poplar. North
Greenbush. Oct.

Valsa myinda, C. & #. Dead branches of maple, Acer spicatum.
Knowersville. Oct. ?

Dothidea melanoplaca, Desm. Languishing or dead leaves of white
hellebore, Veratrum viride. Catskill and Adirondack mountains.
July and Aug. The specimens are not in fruit; neither has it been
found in fertile condition in Europe so far as I am informed. Pos-
sibly it perfects its fruit in Winter or early Spring.

Srarzs Musrum or Naturat History. 58

Lophiostoma angustilabrum, 6. &@ Br. Decorticated sticks. North
Greenbush. June.

Spherella Leersiz, Pass. Dead leaves of grass, Leersia oryzoides.
North Greenbush. Sept.

REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS.

Thalictrum anemonoides, Mz. A double-flowered form with
the stamens transformed into oval greenish petaloid leaflets was de-
tected near Coeymans, Albany county. Prof. J. S. St. John.

Nuphar advena, Aid. A variety (near var. variegata) with large
partly purplish flowers is not rare in the lakes and sluggish streams of
the Adirondack wilderness. ‘lhe flower when pressed open is nearly
three inches in diameter. A very noticeable variety occurs in Forked
iake, Adirondack mountains, where it was first detected by Prof. P.
A. Puissant. It may be characterized thus: Var. hydrida.: Sepals
six, rarely five, subequal, the three exterior often tinged with red;
petals twelve to fourteen, generally thirteen, about as long as the con-
tiguous stamens ; stigmatic disk red, umbilicate, ten to thirteen-rayed,
the margin slightly crenate ; leaves small, with a paler greenish dash
beneath on each side of the midrib, the sinus usually open; petioles
flattened on the upper side. ‘This variety grows in water four to
eight feet deep in close Laat to a patch of Vuphar lutea var.
pumila (N. Kalmiana, Pursh.) In size and character it is intermedi-
ate between this and the ordinary form of WV. -advena. It is smaller
in all its parts than the latter and larger than the former and appears
very much as if it might be a hybrid between them. ‘The number of
the sepals connects it with JV. advena, but the disk of the stigma allies
it more closely with WV. Kalmiana. The flowers when outspread are
nearly two inches across. When fresh they have an agreeable spicy or
aromatic odor. In this respect they differ from our common forms of
both species. | |

Nymphea odorata, Ai¢. In stony ponds, Adirondack mountains, a
small form was found in which the outspread flowers are scarcely two
inches in diameter. Also a form in which the outer petals are tinged
with pink. |

Cardamine hirsuta v. sylvatica, Gr. Thin dry soil covering rocks.
Edmonds ponds.

Vitis estivalis, Mz. A form with the leaves deeply and angularly
five-lobed occurs in Sandlake. The foliage at first sight appears as if
it had been eaten by insects.

Prunus pumila, ZL. Sandy shore near the outlet of Long lake,
Adirondack mountains; the prostrate trailing form fruiting abun-
dantly. . , .

Rosa lucida, Hirh. To this speciesI refer a very marked form oc-
curring on the slopes of Mt. Defanceand near Westport, Essex county.
The stems are armed, especially toward the base, with very numerous
unequal, bristly prickles, the calyx lobes are scarcely gladular-bristly
and the.smooth fruit is ovate or elliptical.

Ribes rotundifolium, Jz. Mt. Defiance. A form with leavés mostly
about half an inch broad, as if starved and unthrifty, yet fruiting
abundantly. - |

54 Tuirty-rourtH ANNNAL Report oF THE

Myriophyllum tenellum, Bigeil. Not uncommon in the Adirondack
region. On the miry shores of Mud-pond, a shallow sheet of water
about one mile south-west of Edmonds ponds, it is so plentiful that its
peculiar yellowish hue is visible at a long distance. It grows both in
and out of water.

Epilobium angustifolium, Z. A form with flowers nearly white, oc-
curs occasionally in the Adirondack region. White flowered forms of
the following species have been observed the past season; Verbascum
Thapsus, Echiwm vulgare, Mimulus ringens, Scutellaria laterifiora,
Origanum vulgare. ‘The last-named plant is very plentiful about
Pheenicia, Ulster county, where it monopolizes some of the pastures
and hillsides.

Epilobium coloratum, Muhl. A small form with unbranched stems
six to ten inches high was observed in the Catskill mountains. It re-
sembles #. alpinum, from which it may be distinguished by its acute
leaves. ak |
» Lythrum alatum, Pursh. Bank of Oswego river opposite Battle
Island. . Widde. |

Conioselinum Canadense, 7. & G. Moist cliffs, Catskill mountains.

Galium verum, Z. Glen Cove. Coles.

Aster corymbosus, Ai¢.° In the Catskill mountains three forms oc-
cnr which are readily distinguished from each other by the flowers.
A small form in open grassy places has a dense corymb of small.heads
with short broad close rays; a large form in shaded moist places
along streams has a loose corymb of larger heads with long narrow dis-
tant rays; a third form, intermediate between these two, grows in
thin woods and has rays about midway between the other two in length,
breadth and relative position. In all the forms the rays sometimes ex-
ceed nine in number. The flowers of the large form resemble those of
A. macrophyllus, but the involucre is shorter. |

Aster T'radescanti. v. fragilis, 7. &d G. (A. fragilis, Willd.) Long
lake and Raquette falls, Adirondack mountains. It is one of the
earliest flowering Asters of this region, being in flower the latter part
of July. |

histor longifolius, Lam. <A form with the stem leaves broadly
lanceolate and strongly serrate in the middle was found at Phoenicia.

Aster acuminatus, Mz. ‘Two well-marked forms occur. In one the
leaves are crowded on the upper half of the stem, the lower half being
nearly or quite destitute of foliage. In cold, elevated localities, as in”
the Stony Clove of the Catskills, this form has but few heads; gener-
ally from one to six. The other form hasastouter stem, leafy through-
out its entire length, and numerous heads of flowers.

Artemisia Canadensis, J/z. Sandy hanks along the railroad near
Thurman station, Warren county. 5c

Rudbeckia laciniata, Z. Plentiful in the Catskill mountains, fol-
lowing the streams far up toward the Stony Clove.

Lactuca Canadensis v. sanguinea, 7. & G. Fields and cleared places.
North Elba. Plants with yellow flowers and those with reddish or
orange-colored flowers were associated in the same station.

potas rotundifolia, Z. A small form with solitary flowers
grows at Edmonds ponds.

SratE Mvuspum or Natura History. 55

Mentha piperita, Z. Along streams at Phoenicia a singular form
was observed. Its flowers were in axillary whorls or clusters as in M.
sativa, M. Canadensis, etc.; not in terminal spikes as in the ordinary
form. ‘This marked variation from the usual mode of inflorescence
gives such a peculiaraspect to the plant that it seems worthy of a name
and might be called var. interrupta.

Mentha Canadensis, Z. Very variable. The stems are simple or
branched; the leaves are ovate or elliptical, tapering at the base or
abruptly narrowed, grayish-green or purplish; the flowers may have
the stamens all exserted or all included, or some exserted and some in-
cluded even on the same plant. Besides, the plant varies from nearly
smooth to very hairy.

Lycopus Virginicus, LZ. The small few-flowered form (L. pumilus,
Vahl.) with a thickened tuberous root occurs in the Adirondack re-

‘ion.

; Polygonum amphibium v. aguaticum, Weal/d. Common in still or
slow-flowing water of the Adirondack region. ‘The elongated stems
creep on the bottom and send up, at intervals, flowering branches
which bear the thick, smooth, glossy, floating leaves and the brilliant
red spikes of flowers which enliven and beautify the lonely waters of
the wilderness. Hach node of the submerged stem gives rise to a
cluster of rootlets.

Sparganium simplex v, angustifolium, Gr. The terrestrial form,
with shorter, erect leaves, occurs at Edmonds ponds.

Sparganium minimum, Bawh. Colby pond, Adirondack mountains.

Potamogeton Oakesianus, Lobdins. In the slow-flowing streams

of the Adirondack region there is a slender Potamogeton which I refer
to this species. I have not seen it with mature fruit, its fruiting sea-
son being very late, if indeed it matures its fruit at all. Its stem is
not at all or only sparingly branched, its floating leaves are very nar-
row or ‘even lanceolate, and borne on slender petioles many times
longer than the leaves, and the phyllodia or submerged leaves are ex-
ceedingly long and slender, even capillary.
'\@Potamogeton Claytonii, Zuckm. A dwarf form resembling P. lucens
Vv. minor, grows on mud in an exsiccated. pond-hole in the Stony Clove.
It fruits freely but seldom has any phyllodia. The stems are but a
few inches long and yet they are sometimes much branched. Its ap-
pearance is very unlike the ordinary floating forms of the species.

Potamogeton gramineus v. graminifolius, #7. Stony ponds, Adiron-
dack mountains. It is sometimes destitute of floating leaves. The
var. heterophyllus was collected in Raquette river. This also occurs
without floating leaves, as at Westport, and yet fruiting freely.

Potamogeton amplifolius, Zuckm. One of the most common pond-
weeds in the Adirondack waters. It is a large, fine-appearing plant
and fruits abundantly. Like other species it is more slender in waters
with a strong current than in still waters. In such localities the
leaves are more diseant and even the spikes elongated and more loosely
flowered. In still water the spikes are very compact and the flowers
are regularly arranged in six ranks. |

Potamogeton lucens, Z. Raquette river. The var minor in the
Normanskill near Albany.

Potamogeton pusillus, Z. Both var, vulgaris and var. tenuissimus

56 THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

occur in Lower Saranac lake. In this lake are,also P. amplifolius,
P. Claytonu, P. gramineus, P. hybrideus, P. compressus, P. perfolia-
tus and P. natans. In the inlet between this lake and Round lake, P.
amplifolius, P. Claytonii and P. gramineus v. heterophyllus abound in
a luxuriant growth. Pond-weeds, water-lilies and aquatic plants gene-
rally are more abundant in and near the inlets of the lakes of this re-
gion than in other parts of the waters. Probably the sediment brought
down by the streams and accumulating in the parts of the lakes adja-
cent to their inlets affords a soil especially favorable to the production
and support of water-plants.

Trillium erectum v. declinatum, Gr. Long Island. Coles. Some
of the flowers are white, others are variously tinged with pink. In one
specimen two flowering stems grew from the same rootstock.

Lilium Philadelphicum, Z. This commonly has but one or two
flowers on a stem, but in rare instances as many as five flowers occur.

Carex flava, Z. A large form with three or four fertile spikes and
the staminate spike, nearly all fertile, was collected at Millerton. The
numerous large fertile spikes give the plant an unusual appearance.
Sometimes the lowest spike is compound.

Carex triceps, Mz. A form with oblong spikes. Mt. Defiance.

Carex gynandra, Schw. Not rare in the Adirondack region, but
passing into C. crinita by such insensible gradations that it is difficult
to keep them separate.

Carex scoparia, Schk. Of this species we have three forms. In one,
the spikes are arranged in a somewhat racemose manner. ‘This is
usually found in dry, sandy soil. In another the spikes are more
or less aggregate in a cluster or head. This is the common form
usually found in wet places. In the third form, the var. minor, the
spikes are small and aggregate. This occurs in the Adirondack moun-
tains. The whole plant is smaller than usual.

Carex debilis, Mz. A large, thrifty form is found in the Adirondack
region. It has five fertile spikes, the lowest one usually bearing near
its base a branch about an inch in length.

Carex tentaculata, M/uhi. At Edmonds ponds starved specimens
occur which have but a single short subglobose fertile spike. They
were in company with var. gracilis.

Carex oligosperma, Mz. Stony ponds. A slender form with the
fertile spikes but three or four-flowered. pee:

Agrostis scabra, Willd. Inthin woodsin the Catskills there is asmall
leafy form of this grass with green panicles.

Muhlenbergia Mexicana, 7rin. <A very variable grass. A tall,slen-
der, slightly branched variety was found on damp shaded cliffs in Stony
Clove. A much branched form with short erect leaves and a rigid
aspect occurs on the banks of the Hudson near Albany. Growing with
it and scarcely to be distinguished from it, except by the awned flowers,
is a very similar form of Muhlenbergia sylvatica.

Glyceria fluitans, &. Br. Edmonds ponds. In this locality the
spikelets are short, three to four lines long, and usually about five-
flowered.

Setaria viridis, Beawv. A singular form was found at West Albany
on the banks of the railroad, The spikes are more slender than usual,

Srarze Musrnum or Natrurat History. 57

and the bristles are shorter, stouter and purplish. These give a pur-
plish tint tothe appearance of the spike whereby this form can be
readily distinguished from the ordinary one. ‘The flowers make an
approach to a verticillate arrangement toward the base of the spikes
after the manner of S. verticillate.

Aspidium fragrans, Sw. This rare fern was found in limited quan-
tity on the rocks at Edmonds ponds. ‘This isthe second locality in the
Adirondacks in which it has been found. Here also, as at Lake
Avalanche, it was associated with Woodsia hyperborea, a fern of no
common occurrence in our State. Aspidium aculeatum v. Braunii
also occurs sparingly in this loéality. ton

Pella gracilis, Hook. At Edmonds ponds, about half way up the
cascade opposite the Cascade House, is a limited mass of calcite sur-
rounded by the ordinary rock of the mountains. The limestone affords a
congenial habitat for this dainty little fern and here it grows in great
luxuriance and profusion. This massof calcite appears to render this
limited locality inhabitable by the fern, for I did not find it extending
beyond this isolated station which is the only one in the interior moun-
tain district in which I have observed this fern.

Phegopteris polypodioides, “ee. A dwarf yet fertile form of this
fern with the frond only two or three inches long was found growing
in crevices of rocks in the Adirondack mountains.

Cheilanthes vestita, Sw. A second station forthis fern in our State
has been found near Poughkeepsie. The one on New York Island is
said still to exist but the plants occupy a very limited area.

Agaricus virescens, P&. (Report 25, p. 74.) ‘The name of this
species being preoccupied I would substitute for our plant the name
Agaricus viriditinctus.

Polyporus radiatus, /r. One form of this species has the margin
yellow, in another form the pileus is uniform in color.

Polyporus lucidus, #r. Specimens sometimes occur in which there
are two distinct strata of pores.

Septoria Rubi, 2B. é C,, var. alba, P&. In this variety the spots are
small and white, and bear but few perithecia. It occurs on Rubus
villosus and R. Canadensis.

Sporocybe Persice, /’r. This fungus-should be placed in the genus
Sphzeronema. The spores are produced at the base, not at the apex
of the fungus.

Haplographium apiculatum, Pk. This species was first found in-
habiting an insect gall on leaves of witch hazel, Hamamelis Virginica.
It has since been found on the lower surface of the leaves themselves,
on dry suborbicular brown spots. The flocci often have two or three
swollen nodules in the upper part, from which strings of spores grow. |
In such cases the strings of spores-appear to bein verticils when viewed
with a low magnifying power.

Spheria Coryli, Batsch. var. spiralis, P&. This variety differs from
the ordinary form only in having the ostiola spirally coiled in about
two volutions. All the ostiola on the perithecia of a host plant are af-
fected in the same way, that is, I do not find on any given leaf or leaves
of an affected plant some ostiola straight and some coiled, but all are
straight or all are coiled.

[Assem, Doc, 127.] 8

Fie.
Fig.

Fie.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fie.
Fia.
FI@.

Fig.

Fia.
Fig.
Fie.

Fic.
Fie.
Fig.

Fic.

Fig.
Fi4.
Fic.
Fia.

Fig.
Fie.
Fa.
Fie.
Fra.
Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

SEPTOGLa@UM APocynlI, Pk.
Page 45.
1. A leaf with two spots produced by the fungus.
2. Three spores x 400.

SEPTORIA MICROSPERMA, P7/ .
Page 44.

3. A leaf bearing three groups of the fungus.
4. A fragment of a leaf with a perithecium magnified.
5. Four spores x 400.

;
ASPERGILLUS GLAUCUS, Dh.

Page 49.

6. A fragment of Polyporus bearing a patch of the fungus.
7. A young plant magnified.
8. Two mature plants magnified.
9.

Upper part of a plant with most of the spores removed, more highly

magnified.
10. Four spores x 400.

GRAPHIUM GRACILE, Pk.
Page 50.
11. Part of a leaf with spots produced by the fungus.
12. A fragment of a leaf and four plants magnified.
13. The upper part of a plant with spores x 400.

PEZIZA BALSAMICOLA, Pk.
Page 51.
14. A leaf with the subiculum and three cups of the fungus.
15. The same slightly magnified.

16. Part of one of’the coarse colored threads of the subiculum with its

spore-like bodies x 400.

17. Delicate colorless threads of the subiculum with their fusiform conidia

X 400.
18. Three conidia x 400.
19. A cup magnified.

20. A paraphysis and two asci containing spores x 400.
21. Three spores x 400.

MELIOLA BALSAMICOLA, Pk,
Page 52.

22. A leat with the subiculum and five perithecia of the fungus.

23. The same slightly magnified.

24, A perithecium more highly magnified.

25. Two asci of usual form, with their spores x 400.
26. An ascus of unusual form, with its spores x 400.
27. Three spores x 400.

Plate 1.

o

Nat.Hist. 34 PUN Gx

WeedParsons & Co Albany WY.

ss

teas
Baca rhii%

ATL EAGT ke
phe.

FLL ei

, uJ 4
‘
‘
| : a bt
ti ad os * ‘
et. i 1 ’
He Edo
N
1p
:
.
7 '
* \ “

a ¢- tite % 7

RAL Te
BOT hk 4

“ boot? sit hte
ma PERO

5
bp ETH te Ay Oe iy
y 4 ‘ y
2 '
“fe

wee i. ae

ol wes Aha oct chit! et
Nie PA

1 DORA Ci att ee ORG
co eae Syn hr Dh Bis ania
| ; Bs C - a2, Haste bye ot jy Pde: aA oe
DR: PNA hh TH Wig Nor
BAG et ey Ra,
ev" Lar “EA Ps
os Roaek: FAY aRU tS Yet gs (
] Vii), ai inet’ Pot ere’ ‘

i. RR a he, fees

RY PR yt fs soit es!

al tis hay vo

Ee yie ina ae

i
Bia : ra) dy

eM re
- ¢ “ia . \
a oo
, ; Lr eee
4 ry +
bh aa LER, gee! ONT Rs
c
oe 2. A ae ¥ ; i,

OTe Tee FG

et J
aAF OF BWI Fe Spee ea}:

Ai Ue ae ees al er)

rs) Pita ae Cad Ema ait he
PaaS, dh, HEP slats de abhy SP hl Hye a)
OCH, co icy 3

riait

. ;
. + '

ene es

<n i . . a
PT SIM TA Bia a ote,

4
. Pe A
?
'
p x
re wey
"4 e
: FP is
1
'
+4 ita
x "¢
zi BY
= te
Be is A
bat

k
r ees
ae
; '

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

ASPERGILLUS CLAVELLUS, Pk.

Page 49.
Fig. 1. A tuft of the fungus with its matrix.
Fig. 2. Three plants magnified.
Fie. 3. Upper part of a plant with most of the spores removed, more highly

magnified. .

Fie. 4. A group of spores x 400.
Fia. 5. A string of spores with its basidium more highly magnified.

HELICOMYCES MIRABILIS, Pk.
Page 46.
Fie. 6. A piece of a corn cob bearing the fungus.
Fie. 7. Threads of the fungus x 400.
Fia. 8. A coiled spore x 400.
Fia. 9. A spore partly uncoiled x 400.
Fig. 10. A fragment of a spore x 400.

VERTICILLIUM CANDIDUM, PX.
Page 48.
Fig. 11. A piece of wood bearing a patch of the fungus.
Fie. 12. A plant with spores x 400.
Fig. 13. Six spores x 400.

CERCOSPORELLA RETICULATA, Pk.
Page 47.
Fira. 14. A leaf discolored at the apex by the fungus.
Fie. 15. A group of flocci x 400.
Fig. 16. Three spores x 400.

PERICONIA SPHHROPHILA, Ph.
Page 50.
Fie. 17. A patch of the fungus with its matrix.
Fie, 18. A plant and the perithecium from which it grows magnified.

Fie. 19. Upper part of a plant with spores more highly magnified.
Fria. 20. Six spores x 400.

IMUIN GI. oes

ot:

State Mus Nat. Hist.

Weed Parsons & Co Albany, NY.

oe atid - a rere Oe.
ig he ae aaa
. Thick Ve) - ,
Pate 9 Sib e» ND Se ee 7 ™ : pare e pas ¥

7 a te ra ad

3 al ads a it MET se kerry iertz

eet
Pr i PM fava bates! ro balls Fe A tps - arht inaat ae % ols ery

at | Seb as 15) ate try

Tie g pera hs bee vay iad peentey:

DGS LARS AW priatidS -

ree ea rus

,

-

bebo Pde Bi, soi Sb fess

Sy fen F tens en Tare |

ae toda Ly mart r
/ Hartree rst 4} R
. ‘

pepe ng) »- a eh bad
: 4 { 4 wal ed yy . init Bi 67h AL =| Sats 2
HF se NG 9 CEP Maeretile, ait Mg hed Fas

ie.
yy *
t
.
Lijit
i
ey ie |
_ hima |
iy Sh
ro
ed ae, a
* 7 7 DP 9
} gor.
Al he i ny
y “} ras,

Soh tnt fe y hart sey ly athens vk Phe s

ity SED DIT Py ae, es tity Wists Th ipatta

BR ay Hg 4 2 er ca a3 Eyecare y Bei isk Fup

RES ae ; ”
rir A iit. peers |

_ Meret Mey eae FF Du Aon 3 sal tole? Paci

a) fi oa a H A paap bid Lad fy ; eho oda east vdyey ne ey , se ee
K: ake est
7 ry “Peay Presb Hie der wes 4 pebloy rh Thies eur hy vty 1 aia P
Sat vi ol vet reef ) wee

memes Meteletisiiser PANG Ye does sas inget! Hac ‘2

i ‘Ot A a tia Mtr ter, darth"

apa / Pid ie Ay wy oth he
’ shiek bo bags wand : ‘
steed ES k, tenn iweb pion aks
_oedegetsh ays “yf tery ite . pitts Sie aye Fel ok:
ed aac by 4a fie rere
te

KA ey were is! - rigs eg 49 :

i yi told hy sisi m iste i ati ene hon: . ; :
cakes “alg rt Le AY By! fas ' rey =) ‘ae ESS > »

aM teks He ES Mauer ii, st ri ob oh
. aavtente ss 49)
: DP 3 GAs ciG mee. Pye
°
a
a
ei) 2
ld 7 4
‘e hp
é fy Ae
: f p br , 3 ¥4
‘ y | . ts i gt ‘
Mi put ee . .
a7 7 ‘ Wa
pe ;

co

c ish
;

+ ; ei

Fie.
Fig.
Fie.

_ Fie.

Fie.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fie.

Fie.
Fie.

Fie.
FIG.
Fig.
Fie.

Fie.
Fig.

Fia,

vo

16.
ce

18

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III,

Ustinaco Maypis, Lev.
Page 26.
. Part of the “ tassel” of Indian corn affected by the corn smut.
. Part of a cob of corn affected by the corn smut.
. Five of the spores x 400.

HELMINTHOSPORIUM INCONSPICUUM, C. & £.

Page 28. ;
. Part of a leaf of Indian corn with its terminal part discolored and spotted
by the fungus.

. A small fragment bearing six plants moderately magnified.

. Three plants bearing spores x 400.

Puccin1A Maypis, Potsch.
Page 29.

. Pustules of the fungus on the leaf of Indian corn.

. Four pustules of the early state of the fungus.
. Vertical sections through two pustules of the fungus, moderately magni-
fied ; the one at the left the early state.

. Four of the early spores x 400.
. Three spores x 400, |

RAMULARIA FRAGARIA, Pk.
Page 380.

. Part of a leaf spotted by the fungus.

. A tuft of the fungus bearing four spores x 400.

. Two separate stems of the fungus, one of them branched, x 400.

. Four spores x 400.

MvcoR INA:QUALIS, P&.
Page 31.

A tuft of the fungus.

A branched and an unbranched stem of the fungus with their spore-cases,
moderately magnified; the one at the left ruptured irregularly and
discharging its spores, the one at the right collapsed and the.other
yet unchanged.

. Several spores x 400.

Plates:

IM UIN Gil.

State Mus Nat Hist. 34.

WeedParsons & Co Albany, NY

ARON ae ace .
LAGS io | fi
ete ee
Ch. : z As 4 “ - : ‘ 4
a ae a)
\ > hs f ' “ hy
or , 7 Pe rig. i
tas OER GN er

Fein: TOGA AMT ARMs TA A RT APU Att

ari. t Pg yey ory eral lage le Ohh,
i 4 ‘ a
" 4 rh * a4 e .
as “i 7, » ; F , fs
‘aay Nae Rk eee
, h ia at rae
me. ey
4
edt cist. peed
? head! xy
; a ere pace or Wi |) hae
»*
- - x a i n 3 “oy
’ So aeence Uses, WAR bis tay ) ate
}
9 ef es
at. r
ae ¥ ;
OM RG bas 4%
\ ae we TF

f ‘
7 ; 5 ; 2 £ ,
5 '
4 n * a
weary Ps) 5 tag 4s ia ee ie

4 eres ee
¥ i ie

! ay pee! iM

> =

7) wir y

Fic.
Fic.
Bre

Fie.
Fig.
Fig.
FIG.
Fie.
FIG.
Fie.

Fie.
Fie.
Fie.
Fie.
Fie.

Fie.
Fia.

Fic.
Fic.
Fic.

Fic.

Ce 2 =

No oO

=
Se) Ds

ae
i:
15.
14,
irae

16.
WAG

18.

19.
20.

21.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IY.

FUSICLADIUM DENDRITICUM, Wallr.
Page 382.

. Fungus spots on an apple.
. Threads of the fungus x 400. The three lower much elongated.
. Twelve spores of various shapes x 400; two still attached to the threads,

PENICILLIUM GLAUCUM, Lk.
Page 33.

. Decayed fungus spot on an apple, with tufts of the fungus iu the center.
. A small fragment of the apple with seven tufts of the fungus.
. A few plants magnified.

A tuft of the variety coremium magnified.

. An elongated branched plant magnified.
. A plant x 400.
. Six spores 400.

OIDIUM FRUCTIGENUM, Pers.
Page 34.
Tufts of the fungus on an apple.
A fragment of the apple, with six tufts of the fungus.
A tuft of the fungus magnified.
Three threads of the fungus bearing strings of spores x 400.
Three spores x 400.

SPHAZROPSIS MALORUM, Berk.
Page 36.
Part of the surface of an apple dotted by the fungus.

A fragment of the apple with a single perithecium bursting through the
epidermis magnified.

A perithecium magnified.

A vertical section through the center of a perithecium magnified.

A tuft of spores taken from the perithecium magnified; some of them
immature.

Five spores x 400 ; one of them with its pedicel still attached,

Plate «

IN UWIN GI,

Nat. Hist 34

State Mus

Weed,Parsons & Co Albany, NY

STG Tai UeCAUSHRCET ICBC one vey a estrone RTS ee me aa
Y Wing 68 Wy aipeeaue atl Yue vy Wve yous i i . je
YM Walia ' wey Wy hi NN es wise! ve
ne ye) Wy Nw! WWM Wye TOWNE A AY Sturn wey ane
oo Beocet oe nee iain Wivve' eth uveeay Vuore vaste

| UNM Mu

wo Ww eden’ Ww v wns agnveloeeee ve age ne

mena Hyde SNC dil ae Peeapee rebel 1)
Vi valvarace ar ta venonnaaie ERM YWV Vy VNU YONS ctuevwawgasivivawi yet
. aes EO aman omnnrcee ve wae wel Bee jul
A ne AA PS : “butbbtin ene tee Wi ayeouU ae mig

Wnwreviiversv wi wey |

v ve Wry “iw
A cet NE Ba a
coat gl

ee aa ver

¥ uve!
_ Meyers ge 52 yy uy TBS. «
1

Gu aaa

MM Uvovjens Nevers
Bi vy vor’
hin ovue. mene
POV ye Setuany

tic) tu wees Se nic

{
ee
¥s7 s * aN Nes ie inl
Rae : i sys
iL aT cS. OP AL NaY 1 0 Wy Ped oe “ea f
(Te ae oO NA AS TPs a fie 7 a Y ue 14 Sf f
: h~ 37 wv Ad Ne ‘ p 4 } 4 ;
‘ a Neg ‘Big Vv To
. ne en ae eo men LN he :
4 ihe 4 | | a) Sef
L ) me! hae f\ sy/ ‘\ we a
y\ey WY af @ | |; Mi
S| | (ina) (
4 4 eed an ‘

|

| ww ie Ml / NSS
vy io AS; veel pun es wh) ae
ve cet s ais aw

Uy NOVAS
ina ane ve Q v vy yi i ne .
AAV vi Man “id withers cece peor ones we yt ty

Veoh ue i rN oe | 4; vy)

wy Sty MOG y enn WW vv wi ee de Wy “aah
| mul NW yd Wl Vv ‘Se ju olan WAC i8 ye vs
a ya : aS . ase Ry ww i ai vogue

Mae, ie is a) Ay RIS ACRE ee VN : Wing
Wanita tary, We

Vw

.
Wuyery eer eey aN

— Se rary

yee co we kU 5, got wvysuorvoede cot buuWh vec Sec cce vet “i
¥ hha vig ooveer ninco ratNeee aN aANG ant

| | YY WY
My ‘v Whi | verre frit Auman aa UE RY NOY eY

t Mie oy Ju j\y' A : us v VeVv v , AV} \ NAY adied Sait i] WwW Sd Asta \)\ j
ay M\ I " Ne Ue yoahe WI YUN TAWA Weyuywuewy Wy
Wh VWI OSS OBI UM, “ites W IND AGS ae wm id
VW wot: NADI NLS her : Aha V ea ed
WOM IMMUU YOY UV UU Mi ! WAY "YW

i

IV iY

AN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

"WAUNNDANI

3 9088 01300 5